Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D13-206 - FEDEX OFFICE - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
FEDEX OFFICE 116 ANDOVER PK E D13-206 City oie1'ukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Inspection Request Line: 206-431-2451 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Parcel No.: 0223000060 Address: 116 ANDOVER PK E TUKW Suite No: Project Name: FEDEX OFFICE DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Permit Number: D13-206 Issue Date: 07/26/2013 Permit Expires On: 01/22/2014 Owner: Name: PIETROMONACO/PB L L C Address: 7900 SE 28TH ST STE #310 , MERCER ISLAND WA 98040 Contact Person: Name: MARY RYAN Address: PO BOX 3749 , MISSION VIEJO CA 92690 Contractor: Name: LAKEVIEW CONSTRUCTION INC Address: PO BOX 308 , PLEASANT PRAIRIE, WI 53158 Contractor License No: LAKEVCI072KC Lender: Name: SELF FUNDED - FEDEX Address: Phone: 949-582-3735 Phone: 414 657-4222 Expiration Date: 01/13/2015 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: TENANT IMPROVEMENT REMODEL OF EXISTING SPACE INCLUDING DOORS, PARTITIONS, CEILING, ETC. MEP WORK Value of Construction: $275,000.00 Fees Collected: $4,815.32 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS/AFA International Building Code Edition: 2009 Type of Construction: V -B Occupancy per IBC: 0019 Electrical Service Provided by: PUGET SOUND ENERGY **continued on next page** doc: IBC -7/10 D13-206 Printed: 07-26-2013 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: N N Water Main Extension: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: to2t, Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Start Time: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Start Time: End Time: Fill 0 c.y. End Time: Private: Public: Profit: N Non -Profit: N Private: Public: Date: I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this •rk will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of t s permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or t - performance o work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signature: Print Name: c /in/ C� &!/J This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ***BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS*** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431-3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non -building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. doc: IBC -7/10 D13-206 Printed: 07-26-2013 7: All construction shall be done in conform with the approved plans and the requiremof the International Building Code or International Residential C International Mechanical Code, Washingto to Energy Code. 8: Notify the City of Tukwila Building Division prior to placing any concrete. This procedure is in addition to any requirements for special inspection. 9: All wood to remain in placed concrete shall be treated wood. 10: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 11: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 12: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 13: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 14: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings and shall be in conformance with the International Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 15: Water heaters shall be anchored or strapped to resist horizontal displacement due to earthquake motion. Strapping shall be at points within the upper one-third and lower one-third of the water heater's vertical dimension. A minimum distance of 4 -inches shall be maintained above the controls with the strapping. 16: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 17: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206-431-3670). 18: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 19: ***FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS*** 20: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 21: The total number of fire extinguishers required for a light hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3,000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "all purpose" (2A, 10 B:C) dry chemical type. The travel distance to any extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3-2.1) 22: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand-held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IPC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 23: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 24: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 25: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the doc: IBC -7/10 D13-206 Printed: 07-26-2013 inspection tag is not completed, a reputable a extinguisher service company will be requ to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4-3, 4-4) 26: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 27: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 28: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 29: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 30: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 31: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 32: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on-site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 33: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot-candle (11 lux) and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot-candle (1 lux) measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot-candle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot-candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to -minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (IFC 1006.4) 34: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 35: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 36: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13-8.6.5.3.3) 37: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2327). 38: An approved manual fire alarm system including audible/visual devices and manual pull stations is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of Americans With Disabilities' Act (I.B.C.), N.F.P.A. 72 and the City of Tukwila Ordinance #2328. 39: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2328) 40: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2328) (IFC 104.2) 41: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 42: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) doc: IBC -7/10 D13-206 Printed: 07-26-2013 43: The maximum flame spread class of finiterials used on interior walls and ceilings snot exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 44: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) 45: This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. 46: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2327 and #2328) 47: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 48: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. 49: ***PLANNING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS*** 50: Sheet M1.0 shows outdoor hvac equipment that was not shown on the site plan. It is unclear if this equipment meets setbacks. Prior to installation the applicant shall submit a revised site plan and clarifiy if the outdoor equipment meets setbacks. If setbacks are not met, the equipment must be relocated. doc: IBC -7/10 D13-206 Printed: 07-26-2013 CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Iilijt1i� (u}.}niti4 1,}) Building Permit No. D13-2-0(0 Project No. Date Application Accepted: tom- ( (— (3 Date Application Expires: l )--t 1 (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION Site Address: 116 Andover Park East King Co Assessor's Tax No.: Suite Number: Floor: Tenant Name: Fed Ex Office PROPERTY OWNER Name: Mary Ryan - Permit Resources Name: The Andover Company, Inc. City: Mission Viejo State: CA Zip: 92690 Address: 415 Baker Blvd., Suite 200 Email: mary@permitresources.com City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98188 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: Mary Ryan - Permit Resources Address: P.O. Box 3749 City: Mission Viejo State: CA Zip: 92690 Phone: (949) 582-3735 Fax: (949) 768-8436 Email: mary@permitresources.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: T.B.D. Address: Address: 18200 Von Karman Ave., Suite 910 City: Irvine State: CA Zip: 92612 Phone:(949) 705-0700 Fax: (949) 705-0701 City: State: Zip: Phone: Fax: Contr Reg No.: Exp Date: Tukwila Business License No.: H: Applications\Forms-Applications On Line \20I I Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11 docx Revised: August 201 I bh New Tenant: ® Yes ❑..No ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: MulvanyG2 Architecture Architect Name: James T. Hillier Address: 18200 Von Karman Ave., Suite 910 City: Irvine State: CA Zip: 92612 Phone:(949) 705-0700 Fax: (949) 705-0701 Email: ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: KLH Engineers Engineer Name: Robert Anthony Heil Address: 1538 Alexandria Pike, Suite 11 City: Ft. Thomas State: KY Zip: 41075 Phone: (859) 442-8050 Fax: (859) 442-8058 Email: LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: 0( X —e Address: � City: State: Zip: Page 1 of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION — 206-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 275,000 Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): T.I. Remodel of existing space including doors, partitions, ceiling, etc. MEP work. Existing Building Valuation: $ Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes m.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks overl 8 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: 1 /�'I.1-- f'jl\ Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: / Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? 0 Yes 0 �.No If "yes", explain: FIRE PRO ECTION/HAZARDO S MATERIALS: /1JJ n � �'CP 'rte ?alt,--,-* � Sprinklers Automatic Fire Alarm None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes L2 No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x II" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line \201 I Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-I I. docs Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC Ig Floor 6,163 6,163 V -B M 2°d Floor 3'd Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks overl 8 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: 1 /�'I.1-- f'jl\ Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: / Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? 0 Yes 0 �.No If "yes", explain: FIRE PRO ECTION/HAZARDO S MATERIALS: /1JJ n � �'CP 'rte ?alt,--,-* � Sprinklers Automatic Fire Alarm None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes L2 No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x II" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM 0 On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line \201 I Applications\Permit Application Revised - 8-9-I I. docs Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 PUBLICWORKS PERMIT INFORMATION — 206-433-0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): i<1147 ti Cej 6.151 -1-7' by /4,40/4,-A,°ovS E4. //iv , E.6'id 1140%. 4 Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑... Water District #125 ❑ ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate ❑ .. Highline ❑...Valley View ❑ .. Renton ... Sewer Availability Provided ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle �Ik Septic System: ❑ On-site Septic System — For on-site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size —22" x 34") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑ ...Bond El .. Insurance El .. Easement(s) ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way ❑ Non Right-of-way ❑ ❑ ...Total Cut ❑ ...Total Fill cubic yards cubic yards ❑...Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ... Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ ... Hold Harmless — (ROW) ❑ .. Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours El .. Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance El .. Work in Flood Zone El .. Storm Drainage ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer ❑ .. Abandon Septic Tank ❑ .. Grease Interceptor ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities ❑ .. Curb Cut ❑ .. Channelization ❑ ...Frontage Improvements 0 .. Pavement Cut ❑ .. Trench Excavation ❑ ...Traffic Control ❑ .. Looped Fire Line ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... WO # ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. WO # ❑ ... Water Only Meter Size WO # El ...Sewer Main Extension Public ❑ Private ❑ ❑ ...Water Main Extension Public ❑ Private ❑ ❑ ... Deduct Water Meter Size 93 'f FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) ❑ ...Water ❑ ...Sewer El ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: City State Zip Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: Day Telephone: City State Zip H:\Applications\Forms-Applications On Line\201 I Applicauons\Perma Application Revised - 1-9- I 1 docs Revised August 2011 bh Page 3 of 4 PERMIT APPLICATIk)N NOTES -- Value Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNEWOR AUTHORIZE ENT: Signature: Date: 05/20/2013 Print Name: Mary Ryan - hermit Resources Day Telephone: (949) 582-3735 Mailing Address: P.O. Box 3749, Mission Viejo, CA 92690 City H:Wpplications\Forms-Applications On Line\2011 Applications\Permn Application Revised - 8-9-1 .does Revised: August 2011 bh State Zip Page 4 of 4 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-43 1-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.ov Parcel No.: 0223000060 Address: Suite No: Applicant: FEDEX OFFICE 116 ANDOVER PK E TUKW RECEIPT Permit Number: Status: Applied Date: Issue Date: D13-206 ISSUED 06/11/2013 07/26/2013 Receipt No.: Initials: User ID: R13-02411 WER 1655 Payment Amount: $63.00 Payment Date: 08/21/2013 01:35 PM Balance: $0.00 Payee: RICHARD SLAYTON TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Credit Crd VISA Authorization No. 02769A ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description 63.00 Account Code Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 Total: $63.00 63.00 ,L,..• oo..oi.d_na Printed: 08-21-2013 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-43 1-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.Tukwila WA.gov Parcel No.: 0223000060 Address: 116 ANDOVER PK E TUKW Suite No: Applicant: FEDEX OFFICE RECEIPT Permit Number: D13-206 Status: APPROVED Applied Date: 06/11/2013 Issue Date: Receipt No.: R13-02225 Initials: WER User ID: 1655 Payment Amount: $2,918.85 Payment Date: 07/26/2013 01:07 PM Balance: $0.00 Payee: LAIiEVIEW CONSTRUCTION INC TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 306800 2,918.85 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts BUILDING - NONRES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 000.322.100 640.237.114 Total: $2,918.85 2,915.65 3,20 .d.,..• Dcrein4_nC. Printed. 07-26-2013 I • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Parcel No.: 0223000060 Address: 116 ANDOVER PK E TUKW Suite No: Applicant: FEDEX OFFICE RECEIPT Permit Number: D13-206 Status: APPROVED Applied Date: 06/11/2013 Issue Date: Receipt No.: R13-02224 Payment Amount: $1.30 Initials: WER Payment Date: 07/26/2013 01:07 PM User ID: 1655 Balance: $2,918.85 Payee: LAKEVIEW CONSTRUCTION INC TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Cash Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description 1.30 Account Code Current Pmts STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 640.237.114 1.30 Total: $1.30 Printed: 07-26-2013 a • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Parcel No.: 0223000060 Address: 116 ANDOVER PK E TUICW Suite No: Applicant: FEDEX OFFICE RECEIPT Permit Number: D13-206 Status: PENDING Applied Date: 06/11/2013 Issue Date: Receipt No.: R13-01856 Payment Amount: $1,895.17 Initials: WER Payment Date: 06/11/2013 01:40 PM User ID: 1655 Balance: $2,920.15 Payee: MULVANNY G2 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 087217 1,895.17 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 1,895.17 Total: $1,895.17 prim.+ na-11-9nis 'INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPEC ION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 367 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 -2010 Pro Type o1s'pecti:L' Address:Aft � p lc Date Called: Special Instructions: Date W ted: . 10--10 —I� p.m. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. EJ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: o (o 11/413 6ki Nt\ A-'/� Date: PECTION FEE REQUIED. Prior to nxt inspection, fee must be at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 ,-, (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Project: Type o_f_Inspection: Address: 1 I v }l N bov17 P t� Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: j 5 /13 a.m. .31. Requester: Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. // COMMENTS: QAK.10e 11Ed- sp c : REI • SPECTION FEE REIRED. Prior to n xt inspection. fee must be at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Dater 3 1'3 Di3-7-0& INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100; Tukwila. WA 98188 Permit Inspection Request Line.(206) 431-2451 (206) 431-3670 Pro ct j� p�ic ©��Il _ /gyp - Type ali spe tigp:' r rpt IM1`ielt6 11/4) t( 01,16117.--/-- A ("Kakk(� 2. �i re. i-iiJAL.: J e4e.cl Address: rr�� II b 01PchAKit AlCJ.ii -Neic( r Date Called: E Led rsGAl Fl Li AL — IBJ bek Special Instructions: : Date anted:Cif —,2-1-i (% l .m. Requester: PhoneLI -• 3C6 q 72 7 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. / COMMENTS: SI i IM1`ielt6 11/4) t( 01,16117.--/-- A ("Kakk(� 2. �i re. i-iiJAL.: J e4e.cl 01PchAKit AlCJ.ii -Neic( if E Led rsGAl Fl Li AL — IBJ bek t evvvpaf i1 V f OecuP4 tJ&Iilpplo --,b11)1 LIS ti Inspe tor: a1 -- 17 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be pa630-Southcenter at 63Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100., Calt"to"schedule reinspection. 1 INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION .RECORD, Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd.,.#100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Pro' ct: Pe- C3 o� I�� Type of Inspection: C,. ' ZINC , Add``1re(V �s:: i� 1!Q �V.- e- me Calle Da—�-IWig Special Instructions: F ' Iva \ VO P\O'N Date Wanted: G� -2-1-4—p.m. �m" Requester: Phone - 3as q *jz7 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: G.I.ALI moi. - 4td./Jc 1--1) Tc( -Mire ALA( n'1 S\(4 - Irl CZR A-i7L1 Da INSPECTION FEE EQUIRED. Prior tnext inspection, fee must be id at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to -schedule reinspection. _.4.,L,.._r_i INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit J13 -?_a‘e, PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION (206) 431-3670' 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 9818E Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Project: I--eG4tK or c -e Type of Inspection:., ,IAZ.' Address:/ I ((a kAJ 0 Vef e___ Date Called: Special Instructions: --7 /3(01-0( Date Wante 9 _� ,►- / m. Requester: Phone No: 305-9`72V LIApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. ho COMMENTS: 1 DIA --- t A) e—(C.J f i ,)/I J Aro L -72- r T. pector: Date3 -7 /3 n REINSPECTION FEE( REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call 'to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 D3-20 ') Project: 1-e De. Type of Inspection: S7 IS P6 QED �, 1i,� Address: 1 1 C, A n f irx/F 12 p 1.4. E Date Called: E. 61 2. `bkio L4 Li 9 Ich 0 me Special Instructions: Date Wanted: ZC> - 1-7) m' p.m. Requester: C.) C4 Imo,. Phone o: 1-,11-1-3o5'-`-727 e,1,,,.., - pproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. f� COMMENTS: p. A 0 me 1-i C.) C4 Imo,. .� e,1,,,.., - 45te' a c I 1 / \ . spec Lr: c ck Date: SPECTION FEE REE,tUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 00. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Project: r - -Am? orae Type of Inspection: -PLiJtJINIG c2iLIAL Address: l)(9 a ;Q061, Pk. Date Called: Special Instructions: Date W�anted: a.m. Requester: Phone No: HI' -I -3c5 - r-i7Z-7 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: i Inspector: J Date: i i 1 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPE TION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF: TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line. (206) 431-2451 D13-Zo{o Projec :Type of Inspection: Address: I I CP AN3304c. a P R Date Called: Special Instructions: Date VAnted: Requester: P 11 11 - 30S Z7 EjApproved per applicable codes. 0Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: e tor Ii Da R I PECTION FEE REQ�IRED. Prior to n xt inspection: fee must be p. i at -6300 Southcenter lvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit . . : 3-- INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKVVILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 PERMIT NO. Prtlict: , FE 1E-\( 0 Fne. t Type of Inspection: 5 Ltsiet./6FeelLINJ C t Address: )fta A k) &)\icre Nc E Date Called: -17-`)\ie Sfxo NJ Klef Oehri- kIttgil) Special Instructions: Date Wanted: CI - 1 8 — ( 3 -,na Wl• Requester: Pe honNo: HI H -30S '9727 °NJ e -,m er t(e,i too\ide is ElApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: t f Vtee-TR R NC' tit. \ atig' -- kift:b -17-`)\ie Sfxo NJ Klef Oehri- kIttgil) -f ; Afk.-(-b,/ U -Si (-6r-', ts.-xi Q4 k t : ci cloy t.c.-LLI 0 k`i °NJ e -,m er t(e,i too\ide is , Ai 4/1 , (N. T-12 Aivl losiS - Rwevet .3-01/416 - A-R9fotieC( __6,..) INSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Pii,pr to next inspection, fee must be laid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100: Gallia:schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit, �►.o•-ao� INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Project•_ _ Type of Inspection: f 11 (0 A ` �-, l�d �j R-^ E_ t-'c� Date Called: �. Special Instructions: , Date�ted^::77 fie) -- ."2 — 4 � a.m p.m. Requester: Phone No: `Approved per applicable c; es. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENT!] (Nu-IJE/i. i spe2tor: AVM( / /� A 1 R/NSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be `p id at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call -t� schedule reinspection. Ix INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit-� INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 �_ (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Prod OW' C C TYp-rr A A' nt�% Addres : I i tto ANo d JF e-- 6, Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted a.m. Requester: Phone No: ElApproved per applicable codes. aorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 0 f LeiiffiO A I PI1 ;4c, - ''i> -•;, 1 E Insectof 4t -el I ! R IN§PECTION FEE RE IRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be p jd at 6300 Southcenter lvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: Q /S--/ INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 1Q, (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request -Line (206) 431-2451 Project: Fe__ - 01:1=1 Type of Inspection: F RAmIN 6 Address: 116 APL Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: e-2^ ( a. p:m: Requester: Phone N W/4—.;O —g7z`T EjApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ip _ Insp ,t R NSPECTION FEE REQUID..Prior .to.nelt inspection, fee must be p- id at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100.'CaWta schedule reinspection. 2 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 lQ- (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 bk2-4,13(_, Project: _ F€ b C_t` r 1. Type of Inspection: r f2' 1 ri/iKI G Address: IlG iIJNRrPKE Date Called: Special Instructions: 4) Date Wanted:) Requester: 1. Plume No: H14-305-9727 EJApproved per:applicable codes. •RCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: A eP !, Fe i 41 I/f 1-. -- fc lt) -;(\i z Insp -7N:s\je E (J RE4NSPECTION.FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be p id at 6300 Southcente :Blvd., Suite100. Call to schedule reinspection. D ..- 3r1 I 13 4 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Df 3-2©G _F -j03 / ? t3 -lo PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Project: Q - " re- o'� e-?‹jc © T'rct Tr Type of Inspection: rij // 6 r� �- filee- ) i ,p,-.4. I Address:/� J Suite #: //4 , oGtr g, k F ,4 Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: / /� c /'i: .9 rot in 5,p ec 6fiv) (6 pDC 2 e--- fi`1` /c�orrc Gd l r Cc i f, 1-r 5 bPci '-fasS F I- Camp/-/ i per.47 -- tire_ p,, / cor 0/?-zo c04-7ipI -74e...._ - %Y%c 4 ah%cot/ Pito, I — cow A74 -Q.,_ Monitor: Pre -Fire: Ag3 Permits: Needs Shift Inspection: fc.s Sprinklers: f '',S Fire Alarm: Yes Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Ag3 Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: eL filjCli Date:, a//3 Hrs.: / $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 013-zo6 13 - F- Z©3 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Project: e(�® ex O G4. ,.. Type Tri Of Inspectio®` ptatr ce`4 Address: Suite #: 116 AAil/1°0.9J'f k E patoccis Contact Perso: i Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: _' / 0 4 r d�J,po ov! oe_ci... vie_ -,/� oo if T7/'1 10 /S^ 20 3 ef_c y Cl,,,,, C.6 . % n 7F4 2 CPf rec_7‘,.;•1 I a 1 I 1f Pa -4i n P eL p-eeae-a14._ .,do s.." a P/'m✓j! / e4d 44e. fie( �/ iJ/ M.'/4 rto tiir it Sr k P r' `,� � 4-- 2-414 / oI®40/1. V 3 . Alee r -mc ./. a,, uocrot o r af P'ro6, coo r sas ;1)/,N.s o q, 1/11/9/' e'ek h1 ,e , cv f55oCv r� S.: I ? P 1 71e. - /e -, '�"6f PO AC yiPe-A ¢o tv CL74051 Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: / Inspector )737 ( Date: ,` /z9//3 Hrs.: Z $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: , State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 2 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 3-z476 /3- 5-/'73 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Project: r••,Ic.7C O f 4 e T. Sprinklers: • Type/of Inspetion: : , lk .e / Address: Suite #: l 16 H04,000/. gai I:— —Special Con fact Person: Special Instructions: /Mc/ / 1 Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: • Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: irksirkspe j AGIo/.S /Mc/ / 1 .e e e lye 7: t _ / er,, - 1 71 -e - s- enC7/ 01--f/ ol 1 !�v rD/ tp 1;14M "9t Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: • Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector{-' FA Date: oh. W/3 Hrs.: ? $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc • 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 0 3 2,06 0' 3 •9 / PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206-575-4407 Project: Fe 4 at O1c Type of Insp s�ttion: 6 a qA k1�.i Address: Suite #: !/ 6 AI hptiei Pi. r Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: /% d 6 Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: c or fin $ y Date: 5/10// Hrs.: if $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address " Atm: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 1- iry 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Interior Lighting Summary LTG -INT mpliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 Project Info Project Address FEOF,c OFFICE - TrHCWILA, vat Date 5/9/2013 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST For Building Department Use FILE COPY [[�� No. SEATTLE, W1 98188 Applicant Name: ca,R ENGINEERS Applicant Address: 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, FT THOMAS, KY 41075 Applicant Phone: 859-442-8050 Permit Break/Handling Project Description ■ New Building • Addition t , Alteration • Plans Induded Refer to SEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive • Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) 90 has not changed ■ No changes are being made to the lighting and the space use alone are altered, added, or U Less than ((6A'h)) g 2/21 .of the fixtures or of the lamps plus ballasts replaced ((new)), installed wattage not increased, & the space use has not changed. Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Interior) Location (floor plan/room #) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft2 " ,ross mtenor Area in ft2 Allowed x Area Sales/Production Retail 1.33 6076 8081 Break/Handling A10 s A20 - 2' X 4' Floureacents 10 90 900 Office Areas A10 - 2' x 4' Floureacents 6 90 540 From Table 15-1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Proposed Lighting Wattage (Interior Total Allowed Watts l 8081 _ Location (floor plan/room #) v Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Sales A10 s A20 - 2' X 4' Floureacents 69 90 6210 Break/Handling A10 s A20 - 2' X 4' Floureacents 10 90 900 Office Areas A10 - 2' x 4' Floureacents 6 90 540 Hal Room Alp - 2' X 4' Flourescenta 2 90 180 Restroom- A5 2' X 4' Floureacents 2 90 180 The 2009 SEC Section 1510 specifies that parking garage lighting cannot be traded with other interior Total Proposed Watts iii Im i i ante EVIEWED MIIIMMONIMMO FOR OE COMPLIANCE APPROVED Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture D ription, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For City••r . ' f � r- leng of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. v�'2 tts/Fi re, use manufacturers listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as EUILOIN it • ID pi1t5j . or line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or the evices or of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated wattage. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts/Fixture blank. posed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts l 8010 3. List all fixtures. king Garage Lighting - Maximum Allowed Wattage Location Occupancy Description Allowed Watts/ft2 Gross Area (ft') Watts Allowed Parking Garage Lighting - Proposed Wattage Location Fixture Description # of Fixtures Watts/Fixture Watts Proposed flECEOVED CITY OF TUKW The 2009 SEC Section 1510 specifies that parking garage lighting cannot be traded with other interior Total Proposed Watts iii Im i i ante lighting or with exterior lighting. PERMIT CENTER ILA 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Interior Lighting Summary (back) 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential LTG -INT Revised December 2010 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy Use' 0 Warehouse or Parking Garage • Other Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type is "Other and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on pfans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures a) with 1 lamp ((2 -lamps)), b) fitted with 5 to 60 watt T-1, ■ T-2, T-4. T-5, T-8, or CFL lamps, and c) hard -wired electronic dimming ballasts and automatic dimming control for all lamps in all zones. Screw-in CFL fixtures, tracking lighting, bare lamp strip and industrial fixtures do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps <=150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. Use' LPA2 (W/ft2) Use' LPA2 (W/ft2) Automotive facility and aircraft maintenance 0.82 ((0,8.5)) Office buildings, office/administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, 0.90 ((OSS)) Convention center 1.08 ((1-40)) Parking garages 0.20 Courthouse 1.05 ((1-10)) Penitentiary and other Group 1-3 Occupancies 0.90 Cafeterias, fast food establishments', ractai irantc/harc5 0.99 ((4-20)) Police and fire stations 0.90 Dormitory Q61 ((05)) Post office 0.87 ((44X))) Dweling Units 1 00 Retail10, retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack sheNinal 1.33 Exercise center 0 88 ((085)) School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 0.99 (()) Gymnasia, assembly spaces 0.95 Theater, motion picture 0.83 ((0,z)) Health care clinic 0.87 ((400)) Theater, performing arts 1.25 Hospital, pharmacies, nursing homes, and other 1.20 Transportation 0.77 ((A.89)) Group 1-1 and 1-2 Occupancies Hotel/motel 1.00 Warehouses 0.50 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified 'laboratory' shall meet office and other appropriate 1.62 Workshops 1.20 Laundries 1.20 Libraries5 1.18 ((1•,20)) Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only Manufacturing facility 1.11 ((4,20)) Main floor building lobbies3 (except mall concourses) 1.10 Museum 1.00 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.80 Footnotes for Table 15-1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 20 feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 12 feet. 4) Reserved. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 9 feet. 6) Reserved. 7) Reserved. 8) Reserved. 9) Reserved. 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three -quarter -height partitions (transparent or opaque) and lighting for free-standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional lighting power allowance is allowed for merchandise display luminaires installed in retail sales areas that are specifically designed and directed to highlight merchandise. The following additional wattages apply. i. 0.4 ((04)) watts per square foot of sales floor area not listed in items ii and iii below; ii. 0_9 ((1-4)) watts per square foot of furniture, clothing, cosmetics or artwork floor area; or iii. 1.5 UM)) watts per square foot of jewelry, crystal or china floor area. The specified floor area for items i, ii, or iii above, and the adjoining circulation paths shall be identified and specified on building plans. Calculate the additional power allowance by multiplying the above LPDs by the sales floor area for each department excluding major circulation paths. The total additional lighting power allowance is the sum of allowances for sales categories I, ii, or iii plus an additional 1,000 watts for each separate tenant larger than 250 square feet in area. The additional wattage is allowed only if the merchandise display luminaires comply with all of the following: (a) Located on ceiling -mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). (b) Adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed and automatically controlled, separately from the general lighting, to be turned off during nonbusiness hours. This additional power shall be used only for the specified luminaires and shall not be used for any other purpose. 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Forms for Nonresidential Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK and Multifamily Residential Revised December 2010 2009 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Project Address SEX OFFICE - TUKWILA, WA Date 5/9/2013 The following information is 2009 Seattle Energy Code. necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Requirec Location on Plans Building Dept. Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) Yes 1513.1 Local control/access Schedule with type, indicate locations E2.0 Yes 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch E2.0 Yea 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations E2.0 N.A. daylight zones Indicate primary zone and secondary zone separately N.A. parking garage Indicate daylight zone in parking garage N.A. vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans N.A. overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans N.A. 1513.4 Display/exhib/special Indicate separate controls N.A. 1513.5 Exterior shut-off Schedule with type and features, indicate location N.A. (a) timer w/backup Indicate location N.A. (b) photocell. Indicate location Yea 1513.6 Inter. auto shut-off Indicate location Yes 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations E2.0 Yes 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back-up, override capability); Indicate size of zone on plans E2.0 N.A. 1513.7 Hotel/motel controls Indicate location of room master controls Yea 1513.8 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning E2.0 EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) Yes 1514 Max. watts Indicate watts for each exit sign E2.0 LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530-1532) N.A. 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture type lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture N.A. 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) N.A. 1511 Elec motor efficiency MECH-MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency I TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) N.A. I 1540 (Transformers 'Indicate size and efficiency 1 I If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: FILE COPY Mulvanney G2 Fed Ex Tenant Improvements - Tukwila. Tukwila, WA REVISION Structural Calculations CALCULATIONS INCLUDED: These Calculations cover the framing check and anchorage of a new roof top mechanical unit and the design of steel support framing for a new entry door. 3 EMI Consulting Engineers 1601 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 KPFF Project No. 113195 August 9, 2013 bvB-20b REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 192013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 1 3 201 PERMIT CENTER MConsulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 Project .77/ / 77)e by Ute tlLiL location client date Q,✓243 sheet no. job no. SUP oma-.. r • IIMIConsulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project location client t byn et& datee,// sheet no. job no. I -,�-2L 4 \.) p �- d � v )1.0 ? 1+7 1- 2-1 • I r 77 /4-V12- ��J r cot.. --(2 a P69vvt-q S tAL3e ter 4)7 6.702 .�'r A301/4.12. 1,0 it i s moi" (%))-j%a C j,q/Js _/L liD4P2 Ru ® e>'-L")c_ptsr-1 �Lvfl if y 12 -4,1,)/...'t -o') 1/4 1.- /00 )4.'/ A'A• n , at('- K-61.1.1- 6. 6) -� 7 s'.> Ci -13 ( ®A. ; c p LA -ram '.1 2,0 s P edsi j:241112"21-2112 0-61,00..>Ntear0 7 e° 1 Z"/L + 4/1/1„.), -' (A iJ L 2_ (it/ Qoma\ ° yl'' (.€/L1) 4'- i { SS 2Jr(o.rs MifConsulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue; Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project by location date sheet no. client job no. 1. L`/ 1)2_00.0/1-) /& J `1? -v 2.1.01-1" 3o avFA' ,tiw2 C )i1/4 s" )/ 41-17 gfjk h ) (� k./1. IL") . I Consulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project by location date sheet no. client job no. J60-- ‘---\ 07- 4" -cu 0_,\) 9---c=c•P- r I MrliConsulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project Ferri "r✓lC (J' FF 1C[1 by Z 13 location date sheet no. client job no. I I I f 0 `�` c(Acamx KI -1,..)(z_ : I4 -VA -C. uN,�T w/ t �.,� �,•� T i" ! OL ko L J la ► y !-t i , Vick)* a HVAC uN 1f @F N z< • %i lZI t7rx)vv) Wahi4 At ?' S S 2607- P l- � f sly c ,--) "2-c' (-5R "HT= `1°kb : j zZ i") -C- 4,44._ t G.)p = i Ps cSF (e`�- 6bP g' A • We.. 7-%30 r ): BPIF i 70a,,to L -1,'7'()(‘-/i)(30,-0-) 270 q, ! 1b PL "' 1'1'5' (14)4it)7_s r) Z25 o - kN 1 T gNEZ llz oY C�i ?-1I(3GPF) IUP(Fj &jc. z5/ Cw D' 1� f'{ -F' tkii,trqtr 7 al 10 7 2oSrtf, (Z)1\o >l M =IQe51$ I' = o, x,2.7 ox CEMConsulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project i LQ e �JkJA)1 location by Mt22 date sheet no. client job no. O O A a s e3 e� v (e)(2.) LP 0 1 (1:) (1.) A o 0 wa 4 p tv G)c 6 ; /,J4 7-410F (S Gr` S w vac- '2-) (E) 41L-0 S/' }/-i Ct. to �►IL 41. 12D02-11 ?t -de - 1.2(1 Si- i-1 "Flea -ems tl. Title Block Line 1 You' -can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Project Title: Engineer: Project Descr: Project ID: Printed. c AUG 2()13 1.45PiA Wood Beam Lic. # : KW -06007836 Description : --None-- CODE REFERENCES File = c:IUserslzachs\Desktop\FEDEx0-1.6C6 ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2013, Build:6.13.6.21, Ver:6.0.25 Licensee : KPFF CONSULTING ENGINEERS Calculations per NDS 2005, IBC 2006, CBC 2007, ASCE 7-05 Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-05 Material Properties Analysis Method : Allowable Stress Design Load Combination ASCE 7-05 Wood Species Wood Grade Douglas Fir - Larch : No.1 Beam Bracing : Completely Unbraced D(0.122) Fb - Tension 1,350.0 psi Fb - Compr 1,350.0 psi Fc - Prli 925.0 psi Fc - Perp 625.0 psi Fv 170.0 psi Ft 675.0 psi E : Modulus of Elasticity Ebend- xx 1,600.0 ksi Eminbend - xx 580.0 ksi Density 32.210 pcf i Applied Loads 6x12 Span = 20.0 ft Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Uniform Load : D = 0.060, S = 0.050 , Tributary Width = 1.0 ft, (W_Roof) Point Load : D = 0.270, S = 0.2250 k A 10.0 ft Uniform Load : D = 0.1220 klft, Extent = 0.0 --» 12.0 ft, Tributary Width = 1.0 fl DESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending Stress Ratio Section used for this span fb : Actual FB : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs Maximum Deflection Max Downward L+Lr+S Deflection Max Upward L+Lr+S Deflection Max Downward Total Deflection Max Upward Total Deflection 0.927: 1 Maximum Shear Stress Ratio 6x12 Section used for this span 1,200.01 psi fv : Actual 1,293.92 psi Fv : Allowable +D+S+H Load Combination 10.000ft Location of maximum on span Span # 1 Span # where maximum occurs 0.221 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = 0.746 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Load Combination Max Stress Ratios 1087 0 <360 32 1 0 <180 Desi e n OK 0.300 : 1 6x12 51.04 psi 170.00 psi +D+S+H 0.000 ft Span # 1 Segment Length Span # M V C d C FN C Moment Values Cr Cm C t CL M fb F'b Shear Values V fv F'v D Only Length = 20.0 ft 1 0.651 0.221 1.00 1.00 +D+L+H 1.00 Length = 20.0 ft 1 0.651 0.221 1.00 1.00 +D+Lr+H 1.00 Length = 20.0 ft 1 0.651 0.221 1.00 1.00 +D+S+H 1.00 Length = 20.0 ft 1 0.927 0.300 1.00 1.00 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 1.00 Length = 20.0 ft 1 0.651 0.221 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.96 8.51 842.16 8.51 842.16 8.51 842.16 12.12 1,200.01 8.51 842.16 0.00 1293.92 0.00 1293.92 0.00 1293.92 0.00 1293.92 0.00 1293.92 0.00 1.59 0.00 1.59 0.00 1.59 0.00 2.15 0.00 1.59 0.00 37.64 0.00 37.64 0.00 37.64 0.00 51.04 0.00 37.64 0.00 170.00 0.00 170.00 0.00 170.00 0.00 170.00 0.00 170.00 Title Block Line 1 YoO.can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Project Title: Engineer: Project Descr: Project ID: p, -led. 6.,UG 77:3. '.'561,1 File = c:\Userslzachs\Desktop\FEDEXO-1.EC6 ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2013, Build:6.13.6.21, Ver:6.0.25 Lic. # : KW -06007836 Licensee : KPFF CONSULTING ENGINEERS Description : --None-- Load Combination Max Stress Ratios Segment Length Span # M V C d C FN Ci Cr Cm C CL Moment Values Shear Values M fb F'b V fv F'v +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 20.0 ft 1 0.858 0.281 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 11.22 1,110.30 1293.92 2.01 47.69 170.00 +D+W+H 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 20.0 ft 1 0.651 0.221 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 8.51 842.16 1293.92 1.59 37.64 170.00 +D+0.70E+H 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 20.0 ft 1 0.651 0.221 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 8.51 842.16 1293.92 1.59 37.64 170.00 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.750W+H 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 20.0 ft 1 0.651 0.221 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 8.51 842.16 1293.92 1.59 37.64 170.00 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.750W+H 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 20.0 ft 1 0.858 0.281 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 11.22 1,110.30 1293.92 2.01 47.69 170.00 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.5250E+H 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 20.0 ft 1 0.651 0.221 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 8.51 842.16 1293.92 1.59 37.64 170.00 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 20.0 ft 1 0.858 0.281 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 11.22 1,110.30 1293.92 2.01 47.69 170.00 +0.600+W+H 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 20.0 ft 1 0.391 0.133 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 5.10 505.30 1293.92 0.95 22.58 170.00 +0.60D+0.70E+H 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 20.0 ft 1 0.391 0.133 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 5.10 505.30 1293.92 0.95 22.58 170.00 Overall Maximum Deflections - Unfactored Loads Load Combination Span Max. "-" Defl Location in Span Load Combination Max. "+" Deft Location in Span D+S Vertical Reactions - Unfactored 1 0.7463 9.854 Support notation : Far left is #1 0.0000 Values in KIPS 0.000 Load Combination Support 1 Support 2 Overall MAXimum D Only S Only D+S 12 BEAM-. 6 0OnF +6+Vi+H C +6. BOC•+W+H 2.4 1.4 22 0.3 ip BEAt.1---> 0.8 1.8 P D , nly *01 4-8.4-01+H S. +0.6D0+1,+11 2.372 1.760 0.613 2.372 1.787 1.174 0.613 1.787 1.90 3.87 • +D+L+H It +8+0.701+H ■ +0.6GD+0.708+H 5.84 7,81 9.7£: 11.75 13.72 15,69 17.66 19.64 Distance (ft) +6+L•+H 11+D+S+H +D+0.7061•+0.7501+H +8+0.75151+8.7500+0 • +D+0.7561.+6.7561+0.7560!+H • +D+0.750L+0.7505+D.756W+H B 1-84-8.71181,-18 71..81.1-0.52588-1-H ■ +0+0.7501+6.7000+0 0201E+ 1.90 3.07 5.04 7.00.1 9.78 11 J5 13.72 15.69 17.66 19.64 • +D+L+H .8+8 788-1.11 ■ +8.600+0.701+H Distance (ft) +D+L+H +D+S+M +D+O.?SGL +DJC-0L+M +61+0.7SOL+0.7505+H • +D+0.75151,+D. 750L+0. 70.00: +H 6 +8+0.7501+D. 7505+0.700W+8 . +0+0.7001,+D. 7 5.01+D.52SDE+H ■ +0+0.75C•L+0.7005+0.5100E+ Title Block Line 1 You.can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Uood eam° Project Title: Engineer: Project Descr: Project ID: Printed: 6 AUG 2013. 1:45PFA Description : BEAM---›› -0.19 .0.38 .0.57 • -0.76 --None-- vrWha'�' File ;c lUaerslrachs�Desktop\FEDEX05A1 ECB�gG ! ENERCALC tINC 0983 2013;Build.6.13:8 21 Ver6.0;25 ° Licensee : KPFF CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1.90 3.87 5.84 7.81 9.78 Distance (ft) 0 DO•ly ■ 5O•ly O 8+0 11.75 13.72 15.69 17 66 19.64 Mil11 Consulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project L.2,0 =„ot byt Yle—' — location date /1//s sheet no. client aw� job no. 165-14-3r . tai oaf Ss - t.91 • \\Q I' fp �t eV'Siff wP (I 2510 0,44 (I .0)(0,ak1906) Cl 2C11) !l .� ,631_` ;L- lit• Consulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project L ►c. (- - c. a -- by Yom'`. location date �j /t ) sheet no. client job no. v\ -Ab -r- - 61.-t C z \t,, 1110—i • (Si 136 \) -7,— 1(2 4Zc N-36. upc,e Fr l MEIConsulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project by location date sheet no. client job no. G D' is C4 t Efj/2°' c. .c 11A "I'- 6 4114171 SCA-43' Lia 6.'44144P4 s aim) 03 163 #7' Orn rL N) f -2> Grp P -j 91 A. -a° CA -PAZ- s n ss'ut-,Lt SVOL.,? l � 2 V <-i3- Connection Calculator towAMERICAN WOOD COUNCIL www.awc.org Connection Calculator Design Method Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Connection Type Lateral loading Fastener Type Wood Screw Loading Scenario Single Shear . Main Member Type 868 lbs. Douglas Fir -Larch Main Member Thickness II 2.5 in. Main Member: Angle of Load to Grain 285 lbs. iO Side Member Type Plywood (other grades) Side Member Thickness 15/32 in. ---------- .. _._ .. _... --- - ._ ... _ —. Side Member: Angle of Load to Grain t0 •• Wood Screw Number 10 (D = 0.19 in.) . Length 2.5 In. Load Duration Factor C_D = 1.33 • Wet Service Factor C_M = 1.0 • End Grain Factor C_eg = 1.0 • Temperature Factor c_t = i•O • Connection Yield Modes Im 868 lbs. Is 144 lbs. II 279 lbs. IIIm 285 lbs. IIIs 103 lbs. IV 142 lbs. Adjusted ASD Capacity 103 lbs. • Wood Screw bending yield strength of 80000 psi is assumed. Page 1 of 2 5/32, bftn•//www_awr nra/r.alrnlatnrc/rnnnrrtinne/rretti,lP acn'7rIAcine mcstlinr1mA 411 i1n1 w N J • UNIT STD UNIT WEIGN1 CORNER WEIGHT (Al CORNER WEIGHT 181 CORNER WEIGHT ICI CORNER WEIGHT TDI C.G. LBS.' KG. LAS. KG. LBS. KG. LBS. KG. LBS. AG. S N 2 48HCD 14 1430 V 649 342 155 377 III 372 169 338 153 60 3/4 (15411 31 1/2 18001 20 5/8 15241 STANDARD UNIT WEIGNI IS WI1NOUI MA GAS NEAT WITHOUT PACKAGING. FOR OPTIONS d ACCESSORIES, WOOER 1O THE PRODUC DATA CATALOG. CORNERAA CORNER R TOP FRONT UNITED 1.0 BOY AUDI TECHNOLOGIES SYRACUSE. NY CARRIER EMI THIS 00CuNINT IS TIE PROPERTY OF CARRIER CORPORATION AMD IS DELIVERED UPON TUE EIPRESS CONDITION NAT INE CONTENTS Rill NOT DE DISCLOSED OR USED NIIUOUE CARRIES CONPORATION'S RRIIIIN CONSENT. SUOMISSION Of TWIST DRANINOS OR DOCUMENTS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE PART PINFONUANCI OR ACCEPTANCE OF CONTRACT. 81 I/4 32 3/4 12064.91 1832.51 HORIZONTAL ECONOMIZER HOOD (OPTIONAL) . 23-114 1590.51 RETURN AIR 1.11 SUPPLY AIR I- 46- /16 51.1/8 112981 s t SUPPLE RETURN AIR AIR HORIZONTAL ECONOMIZER DANE 06/15/11 SUPCRCIDIS 48HCD 14 SINGLE ZONE ELECTRICAL COOLING WITH GAS HEAT 50TM501221 [N CURBS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS - 48HC 14 (cont.) CURBS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS - 48HC 14 (cont.) 0105788 Fig. 14 - Service Clearance LOC DIMENSION CONDITION A 48—in (1219 mm) 18—in (457 mm) 18—in (457 mm) 12—in (305 mm) Unit disconnect is mounted on panel No disconnect, convenience outlet option Recommended service clearance , Minimum clearance B 42—in (1067 mm) 36—in (914 mm) Special Surface behind servicer is grounded (e.g., metal, masonry wall) Surface behind servicer is electrically non—conductive (e.g., wood, fiberglass) Check for sources of flue products within 10—ft of unit fresh air intake hood • C 36—in (914 mm) 18—in (457 mm) Side condensate drain is used Minimum clearance D 48—in (1219 mm) 42—in (1067 mm) 36—in (914 mm) . Special No flue discharge accessory installed or available, surface is combustible material Surface behind servicer is grounded (e.g., metal, masonry wall, another unit) Surface behind servicer is electrically non—conductive (e.g., wood, fiberglass) Check for adjacent units or building fresh air intakes within 10—ft of this unit's flue outlet NOTE: Unit_not designed to have overhead obstruction. Contact Application Engineering for guidance on any application planning overhead obstruction or for vertical clearances. 31 s!!eaa( q.inD - St '�!! Cl 0 N ROOF CURB ACCESSORY 1 N CRRTCLRBOTIA00 14 \ 13561 CRRICUR8OT5A00 21 r1 3116 113)1 16101 H CC U 41-1/8 110151 761 29. /16 174 I 1-3/4 114.51 57 9)16 111631 NOTES: I. R00fCUAB ACCESSORY IS SHIPPED DISASSEMBLED. 2. INSULATED PANELS: )/2' THK, NEOPRENE FOAM. 1.01 DENSITY. 3. DIMENSIONS IN I I ARE IN MILLIMETERS. 4. R00FCURB SIDENALLS: 16 GAGE STEEL. 5. WALK DUCIwORK TO CURB. (FLANGES OF DUCT REST ON CURB). 6. SERVICE CLEARANCE 4 FT ON EACH SIDE. 7, ummilis.DIRECTION Of AIR FION. 8. 'L' 6 'S' DESIGNATIONS DENOTE LOCATION Of CONNON CROSS RAIL. (POSITION 'L' FOR LARGE DUCT OPENING CURB). D 35 7116 19011 AL 35116 1841 SEE NOTE 42 109 1)1 SEE NOTE 8 503/8 112801 15 5116 13891 54 1/16 113141 A I A GASKET (SUPPLIED WITH CURB) DUCT—� (FIELD SUPPLIEDI UNIT FR0N1 allinCeam 0 -1116' 110.41 MAX CURB LEVELING IOL EAAxCTi UNIT NAIL MICA', 14/ SIDES {GORIER FLASHING �� IFIEID SUPPLIEDI ROOFING FELT (FIELD SUPPLIED) ANT STRIP (FIELD SUPPLIED) ROOFING MATERIAL (FIELD SUPPLIED) Il2- 1131 SECTION C C SEE DETAIL E , RIGID INSULATION (FIELD SUPPLIED) DEIAIL E fr SUPPII AIR �—.•-'' 0..7/16' ,` RETURN AI 110.41 INSUTAIED PANELS (MIN 18 GA SIL/ ' NIIH 1/2 INCH NEOPRENE INSULATION PEKING FOR ALT CONDENSATE DRAIN CURBS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS - 48HC 14 (cont.) — 9-1)16 C 12301 \ • CENING FOR BASEPAN (NEAP SERVICE /• r1 3116 113)1 1l (3 1116 13311 RETURN AIR OPENING /(,\/ 3-112 1891 ` 35 15116 19141 BUFFET AIR OPINING -14871 D 2 1511 I L 19.1/16 i 1 \ D 35 7116 19011 AL 35116 1841 SEE NOTE 42 109 1)1 SEE NOTE 8 503/8 112801 15 5116 13891 54 1/16 113141 A I A GASKET (SUPPLIED WITH CURB) DUCT—� (FIELD SUPPLIEDI UNIT FR0N1 allinCeam 0 -1116' 110.41 MAX CURB LEVELING IOL EAAxCTi UNIT NAIL MICA', 14/ SIDES {GORIER FLASHING �� IFIEID SUPPLIEDI ROOFING FELT (FIELD SUPPLIED) ANT STRIP (FIELD SUPPLIED) ROOFING MATERIAL (FIELD SUPPLIED) Il2- 1131 SECTION C C SEE DETAIL E , RIGID INSULATION (FIELD SUPPLIED) DEIAIL E fr SUPPII AIR �—.•-'' 0..7/16' ,` RETURN AI 110.41 INSUTAIED PANELS (MIN 18 GA SIL/ ' NIIH 1/2 INCH NEOPRENE INSULATION PEKING FOR ALT CONDENSATE DRAIN CURBS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS - 48HC 14 (cont.) OPTIONS & ACCESSORY WEIGHTS 4. OPTION / ACCESSORY OPTION / ACCESSORY WEIGHTS 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 14 lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg Lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg Humidi-MiZer1 15 7 23 10 25 11 29 13 38 17 47 21 47 21 47 21 57 26 Power Exhaust - vertical 50 23 50 23 50 23 75 34 75 34 75 34 75 34 75 34 85 39 Power Exhaust - horizontal 30 14 30 14 30 14 30 14 ' 30 14 30 14 30 14 30 14 75, 34 EconoMi$er (X, IV or 2) 50 23 50 "23 50 23 75 34 75 34 75 34 75 34 75 34 132 60 Two Position damper 39 18 39 18 39 . 18 58 26 58 26 58 26 58 26 58 26 65 29 Manual Dampers 12 5 12 5 12 5 18 8 18 8 18 8 18 8 18 8 25 11 Medium Gas Heat 12 5 9 4 9 4 15 7 15 7 15 7 18 8 18 8 18 8 High Gas Heat - - 17 8 17 8 29 13 29 13 29 13 35 16 35 16 42 19 Hail Guard (louvered) 16 7 16 7 16 7 34 15 34 15 34 15 34 15 34 15 45 20 Cu/Cu Condenser Coil 35 16 35 16 35 16 95 43 95 43 95 43 170 77 170 77 190 86 Cu/Cu Cond. & Evap. Coils 60 27 60 27 90 41 140 64 140 64 195 88 270 122 270 122 280 127 Roof Curb (14 -in. curb) 115 52 115 52 115 52 143 65 143 65 143 65 143 65 143 65 180 82 Roof Curb (24 -in. curb) 197 89 197 89 197 89 245 111 245 111 245 111 245 111 245 111 255 116 CO2 sensor 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 Flue Discharge Deflector 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 - - Optional Indoor Motor/Drive 10 5 10 5 10 5 15 • 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 45 20 Motor Master Controller 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 40 18 Low Ambient Controller 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 8 3 10 5 30 14 Return Smoke Detector 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5. 2 5 2 5 2 Supply Smoke Detector 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 Fan/Filter Status Switch 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 Non -Fused Disconnect 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 HACR Circuit Breaker 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 Powered Convenience Outlet 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 Non -Powered C.O. 5 2 5 2 5. 2 5 2 51 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 Enthalpy Sensor 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 Differential Enthalpy Sensor 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 SAV System with VFD - - - - - - - - 20 9 20 9 20 9 20 9 20 9 NOTE: Where multiple variations are available, the heaviest combination is listed. - Not Available 1 For Humidi-MiZer add MotorMaster Controller. 33 FILE COPY Permit No. MulvannyG2 Fed. Ex Tenant Improvements - Tukwila Tukwila, WA Structural Calculations CALCULATIONS INCLUDED: Pages 1 through 32 These Calculations cover this scope anchorage of mechanical units and new openings through concrete walls of building. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED !JUL 17 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION HMIConsulting Engineers 1601 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 KPFF Project No. 113195 June 6, 2013 ' • RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA 3 JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER b\32.O(o El= Consulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project Feat E �iNv� t r of location client by0j date 6./5/i 3 sheet no. 113�- job no. //3195' Mei .c4- p; 5e_ci-70n 2 _Ey, (Ai p✓r,e_n, w (A) A-1,1, 0 P •Vi Alts; • Consulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project r ems` V W'(' al location client by ArAl.E date l / J%3 sheet no. 3z job no. Se15 v c. s,1 -Po: Fp = 0.4 4ED spy WP ) z4 ) ' 1 P P a,q OA) (0.9} (wp (N�'2 IU For 0,4 0,00,4) (.1 4. 2.0) 2' S.h. Fo it Poo -P p ; 0 . L1 £aq o2'rS 4a• BJP (.0.6e ) G5D15 55o 1300Ibs.Q0cr A+ s(e.ofc I 2 • Consulting Engineers e 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 i ey: ff project FG � r location client by 4'"' e date /4l3lf 3 sheet no. 3l3 7_ job no. ROOFTOP u.N'r' F =— 5C 1 i 1"t- f=b(ollbs r3oo'ys Y re)r-eg►4- = 69/ d 130 38,. 35 o ♦ (,9 Cibirpeieyi-) ? rnQ e'Q li c U 0. C., 3s-sSo) : 1$, 30 23,boo L' 1\ecAc (2) Conn - n4 Cv.r1 026.0. Ai C.,4,76 v 0ve..rhwny4 Consulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project by location date client sheet no. 1-11 job no. C" 4-0 / oo. 5(oltbs A 10 Wood! Sc_rcw =7 103'bs (.se (1:4) Scrtits 10its Sick 4-- (e?) ' 5Ldrt-- 5, n • a 5 c.re.W s / D 3= 1 a 3 (o I c Q Sc.rCU> is pctG� 3UD1125 [ASC., (11) Sc1-ews or /o,, <;d.1.. 0--) SuGt.is it ,( () dtooli, AMERICAN WOOD oll COUNCIL www.awc.org Connection Calculator Design Method Allowable Stress Design (ASD) . Connection Type Lateral loading Fastener Type Wood Screw . Loading Scenario Single Shear . Main Member Type 144 lbs. Douglas Fir -Larch Main Member Thickness 2.51n. Main Member: Angle of Load to Grain IIIs �o Side Member Type Plywood (other grades) . Side Member Thickness - 15/32 Side Member: Angle of Load to Grain Wood Screw Number 10 (D = 0.19 in.) . Length 2.5 in. . Load Duration Factor C_D = 1.33 . Wet Service Factor C_M = 1.0 . End Grain Factor C_eg = 1.0 . Temperature Factor C_t = 1.0 . Connection Yield Modes Im 868 lbs. Is 144 lbs. II 279 lbs. IIIm 285 lbs. IIIs 103 lbs. IV 142 lbs. Adjusted ASD Capacity 103 lbs. . Wood Screw bending yield strength of 80000 psi is assumed. iasc I VIZ. 5137, http: //www. awc. org/calcul ators/connecti ons/cc style. asp?de si gn_method=ASD&connection... 6/3/2013 E�Consulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project by location date client sheet7. 6 e3 job no. @ GRA -DF DESIeN mkpfo;4 = 7%3.41.94 — 857016-'~ �'re5'1s�"= �Yl2' �S° _ /14/150pb_.., roa c---r;�✓ L,k e x)18 t+.;1u- EZ wl 3 Ernp ip el X.,"�j L �, �, V r 0 l gi Siypec-div„ /10 DJe.r"iu.r.A3 %SSeLes Fig. 1 - Dimensions 48HC 04-06 C) 0 0 NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, DIMENSIONS IN [ 1 ARE IN MILLIMETERS. 2. S CENTER OF GRAVITY 3. 1.00. DIRECTION OF AIR FLOW IINI7 N 48M6-604 333/8 18411 18 5/8 [4121 4811C -A05 41 3/8 [10511 14 7/8 13111 48HC-806 41 3/8 [10511 11 7/8 13711 FILTER ACCESS PANEL )100L -LESS) • COMP. ACCESS • PANEL I= • CONDENSER COIL — ' 1 N INDOOR COIL ACCESS PANEL - .i r 1, / 3 C 3-3/4 1951 46 3/4 111871 BACK t OPTIONAL FACTORY INSTALLED CONVENIENCE OUTLET 2.5/8--1 1671 TTP CURB WIDTH 44 4-5/8 11181 LECT8ICAL DISCONNECT LOCATION 19.1/2 14941 LEFT 18. I1/8 1 I f 14591 16-1 /8 I/-1// 12-1/4 [1111 1363) (3121 I 1 1 32 1/4 18181 Jr 33 3/8 18481 0 UNITED P.D. 001 IDBS TECHNOLOGIES 1TRAcus1. I/O CARRIER um THIS 00(060T IS THE ARO/EM 01 CARRIER CORPORATION 400 IS DELIVERED DPOB THE EXPRESS COMDIt100 THAT THE CONTENTS WILL MOT B[ DISCLOSED OR USED WITROIT CARRIER CORPORATION'S WRITTEN CONSENT. SUBMISSION 01 THESE DRAWINGS OR DOCU0[NIS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE PART PERFORMANCE OR ACCEPT/ACE Of 00700.C7. ECONOMIZER HOOD IOPTIONALI SEE THAU THE BASE CHART 6 1 [4061 25-5/8 -- 16521 RETURN AIR• 10.7/8 12771 0 E ALT. — CONDENSATE DRAIN OPENING IN BASEPAN 11-3/4 14511 SUPPLY AIR 6-1/4 (1571 25 16361 26-1/2 16131 441. RETURN AIR 29-3/8 110 17 71 SUPPLY AIR 4 LUE 1l001 HOOD TOP 3-3/8 --- 12-1/8 -- 1851 13011 .�— 18-1/2 14701 OPTIONAL FACTORY INSTALLED DISCONNECT 30 1/8 [7641 118881 FRONT THRU-THE-8 SE CHART THESE HOLES REQUIRED FOR USE CRBTMPWR001A01. 003801 CONNECTION SIZES A 1 3/8' (351 DIA FIELD POWER SUPPLY HOLE B 2' 1501 DIA POWER SUPPLY KNOCKOUT C 1 3/4' 1511 DIA GAUGE ACCESS PLUG D 7/8' (22) DIA FIELD CONTROL WIRING HOLE E 3/4'-14 NPT CONDENSATE DRAIN F 1/2'-14 NPT .GAS CONNECTION G 2 1/2 ' (641 DIA POWER SUPPLY KNOCK -OUT THRU-THE-8 SE CHART THESE HOLES REQUIRED FOR USE CRBTMPWR001A01. 003801 THREADED WIRE REO'D HOLE CONDUIT SIZE USE SIZES IMAX.) w 1/2' ACC. 7/8' [22.21 N 1/2' 2411 1/8' 122.21 T • 3/4' 1001,0031 POWER 1 1/8' [28.41 2.. 10031 1/2' FPT GAS 1 3/16' 130.01 FOR 'THRU-780-88S PAN' FACTORY OPTION, FITTINGS FOR ONLY X,Y, & Z ARE PROVIDED SELECT EITHER 3/4' OR 1/2' FOR POWER, DEPENDING ON WIRE SIZE (0011 PROVIDES 3/4' FPT TNRU CURB • • FLANGE 6 FITTING. 10-1/2 [2651 1-1/4 (321 FILTER 11-3/8 [2891 6-I/8 11551 OUTSIDE AIR 4411 21-1/4 15391 31 1/4 (7931 11521 SUPPLY AIR AIRURN RIGHT BAROMETRIC RELIEF FLOW SKEET 10F2 DALE 01/14/10 000(806000 10/12/09 48HC 04-06 SINGLE ZONE ELECTRICAL COOLING WITH GAS HEAT 48TM502588 REV A CURBS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS - 48HC 04-06 Fig. 2 - Dimensions 48HC 04-06 0 a 0 An UNIT STD. UNIT WEIGHT CORNER WEIGHT (AI CORNER WEIGHT (81 CORNER WEIGHT (CI CORNER WEIGHT IDI C.G. HEIGHT (BS. NO, LBS. KG, 185 KG, 185. KG, LBS. KG, 8 T 2 48HC-A0/ .505 229 124 56 117 53 128 58 136 62 36 1/8 19181 24 3/8 16191 19 14831 /DHL -AUS SHU CbT 151 69 111 bb 111 AS 1b) N9 3b 1/1 19[11 CS 3/8 159/1 CO T/U ISM 48HC-A06 600 271 156 71 115 66 (44 65 155 70 35 7/8 19111 23 1// [5911 19 1/2 [4951 •- STANDARD UNIT WEIGHT IS WITH LOW GAS NEAT AND WITHOUT PACKAGING.' FOR OTHER OPTINS AND ACCESSORIES REFER TO THE PRODUCT DATA CATALOG. 6 UNITED P.D. EDA TDee TECHNOLOGIES SYRACUSE. or CARRIER 132E1 THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OF CARRIER CORPORATION AND IS UEI1HERED UPON TIE EXPRESS CONDITION THAT THE CONTENTS WILL NOT BE DISCLOSED OR USED WITNONT CARRION CORPORATION'S WRITTEN CONSENT. SUBMISSION OF THESE DRAWINGS ON DOCUMENTS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE PART PERFORMANCE ON ACCEPTANCE OF CONTRACT. CORNER A CORNER B TOP CORNER C FRONT SHEET 2 OF 2 DATE 01/14/10 SAPERCESCS 10/12/09 48HC 04-06 SINGLE ZONE ELECTRICAL COOLING WITH GAS HEAT 48TM502588 REY A CURBS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS - 48HC 04-06 (cont.) 2 -^ —_ =_ - ,. ::00 1 1 I ). : 00• FRONT SHEET 2 OF 2 DATE 01/14/10 SAPERCESCS 10/12/09 48HC 04-06 SINGLE ZONE ELECTRICAL COOLING WITH GAS HEAT 48TM502588 REY A CURBS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS - 48HC 04-06 (cont.) CURBS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS - 48HC 04-06 (cont.) Fig. 3 - Service Clearance 5I3 C08337 LOC DIMENSION CONDITION A 48—in (1219 mm) 18—in (457 mm) 18—in (457 mm) 12—in (305 mm) Unit disconnect is mounted on panel No disconnect, convenience outlet option Recommended service clearance Minimum clearance B 42—in (1067 mm) 36—in (914 mm) Special Surface behind servicer is grounded (e.g., metal, masonry wall) Surface behind servicer is electrically non—conductive (e.g., wood, fiberglass) Check for sources of flue products within 10—ft of unit fresh air intake hood C 36—in (914 mm) 18—in (457 mm) Side condensate drain is used • Minimum clearance D 48—in (1219 mm) 42—in (1067 mm) 36—in (914 mm) Special No flue discharge accessory installed, surface is combustible material Surface behind servicer is grounded (e.g., metal, masonry wall, another unit) Surface behind servicer is electrically non—conductive (e.g., wood, fiberglass) Check for adjacent units or building fresh air intakes within 10—ft of this unit's flue outlet NOTE: Unit not designed to have overhead obstruction. Contact Application Engineering for guidance on any application planning overhead obstruction or for vertical clearances. 1 20 OPTIONS & ACCESSORY WEIGHTS OPTION / ACCESSORY OPTION / ACCESSORY WEIGHTS [ 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 14 lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg Humidi-MiZer1 15 7 23 10 25 11 29 13 38 17 47 21 47 21 47 21 57 26 Power Exhaust - vertical 50 23 50 23 50 23 75 34 75 34 75 34 75 34 75 34 85 39 Power Exhaust - horizontal 30 14 30 14 30 14 30 14 30 14 30 14 30 14 30 14 75 34 EconoMi$er (X, IV or 2) ( 50 23 50 23 50 23 75 34 75 34 75 34 75 34 75 34 132 60 Two Position damper 39 18 39 18 39 18 58 26 58 26 58 26 58 26 58 26 65 29 Manual Dampers 12 5 12 5 12 5 18 8 18 8 18 8 18 8 18 8 25 11 Medium Gas Heat 12 5 9 4 9 4 15 7 15 7 15 7 18 8 18 8 18 8 High Gas Heat - - 17 8 17 8 29 13 29 13 29 13 35 16 35 16 42 19 Hail Guard .(louvered) 16 7 16 7 16 7 34 15 34 15 34 15 34 15 34 15 45 20 Cu/Cu Condenser Coil 35 16 35 16 35 16 95 43 95 43 95 43 170 77 170 77 190 86 Cu/Cu Cond. & Evap. Coils 60 27 60 27 90 41 140 64 140 64 195 88 270 122 270 122 280 127 Roof Curb (14 -in. curb) 115 52 115 52 115 52 143 65 143 65 143 65 143 65 143 65 180 82 Roof Curb (24 -in. curb) 197 89 197 89 197 89 245 111 245 111 245 111 245 111 245 111 255 116 CO2 sensor 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 Flue Discharge Deflector 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 - - Optional Indoor Motor/Drive 10 5 10 5 10 5 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 45 20 Motor Master Controller 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 40 18 Low Ambient Controller 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 8 3 10 5 30 14 Return Smoke Detector 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 Supply Smoke Detector 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 Fan/Filter Status Switch 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 Non -Fused Disconnect 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 HACR Circuit Breaker 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 Powered Convenience Outlet 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 ' 16 35 16 Non -Powered C.O. 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 Enthalpy Sensor 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2' 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 Differential Enthalpy Sensor 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 SAV System with VFD - - - - - - - - 20 9 20 9 20 9 20 9 20 9 NOTE: Where multiple variations are available, the heaviest combination is listed. — Not Available 1 For Humidi—Miler add MotorMaster Controller. 33 i o/ NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, DIMENSIONS IN I 1 ARE IN MILLIMETERS. 2. CENTER OF GRAVITY s• DIRECTION OF AIR FLOW UNIT 48HC-A04 333/8 [8471 185/8 14121 48HC-455 /1 3/8 [1051] 1/ 1/8 13771 48HC-A06 /1 3/8 [10511 14 7/8 13171 FILTER ACCESS PANEL ITOOL-LESS) • COMP. ACCESS - PANEL ' CONDENSER COIL ' INDOOR COIL ACCESS PANEL ' B BACK 2-5/8 [67] TTP CURB WIDTH A/ /-5/8 (118) IECTR IC AL DISCONNECT LOCATION OPTIONAL FACTORY INSTALLED CONVENIENCE OUTLET 19-1/2 1491] 3-3/4 1951 46 3/4 111871 LEFT 32 I// [8181 333/8 (8181 C UNITED P.D. 505 ANDO TECHNOLOGIES SYRACUSE. NY CARRIER T3771 THIS DOCUMENT IS TME M°PERTI OF CARRIER CORPORATICII ANT IS DELIVERED UPON TNT C RRESS GNOMON THAT INE CONTENTS WILL NOT BE DISCLOSED ON USED VITAWI CARRIER CORPORATION'S WRITTEN CONSENT. SURNISSION OE THESE DRAPINGS OR DOCUMENTS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE PART PERTOIMANCE ON ACCEPTANCE Of CONTRACT. ECONOMIZER HOOD (OPTIONAL) 25-5/8 [6521 RETURN AIR E ALT. CONDENSATE DRAIN OPENING IN BASEPAN 14591 16 11061 10-7/8 1277' RETURN 26-1/2 [6731 16-I/8 14-1/4 12-1/4 [4111 13631 13121 SEE THRU THE BASE CHART 25 [6361 6.1/4 [157 / FLUE HOOD 1001 TOP 12-1/8 1307] I8-1/2 [470] OPTIONAL FACTORY INSTALLED DISCONNECT HANDLE 301/8 [7641 7/ 3/8 118881 FRONT 8-3/8 [2131 AIR 29-3/8 I. 17171 SUPPLY 1 AIR 3-3/8 185) THRU-THE-WASE CHART THESE HOLES REQUIRED FOR USE CRBTMPWKOOTNO1. 003401 CONNECTION SIZES A 1 3/8' 1351 DIA FIELD POWER SUPPLY HOLE B 2' [501 DIA POWER SUPPLY KNOCKOUT C 1 3/4' [511 DIA GAUGE ACCESS PLUG D 7/8' 122] DIA FIELD CONTROL WIRING HOLE E 3/4'-1/ MPT CONDENSATE DRAIN F 1/2'-14 NPT GAS CONNECTION G 2 1/2 ' [641 DIA POWER SUPPLY KNOCK -OUT THRU-THE-WASE CHART THESE HOLES REQUIRED FOR USE CRBTMPWKOOTNO1. 003401 THREADED WIRE REO'D HOLE CONDUIT SIZE USE SIZES (MAX.) W 1/2' ACC. 7/8' [22.2] 1/2' 2/V 7/8' [22.21 Y • 3/1' 1001,0031 POWER 11/8' 128.11 Z•• 10031 1/2' FPT GAS 1 3/16' [30.01 FOR 'THRU-THE-BAS PAN' FACTORY OPTION. FITTINGS FOR ONLY 6,1. 6 Z ARE PROVIDED SELECT EITHER 3/4' OR 1/2' • FOR POWER, DEPENDING ON WIRE SIZE 1001) PROVIDES 314' FPT THRU CURB FLANGE 6 FITTING. 1 -1/4 OUTSIDE AIR 21-1// 1539] 6-5/8 11681 • [1771 26 3/4 16811 31 1/4 1193) SUPPLY AIR AIRURN RIGHT BAROMETRIC RELIEF FLOW SHEET I OF 2 DATE 01/14/10 SUPERCEDES 10/12/09 48HC 04-06 SINGLE ZONE ELECTRICAL COOLING WITH GAS HEAT 48TM502588 REV A CURBS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS - 48HC 04-06 90-70 DH87 sao!saawiU UNIT STD. UNIT WEIGHT CORNER WEIGHT 1A1 CORNER WEIGHT 1B1 CORNER WEIGHT ICI CORNER WEIGHT EDI C G. HEIGHT LBS. KG. LBS. KG. LBS. KG. LBS. KG. LBS. KG. X Y I /8HC-A0/ 505 229 124 56 117 53 128 58 136 62 36 1/8 19181 24 318 16191 19 14831 48HC-A0S 590 268 , 151 69 144 65 111 65 151 69 36 1/4 19211 73 3/8 15941 70 118 15111 18HC-A06 600 271 156 71 145 66 I// 65 155 70 35 1/8 19111 23 1// 15911 19 1/2 14951 •- STANDARD UNIT WEIGHT IS WITH LOW GAS HEA AND WITHOUT PACKAGING FOR OTHER OPTINS AND ACCESSORIES REFER TO THE PRODUCT DATA CATALOG CORNER A C UNITED R.D. BOX 1505 TECHNOLOGIES SYRACUSE, II CARRIER U ZI IOIS DOCUMENT IS THE PRMERII OF CARRIER CORPORATION AND IS DELIVERED UPON TNT EXPRESS CONDITION THAT THE CONTENTS WILL NOT RE DISCLOSED 01 USED WITHOUT CAROIE1 CORPORATION'S 15111[1 CONSENT. SUBMISSION OF INES/ DRAWINGS ON DOCUMENTS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE PANT PERFORMANCE 00 ACCEPTANCE Of CONTRACT. CORNER B F• TOP = = .;00 1 I FRONT SHEET 2 OF 2 DAIS 01/14/10 SUGCEDES 10/12/09 48HC 04-06 SINGLE ZONE ELECTRICAL COOLING WITH GAS HEAT 48TM502588 NFU A CURBS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS - 48HC 04-06 (cont.) n o , CURBS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS - 48HC 04-06 (cont.) 13/9, Fig. 3 - Service Clearance C08337 LOC • DIMENSION CONDITION A 48—in (1219 mm) 18—in (457 mm) 18—in (457 mm) 12—in (305 mm) Unit disconnect is mounted on panel No disconnect, convenience outlet option I Recommended service clearance Minimum clearance B 42—in (1067 mm) 36—in (914 mm) Special Surface behind servicer is grounded (e.g., metal, masonry wall) Surface behind servicer is electrically non—conductive (e.g., wood, fiberglass) Check for sources of flue products within 10—ft of unit fresh air intake hood C 36—in (914 mm) 18—in (457 mm) Side condensate drain is used Minimum clearance D 48—in (1219 mm) 42—in (1067 mm) 36—in (914 mm) Special No flue discharge accessory installed, surface is combustible material Surface behind servicer is grounded (e.g., metal, masonry wall, another unit) Surface behind servicer is electrically non—conductive,(e.g., wood, fiberglass) Check for adjacent units or building fresh air intakes within 10—ft of this unit's flue outlet NOTE: Unit not designed to have overhead obstruction. Contact Application Engineering for guidance on any application planning overhead obstruction or for vertical clearances. OPTIONS & ACCESSORY WEIGHTS OPTION / ACCESSORY OPTION / ACCESSORY WEIGHTS 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 14 lb kg lb , kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg Humidi—MiZer1 15 7 23 10 25 11 29 13 38 17 47 21 47 21 47 21 57 26 Power Exhaust — vertical 50 23 50 23 50 23 75 34 75 34 75 34 75 34 75 34 85 39 Power Exhaust — horizontal 30 14 30 14 30 14 30 14 30 14 30 14 30 14 30 14 75 34 EconoMi$er (X, IV or 2) 50 23 50 23 50 23 75 34 75 34 75 34 75 34 75 34 132 60 Two Position damper 39 18 39 18 39 18 58 26 58 26 58 26 58 26 58 26 65 29 Manual Dampers 12 5 12 5 12 5 18 8 - 18 8 18 8 18 8 18 8 25 11 Medium Gas Heat 12 5 9 4 9 4 15 7 15 7 15 7 18 8 18 8 18 8 High Gas Heat — — 17 8 17 8 29 13 29 13 29 13 35 16 35 16 42 19 Hail Guard (louvered) 16 7 16 7 16 7 34 15 34 15 34 15 34 15 34 15 45 20 Cu/Cu Condenser Coil 35 16 35 16 35 16 95 43 95 43 95 43 170 77 170 77 190 86 Cu/Cu Cond. & Evap. Coils 60 27 60 27 90 41 140 64 140 64 195 88 270 122 270 122 280 127 Roof Curb (14—in. curb) 115 52 115 52 115 52 143 65 143 65 143 65 143 65 143 65 180 82 Roof Curb (24—in. curb) 197 89 197 89 197 89 245 111 245 111 245 111 245 111 245 111 255 116 CO2 sensor 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 Flue Discharge Deflector 7 3 7 3 .7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 — — Optional Indoor Motor/Drive 10 5 10 5 10 5 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 45 20 Motor Master Controller 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 40 18 Low Ambient Controller 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 8 3 10 5 30 14 Return Smoke Detector 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 Supply Smoke Detector 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 Fan/Filter Status Switch 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 Non—Fused Disconnect 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 HACR Circuit Breaker 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 Powered Convenience Outlet 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 Non—Powered C.O. 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 Enthalpy Sensor 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 Differential Enthalpy Sensor 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 SAV System with VFD — — — — — — — — 20 9 20 9 20 ' 9 20 9 20 9 NOTE: Where multiple variations are available, the heaviest combination is listed. — Not Available 1 For Humidi—MiZer add MotorMaster Controller. 33 Acca -3 NOTES: I. DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES. DIMENSIONS IN ( I ARE IN NILLINETERS. 2. CENTER OF GRAVITY 3. DIRECTION OF AIR FLOW . FILTER ACCESS PANEL (DISPOSABLE FILTERS) - - — = NL CONDENSER COIL :oO 1 1 j.c===y• . 06 INDOOR COIL ACCESS PANEL •: 8-3/8 12111 .. 100 , .11 .1e '.1. 2' • 004 3-3/4 195] BACK t 18 16} I 11691,/121 2 [ 1355111 f ; '91 11 3/4 12981 4-S/8 1118] LECTRICAL DISCONNECT A LOCATION B. 6 OPTIONAL FACTORY INSTALLED CONVENIENCE OUTLET 36 1913) 6-5/8 11681 59 1/2 115101 LEFT 49-3/8 112531 2-5/8 -- 167 T P CURB WIDTH UNITED R.D. 80X 4800 TECHNOLOGIES SYRACUSE. NT CARRIER 10221 THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY OR CARRIE CORPORATION AND IS DELIVERED UPON TNT EXPRESS CONDI ION TART THE CONTENTS WILL NOT DE DISCLOSED ON USED 'TROUT CARRIER CORPORATION'S RRITTEN CONSENT. SUBMISSION OF TRESS DRAWINGS OR DOCUMENTS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE PART PERFORMANCE OR ACCEPTANCE Of CONTRACT. 403/8 110261 ECONOMIZER HOOD (OPTIONAL) 4 SEE THRU TV) -BASE . GNARL.. . 20-3/4 15261 36-3/8 [ 925] RETURN AIR 12-S/8 13211 28.3/4 11311 SUPPLY •AIR 37-5/8 19551 /0-3/8 110271 401111 RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR 19 5/8 1 1S1 ] 11001 E ALT. CONDENSATE DRAIN OPENING IN BASEPAN -4- I4— (3561 1-- 25-1/1 • (6461 CONTROL BOM ACCESS PANEL OPTIONAL FACTORY INSTALIED DISCONNECT HANOI)� F{NL - — = NL INDOOR BLOWER ACCESS • i --HANDLE :oO 1 1 j.c===y• . 06 2 1/2' 164] DIA POWER SUPPLY KNOCKOUT 8-3/8 12111 37 19401 RR 110 238 FRONT 3-1/4 183) — 6-I/4 11591 2-7/8 1731 THRU-THE-BASE CHART THESE HOLES REO IRED FOR USE CRN THPWRDO2A01, 004A01 CONNECTION SIZES A 1 3/8' 1351 DIA FIELD POWER SUPPLY HOLE 0 2 1/2' 164] DIA POWER SUPPLY KNOCKOUT C 13/4' [511 DIA GAUGE ACCESS PLUG D 1/8' [22) DIA FIELD CONTROL WIRING HOLE E 3//'-I/ NPT CONDENSATE DRAIN F 3/4'-14 NPT GAS CONNECTION G 2' 1511 DIA POWER SUPPLY KNOCK -OUT THRU-THE-BASE CHART THESE HOLES REO IRED FOR USE CRN THPWRDO2A01, 004A01 THREADED WIRE REO'D HOLE . 36.3/8 1925] CONDUIT SIZE USE SIZES (MAX.) W 1/2' - ACC. 7/8' [22.21 t 112' 24V 7/8' (22.21 Y 11/1' (002.0041 POWER 1 3/1' 114.41 2R (0041 3/4' FPT GAS 1 5/8' 141.31 FOR ' THRU-THE-BASEPAN' FACTORY OPTION. FITTINGS FOR ONLY M, Y. 6 2 ARE PROVIDED (0021 PROVIDES 3/4' FPI THRU CURB ' FLANGE 6 FITTING. 12-5/8 [321] F U0 HOOD 13-7/8 13531 t A_ r, rk E STD.— - CONDENSATE DRAIN 28-3/8 --' 1120] SUPPLY AIR • • . 36.3/8 1925] • InII RETURN AIR t 5-3/4 1146) 6-3/8 (1611 37 7/8 1963] 42 110661 Jr 711771 RIGHT 5-3// I116I RETURN AIR FILTER Jr BAROMETRIC RELIEF • FLOW 26 06491 I OUTSIDE AIR SHEET I OF 2 DATE 04.23-12 SuPEACEDEs 10-07-10 48HC-DII, 48HC-DI2 SINGLE ZONE ELECTRICAL COOLING WITH GAS HEAT 48TM502926 REV 0 CURBS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS - 48HC 11-12 Fig. 9 - Dimensions 48HC 12 C) 2 O ACty-3 UNIT STD. UNIT WEIGHT R CORNER WEIGHT 1A1 CORNER WEIGHT IBS CORNER WEIGHT ICI CORNER WEIGHT ID) C G ' I. o LBS. KG. LBS. KG. LBS. KG. LBS. KG. LBS. KG.X I 0 48HC-01Z 1099, 499 337 153 307 139 217 88 '238 108 42 110671 24 5/8 [67U 73 [5641 - 18HC'011 1099 499 337 153 307 139 217 98 238 108 42 110671 24 5/8 16261 23 15641 CORNER A UNITED . P.O. Dox IDDR TECHNOLOGIES SYRACUSE. RI CARRIER SOOT THIS DOCUMENT IS THE PROPERTY Of CARRIER CORPORATION AHD IS DELIVERED IPPON THE [STRESS CONDITION THAT THE CONTENTS WILL NOT DE DISCLOSED OR REID WITHOUT CARRIER CORPORATION'S WRITTEN CONSENT. SUBMISSION Or THESE DRAWINGS OR DOCUMENTS DOES ROT CONSTITUTE PART PERFORMANCE OR ACCEPTANCE Or CONTRACT. STANDARD UNIT WEIGHT IS WITH LOW GAS HEAT AND WITHOUT PACKAGING. FOR OTHER OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES. REFER TO THE PRODUCT DATA CATALOG. FRONT CORNER 8 CORNER C SHEET 2 OF 2 RATE 04-23-12 SUPT RCEDT$ 10-01-10 48HC-DII, 48HC-DI2 SINGLE ZONE ELECTRICAL COOLING WITH GAS HEAT 48TM502926 REV B CURBS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS - 48HC 11-12 (cont.) rC 2 ' I. o CO : 00, FRONT CORNER 8 CORNER C SHEET 2 OF 2 RATE 04-23-12 SUPT RCEDT$ 10-01-10 48HC-DII, 48HC-DI2 SINGLE ZONE ELECTRICAL COOLING WITH GAS HEAT 48TM502926 REV B CURBS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS - 48HC 11-12 (cont.) rC CURBS & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS - 48HC 11-12 (cont.)®� �' 3'' C08337 Fig. 10 - Service Clearance LOC DIMENSION CONDITION A 48 -in (1219 mm) 18 -in (457 mm) 18 -in (457 mm) 12 -in (305 mm) Unit disconnect is mounted on panel No disconnect, convenience outlet option Recommended service clearance , Minimum clearance B 42 -in (1067 mm) 36 -in (914 mm) Special Surface behind servicer is grounded (e.g., metal, masonry wall) Surface behind servicer is electrically non-conductive (e.g., wood, fiberglass) Check for sources of flue products within 10 -ft of unit fresh air intake hood C 36 -in (914 mm) 18 -in (457 mm) Side condensate drain is used Minimum clearance D 48 -in (1219 mm) 42 -in (1067 mm) 36 -in (914 mm) Special No flue discharge accessory installed, surface is combustible material Surface behind servicer is grounded (e.g., metal, masonry wall, another unit) Surface behind servicer is electrically non-conductive (e.g., wood, fiberglass) Check for adjacent units or building fresh air intakes within 10 -ft of this unit's flue outlet NOTE: Unit not designed to have overhead obstruction. Contact Application Engineering for guidance on any application planning overhead obstruction or for vertical clearances. 27 , ROOF CURB ACCESSORY A CRRFCURBO03AOI 14" (3581 CRRFCURBOD4A01 24" 1610] 53164' [153.51 53 1/7 [1358.9] 11.47 680.0] NOTES: 1. ROOFCWB ACCESSORY IS SHIPPED DISASSEMBLED. 2. INSULATED PANELS: 25.4 (11 THK. POLYURETHANE FOAM• 44.5 II -3/410 DENSITY. 3. DIh0B10NS IN ( ( ARE IN MIWMETERS. 4 ROOFCURB: 18 GAGE STEEL 5 ATTACH DUCTWORK TO CURB. (FLANGES OF DUCT REST ON CURB). 6 SERVICE CLEARANCE 4 FEET ON EACH SIDE. 7 CLOP DIRECTION OF AIR FLOW. 8 CONNECTOR PACKAGE CRRTMPWR002A01 IS FOR THRU-THE-CURB GAS TYPE PACKAGE CRBTM PWRSO4A01 IS FOR THRU-THE-BOTTOM TYPE GAS CONNECTIONS. —{ la 34• (374.7) r[ 7A21 57 28' 16604] 43118' 1106.01 rre2r 15 15/18• f [401.8] 134' (44.51 1134• [44.5] 4014' 1115.5 —32 8118• 1827.1] l SUPPLY AIR 0PEIENG RETURN AIR OPENING 1 3/4- (44.4] 81 3/4 [2076.3] 1 409115' (1020.8] 3117/37 GASKET (SAI VIEW "B" CORNER DETAIL (SUPPUED WITH CURB DUCT (FIELD SUPPLIED) d 7118 CONNECTOR PKG. ACC. GAS CONNECTION TYPE GAS FITTING POWER WIRING FfTTWG CONTROL WIRING FITTING ACCECCORY CONVENIECE OUTLET WIRING CONNECTOR CRBIMPWROO2A01 THRU THE CURB CRBTMPWROD/A01 THRU THE BOTTOM 34• [18] NPT 1 14' (31.71 NPT 12' [12.7] NPT 1/7112.7] NPT 1 3M' (µ1) ` 1.00. (25.4] "A" T 134' 144.4] SECTION THRU SIDE (SUPPLED WITH CURB) TYPICAL (4) SIDES FLASHING (FIELD SUPPLIED) FIND FELT (FIELD SUPPLED) STRIP (FIELD SUPPLIED) ING MATERIAL (FIELD SUPPLIED) GID INSULATION (FIELD SUPPLIED) 12-1/7 (917.5] WIDE INSULATED DECK PANELS 615/18• (252.4] WIDE INSULATED DECK PANEL GAS SERVICE PLATE THRU THE CURB DRILL HOLE 0 7 MGM GI ASSEMBLY (IF REQUIRED) (SEE NOTE 08) 20 54" 161" \1 C 4001ft* 1 1N5'°E 2-318' 1611 4'8• (12802-13/..8) NOTE 92 B 7-t/18' SEE VIEW "B" CERTIFIED DRAWING (2008.4] 1-3/4' (44.5] ak4BBBe4/1ee Fi;mL�,11Q1 WW1 alLmoeMBSPEAEO a1BB0BNENIAMBe0 1:151191 zr36_ 1 I 11D 1 030 t 2• NAMT0lGR1N101 102120 0OISOGiRBRBBR9 MUMUlle 'U QFBASY, Rx TM lc= A Ia0®TM9 MEET 1nmI Mc Mala Donal MF 15181!9 Owe Off D 0110111001.11 50HJ405012 805 56 5 RN A Rv WE Er wro Na1NI BmmL61 IMAM RR01 kola 9IERLL16®111 IERISAMO NA & WEIGHTS DIMENSIONS - 48HC 07-12 (cont.) OPTIONS & ACCESSORY WEIGHTS OPTION / ACCESSORY OPTION / ACCESSORY WEIGHTS 04 05 06 07 08 09 1 11 12 14 lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg Humidi—MiZer1 15 7 23 10 25 11 29 13 38 17 47 21 47 21 47 21 57 26 Power Exhaust — vertical 50 23 50 23 50 23 75 34 75 34 75 34 L75 r 34 75 34 85 39 Power Exhaust — horizontal 30 14 30 14 30 14 30 14 30 14 30 14 30 14 30 14 75 34 EconoMi$er (X, IV or 2) 50 23 50 23 50 23 75 34 75 34 75 34 '34 75 34 132 60 Two Position damper 39 18 39 18 39 18 58 26 58 26 58 26 58 26 58 26 65 29 Manual Dampers 12 5 12 5 12 5 18 8 18 8 18 8 18 8 18 8 25 11 Medium Gas Heat 12 5 9 4 9 4 15 7 15 7 15 7 18 8 18 8 18 8 High Gas Heat — — 17 8 17 8 29 13 29 13 29 13 35 16 35 16 42 19 Hail Guard (louvered) 16 7 16 7 16 7 34 15 34 15 34 15 34 15 34 15 45 20 Cu/Cu Condenser Coil 35 16 35 16 35 16 95 43 95 43 95 43 170 77 170 77 190 86 Cu/Cu Cond. & Evap. Coils 60 27 60 27 90 41 140 64 140 64 195 88 270 122 270 122 280 127 Roof Curb (14—in. curb) 115 52 115 52. 115 52 143 65 143 65 143 65 143 65 143 65 180 82 Roof Curb (24—in. curb) 197 89 197 89 197 89 245 111 245 111 245 111 245 111 245 111 255 116 CO2 sensor 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5' 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 Flue Discharge Deflector 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 7 3 — — Optional Indoor Motor/Drive 10 5 10 5 10 5 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 45 20 Motor Master Controller 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 40 18 Low Ambient Controller 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 8 3 10 5 30 14 Return Smoke Detector 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 Supply Smoke Detector 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 Fan/Filter Status Switch 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 Non—Fused Disconnect 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 HACR Circuit Breaker 15 7 15 7 * 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 15 7 Powered Convenience Outlet 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 35 16 Non—Powered C.O. 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 Enthalpy Sensor 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 Differential Enthalpy Sensor 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 SAV System with VFD — — — — — — — — 20 9 20 9 20 9 20 9 20 9 NOTE: Where multiple variations are available, the heaviest combination is listed. — Not Available 1 For Humidi—MiZer add MotorMaster Controller. 33 121:li Consulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project by !(/ location client date 31' sheet no. U/ 32. job no. 0 LA 6 s a b J � `N O lXK it ill d 'xra' fi�Consulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project by location date client sheet no. ,2IJ3� job no. Effillg Consulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project by location date client sheet no. -2;132_ job no. .•r epv-9 F3b(c/. �i L TA& • • +• yam.._.. FLOP aooF • /'� 30-h-antirer' 0-4" l O a d \„ 5`/2. 1-11,:r i,e P PO. Noy, i-OA•D 6E-144.1 ft- tat/ S -o g -or f�(' 11:1= Consulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project by location date client sheet no. #13) job no. SELF WT o F ti„?R4 intsc_ pi_ '-F-1-- t •t 4 4 + r 7 4 OQs) (02 .2. 23 esu t �La R x 3 Co .2-7 fo. ash 1, 6) I( 5(38 ,24),®ci® • 3•3s- /0 0 l D, R5 A )4 3 co -v) S� 3'A? 3.36 nti ')/1/141 If • • Consulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project location by AWr date sheet no. client job no. r 1.5(0 l,Slsh = 7601" Pry Igo It -ti 4 1,„,j1 o n R. 14- v.. Im(O. ?g$ = IZsv ti 1300 111•11II..TI www.hllti.us Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E -Mail: 1 Page: Project: ` Sub -Project I Pos. No.: ' Date: Profis Anchor 2.3.5 1 Fed Ex 6/3/2013 Specifiees comments: 1 Input data Anchor type and diameter: KWIK HUS -EZ (KH -EZ) 1/2 (3) Effective embedment depth: he = 2.160 in., hnem = 3.000 in. Material: Carbon Steel Evaluation Service Report:: ESR 3027 Issued I Valid: 6/1/2012 1 12/1/2012 Proof: design method ACI 318 / AC193 Stand-off installation: eb = 0.000 in. (no stand-off); t = 0.375 in. Anchor plate: lx x 1, x t = 4.000 in. x 20.000 in. x 0.375 in.; (Recommended plate thickness: not calculated) Profile: no profile Base material: cracked concrete, 5000, fc' = 5000 psi; h = 5.000 in. Reinforcement: tension: condition B, shear: condition B; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present edge reinforcement: none or < No. 4 bar Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F) no Geometry [in.] & Loading [Ib, in.ib] ob z Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c) 2003-2009 Hilt AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilt is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan .25/3 � 1■■116.T1 www.hIlti.us Company:, Page: Specifier. Project: Address: Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Phone I Fax: I Date: E -Mail: Profis Anchor 2.3.5 2 Fed Ex 6/3/2013 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces Load case: Design loads Anchor reactions [Ib] Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression) Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y 1 0 1300 1300 0 max. concrete compressive strain: - [%o] max. concrete compressive stress: - [psi] resulting tension force in (x/y)=(0.000/0.000): 0 [lb] resulting compression force in (x/y)=(0.000/0.000): 0 [lb] 3 Tension load Steel Strength* Pullout Strength* Concrete Breakout Strength" • anchor having the highest loading Load Nue [Ib] Capacity On [Ib] Utilization ]3N = N,,J$Na Status N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A "anchor group (anchors in tension) Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor (c) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL -9494 Schaan HIM is a registered Trademark of Mb AG, Schaan muurriu www.hllti.us Company: Specifier. Address: Phone I Fax: E -Mail: Page: Project: Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Date: Profis Anchor 2.3.5 3 Fed Ex 6/3/2013 4 Shear load Load V„a (Ib] Capacity 4Va (ib] Utilization pv = V,,J$Vn Status Steel Strength* 1300 5547 24 OK Steel failure (with lever amt)* N/A N/A N/A N/A Pryout Strength** 1300 2671 49 OK Concrete edge failure in direction x+** 1300 2398 55 OK * anchor having the highest loading **anchor group (relevant anchors) 4.1 Steel Strength V. [Ib] 0 4 Vea [Ib] V„a [Ib] 9245 0.600 5547 1300 4.2 Pryout Strength AN. fn.2] 41.99 ANca [in•2] Ca.min [In.] kg) c© [in.] 41.99 4.000 1 3.750 We,N 1.000 ect,v [in] Wec1,v ec2,v [in.] Wecx,V Wed,N Ww,N ker 0.000 1.000 0.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 17 Nb [Ib] 4 3816 0.700 �Vpg [Ib] V. [Ib] 2671 1300 4.3 Concrete edge failure In direction x+ le [in.] do [in.] cf [in.] 2.160 0.500 4.000 Wed,V 1.000 Wparallel,V 1.000 A. [in.2] Avco [in.2] ec,v [in.] 60.00 Wec,V 72.00 0.000 1.000 Vb [Ib] 4)V.9 [Ib] V. [Ib] 3752 0.700 2398 1300 Wav 1.000 Wh,v 1.095 5 Warnings • To avoid failure of the anchor plate the required thickness can be calculated in PROFIS Anchor. Load re -distributions on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered. The anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff, in order not to be defomted when subjected to the loading! • Condition A applies when supplementary reinforcement is used. The 0 factor is increased for non -steel Design Strengths except Pullout Strength and Pryout strength. Condition B applies when supplementary reinforcement is not used and for Pullout Strength and Pryout Strength. Refer to your local standard. • • Refer to the manufacturer's product literature for cleaning and installation instructions. • Checking the transfer of loads into the base material and the shear resistance are required in accordance with ACI318 or the relevant standard! Fastening meets the design criteria! Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c ) 2003-2009 Hilti AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 7 i-I1L-T1 www.hlltl.us Company: Specifier: Address: Phone I Fax: E -Mail: Page: Project: Sub -Project I Pos. No.: Date: Profis Anchor 2.3.5 4 Fed Ex 6/3/2013 6 Installation data Anchor plate, steel: - Profile: no profile; 0.000 x 0.000 x 0.000 in. Hole diameter in the fixture: df = 0.625 in. Plate thickness (input): 0.375 in. Recommended plate thickness: not calculated Cleaning: Manual cleaning of the drilled hole according Coordinates Anchor in. Anchor x Anchor type and diameter: KWIK HUS -EZ (KH -EZ), 1/2 (3) . Installation torque: 540.001 in.lb Hole diameter in the base material: 0.500 in. Hole depth in the base material: 3.375 in. Minimum thickness of the base material: 4.750 in. to instructions for use is required. y 2.000 2.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.000 2.000 y c.x c'x c y c" 1 0.000 0.000 4.000 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Anchor ( c) 2003-2009 Milli AG, FL -9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan x/32 111711onsulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project by location date client sheet no. `2-1/3� job no. 135 r Consulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project by location date client sheet no. 3o/32 job no. Wei QQe,41;ns ! n WO/ -Or ('i 2"4 F1-00 P t C. i7 Lti..g L.o A -p Zol' i Kruk f. -Dude `y A LOA -P; S/a 2 b i�SU ' 20 o 2<pS 3,SIV LL- • act. sopcP cool. ' • Consulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project by location date sheet n 3I 3z client job no. ct;4.) ,,4 It) 4► ' SUUP R y = O.5 ‘s' ° (3 75 4 sOti) L`iX3)(3he SX=M S „rS Ills (0.3154-0, (5)1''2 ,32.01‘"4 0,(06 3(s 6f (0,3-7s+ 0.so) (S) t # 24 011 d 38 ?�y W. ,000 • ft 1 S feCI.C,47-er S e En at .2-)90.5/2 . )4-s ) 5 1 5 J I I (#00 1l6r.r,. , re V; 1A; 14" /-1 IAS 1 5 S ood ' UU 2000116 I 0 • nConsulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 project by location date sheet no. 3x/32 client job no. L4-x3X3/t, x 64'. Nlvri H*f proc i u f-5 i- o ` DC. 9 0. ti L41() I. liJr>t7CO, a Ci -.EA -A Cm/ AO P)6F-- YGMr SPP DESIGN AT WORK August 13, 2013 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Ste. #100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: FedEx Office - Tukwila 116 Andover Park E Seattle, WA 98188 Project Number: 12-0253-02A Plan Check/Permit Number: D13-206 Subject: Notification of Change in Architect of Record To Whom it May Concern: This letter will serve as notification for the change of Architect of Record on the above referenced project. Originally the project was submitted with Jim T. Hillier, Architect, Washington, No. 4520 as the Architect of Record. Effective August 1, 2013, James T. Hillier is no longer the Architect of Record for this project. Russell H. Hazzard, Architect, Washington No. 8079 will serve as the Architect of Record for the above referenced project. Should you require any additional information regarding this matter, please call me directly at 949.705.0712. Thank you. Roger Bernstein Principal 949.705.0700 949.705.0701 tilECErveD am OF Tolieval .J 'AUG 13 2013 PERMIT CEPaTFF, 18200 Von Kerman Avenue ( Suite 910 I Irvine, CA I 92812 Mulvanny132.com Joanna Spencer From: Joanna Spencer Sent: Friday, July 12, 2013 2:26 PM To: 'Anthony@archerconstruction.com' Cc: 'mary@permitresources.com' Subject: FedEx D13-206 Per 07/12/13 conversation with Don Tomaso, Tukwila Fire Marshal, phone 206 971-8723 upgrade of the existing FDC is no longer required for the FedEx TI project. Joanna Spencer Development Engineer Tukwila Public Works 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Phone: (206)431-2440 Fax: (206)431-3665 Joanna.Spencer@TukwilaWa.gov /www.TukwilaWa.gov The City of opportunity, the community of choice. From: Don Tomaso Sent: Friday, July 12, 2013 1:50 PM To: Joanna Spencer Subject: D13-206 Joanna, Took a call from Archer Construction on this permit inquiring why they need to change out the FDC when no work is being done to the assembly as part of the scope of this permit. They have a current DDCV installed on the building that has passed its annual. The letter also referenced a type "C" PW permit was to be taken out for the work. Can you shed some light on this for me. Thanks, Don Don Tomaso Battalion Chief Fire Marshal City of Tukwila don.tomaso@tukwilawa.gov Direct Line 206-971-8723 Office Line 206-575-4407 PERMANENT FILE COPY DI3Z% S Joanna Spencer From: Todd Reedy Sent: Monday, June 24, 2013 10:04 AM To: Joanna Spencer Subject: RE: FeDex TI @ 116 APE D13-206 Hi Joanna, If you're still waiting on this information I've been on vacation and am now trying to get caught up. Regarding 116 APE: This property is current on backflow preventer installation and testing. The only issue I noticed on-site is that the FDC has a siamese connection and needs a Storz adapter installed. I am assuming that Fedex is moving to the adjacent property at 116 APE as they are now at 112 APE. Let me know if you need the info in our database for 112 APE. Have a great day, Todd From: Joanna Spencer Sent: Wednesday, June 12, 2013 1:54 PM To: Todd Reedy Cc: Han Kirkland Subject: FeDex TI @ 116 APE D13-206 Hello Todd, Are they current on their backflows ? Thanks, Joanna Joanna.Spencer@TukwilaWa.gov /www.TukwilaWa.gov The City of opportunity, the community of choice. 1 RECEIVED JUN 2'12013 TUKWIW pUBUC WORKS D13.2. July 10, 2013 • City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director Mary Ryan PO Box 3749 Mission Viejo, CA 92690 RE: Correction Letter #1 Development Permit Application Number D13-206 Fed Ex Office —116 Andover Pk E Dear Ms. Ryan, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building and Public Works Departments. At this time the Fire and Planning Departments have no comments. Building Department: Allan Johannessen at 206 433-7163 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. Public Works Department: Joanna Spencer at 206 431-2440 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, I can be reached at (206) 431-3670. Sincerely, r Ma shall Technician File' No. D13- jitu W:\Permit Center\Correction Letters\2013\D13-206 Correction Letter #1.docx 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 i Tukwila Building Division Allen Johannessen, Plan Examiner Building Division Review Memo Date: July 1, 2013 Project Name: FedEx Office Permit #: D13-206 Plan Review: Allen Johannessen, Plans Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size. New revised plan sheets shall be the same size sheets as those previously submitted.) (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets by a registered engineer shall have a current signed stamp -seal. Architectural design sheets and documents by a registered architect shall also have a current signed stamp -seal. 1. The cover sheet is not clear about where this project is located. Vicinity map shows FedEx at 112 Andover Park East (APE). It appears this tenant improvement is at a new location 116 APE. If this TI is to be located in the adjacent "Pitney Bows building", please provide clarification to show on the map "location of new TP". Be specific as to which floor the TI shall take place. 2. The Building Code Analysis has several inconsistencies or items that need to be corrected. Remove any references to City of Seattle codes and replace with City of Tukwila codes. Energy codes are 2009 Washington State Energy Code (WSEC). Plumbing codes shall reference 2009 Uniform Plumbing code (UPC) with all codes referencing "2009 Washington State Amendments" (WSTA). Plumbing fixture calculations shown shall be revised to comply with 2009 UPC & IBC Table 2902.1 WSTA. 3. The occupancy is indicated as "M" occupancy; however "B" occupancy calculations are used. It appears this is "M" and "B" occupancy. The calculations shall be calculated separately in the different designated occupied area types. Revise occupancy analysis and calculations. Designate the separate areas with the relevant square footage for those areas and revise occupant count. This space shall be a mixed B & M occupancy where each space shall be calculated separately. (IBC 508) 4. North arrow on sheet X-1.0 existing FedEx building is pointing west. Please fix for consistency. 5. An accessible sign dimension on sheet C-1.1 specifies minimum 80" to the bottom of the sign. There shall be at least one sign identifying van parking space and shall contain the designation "van accessible." Such signs shall be 60 inches minimum above the floor of the parking space, measured to the bottom of the sign. (2003 ANSI 502.7) 6. Sheet A-3.3, provide additional specifications for accessible signs: "All interior and exterior signs depicting the International Symbol of Accessibility shall be white on a blue background." Also: "Coat hooks shall be provided within toilet compartments; shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in Section 308." (IBC 1 101.2.6 (ICC A117.1 Section 604.11) & IBC 1101.2.9 (ICC A117.1 Section 703.6.3.1) with WSTA) 7. Accessible toilet detail on Sheet A-3.3 shall show 18" vertical grab bars by the toilet. (2003 ANSI 604.5.1) Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206-431-3670. No further comments at this time. PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT COMMENTS www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Development Guidelines and Design and Construction Standards DATE: June 28, 2013 PROJECT: Fed Ex Office TI @ 116 Andover Park E REVIEW #: 1 PERMIT NO: D13-206 PLAN REVIEWER: Contact Joanna Spencer at (206) 431-2440 if you have any questions regarding the following comments. 1) In accordance with Washington State Department of Health guidelines for Group A Public Water Systems, Public Works has implemented a cross -connection control program to protect the public water system from contamination via cross -connection. Since the project will eventually include alterations to the existing plumbing system, the entire plumbing system must be brought up to the current standards as set forth in the Uniform Plumbing Code including installation of an approved backflow prevention device on the domestic water supply to the building. The City has determined that the subject building has deficiencies on the fire prevention water service only. This property is current on backflow preventer installation and testing, however, the Fire Department Connection (FDC) has a Siamese connection that does not meet current code. The FDC shall have a downward angle bend between 22.5 and 45 degrees with a 5 -inch Storz fitting and Knox Locking Storz cap installed. A separate letter addressing the above backflow deficiency was mailed on June 29, 2013 to the property owner, The Andover Company, Inc., in Seattle. The Public Works Director will withhold issuance of this Tenant Improvement permit until a revision addressing this issue is submitted or a separate Public Works Type C Construction permit is applied for to do the FDC upgrade. June 13, 2013 • City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director Mary Ryan Permit Resources PO Box 3749 Mission Viejo, CA 92690 RE: Incomplete Letter #1 Development Permit Application Number D13-206 FedEx Office —116 Andover Pk E Dear Ms. Ryan, This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on June 11, 2013 is determined to be incomplete. Before your application can continue the plan review process the attached/following items from the following department(s) need(s) to be addressed: Building Department: Allen Johannessen at 206 433-7163 if you have any questions regarding the attached comments. Please address the comments above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at the Permit Center at (206) 431-3670. Sincerely, .7Dk° Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No. D13-206 W: (Permit Centerllncomplete LettersI20131D13-206 Incomplete Letter #l.docx 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 Tukwila Building Division Allen Johannessen, Plan Examiner Determination of Completeness Memo Date: June 13, 2013 Project Name: FedEx Office Permit #: D13-206 Plan Review: Allen Johannessen, Plans Examiner The Building Division has deemed the subject permit application incomplete. To assist the applicant in expediting the Department plan review process, please forward the following comments. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. Provide a floor plan that identifies means of egress. Dimension egress paths. Identify path of egress illumination on the plan to show common paths of egress are provided with emergency illumination. Emergency illumination shall have at least an average 1 foot-candle and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot candle measured along the path of egress at the floor level. Emergency lighting shall also be required for exit discharge doorways. (IBC Section 107.2.3, 1006 & 1008.1.6) Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206-431-3670. No further comments at this time. • • PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D13-206 PROJECT NAME: FEDEX OFFICE SITE ADDRESS: 116 ANDOVER PK E Original Plan Submittal DATE: 08-13-13 Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # X (evision # 1 After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS, 3 etu-Ting i ision Pu61ic Works /Mk k4IC 01/646113 Fire Prevention in Structural (NAA VHCI) Planning Division • Permit Coordinator I DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete [ti Incomplete DUE DATE: 08-15-13 Not Applicable Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required n No further Review Required ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Notation: Approved with Conditions DUE DATE: 09-12-13 Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2-28-02 PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D13-206 DATE: 07/12/13 PROJECT NAME: FEDEX OFFICE SITE ADDRESS: 116 ANDOVER PK E Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # 1 Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: ASs c Building Division um ublic Works Fire Prevention Structural V \ - POCI �y ❑ Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Z Incomplete ❑ DUE DATE: 07/16/13 Not Applicable ❑ Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUESITHURSV ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 08/13/13 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions 1,W Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping 0 PW ❑ Staff Initials: IERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D13-206 PROJECT NAME: FEDEX OFFICE SITE ADDRESS: 116 ANDOVER PK E Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # DATE: 06-26-13 X Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPA'_TMEN S: Ig Division O i tk ublic Works Fire Prevention Structural hn,-atk cQi ,1? Planning Division IP Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete 111 DUE DATE: 06-27-13 Not Applicable CI Comments: PermitCenter Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route lyt Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 07-25-13 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: t� 1 Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire 0 Ping 0 PW Documents/routing slip.doc 2-28-02 Staff Initials: • PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D13-206 DATE: 06-11-13 PROJECT NAME: FEDEX OFFICE SITE ADDRESS: 116 ANDOVER PK E X Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: /15&ev ID uilding ivision Public Works Aw, 01-0.1lt' (42-13—t3 Fire Preventionanning Division • Structural n Permit Coordinator IP DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 06-13-13 Complete Comments: n Incomplete Not Applicable n Permit Center Use Only, INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: 3 — 13 LETTER OF COMPLETENESS !LED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg Fire 0 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route ❑ Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved n Approved with Conditions ❑ Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DUE DATE: 07-11-13 Not Approved (attach comments) DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire 0 Ping 0 PW 0 Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2-28-02 PROJECT NAME: Vtp 0g1c � PERMIT NO: (.3 —2 �D (L r ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: )-(P_ ( 3 SITE ADDRESS: l`(p REVISION LOG REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS L 13—I3 Vat Summary of Revision: a f,.e/ Sire a wtY� ve '/A- C vs, 1-1- S t Received by:i, io JXvi2- REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO.• DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: ' Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: (please print) PLAN REVIEW CHECKLIST - (Nonstructural) By: Date: ,7—/ %/$' • Permit App. D/.3-2-0. IBC Edition & State Amend. Project title: c/;e- +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Classify the building or portion thereof in accordance with Chapter 3 22::, etermine the type of construction of the building in accordance with Chapter 6. Determine if the location of building on the site and clearances to property lines and other buildings on the site plan are in accordance with code provisions. (� Review for conformity with General building height and area limitations in accordance j with Chapter 5. view for conformity with special detailed requirements based on use and Occupancy. Review for conformity with Type of Construction requirements of Chapter 6. 0..., ---Review for conformity with Fire and Smoke protection features of Chapter 7. Review for conformity with requirements of interior finishes of Chapter 8. %rReview for conformity with requirements for fire protection systems of Chapter 9. Review for conformity with requirements for means of egress requirements of Chapter 10 Review for conformity with requirements of accessibility in accordance with Chapter 11, and ICC A117.1 eview for conformity with Washington State Energy Code. ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ ✓ In circle = topic has been reviewed for the application. X In circle = topic is not relevant to proposed scope of work. • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: August 12, 2013 Plan Check/Permit Number: D13-206 (Building) 0 Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # Revision # 1 after Permit is Issued • Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Fed Ex Office - 116 Andover Park E Project Address: Contact Person: 116 Andover Park East, Seattle WA 98188 Mary Ryan Phone Number: (949) 582-3735 Summary of Revision: Sheet C-1.0 - Exterior mechanical unit on grade is removed. See mechanical sheets for new unit. Sheet A-1.0 - Revised size of new storefront door and added steel framing. See structural sheets for details and calculations. Removed mop sink. Sheet A-4.0 - Revised interior elevation of storefront and added exterior elevation. Sheet A-5.0 - Added detail for new entry door connection to steel structure. Sheet A-5.1 - Added detail for new entry door threshold. RECEIVED TUKWILA AUG 1 3 2013 PERMIT CENTER Sheet Number(s): C-1.0, A-1, A-4.0, A-5.0, A-5.11 S. --t 0 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: ❑ Entered in Permits Plus on \applications\forms-applications on Iine\revision submittal Created: 8-13-2004 Revised: 1-2009 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us • REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: August 12, 2013 Plan Check/Permit Number: D13-206 (Building) ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # ® Revision # 1 after Permit is Issued ® Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Fed Ex Office - 116 Andover Park E Project Address: Contact Person: 116 Andover Park East, Seattle WA 98188 Mary Ryan Summary of Revision: All revisions to Sheet S-1.0 Phone Number: (949) 582-3735 1. Deleted Foundations for grade supported ACU on South side of building 2. Deleted Reference to new openings in wall on South side of buliding. 3. Revised weight of replacement ACU on roof. 4. Added support steel for new opening at entry on West side of building. 5. New details G, F, and E. 6. Deleted details B and C. RECEIVED 7. Revised connection information in detail D. UKWILA AUG 1 3 2013 PERMIT CENTER Sheet Number(s): S-1.0 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: ❑ Entered in Permits Plus on \applications\forms-applications on linc\revision submittal Created: 8-13-2004 Revised: 1-2009 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.citukwila.wa.us REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: July 11, 2013 Plan Check/Permit Number: D13-206 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Fed Ex Office - 116 Andover Park E retewee f' r LA JUL 12 2013 r'ERMl7 CENTER Project Address: Contact Person: 116 Andover Park East, Seattle WA 98188 Mary Ryan Phone Number: Summary of Revision: Response to Building Dept comments are as follows: (949) 582-3735 Comment#1 - Location of new T.I. is clarified in the vicinity map on sheet T-1.0. Comment#2 - Building Code Analysis is revised to list all appropriate codes per comment. Plumbing fixture calculation is revised to comply with 2009 UPC & IBC Table 2902.1 WSTA. Changes are in sheet T-1.0. Comment#3 - Occupancy loads is calculated as mixed B & M occupancy. See revised calc in sheet T-1.0. Comment#4 - North arrow changed for consistency of building orientation. Changed in sheet T-1.0. Comment#5 - A "van accessible" sign with minimum 60" above the floor of the parking space is provided. Please refer to to sheet C-1.1. Comment#6 - Notes for accessible signs and coat hooks are added to sheet A-3.3. Comment#7 - 18" vertical grab bars are added to the toilet details/elevations. See sheet A-3.3. Comments from Public Works Department will be addressed under a separate permit application. Sheet Number(s): T-1.0, X-1.0, A-3.3 and C-1.1 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Cent- r by: ;lois Entered in Permits Plus on ^ S J \applications\forms-applications on line\revision submittal Created: 8-13-2004 Revised: 1-2009 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Fax: 206-431-3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us • iSt REVISION SUBMITTAL Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: L, • 'Xj • 13 Plan Check/Permit Number: D13-206 ® Response to Incomplete Letter # 1 ❑ Response to Correction Letter # ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner CITUEIVED of T tJ JUN 2 6 2013, PERMIT CENTER Project Name: FedEx Office Project Address: 116 Andover Pk E Contact Person:MA p-'( (-1)) .yt--1•-t Phone Number: _ (3l'14 . Summary of Revision: per; 1.1 E6- PE5S fLOote_. 7 [ },_l /JOlt) 5 -1Q -0z -ea 4- j S' • s +T. o•o ) •-LC-Tgic- L- 1-1 0i11L.l- f C- z. o i -2. I tic- 1.,EF-etEt_ICE r r5• Sheet Number(s): • 0 'Z • i 2 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: A 01 Entered in Permits Plus on OG61G//3 \applications\forms-applications on Iine\revision submittal Created: 8-13-2004 Revised: Contractors or Tradespeople Per Friendly Page • General/Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L&I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name . LAKEVIEW CONSTRUCTION INC UBI No. 601447862 Phone 4146574222 Status Active Address 10505 Corporate Dr, #200 License No. LAKEVCI072KC Suite/Apt. License Type Construction Contractor City Pleasant Prairie Effective Date 5/3/1993 State WI Expiration Date 1/13/2015 Zip 53158 Suspend Date County Out Of State Specialty 1 General Business Type Corporation Specialty 2 Unused Parent Company Other Associated Licenses License Name Type Specialty 1 Specialty 2 Effective Date Expiration Date Status STATECC11363STATECONST CORP OF S E WISC Construction Contractor General Unused 1/23/1989 12/9/1993 Archived Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date MOON, KENT ALAN President 05/03/1993 Amount SUNDAY, EUGENE R President 01/01/1980 01/10/2011 Bond Information Page 1 of 1 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 4 TRAVELERS CAS & STY CO OF AMER 400MJ9662 04/23/2006 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 02/17/2006 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 13 National Fire Ins of Hartford 5082945285 01/01/2012 01/01/2014 $1,000,000.00 01/02/2013 12 National Fire Ins Co of Hartfo 2077580782 01/01/2009 01/01/2012 $1,000,000.00 12/17/2010 11 NATIONAL FIRE INS CO OF HART 2077580782 01/01/2008 01/01/2009 $1,000,000.00 12/27/2007 10 TRANSPORTATION INS CO 2077580782 01/01/2007 01/01/2008 $1,000,000.00 12/26/2006 Summons/Complaint Information No unsatisfied complaints on file within prior 6 year period Warrant Information No unsatisfied warrants on file within prior 6 year period Infractions/Citations Information No records found for the previous 6 year period https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/bbip/Print. aspx 07/26/2013 EXISTING LANDSCAPE PROPERTY LINE — I = NM SITE PLAN 1 3/32" = 1'-0" \ 0 \ I Zu *C U 1 1 1 1 1 1 PROPERTY LINE — — EXISTING LANDSCAPE — — — — — — EXISTING LANDSCAPE — — — — PROPERTY LINE — — — — — EXISTING LANDSCAPE • ��— EXISTING LANDSCAPE PLANNING APPROVED No changes can be made to these plans without approval from the Planning Division of DCD Approved By: Date: 41 —1 t_ PROPERTY LINE EXISTING LANDSCAPE REVISIONS No changes Shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include add=tional plan review fees. SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: CrMechanical (jetlectrical dumbing Gras Piping City of Tukwila B II -PANG DIVISION FILE COPY Permit No. ID i3`1)0 (OP Plan review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Apxovat of construction documents does not authorize tic v c ation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of approved F =1;167.,., I is�ged: By I _ Data: ..a City Of Tikwila BUILDING DIVISION REVISION N0,1 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 192013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 1 3 2013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT • 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL TERN HITECT RUSS H. HAZZARD STATE •F WASHINGTON CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05,31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: ACN 1- BLDG COMMENTS 07/11/13 A/ ` CN 2- FXO COMMENTS 07/11/13 V \CN 3- FXO COMMENTS 07/28/13 ACN 4- FXO COMMENTS 08/01/13 ACN 5- BLDG & MECH COMMENTS 08/09/13 A A A A A A A A A DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 DRINWA>i1f3NIBQHLE: SITE PLAN DRINVASVEIMailNBIER: C-1.0 TEG $a3 a 3SEEiJH8,(ifjll.V12 NOTE: PROVIDE BLOCKING IN ALL WALLS AS REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, CABINETS, COUNTERS, RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, OR AS REQ'D. BY LOCAL CODES. RE: 7/A-5.1 AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR BLOCKING LOCATIONS. NOTE: DOWEL NEW CONCRETE SLABS INTO EXISTING SLABS WITH #4 X 18" DOWELS EVERY 24" OC. OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. PROVIDE NEW CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB OVER COMPACTED FILL TO MATCH EXISTING TYP. AT SLAB CUT-OUTS & LEAVE OUTS. 48'-5" RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE (REVISED 08/13/12) ALL NEW INTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION DOOR/ FRAMES, DOOR HARDWARE, & WINDOWS 8' STEPLADDER oO w w _ O ces �_ z u.. m z GC GC 0 Ly, w cc J J ots �} w Z z GC 0 w LL G COMMENTS: RE: SCHEDULES ON SHEET A-8.1 FURNISH 8' FIBERGLASS STEPLADDER TYPE 1 A (300 LBS WEIGHT CAPACITY, ALUM. TOP DOUBLE RIVETED SLIP RESISTANT TRACTION STEPS AND MOLDED EXTERNAL RAIL SHIELDS) FOR CENTER. MANUFACTURER WERNER OR EQUAL. ._. 0 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS GC PARKING SPACE MARKING (POLE/ BASE PLATE/ BOLLARD) GC GC G EXCLUSIVE FEDEX OFFICE RESERVED PARKING SPACE MARKING TO BE PROVIDED & INSTALLED, AS PER LOI, AS SPECIFIED IN PLANS. VERIFY WITH FXO CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER ON REMODEL PROJECTS. PARKING SPACE MARKING (SIGN & MOUNTING HARDWARE) FXO FXO NOTES 1. WORK SHOWN AS FEDEX OFFICE FURNISHED/INSTALLED SHALL BE WORK FURNISHED/INSTALLED BY THE FEDEX OFFICE VENDOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE FXO VENDOR IF NECESSARY. 2. GC SHALL COORDINATE ALL VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS, PER SCHEDULE INCLUDED IN BID PACKAGE. A-4.0 8'-7" BREAK HANDLING 122 4,-9" 2-6" L 2'-7" i,(iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii/iiiiiiiiiiiiii,/iiiiiiriiiiriiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiir/AV/Z/Ziiiiii 7/A-7.0 4'-7" BOTH SIDES 2-3" –\ 8A/A-7.0 o 0 a co 6-4" 5A/A-7.0 11d HAL 11c A-4.1 11a ROOM 11b 123 5A/A-7.0 lir RETAIL 125 14'-0" PACK & SHIP 124 A-4.0 ENHANCED PACK & SHIP 126 8A/A-7.0 A-4.0 4 LS m 7/A-7.0 EXISTING COLUMN TO REMAIN, TYP. EXISTING COLUMN TO REMAIN, TYP. EXISTING STEEL COLU REMAIN. 8A/A-7.0 1Oa 10d Ob 10c MD FILE 12 r 1 CONTRACTOR TO DO TEST HOLE TO VERIFY EXTENT OF CONCRETE WALL FOOTINGS LOCATED APPROXIMATELY 20'-0 FROM SOUTH OUTSIDE WALL NEW CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB OVER COMPACTED FILL TO MATCH EXISTING TYP. FOR TRENCHING DIMENSIONS SEE D-1.0 CONTRACTOR TO DO TEST HOLE TO VERIFY EXTENT OF FOUNDATION OUTLINE AROUND COLUMNS NEW AUTOMATIC PROVIDED BY OTH 0 Ln J TELEPHONE CONDUIT PROPOSE TUBE STE 21'-0" 13-6" 7/A-7.0 BOTH SIDES Z0 M SIGNS & GRAPHICS Zn 113 2X FRAMING WITH 1/2" DRYWALL, TYPICAL FOR ALL 3 NEW COLUMNS 2" DRAIN FROM ABOVE THROUGH FLOOR SEL ARE. �DM Q FICE WOMENS RESTROOM 115 MENS RESTROOM 114 6" SANITARY SEWER 2A/A-7.0 2-1/2" WATER MAIN 17\— EXISTING COLUMN TO REMAIN, TYP. 112 EXISTING STEEL COLUMN TO REMAIN. LINE OF NEW SOFFIT ABOVE COMPUTER SERVICES 127 A-4.0 NEW CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB OVER COMPACTED FILL TO MATCH EXISTING TYP. FOR TRENCHING DIMENSIONS SEE D-1.0 LINE OF NEW SOFFIT ABOVE. SEE RCP SHEET A-2.0 616.9AW 0WAWN°Wee Y.9°9`9`9°9rAW kWm 6166WMAWAWAMAWA INVF�1 DIMENSIONED FLOOR PLAN 1 1/4" = ADJACENT LEASE SPACE /////////// NOT PART OF WORK REVISION N0:1 db)..o(0 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMOVEDPLIANCE AUG 19 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 1 3 2013 PERMIT CENTER? ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE 1 SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 1 92612 t 949.705.0700 1 f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL MITRED 1�IT�CT RU EU. HI.'FiAZZARD STA OF WASHINGTON CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A U 0 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: DIMENSIONED FLOOR PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: A-1.0 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 CN 1- BLDG COMMENTS 07/11/13 CN 2- FXO COMMENTS 07/11/13 CN 3- FXO COMMENTS 07/28/13 CN 4- FXO COMMENTS 08/01/13 CN 5- BLDG & MECH COMMENTS 08/09/13 A A A A DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: DIMENSIONED FLOOR PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: A-1.0 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 ARCHITECT ►I '\ 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 6 9 6 ACCESSIBILITY SIGNS. PROPOSED 8x6 A-5 0 A-5.0 TS HEADER, SEE A-5.0 A-5.0 SEE 1 /A-3.3 STRUCTURAL SHEET EQ 3'-0" EQ / t r OPEN SHELVING \ I I I [ I I t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com BLOCKING. GED GEED GED \ RE: 7/A-5.1 I I I I t J 1 C1\ w\ / \ I 4" BACK SPLASH �� 1 (PT-34 I I � � _ w WC-7 ft, j T6 ♦1 0 — \ e \ s (PT-34� ti j I / \ SEAL / 0 1 I 1 I I I -- r7 --- > e e b _ MOP SINK \ I / EGISTERED , R ARCHITECT 1 4 1 RUS' H. HAZZARD STATE ' WASHINGTON — — — — 1 .. e... F. <..e, m,>" .,.,... .:.,,,,, ...:....eN. .:::.... ....:amu ..., :.. ,,.ti .>.0 .•. 1'...., \ / ,...,> �fr o — 3 <, , : <.... '!^H3. ,�. F' 3 ..::.. .. ny .. < . _,. ,iy N, .... , . i... ..: ,..i l X,.., ,:«�: �,., , .., �, � ,. ... ,. ":>.rew'::a ..<.s r ,.. an.`$.. $., :;: .-t 3:G ....-,..;::::fr d`�', ,.... '.v,.T< Win,, h: .�. .wr -f'.. ..,..z>.:. ,:.i,>... N�,� \ / :. .M 5..: ;..r, .' „'�z' 3 '➢_�" � - `xi / �".e. : .: ..,:. 3. ;, ;d .z" K - � 'y 'r<x -.f,. .✓ ?..s.� {`�3s >�' S __ F„-:: -- ?”! '' �s • / : ..,'- ..ss,, ,3' :';•�„< c.-. ,<,✓Yi1..,..<.�i br sa+^. ''Y "�'a . u'�, r;�.3,.,a' :'�'_ . X�: »cR''. r..., , JSP• I Y �" .'k. V / _ �K,>,.,:......'2. ' . ,v' ✓f<'z.., �G; .�,<°,;"a*,.� " ,<,/ �', .„; D,r .':: '' `., . ,�,,:<w.; ;.... /<f.'v. Vi'a- *..z.w,' .;:.k.s#�.. «'k~sy,''"4*;.,. r? ✓e'y.. "rc��,,b'^:':3'.` "�'' ,r•. ,. >..,>. � � L";.e..ti'X,4;w-", v Av.=.:s ,., c,-, , "l;" , ,,, u .,, iXe ,ca ' .:,.7 r '�.:z �;x,4k. vas ,i:_v':':us . m ....... .... ...e Y'.. \ \ EQ. EQ. \ \ • CG-6) (CG-6) (CG-6)— B-8 (CG-6) .� �. .�. / PROPOSED TS B 4x6 8) FIXTURES SHOWN FOR EXISTING COLUMN, SEE FIXTURES SHOWN FOR EXISTING \NT-15) REFERENCE ONLY, TYP. COLUMN STRUCTURAL SHEET REFERENCE ONLY, TYP. COLUMN CONSULTING ENGINEER BREAK I HANDLING AREA 1/4»_1,_0» RR HALLWAY 1/4»_1 ,_ -0 » 9 ENTRY AREA AND SELF SERVICE AREA 1/4»» _1,_0 - CLOCK. RE: FLOOR PLAN FOR PLACEMENT AND 3/A5.0 FOR MTG. HT DETAILS0 PACK & SHIP SIDE —� RE: FLOOR PLAN FOR PLACEMENT OF VERTICAL PAINT TRANSITION BLOCKING BETWEEN DEPARTMENTS, RE: 7/A-5.1 AND PAINT COLOR. OUTLINE OF WINDOW BEYOND ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A MEP PROJECT NO.: ---- STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: ---- CIVIL PROJECT NO.: ---- c c i/) 0 ■ I_ Q (PT-33) (PT-33) \ (PT-33) a1Mr / ) 17 \\ 17 A-5.1 A-5.1 o / \ I INDED °_OUTSID CORNER PT-39 / cu - AT MIT AND I I ® / / � I ® • a SIM 17 WHERE TRIM PIECES INTERSECT. /0 N CG-6 VERTICAL TRIM PIECE �CG 6� (CG-6 �CG 6) VERTICAL TRIM PIECE PASSPORT VALANCE AT END RUN OF FIXTURES SHOWN FOR AT END RUN OF ON WALL FIXTURES SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, TYP. REFERENCE ONLY, TYP. WALLCOVERING, TYP. WALLCOVERING, TYP. B-8 w CO CC CO MT a. CO Q CC Q 5. LLI 5 0 w J Q Cfl Q D r ui r BREAK HANDLING AREA 1/4»=l'-o» 14 PACK & SHIP I RETAIL 1/4»_1,_0» NOTE: GC TO PROVIDE GROUND PHONE BOARD FOR BAR AT LEC LOCATION ACCESS. SECURITY SYSTEM @ 78" A.F.F. PROVIDE DEDICATED EQUIPMENT0 DUPLEX RECEPT. @ Q78" A.F.F. FOR SECURITY SYSTEM FXO Ti DEMARC PROVIDE 24" 24" CLEAR SPACE FOR x 66 PHONE LINE BLOCK @ 78" A.F.F. LEC66 LOCAL PHONE CO. WI-FI EQUIPMENT PROVIDE DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPT. 19 BLOCK @ 78" A.F.F. CLEAR AREA FOR FXO PHONE BOARD, SECURITY SYSTEM EQUIPMENT AND LOCAL AND DATA UNE FOR WI FI EQUIPMENT DROP @ QL 90" A.F.F. COPYRIGHT POSTER KIT CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: PROGRAM: 5173 989630 RELO SIM PHONE COMPANY BOARD (DEMARC) EMERGENCY PHONE GC TO TRACK INSTALL RE: FLOOR PLAN FOR SUPER GRAPHIC - MEDIUM 4 PROVIDE 1-PHONE LINE DROP @ 60" AFF TO STUDS PLACEMENT AND FOR MTG. HT DETAILS 3/A5.0 A 5.0 SAMPLE GRAPHIC FRAMES — — — EQ. 1 3'-0" 1 EQ. I OPEN SHELVING (PT-35� RT-014802-FT 4'TYP. STIPULATION FOR REUSE \ BLOCKING. I yy THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. } _ \ ' Air''' 7/A-5.1 ' © a (3 3 w\ cc 4" BACK SPLASH — F v ELECTRICAL 2'-0" o S } �� \ PANELS. O e MIN. I TO TOP OF FLIP O O GED - FIXTURES SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, TYP. CLR SERVER ap CD CABINET _ _ F.I. TO INSTALL I O I BRACKETS @ BOTH = — — — — — — ©� 0 v SIDE FILE CAB. [ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (PT-31} ` \ ® COMPUTER SERVICES ® I } \ \ \ B ) B_8 B-8 ~� B 8 B 8 8 ( CG_6) \ FIXTI IRES FOR Imo (3) A.F.F. DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPT. @ 30" FOR TELECOM CABINET SHOWN REFERENCE ONLY, TYP. 3/4" PLYWOOD 8'H PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office BREAK HANDLING AREA 1/4» _1,_0 » — 15 SERVER AREA 1/4»_1._0» 1 1 COMPUTER SERVICES 1/4".1,_0" NO. REVISIONS: DATE: ACN 1- BLDG COMMENTS 07/11/13 / ` \CN 2- FXO COMMENTS 07/11/13 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED 1 " \ CN 3- FXO COMMENTS 07/28/13 A CN 4- FXO COMMENTS 08/01/13 � 1 \ CN 5- BLDG & MECH COMMENTS 08/09/13 // 31..40.2.0(19 AUG 192013 A 1 A PROPOSED 8x6 EQ. 3' 0" EQ. A 5.0 EXTERIOR PANELS ST HEADER, SSE 11 STRUCTURAL SHEET -5.0 City Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION A A am A \ // 8'-1" ROUGH OPENING // // \ / \ \ FIXTURES SHOWN FOR \ / A — Q / REFERENCE ONLY, TYP. PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING / \ / b // STOREFRONT COLUMNS / 10 \ / - OPEN TO OFFICES - OPEN TO HANDLING DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: -- NEW WINDOW PANE ' -5.0 \ / / \ DRAWING TITLE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ) I \ \ \ (CG-6 CG-6 B_8 PROPOSED 4x6 TS 13'-1" RECEIVED EXISTING COLUMN, SEE / COLUMN STRUCTURAL SHEET ROUGH OPENING EXISTING COLUMN A CITY OF TUKWILA REvIsio.N,N0 AUG 1 3 2013 DRAWING NUMBER: A 4 ■ 0 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 PERMIT CENTER STOREFRONT ELEVATION PRODUCTION 4 1 4»=1,_0» / 1/4-.1,_ o» 24'-8" 71-11" 161-1" 5'-8" 4'-0" ARCHITECT I!tI1!I! A / 31.511 1'-5" 11-5" 2'-10" 2'-0" /12'/ /- MIN. /12"/ MIN MIN REQUIRED MIN. 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CAI 92612 MINIMUM WIDT 19'-6" 21.711 / CLEAR SPACE ON FOUR SIDES OF f REQUIRED MIN.. CLEAR SPACE / _>r ON FOUR' 12'-7"� 11-9" z �� z �/ CAPABILITY LINE j a l SIDES OF �� CAPABILITYN!' t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com :1— REQUIRED MIN. � � /�z / / �f • �t.04 LINE 'ir � SPACE ON iCLEAR SIDES OF //211 WHITE LETTER w_..WHITE LETTER w s BEACON /W / 2'-O" _ CD / . 1 CAPABILITY LINE = ack �t. CAPABILITY LINE ►' 4_ t ti , it F- z � al � Z Li v / ,-- z J . �� :�, � t A 81-6" CEILING HEIC SEAL THEO .4 A-9.,. ip liPilif �� , �� RuELL H. HarrAtaa ; o F WASHINGTON b 1 z —• �_ 36" BEACON Eli w . Al 24" BEACON Z. C9 FL Z Z � 5'-01I 8 MIN. CEILI z � - REFER FLOOR PLAN FOR PAINT COLOR. LEVEL 5 FINISHsrA REFER FLOOR PLANREFER FLOOR FOR PAINT COLOR. LEVEL 5 FINISH y PLAN FOR PAINT COLOR. LEVEL 5 FINISH z CONSULTING ENGINEER • B-8 TYPICAL WALL ELEVATION 14" HIGH CAPABILITY LINE (B-8) TYPICAL WALL STACKABLE ELEVATION 9" HIGH (B-8) CAPABILITY LINE TYPICAL HORIZONTAL WALL ELEVATION 9" HIGH CAPABILITY LINE CAL WALL ELEVATION TYPICAL WALL ELEVATION 36" HIGH FOAM BEACON 24" HIGH FOAM BEACON A5.0_DET_02 A5.0_DET_01 TYPICAL GRAPHICS MOUNTING ELEVATIONS - CAPABILITY LINE 3 $�, _ 1,_0„ TYP. GRAPHICS MOUNTING ELEV - BEACON 3 8�, _ 1,_0„ 1'-6" MIN. SIL 1'-6° 1 " 8'-72 nn ' 1'-0" MIN. 1'-0" MIN ,7-6 „ ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01A MEP PROJECT NO.: ---- STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: ---- CIVIL PROJECTNO.: v1 0 I— (I)LARGE I' �.ak / / /^II .11 / 911„ 4"TYP. RE: 7/A-5.1 BLOCKING(1) 7�-0 MIN. 6'-911 MIN. / / 2 Z9 QFC ce�� 7 � - 1--• _• HEADER -• HEADERT ID 8'-5" Aor" i _. 8'-5" MIN. CEILING HEIGHT L J N - = N , ' W REQUIRED = REQUIRED MIN./ ,^ _z J U Z _ � MIN. CLEAR SPACE ON FOUR SIDES CO U EO ap CLEAR SPACE ON FOUR SIDES 1f% ` N - 7/ a) ,z BANNER 2 179 5) Pr BANNER , �w / / . \-- �/ / / / / / / ,\J -%. A il rA I rd v. a ti� Imo= / / / /, .I r� SAMPLE GRAPHICS PASSPORT VALANCE ON WALL CLOCK POSTER B-8 B-8 SMALL GRAPHIC SUPER GRAPHIC MEDIUM SUPER GRAPHIC SUPER W co ar � W 0 al 0 J 7 L Q W T ' ^ V J AS.DSET'04 A5.0DET'03 TYPICAL GRAPHICS MOUNTING ELEVATIONS - SUPER GRAPHICS 3/8 = 1-0 GRAPHICS MOUNTING HEIGHTS 3/8 = 1-0 STRUCTURE ABOVE STRUCTURE ABOVE STRUCTURE ABOVE � f / CEILING FLEXIBLE GROMMET / / CEILING NOTE: IF WINDOW I % 11 I \ lT FROSTING OR EXISTING I 1 CEILING % ALTERNATE OUTLET MULLION IS GREATER THANCO - O ALTERNATE OUTLET LOCATION / / nil LOCATION LOCATION 36" AFF THEN BOTTOM OF SIGN TO BE 6" ABOVE TOP OF MATERIAL; TOP OF SIGN • ALTERNATE OUTLET LOCATION j % % OUTLET (FLUSH LOCATION MOUNTED) OUTLET (FLUSH MOUNTED) TO BE NO GREATER THAN T-6" AFF. CONSULT WITH PROJECT MANAGER IF OUTLET LOCATION (FLUSH MOUNTED) 2 CV EXPOSED CHAIN WIRE ROPE PARAMETERS CANNOT BE MET. EXPOSED CHAIN -► CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: PROGRAM: 5173 989630 RELO TING STOREFRONT NOTE: CONSULT WITH FXO / Z7\-- 7� - 2 Z WINDOW SHADE HOUSING UNIT ._.� PANEL COVER 1/2"ACKER ROD & SEALANT HIM SPACE / PROJECT MANAGER BEFORE INSTALLATION IF EXISTING MULLIONS PORTION VISUALLYOF�T SICK G / \ \ BACK OF / BOX SIGN / / BOX SIGN EQ. / EQ. / - / / / ` / STIPULATION FOR REUSE / • • / BOX SIGN / EQ. / ! / EQ• EQ. EQ• / / 6 / THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLEWA 98188 EM BANE LY_ 05.31.2013 PROJECTREQUIRESTHESERVICESOFPROPERLY UCENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWINGFORREUSEONANOTHERPROJECTIS NOTAUTHORIZEDAND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE DIN THEPROPERTYOFFEDEXOFFICEINC. ANDSHALL NOTBEDISPLAYE" ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN WITH FEDEXOFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONSTAKE E. F THE DISCREPANCJOBSITIES INEDEX DIMENSIONSOFFICEIS PRIORTOBE TONOTIFIED THE COMMENCEMENTINWRITINGOFANY OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. C BACK OFBOXSIGN BOX SIGN fl POSED 8x6 STEEL HEADER/ 5'-0" A.F.F. Cfl p/STOREFRONT ///��� BODE �hdvi6/ REVIEWED FOR �+®11 AA�i 1 A NCE V �V�S-LiC1�YVs ���R�1���ONANOTHER U 1 a1 INDOW FROSTING 'FROSTING4, < —GLAZING BACKER ROD &SEALANT HIM SPACEAGREEMENT far FACEOFMULLION /may � BUILDINGG DIVISION DICI IONAL [MOrIONI-IIi STOREFRONT(INTERIOR VIEW) SECTION STOREFRONT(INTERIOR VIEW) SECTION STOREFRONT(INTERIOR VIEW) SECTION / SENSOR PERMIT SET c 2012 FedEx Office © LED BEACON LED BOX SIGN A5.0 DET_7 A5.0'=1-0—DET'06 05 A5.0'DET'-0 STOREFRONT INTERIOR OPEN SIGN 3/8 = 1 STOREFRONT INTERIOR SIGN 3/8 =1 —0 STOREFRONT INTERIOR SIGN 3/8 I STAN -GUARD NO. REVISIONS: DATE: � LU V.I.F ACN 1- BLDG COMMENTS 07/11/13 A CN 2- FXO COMMENTS 07/11/13 I ACCESS UJ 1A G� ELECTRICAL COVER BE FIELD \ / \ CN 3- FXO COMMENTS 07/28/13 NOTE: 1. DETAIL SHOWN DURA -GLIDE IS FOR STANLEY 2000 BI PART WITH "O'` / 4\ i CN 4- FXO COMMENTS 08/01/13 /� / 5\ /n\ CN 5- BLDG & MECH COMMENTS 08/09/13 JJ PANELS AND TRANSOM ® IQI 8'-1' -I OPENING TO 13'-1" ROUGH OPENING - V.I.F / STANLEY CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IN EXTERIOR `,-^ I' iIINIt rlr" INTERIOR z ANGLED PLATE SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS u. / o \ FIELD TRUE SELECTION 3. DETAILS 4. ELECTRICAL SAMPS MIN. ELECTRICAL DIMENSIONS FOR PACKAGE NOT TO SCALE TOO EU120VAC, OPERATOR BY CONTRACTOR. /� / I �! �� 1! Z NEW STOREFRONT PACKAGE WIDTH �• •r �1►, CL i D ETAI L B O n CC wA J D CC JAMB. MATCH EXISTING STOREFRONT 1/4" SHIM SPACE 1/4" SHIM SPACE ` A `,"7 �_ INTERIOR Z� - I�11� ;1- • , EN 6 0 -----gi- jr _, ticl A5.118 i' . , 1 FIE.— 2, IQ � _ �j,'' :1�17� �rj.� ' THRESHOLD - �� PER DOOR NEW] NEW WINDOW � ELEVATION is STAN-GUARD;Ev ISION • 't40.1„ O IC I - EXTERIOR rl DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 BID SET ISSUE DATE: -- CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: -- MANUFACTURER'S L RECOMMENDATION ii EXISTING STOREFRONT J I PER PACKAG THRESHOLD SE � IIIIIII(IIIIIIIIIII ANGLED PLATE ,/ PROPOSED 4x6 1 SEE STRUCTURAL / HEADER ABOVE TUBE STEEL COLUMN �� '� INTERIOR I DRAWINGS DRAWING TITLE: INTERIOR DETAILS { J EXISTING 4X8 EXTERIOR / EMERGENCY BREAKOUT SLIDING DOORS ONLY PLAN 'sr 'x• / / CLEAR DOOR OPENING / CITY DIRECTIONAL MOTION SENSOR EACH SIDE OF DOOR PERMIT RECEIVED OFTUKWILA AUG 3 2�t3 CENTER STEEL COLUMN(e D ETAI L A DETAIL 6k'n DRAWING NUMBER: ■ A 50 TEMPLATE (30 x 42)ISSUE: 08/13/12 5 _ A5.0 DET' O9(6) A5..0_DET_11 DOOR A5.O DET_10 STANLEY ENTRY DOOR DETAIL 3/8 = 1 —0 STANLEY DOOR VERTICAL DETAIL 3 —1 —0 STANLEY HORIZONTAL DETAIL 3 —1 —0 1 O _ EQ. EQ. EQ. EQ. REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL ::::::1:1:::::::T 546" ARCHITECT L�:� _. / r-� CONTINUOUS PLYWD BLOCKING. 1111111,.11 OVERHEAD CABINETS. a DRILL 3 ACCESS BLOCKING, RE: 7/A-5. HOLE I EDGE LINE OF WALL BEYOND VINYL TRANSITION STRIP. GLUE DOWN TO OPEN SHELVING ,� ACCESS PANEL AT BOTTOM SHELF 1%' FLOOR. REF. FINISH SCHEDULE. ELECTRICAL OUTLET 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA I 92612 POPLAR OR PINE PAINT GRADE WOOD TRIM FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 1-1/2"H MIN. TO 2"H MAX XCOUNTERTOP 1/4D MIN. TO 1/2"D MAX X ti.��K' �� Y m """' SCHEDULED RESILIENT FIN. FLOORING EXISTING CONCRETE FIN. FLOORING COUNTERTOP PLAN VIEW II 2'-0" BOTTOM SHELF PLAN VIEW A t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 USE PROVIDED VINYL END CAP MATERIAL TO COVER ANY EXPOSED ENDS OF WORKSURFACE - TRIM ALL MulvannyG2.com 8'-0"L MIN. FINISHED EDGES WITH 1/42' ROUNDING BIT. PAINT PT 39.E ATTACH TO METAL STUDS WITHIN WALL -� ' Da �( I APPROX. 2-0" O.C. s Q EXCESS N _ rr� DRILL SIDE 1 1/2"ACCESS HOLES ON SHROUD PANELS 1 1/4 TRANSITION STRIP GLUE DOWN TO FLOOR. REF. FINISH SCHEDULE .. REF.PLAN SEAL METAL STUDS W/ 5/8"GYP. BD ON �1 W s CI (B) lIIIIIIIUIIIIIPhIIIIIIIIIPI - SCHEDULED r CARPET FIN. FLOORING FIN. FLOORING ADJUSTABLE SHELVES w = t EACH SIDE, TYP. OR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION; AS APPLICABLE. INSTALL 1/4" GYPSUM BOARD ON . w _ U CO a� o 1 REF. E1.0 FOR MOUNTING N - \ MTL BRACKET COUNTER MANUFACTURER. SUPPORT BRACKET OF FILE CABINET @ 38" OC MAX BY INSTALL @ BOTH SIDES ► R ISTERED RCHITECT �� - - L H. HAZZARD STAT. j F WASHINGTON J BOX FOR CONNECTIONS AND PROTECTOR BOTTOM ELECTRICAL THE ELECTRICAL SURGE TO BE MOUNTED ON THE LEFT SIDE OF FIXTURE (TYP. SCHEDULED CONCRETE ' Zr)� FOR SALES COUNTERS ALL 2' POS COUNTERS AT FRONT COUNTERS.. TYP. FOR 2' SC WHEN POWER REQUIRED EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND AS NEEDED ON NEW CONSTRUCTION TO ENSURE SMOOTH SURFACE. z ti J -J V v �� �:. � � ��,� :,.. ���� FOR EQUIPMENT) 1'-3/8" VINYL TO TRANSITION STRIP. GLUE DOWN FLOOR. REF. FINISH SCHEDULE. A iiiiiiiiii IIIIIIIIIIII11111111111111111"11111111 PM SCHEDULED t CARPET FIN. FLOORING ACCESS PANEL THRU BOTTOM SHELF CONSULTING ENGINEER ' BOX FOR ELECTRICAL POWER ` + r krJ 3/4" 1'-1/2" FIN. FLOORING \ \ SCHEDULED RESILIENT A5.1_DET_17 A5.1_DET_13 A5.1_DET_09 A5.1_DET_05 'L A5.1DET_01 B.I . C. _ MANAGER'S AREA 3/4".1,_0" FLOOR TRANSITION O 6' =1.0" POS CABINET DETAIL 3�4»=1,_0„ 9 OOD WAINSCOTING AT P&S 3"_ 1,_011-0"7 UPPER CABINET AT HCO 3 4„_,�_o» _ �+ EQ. EQ. EQ. EQ. EXTERIOR SIDE INTERIOR SIDE _ CONTINUOUS PLYWD BLOCKING. ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: 12 0253-01A MEP PROJECT NO.: --- X jr / CONTINUOUS PLYWD BLOCKING. STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: ---- CIVIL PROJECT NO.: ---- BLOCKING, RE: 7/A 5.1 0 DRILL 3" ACCESS HOLE ON BOTTOM SHELF . OPEN SHELVING � / OPEN SHELVING HDRILL OLE 3 ACCESS / ELECTRICAL OUTLET ( ACCESS PANEL BOTTOM SHELF AT EXISTING GLAZING111) _ COUNTERTOP PLAN VIEW BOTTOM SHELF PLAN VIEW DRILL 3" ACCESS HOLE ON 2.9EXCESS _ USE PROVIDED VINYL END CAP EXPOSED ENDS OF WORKSURFACE - TRIM ALL 0 ■ EXTERIOR INTERIOR -- f ,,,\_ J I -2'-0" WIREMOLD RACEWAY. FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING STOREFRONT. REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 'irt COUNTERTOP FOR DPW POWER CORD CURVED FLOOR TRANSITION ► - 7 J CARPET -• REF.PLAN _\ , ADJUSTABLE SHELVES / I- 1 I I \ \- / �, L/ J -BOX FOR DATA/TELE CONNECTIONS O w Z H o ` I • - MTL BRACKET COUNTER MANUFACTURER. SUPPORT BRACKET OF FILE CABINET @ 38" OC MAX @ BOTH BY INSTALL SIDES 0 AND PROTECTOR BOTTOM THE ELECTRICAL SURGE TO BE MOUNTED LEFT SIDE OF FIXTURE ON THE --� / / EXISTING STOREFRONT B- /L /F • a a Qa da 4 a a a. a a a ad ...d-na d. a aaa.., as a a s Q a 4� M FRAMING m NOTE: MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 4" BETWEEN ALL DATA & POWER BOXES. NOTE: PROVIDE MATCHING ENDCAPS SEPERATION AT ALL EXPOSED ENDS Q w cc r T ELECTRICAL OUTLET � THRU BOTTOM 4Y" 2 / / � /� / ACCESS PANEL SHELF J BOX FOR ELECTRICAL POWER ...a---- NOTE: ALL FLOORING ACCESSORIES TO BE INSTALLED BY FEDEX OFFICE A5.1 _DET_18 ' A5.1 _DET_14 A5.1 A5.1 _DET_06 A5.1n DET_02 B.L.C. - BREAK ROOM AREA .3/4"=1 /4 =1 -0 Cn � rn v � CO m 33 z 0 co CO m Fe( W• z O O TU KWI LA, WA 116 ANDOVER m• o0 0 > SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL RACEWAY 6' _1 _o 6 DPW CABINET DETAIL _DET_10 3/4".1,_0" 1 Q THRESHOLD DETAIL „=1. OPEN SHELVING AT P&S 3/4".1,_0" 1 4 CUSTOMER SIDE BOTTOM SHELF PLAN VIEW WOOD STUD ` `� I1 OPaO Q6 Ia�p,� 5\g.p ��Pa� SP03S FOG'\a�' 'e,\-S� JOS �� �pp0 � GO J���E�G 0, X000 0 S cJ9 P JQ F F�\ " LY�t FLOOR TRANSITION TO START AND ALIGN W/ WALL FINISH 'E BVD OCCUR, TYP. `. k ;' Ay NE OF DOOR WHERE 7----1 (-- OR- O CONTINUOUS PLYWD BLOCKING. 1-----1 I FAX I OR I FAX I 1 0 o r METAL STUD A , 011111bu • I II VIGPa �' 1i4 , IISCJ � gir ( \.l\O P� .t1 GGE P a0 0P 0S Q6 SCJ ij/ 0 GI Olt" Z00 ' 351$ laPG�'�� Olt('1` „,\.;,:s.0_ SCQS�\P \���' to G os E� Os° O. @ P f,0 -- 0W JQFkti\ COUNTERTOP PLAN VIEW ACCESS PANEL AT + 1"- 263/ a' FREESTANDING COMPUTER WORK DRILL 1 1/2" BOTTOM HOLE ON SHELF - I I4'-0" I I LJ i=CARPET I I J FINISHED SURFACE TO BE RAISED "/ / STATION FIXTURE. BOX FOR ELECTRICAL POWER -, /- COUNTERTOP MACHINE IS COUNTER. SIDE AND WHEN A FAX LOCATED ON 10" FROM PROD. CENTER STANDARD 4.6875 DEEP WALL BOX TO =� PROVIDE INTERFACE PLATFORM. STIPULATION FOR REUSE 7 - - - 7 7 --- I FAX � OR FAX BEHIND FAX J BOX FOR MACHINE DATA/TELE SSF 125 ALUM. FRAME TO SECURED BY CONTR.' "c BE ,.. UP BY EXTRA SHIM @ .� TO HAVE LEVELED CONDITION '" AND EDGE IN DEPRESSED �l'I'I'lll"IIIIIIII'I CONDITION. BOTTOM. THE W/ TILE CARPET EDGE J BOX FOR DATA CONNECTION AS THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT LOCATED ON PLANS. SEATTLE WA 98188 ' CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE L- J I_ ELECTRICAL _ _ _ - _ CONNECTIONS AND METAL STUD D B �' 101/144 /III %III I '� `� II �I/ ` I 11 \� a �„0., 6°. - GG ,P pPaO S GAP i3 SlJO Ij• 5\$ 01$•\• 1.0 ;Os °�Pa°P05 ZOO' t*.\\f O. ��O GP�\� I \�Q 0, ��DISCREPANCIES ,BY �o0 p'(��pS S� Jp F � 0?" -\P 0 -\?- �' __ l SURGE PROTECTORS MOUNTED SHELF SHELF TO BE ABOVE THE BOTTOM P. FOR ALL 4' NRL EXISTING OPENING IN FIXTURE. 05.31.2013 SCHEDULED TILE • SET MORTAR W/GRA TYP. SEE SPEC FOR THE' INFO. xz:� NOTE: ALL FLOORING ACCESSORIES TO BE INSTALLED FEDEX OFFICEi-//�IOANY = PRE WIREMOLD. MOUNT ON AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USEONA DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND b AISLE COUNTER MACHINE ONLY WHEN FAX ON COUNTER r? N ` � -WIRED TOP OF CARPET. WIREMOLD DISTRIBUTOR. COORDINATE WITH IS E LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE TEP PROPERTY ORY TO F FEDIX OFFICE INC.AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY N � n ADJUSTABLE SHELVES _ ACCESS PANEL THRU BOTTOM - - SHELF J BOX FOR ELECTRICAL POWER IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES \ / I \ I-V"UNLYF11VDIVU '/ IIII tli I` ;0:3\40 \ GC TO PROVIDE FLEX CONDUIT FOR 1FVR1.7E INL.VPI , RUC, IunUINLEJJAPPRQVEDA.`1 SUCH BYGOVERNwcAUTHORmES. 1 1/2" HOLE INTI V \DRILL ALT. LOCATION 3" DATA WIRING CENTER DIVIDER CABLES TO TO ALLOW FEED BOTH SIDES PERMIT SET A5.1_D1, _11 A5.1 _DET_07 A5.1_DET_03 WIREMOLD DETAIL 3/4"=1'-0" ©2012 FedEx Office WALL BLOCKING NTS FAX CABINET DETAIL 3/4"=1'-0" NOT USED 1 9 FLOOR TRANSITION FULL SCALE FULL SCALE EQ. / EQ. NO. REVISIONS: DATE: 3 ' 11 , A CN 1- BLDG COMMENTS 07/11/1A3 2 CN 2- FXO COMMENTS 07/11/13 / z DRILL 3" ACCESS I CONT BLOCKING CL a ::::::: 08/01/13 HOLEco (\ •. W 1 FLti REVIEWED FOR 5 CN 5- BLDG & MECH COMMENTS 08/09/13 CODE COMPLIANCE /� / \ • N i. OPEN AREA BELOW COUNTERTOP I IISION J APPROVED A ,^ LECTRICAL OUTLET O AUG 192013 COUNTERTOP PLAN 13 ENTRY MAT VIEW 2'-6" / ^ //�� / i r BUILT-IN COUNTER $ x SINK of �, 1 0 BUILDING DI IIla / • PLAN VIEW 1 1/2" ACCESS HOLE ON SIDE PANEL OF 2' \ REF.PLAN , /AN 1111 --\-- POS CABINET ONLY WHEN CABINET USED FOR ADJ. SHELVESDRILL ` CARPET FINISH =„...f .. �__ a BY OTHERS WHITE MELAMINE FPOS EQUIPMENT (HOLE LOCATION TO CORRESPOND WITH LOCATION OF SCALE AS NOTED ON A-3.0) 11113/ _ (0 DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 BID SET ISSUE DATE: -- CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: -- _ __ _ •- r>, 0AO /t) MTL BRACKET @37" OC MAX BY OPEN ACCESS --\ ADJUSTABLE SHELVES RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DRAWING TITLE: INTERIOR DETAILS J -BOX FOR DATA/TELE CONNECTIONS AND ELECTRICAL SURGE PROTECTOR TO BE MOUNTED ABOVE BOTTOM SHELF Nom: OTHE o W COUNTER MANUFACTURER ACCESS PANEL THRU BOTTOM SHELF ' A- AUG 2013 .3 PERMIT CENTER DRAWING NUMBER: A 5J ■ 1 / / \ , ti DRILL 3" ACCESS HOLE ON BOTTOM SHELF SECTION A -BOX FOR ELECTRICAL POWER A5.1DET_16 A5.1DET12 A5.,DET_08 A5.1-°ET_04 FLOOR TRANSITION SCALE TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 FPOS CABINET DETAIL 8 4' SALES COUNTER ADA ROLLUP NOT USED O B.I.C. W SINK - BREAKROOM / 3/4"=1'-0"3/4''=1'-0"3/4"=11-0"FULL 1 CAD User: mattr. HAL ROOM ?_2s l RETAil.. ENTRY NEW WALL OPENING, SEE A/S-1.0 NEIN ENTRY DOOR, SEE G/S-1.0 FOR STEEL FRAMING SELF-SERVICE a ACU -1 WT: 1910 L:S, OF) SEE D S-1.0 FOR ATTACHMENT CC PUTER SERVICES U!f/fUJi.Y/I!!!!!ll!llltPi/ ri rrif/.r.!/.+.rr/���i//�fis���iis/yi�fy�uirifr�iiry�inr�vi�.� EPLACE EXISTING UNIT W/ SIMILAR WEIGHT & SIZE. SEE D/S-1.0 FOR CONNECTION TO ROOF REF ARCH E/S-1.0 (OH) NEW ENTRY DOOR, REF ARCH FOR ADD'L INFORMATION EX SLAB ON GRADE F/S-1.0 R.O. DIMENSION ENTRY DOOR STEEL ELEVATION PARTIAL PLAN 4z U UJ Cn 1/8" = 1'-0" T/STEEL L REF ARCH PL 3/8"x4"x0'-8" (LLV) EA SIDE HSS NEW HSS 8x6 HEADER 3" RET 316 TYP CAP PL 1/4" (3 16 3/16 NEW HSS 6x4 POST L3x3x1/4x0'-3" EA SIDE HSS POST W/ 1/20 HILT! KB TZ EXIST SLAB ON GRADE SECTION ADDED POST CONN DETAIL i,fir=r-a 3/16 1 1 /2" 2" RET TYP 0 1/2" 3" // EXISTING TS COL NEW HSS 8x6 Lu HEADER TYP CAP PL PER F/S-1.0 3/16 3,/16 / L3x3x1 /4x0'-3" TOP AND BOT 3/16 /2° RET TYP (2" RET TYP PL 3/8x5"x0'-6" FAR SIDE BUILDING INTERIOR -� HEADER CONN DETAIL SECTION 3/16 EX FLOOR (2) 1 /2"0 HILA HUS EZ ANCHORS CO 9" OC W/ 3" EMBED, TYP — DO NOT OVER CUT WALLS, PROVIDE 4"0 CORE ®OPENING — EX 5 1/2" (VIF) CONC WALL A a CV -J C-) LU B- 1.0 _ C0 J I J n LU O 1/2"0 HILTI HUS E ANCHORS © 1'-4" OC W/ 3" EMBED - L4x3x5/16x7'-6" EX SLAB ON GRADE 5-0" OPENING ELEVATION 1/2"=1'- 0" OPENING ELEVATION 1 /2"=1'-0" DETAIL CC) ,fir=+' -o' MECH UNIT (BY OTHERS) MECH CURB TYP (BY OTHERS) IN3u- ).0(ot REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE ' APPROVED AUG 19 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION (12) 1/4" SCREWS (3 PER SIDE) MECH UNIT TO CURB (16) #10 SCREW SPACED EQUALLY AROUND ERIMETER OF CURB ti REVISION WO4 ACU -1 CONN DETAIL EX ROOF FRAMING RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 1 3 2013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 111111111111.. 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CAI 92612 t 949/05.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL CONSULTING ENGINEER MgConsulting Engineers 1601 5th Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, Washington 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 113195 U 0 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: ISSUED FOR PERMIT 06.06.13 5 CN 5- BLDG & MECH COMMENTS 08/9/13 DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: PARTIAL PLAN AND STRUCTURAL DETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: S-1.0 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 C HVAC GENERAL NOTES A. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL FEDERAL STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. B. FLEXIBLE INSULATED DUCTS SHALL BE MAXIMUM 5'-0" LONG AND SHALL MEET INSTALLATION AND MATERIAL C. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF ALL TRADES, LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, CEILING HEIGHTS AND EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF ANY DUCTWORK OR ORDERING 0. ANY EQUIPMENT. D. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TENANT WITH AS -BUILT DRAWINGS, ALL EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS, INFORMATION ON THERMOSTATS, CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAMS AND OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL CODES. E. PROVIDE DUCT INSULATION ON ALL DUCTS NOT IN CONDITIONED SPACE. F. ALL DUCTS SHALL BE LOCATED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE DUCTWORK LAYOUT WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. G. ALL BRANCH TAKE -OFFS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH MANUAL BALANCING DAMPERS. H. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM TO INCLUDE: PANELS, MODULES, RELAYS, WIRING, THERMOSTATS, SENSORS, DAMPERS, ACTUATORS AND ALL MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO FULFILL THE DESIGN INTENT AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS AND IN THE CODED NOTES. MOUNT REMOTE SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS AT 48" AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. I. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ONE NEW SET OF FARR 16/25 OR 20/25 TWO INCH THROW AWAY PLEATED ALTERS IN EACH UNIT AFTER CONSTRUCTION OPERATION AND BEFORE OWNER TAKES OVER STORE. J. FED EX HAS ESTABLISHED A NATIONAL ACCOUNT WITH CARRIER. CONTACT BRIDGETT MELFI, FED EX ACCOUNT EXCUTIVE AT CARRIER NATIONAL ACCOUNTS AT 1-800-649-4699 (FAX: 860-998-7117) FOR ORDERING INFORMATION. K. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING RELEASE OF UNITS FOR DELIVERY WITH CARRIER. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH CARRIER AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SO THAT CRANE SERVICE IS AVAILABLE, WHEREBY HVAC UNITS MAY BE HOISTED DIRECTLY FROM THE TRUCK TO THE ROOF. CONTACT BRIDGETT MELFI, FEDEX ACCOUNT EXCUTIVE AT CARRIER NATIONAL ACCOUNTS AT 1-800-649-4699 (FAX: 860-998-7117) FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. L. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING THE CEILING GRID, AND REPLACING GRID AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK, IN AREAS WHERE NEW DUCTWORK IS BEING INSTALLED AND ACCESS TO THE CEILING ABOVE DICTATES THAT THE TILES AND GRID MUST BE REMOVED. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ANY OF THE CEILING GRID THAT BECOMES DAMAGED DURING THR REMOVAL PROCESS WITH NEW CEILING GRID TO MATCH EXISTING. IF EXISTING CEILING TILES ARE TO BE REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT, MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPLACING ANY CEILING TILES THAT BECOME DAMAGED DURING THE REMOVAL PROCESS, WITH TILES THAT MATCH THE EXISTING CEILING TILES. M. ALL ROOF WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR. N. THE LOCATIONS OF ALL H.VA.0 UNITS ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE ONLY APPROXIMATE. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING OR NEW UNITS & MAKE ALL NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS TO PROVIDE A WELL BALANCED SYSTEM. 0. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY AVAILABLE DEPTH FOR DUCTWORK PRIOR TO FABRICATION. COORDINATE DUCTWORK LAYOUT WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. ALL DUCTWORK TO BE FABRICATED AND INSTALLED PER LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA GUIDELINES. P. EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON LANDLORD PROVIDED DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND LIMITED FIELD VERIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. Q. COORDINATE ALL STORE PHASING WITH FXO PROJECT MANAGER. R. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR RELOCATION OF ALL EXISTING HVAC CONTROLS THROUGHOUT STORE PHASING. S. PROVIDE NEW AIR DEVICES TO MATCH EXISTING THROUGHOUT. IF EXISTING AIR DEVICES ARE AVAILABLE, RELOCATE EXISTING AIR DEVICE AS SHOWN ON PLANS. CLEAN AND BALANCE TO THE SCHEDULED CFM. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION, CONDITION, NECK SIZE, AND QUANTITY. ® MECHANICAL CODED NOTES: 1. PROVIDE A PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT & REMOTE SENSOR IN AREAS SHOWN AT 48" AFF. PROVIDE ALL CONTROL WORK AND WIRING TO HVAC EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED PER THE MANUFACTURERS PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS. COORDINATE WITH EC. 2. PROVIDE AND BALANCE NEW ROOFTOP UNIT AS SCHEDULED. PROVIDE NEW ROOF CURB. CUT AND PATCH ROOF AS NECESSARY. ALL ROOF WORK TO BE COMPLETED BY LANDLORDS ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT GC'S EXPENSE. ENSURE CODE REQUIRED DISTANCE OF 10' MINIMUM FROM ALL EXHAUST AIR LOCATIONS. 3. INSTALL DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. CONFIRM ROUTING OF DUCTWORK WITH LIGHTING, NEW CEILING, AND EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE FABRICATING DUCTWORK. (TYPICAL) 4. PROVIDE AND BALANCE NEW CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN AS SCHEDULED TO A MINIMUM 80 CFM. VERIFY CODE REQUIRED DISTANCE OF 10' MINIMUM FROM ALL FRESH AIR INTAKES. RELOCATE AS REQUIRED. 5. PROVIDE LINED DUCTWORK. 6. UNDERCUT DOOR 1" FOR RETURN AIRFLOW. 7. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH A NEW ADDRESSABLE SMOKE DETECTOR. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL SMOKE DETECTOR IN NEW RETURN AIR DUCT MAIN. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INTERLOCK SMOKE DETECTOR TO RTU FAN MOTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL WIRE SMOKE DETECTOR TO REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION INCLUDING ANNUNCIATOR LOCATION. REQUIRED DUCT DETECTOR TROUBLE INDICATOR SHALL BE AN LED AT THE CEILING BELOW EACH DETECTOR. 8. PROVIDE AND BALANCE NEW FAN COIL UNIT WITH ELECTRIC HEAT. EXTEND NEW INSULATED COPPER CONDENSATE TO FLOOR DRAIN. PROVIDE WITH CONDENSATE FLOAT SWITCH. BALANCE TO THE SCHEDULED CFM. 9. PROVIDE FIRE DAMPERS/SMOKE DAMPERS AT ALL SHAFT PENETRATIONS. 10. NEW EXTERIOR WALL INTAKE LOUVER (GREENHECK EDJ-401 OR EQUIVALENT). TRANSITION DUCT TO SIZE OF DUCT INLET AT LOUVER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND COLOR OF LOUVER WITH LANDLORD AND PROJECT MANAGER. 11. PROVIDE HEAT PUMP CONDENSING UNIT WITH WALL MOUNTED SUPPORT PLATFORM. VERIFY LOCATION AND ORIENTATION IN FIELD WITH LANDLORD AND FEDEX PROJECT MANAGER. PROVIDE ALL MANUFACTURER AND CODE CLEARANCES. LOCATION SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. 12. NOT USED. 13. PROVIDE HARD WIRED CONDENSATE PUMP. PUMP MUST BE PLENUM RATED. 14. 1" LINED RETURN DUCT. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL FULL SIZE 90 DEGREE ELBOW IN TENANT SPACE AND INSTALL 1/4" WIRE MESH ON OPEN END RETURN DUCT. 15. TRANSITION SUPPLY/RETURN DUCTS THROUGH CHASE. ROUTE DUCTWORK DOWN TO LEASE SPACE. COORDINATION DUCT WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. MECHANICAL RESPONSIBILITIES L -LANDLORD CONTRACTOR F - FEDEX CONTRACTOR E -EXISTING FURNISH INSTALL RESPONSIBILITY NOTES A-1 HVAC SYSTEM SIZE SD -1 SUPPLY DIFFUSER II 1 HVAC UNITS F F SD -2 2 DUCTWORK & INSULATION F F 0 3 GRILLES & REGISTERS F F MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER 4 THERMOSTAT F F 0 5 TEMP CONTROLS & WIRING DIAGRAM F F LA 6 EXHAUST FANS F F SUPPLY DIFFUSER 7 AIR BALANCE REPORT F F 1" LINED DUCTWORK 8 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS F F 10X6 9 DEMOLITION - - 10 TEST ANNUNCIATORS F F HVAC PLAN FED VERFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. DFFUSER MOUNTNG FEIGHTS DIFFUSERS ON THE SALES FLOOR SHALL BE MOUNTED AT THE SAME HEIGHT AS THE LIGHTING FIXTURES. DIFFUSERS IN THE OFFICE AREA SHALL BE LAY -IN STYLE. COORDINATE THE EXACT HEIGHT OF LIGHTING FIXTURES ON WITH THE ARCHITECT. HVAC DUCTWORK LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION TYPE NEW RETURN GRILLE MODEL NO. SIZE SD -1 SUPPLY DIFFUSER II DUCT MOUNTED NEW CEILING DIFFUSER TM SA \ SD -2 24x24 RR 2000 CFM RETURN REGISTER, SIZE AND AIRFLOW CD -12"0 360 CFM 2'x2' SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSER WITH 10" NECK AND CFM 0 LOW VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT S LOW VOLTAGE SENSOR TIED TO THERMOSTAT TITUS MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER MVD SD -4 DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR 0 0 SUPPLY DUCT WITH ELBOW TURNED UP 24x24 W/ 6" NECK ____ SUPPLY DUCT WITH ELBOW TURNED DOWN LA RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT, ELBOW TURNED UP TM SA .., RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT, ELBOW TURNED DOWN SUPPLY DIFFUSER DUCT WIN MANUAL DAMPER + L + 350RL 24X24 1" LINED DUCTWORK SUPPLY DIFFUSER == TITUS 350RL 10X6 FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK CONNECTION GRILLE, REGISTER AND' DIFFUSER SCHEDULE TYPE FUNCTION E, TYPE MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. SIZE SD -1 SUPPLY DIFFUSER II DUCT MOUNTED TITUS TM SA 24x24 W/ 10" NECK SD -2 SUPPLY DIFFUSER I DUCT MOUNTED TITUS NSA 24x24 W/ 8" NECK SD -3 SUPPLY DIFFUSER DUCT MOUNTED TITUS TM SA 24x24 W/ 6" NECK SD -4 SUPPLY DIFFUSER LAY -IN TITUS TM SA 24x24 W/ 6" NECK SD -5 SUPPLY DIFFUSER LAY -IN TITUS TM SA 12x12 W/ 6" NECK RR -1 SUPPLY DIFFUSER LAY -IN TITUS 350RL 24X24 TG -1 SUPPLY DIFFUSER WALL MOUNTED TITUS 350RL 10X6 ri4293."ll1.�• tri /l/,lf/ ./.f/I .44740fOrir froarlr, Q ftING 'r p x RR -1 1200 CFM N y 4./Y�' ./Z 4W17409:ffe J, ""//l (' ".'r' 400",/./Z...0077.„4,7./�(f}J'+�'. f dr, Aronl/.�//.�'.�!�/'r�+/ / f1I " : " 40re.I.I'' Ir f�.4 drAyie, .0"07-20#"," R ETAI L 18x16 MVD PACK & SHIP ABOVE CLNG 3/4" COND. 18x12 SD -1 345 CFM 14x10 10"0 DN ENHANCED PACK & SHIP cu -1 ON PLATFORM CSS OFFICE DM OFFICE ENTRY SD -4 100 CFM 2- WAY MD OFFICE MD ASS'T. OFFICE 10"O DN SELF-SERVICE AREA SIGNS & GRAPHICS 3/4" CIND. MENS RESTROOM WOMENS RESTROOM 24x12 COMPUTER SERVICES 30 X 22 SUPPLY DOWN CONNECT TO DOSING EXHAUST (VERIFY IN FIELD) 47 X 16 RETURN D ADJACENT LEASE SPACE NOT PART OF WORK -------- REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 192013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REVISION N0;1 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 1 3 2013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com I EXP,R� FEB 262014 K KOHRS LOMEMAIIIIN FEL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS WWW.KLHENGRS.COM 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 12622.00 (13 U 0 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 04.26.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF KINKO'S INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX KINKOS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX KINKOS IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: \ CN 1- BLDG COMMENTS 07/11/13 / ` \ CN 2- FXO COMMENTS 07/11/13 1 - \ CN 3- FXO COMMENTS 07/28/13 ACN 4- FXO COMMENTS 08/01/13 1 v , CN 5- BLDG & MECH COMMENTS 08/09/13 A A A A A A A PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: H.V.A.C. PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: M-1 .0 ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 SM MulvannyG2.com SEAL F�� COPIw% R No...!?1�" SEATTLE, WA 989630 Tukwila 6,163 SF Scope: Relocation REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees. Flan retew apRoval; A,r' of con" 3I26'4 0t any tupprovectt to out rot authotize AMES T. HILLIER STATE OF WASHINGTON 7�. BUILDING CODE ANALYSIS GENERAL NOTES PROJECT DIRECTORY SHEET INDEX • SUMMARY OF THE PROJECT THIS PROJECT INVOLVES THE CONSTRUCTION PERTAINING TO THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS FOR A NEW FEDEX OFFICE TO BE LOCATED AT 1234 ANY STREET CITY, ST ZIP THIS CODE REVIEW IS BASED ON THE FINAL SPACE PLAN DATED 00/00/00 • BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONTACT CONTACT: DAVE LARSON TEL. 206.431.3670 FACSIMILE: 206.431.3665 EMAIL: davelarson@tukwilawa.gov DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 600 SOUTHCENTER BLVD. # 100 TUKWILA, WA 98188 • APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES BUILDING FIRE PLUMBING MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL ACCESSIBILITY STATE ENERGY 2009 IBC CODES 2009 IFC 2009 UPC & IBC 2009 IMC 2008 NEC SERVICE SINKS 2009 WSEC w w ,,,,,, 2009 Tukwila Building Code AMENDMENTS 2009 Fire Code 2009 WSTA 2009 Tukwila Mechanical Code 2008 Tukwila Electrical Code SERVICE SINKS DRINKING FOUNTAINS OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION GROUP M - MERCANTILE GROUP B - BUSINESS IBC 309.1 IBC 304.1 • CONSTRUCTION TYPE TYPE V -B IBC T. 601 • SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY IBC 1616.3 • AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM THIS BUILDING IS SPRINKLERED. IBC 903.2 • FIRE ALARM SYSTEM FIRE ALARM EXISTING IBC 907.2 • CALCULATED OCCUPANT LOAD AREA PER OCCUPANT "M" (IN SF) = -RETAIL, SELF SERVICE AREA - PACK & SHIP, ENHANCED PACK Sc SHIP -SELF SERVICE, COMPUTER SERVICES -SIGN & GRAPHICS, BREAK & HANDLING GROSS FLOOR AREA = OCCUPANT LOAD = AREA PER OCCUPANT "M -STORAGE" (IN SF) = -HAL ROOM GROSS FLOOR AREA = OCCUPANT LOAD = AREA PER OCCUPANT "B" (IN SF) = - ALL OFFICES GROSS FLOOR AREA = OCCUPANT LOAD = TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD = 30 SF/OCC. 5,141 SF 172 300 SF/OCC 106 SF 1 OCCUPANT 100 SF/OCC. 743 SF 8 181 OCCUPANTS IBC 1004.1.1 • EXIT CAPACITY EXIT CAPACITY REQUIRED: EGRESS WIDTH PER PERSON = 181 OCC. X 0.2 INCHES PER PERSON = CALCULATED EXIT CAPACITY PROVIDED: 68" + 73.55" 0.2" 36.2" 141.55" IBC 1005 • MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXITS MINIMUM NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED = 1-500 OCCUPANTS NUMBER OF EXITS PROVIDED = 2 2 IBC T. 1018.1 • TRAVEL DISTANCE & DEAD END LENGTH MAX DISTANCE TO EXIT= MAX DEAD END LENGTH = 95' SPRINKLERED 8' IBC T. 1015.1 IBC 1016.1 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO STARTING OF WORK AND SHALL NOTIFY, IN WRITING, FEDEX OFFICE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER DRAWING SCALE. 3. ALL DETAILS SHALL BE CONSIDERED TYPICAL AT SIMILAR CONDITIONS. NOT ALL DETAILS SHOWN WILL BE USED. PLEASE REFERENCE PLANS FOR DETAILS TO BE USED. 4. CONTRACTOR AND EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING COMPLETE KNOWLEDGE OF ALL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND THE RELEVANCE TO THE WORK. FAILURE TO BE ACQUAINTED WITH THIS KNOWLEDGE DOES NOT RELIEVE RESPONSIBILITY FOR PERFORMING ALL WORK PROPERLY. ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED DUE TO THE FAILURE TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENT PACKAGE. 5. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ARE DESIGN BUILD BY THE CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FIRE SPRINKLER & FIRE ALARM DRAWINGS TO THE JURISDICTION (AND LANDLORD AS REQUIRED) AND OBTAIN APPROVAL PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK ON THE FIRE SPRINKLER OR ALARM SYSTEM. THE FIRE SPRINKLER AND ALARM WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED UNDER A SEPARATE PERMIT WHERE APPLICABLE. 6. ALL FLOORING ALONG A MEANS OF EGRESS PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL BE SLIP RESISTANT IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. 7. COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH FEDEX OFFICE AND THE LANDLORD. MAKE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS TO MAINTAIN VALIDITY OF ALL ROOFING WARRANTEES. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT ALL EXISTING FIRE PROOFING OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, DEMISING WALLS, AND FLOOR CEILING ASSEMBLIES WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO BE FIRE PROTECTED BY GOVERNING CODES. CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH AND REPAIR ALL DAMAGED FIREPROOFING AND SHALL REPLACE ALL MISSING FIREPROOFING. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE EXISTING FIRE RATINGS OF ALL ELEMENTS AND SHALL PATCH AND REPAIR ANY DAMAGED OR REMOVED ELEMENTS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN ALL FIRE RATINGS. 9. FEDEX OFFICE HAS FILED FOR AND OBTAINED APPROVAL OF THE BUILDING PERMIT. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLETING ANY OUTSTANDING BUILDING PERMIT ITEMS AND PICKING UP THE PERMIT. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR APPLYING FOR AND OBTAINING ALL TRADE PERMITS AND OTHER PERMITS AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE JURISDICTIONS HAVING AUTHORITY OVER THE PROJECT. 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING ANY REVISIONS TO THE APPROVED PERMIT DOCUMENTS AND PROCESSING THE APPROVAL OF THE REVISED DOCUMENTS WITH THE JURISDICTIONS HAVING AUTHORITY. 12. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT ALL EXISTING DEMISING WALLS EXTEND TO THE BOTTOM OF THE FLOOR STRUCTURE ABOVE AND SHALL NOTIFY FEDEX OFFICE OF ANY DEFICITS IDENTIFIED. 13. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK TO BE PROVIDED BY FEDEX OFFICE INCLUDING WORK THAT IS PART OF THE LANDLORD'S RESPONSIBILITY. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH AND REPAIR ALL EXISTING SUBSTRATES TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES AND ALL EXISTING SURFACES AND FINISHES AS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND PROPER INSTALLATION. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENGAGE A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER TO REVIEW, DESIGN, AND SEAL ALL CHANGES NECESSARY TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE FOR THE INSTALLATION OF OR REVISION OF ALL CONTRACTOR INSTALLED MECHANICAL UNITS OR OTHER CONTRACTOR INSTALLED ELEMENTS SUPPORTED BY OR ANCHORED TO THE EXISTING STRUCTURE. THE ENGINEER SHALL SUBSTANTIATE THE DESIGN MODIFICATIONS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE EXISTING BUILDING STRUCTURE. 16. IN THE EVENT THE CONTRACTOR DISCOVERS, AT ANY TIME DURING DEMOLITION, CONSTRUCTION, AND/OR REMODELING OPERATIONS, EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT COULD INCLUDE THE PRESENCE OF MOLD AND/OR MILDEW, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, FEDEX OFFICE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER, AND THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD, IN WRITING OF THE CONCERNS AND/OR SUSPICIONS. 17. FOR RELO & REMODEL PROJECTS, THE CONTRACTOR WORKING DIRECTLY WITH THE FEDEX OFFICE CENTER MANAGER AND CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER, WILL DEVELOP A SCHEDULE FOR COMPLETION OF THIS SCOPE OF WORK. ALL CENTERS, INCLUDING THOSE OPEN 24 HOURS, MUST REMAIN OPEN FOR BUSINESS THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF THIS PROJECT AND EFFORTS SHALL BE MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR TO MINIMIZE IMPACTS TO CUSTOMERS DURING THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK. IT IS EXPECTED THAT THE WORK WILL BE CONDUCTED DURING HOURS WHEN CUSTOMER TRAFFIC IS REDUCED. ANY EXCEPTIONS WILL REQUIRE APPROVAL IN ADVANCE BY THE FXO CENTER MANAGER. 18. FOR RELO & REMODEL PROJECTS, THE CENTER MANAGER TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING FURNITURE/ FIXTURES/ EQUIPMENT AND MISC. ITEMS WITHIN SPACE AFFECTED BY SCOPE OF WORK THAT THE CENTER WOULD LIKE TO KEEP. CENTER MANAGER TO REMOVE PERSONAL ITEMS AND SUPPLIES IN ALL FURNITURE AND/ OR FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED. 19. FOR RELO & REMODEL PROJECTS, THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DEMO AND REMOVAL OF ALL ITEMS DEEMED NOT NECESSARY IN SCOPE OF WORK BY CENTER MANAGER PRIOR TO DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL. PLEASE DOCUMENT AND CONFIRM WITH FXO CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER. • TENANT FEDEX OFFICE 3 GALLERIA TOWER 13155 NOEL RD, STE 1600 DALLAS, TX 75240 TEL. 214.550.7000 FACSIMILE: 214.550.7001 • ARCHITECT MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 18200 VON KARMAN AVE, SUITE #910 IRVINE, CA 92612 TEL. 949.705.0700 FACSIMILE: 949.705.0701 CONTACT: ISAAC PEREZ • LANDLORD CONTACT THE ANDOVER COMPANY, INC. 415 BAKER BLVD. SUITE 200 SEATTLE, WA 98188 TEL. 206.232.7502 FACSIMILE: -- CONTACT: P.O.R. JOHN PIETROMONACO • MECHANICAL ENGINEER KLH ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 TEL. 859.442.8050 FACSIMILE: 859.442.8058 CONTACT: P.O.R. JAMIE MILLARD • REGIONAL DESIGN MGR. FEDEX OFFICE 3 GALLERIA TOWER 13155 NOEL RD, STE 1600 DALLAS, TX 75240 TEL. 214.550.7954 FACSIMILE: 214.550.7321 EMAIL: jim.browning@fedex.com CONTACT: JIM BROWNING • ELECTRICAL ENGINEER KLH ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 TEL. 859.442.8050 FACSIMILE: 859.442.8058 CONTACT: P.O.R. JAMIE MILLARD • CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MGR. FEDEX OFFICE 3 GALLERIA TOWER 13155 NOEL RD, STE 1600 DALLAS, TX 75240 TEL. 214.550.7878 FACSIMILE: 214.550.7495 EMAIL: henry.alva@fedex.com CONTACT: HENRY ALVA SECr`ATEPERMIT FEQ IRED FOFt Plumbing aS Pipkg City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION NOTE: PLEASE DIRECT ALL PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS TO ARCHITECT. PLEASE DIRECT ALL CONSTRUCTION COMMENTS TO FEDEX OFFICE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER. REVISIONS • ARCHITECTURAL SPECIAL INSPECTION SCHEDULE MINIMUM NUMBER OF PLUMBING FIXTURES "MERCANTILE" SF/OCC. = 200 AREA = 5,427 SF OCCUPANT LOAD = 28 OCCUPANTS • WATER CLOSETS: 1 EACH SEX PER 50 PERSONS • LAVATORIES: -_ 1 EACH SEX PER 2 WATER CLOSETS • DRINKING FOUNTAIN: 1 PER 31-150 PERSONS • SERVICE SINK: NOT REQUIRED • FIRE RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS TENANT SEPARATION 2009 UPC & IBC 2902.1 WSTA "BUSINESS" SF/OCC. = 200 AREA = 743 SF OCCUPANT LOAD = 4 OCCUPANTS • WATER CLOSETS: 1 EACH SEX PER 15 PERSONS • LAVATORIES: 1 EACH SEX PER 2 WATER CLOSETS • DRINKING FOUNTAIN: 1 PER 31-150 PERSONS • SERVICE SINK: NOT REQUIRED THE WORK OF THIS PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO INSPECTIONS BY THIRD PARTY INSPECTORS HIRED BY FEDEX OFFICE AS REQUIRED BY THE JURISDICTION. THE WORK INDICATED SHALL REMAIN OPEN AND ACCESSIBLE FOR INSPECTION PURPOSES UNTIL APPROVED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR NOTIFYING THE FEDEX OFFICE CPM WHEN WORK IS READY FOR INSPECTION IN SUFFICIENT TIME TO ALLOW FOR THE INSPECTION. FOLLOWING ARE THE REQUIRED INSPECTIONS. FIRE RESISTANT PENETRATIONS & FIRE STOPPING PROTECTION OF JOINTS AND PENETRATIONS IN FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL NOT BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW UNTIL INSPECTED AND APPROVED. PRELIMINARY VENTILATION/AIR CONDITIONING INSTALLATION OF THE HVAC EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK SHALL NOT BE CONCEALED UNTIL INSPECTED AND APPROVED. FINAL VENTILATION/AIR CONDITIONING THE FINAL VENTILATION/ AIR CONDITIONING INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE AFTER THE EQUIPMENT IS OPERATIONAL AND ALL CEILINGS, VENTS AND GRILLS ARE INSTALLED. FINAL INSPECTION THE FINAL INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE AFTER THE WORK INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND OTHERWISE REQUIRED IS COMPLETE. 0 HR IBC 302.3.1 MINIMUM FIXTURES REQUIRED / PROVIDED DIVISION BY GENDER WATER CLOSETS URINALS LAVATORIES SERVICE SINKS DRINKING FOUNTAINS REQ. PROV. REQ. PROV. REQ. PROV. REQ. PROV. REQ. PROV. MALE 1 1 0 0 1 1 FEMALE 1 1 0 0 1 1 /./ / UNISEX 0 0 0 0 0 0/ EMPLOYEE 0 0 0 0 0 0 //� GENERAL �A/ // A 0 1 1 2 NOT ALL DETAILS SHOWN ARE USED. SYMBOL LEGEND DETAIL REFERENCE BUILDING DETAIL NUMBER SECTION SHEET NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER INTERIOR ELEVATION EXTERIOR ELEVATION GRID LINE REFERENCE WALL REFERENCE REVISION REFERENCE WINDOW REFERENCE DOOR REFERENCE REFERENCE NOTE FINISH REFERENCE MATCH LINE DATUM OR FLOOR ELEVATION DIMENSIONS SHEET NUMBER E --ELEVATION NUMBER DETAIL NUMBER < SHEET NUMBER 9 -GRID NO. OR LETTER I if DETAIL NUMBER A REVISION NUMBER WINDOW LETTER RE: A-8.1 FOR WINDOW SCHEDULE DOOR NUMBER RE: A-8.1 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE H --NOTE NUMBER ( < ) FINISH MARK RE: A-1.1 FOR FINISH LEGEND E --MATCH LINE REFER TO SHEET NO. ill/DATUM k ELEVATION IN RELATIONSHIP TO MAIN FLOOR OR STATED BENCHMARK TO FACE OF OBJECT 0-- TO CENTERLINE OF OBJECT ABBREVIATIONS AFF ADA ADDL AMP BD BLKG CAB CLG CLR COL CONTR EC ELEC EQ ER EWC FE FEC FHC Fl FLUOR ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ADDITIONAL AMPERE BOARD BLOCKING CABINET CEILING CLEAR OPENING COLUMNS CONSTRACTOR EXISTING TO BE CAPPED ELECTRICAL EQUAL EXISTING TO REMAIN ELECTRIC WATER COOLER FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FIRE HOSE CABINET FIXTURE INSTALLER FLUORESCENT GA GAUGE GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD HM HOLLOW METAL HDWE HARDWARE HT HVAC K LL MAX MDF MIN MFR NIC NTS HEIGHT HEATING VENTILATION & AIR CONDITIONING KINKOS LANDLORD MAXIMUM MEDIUM DENSITY FIBER BOARD MINIMUM MANUFACTURER NIT IN CONTRACT NOT TO SCALE OC ON CENTER OPG OPENING PART PARTICLE PR PAIR PREFAB PREFABRICATED REF REFERENCE REQ'D REQUIRED SS STAINLESS STEEL STD STRANDARD UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED V VOLTS VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VIF VERIFY IN FIELD VICINITY MAP TITLE SHEET CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A LEGEND & NOTES SITE PLAN MISC. SITE DETAILS X-1.0 EXISTING EQUIPMENT & FIXTURE PLAN D-1.0 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN A-1.0 DIMENSIONED FLOOR PLAN A-1.1 FINISH FLOOR PLAN A-2.0 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A-3.0 EQUIPMENT PLAN A-3.0.1 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE A-3.1 FIXTURE/ FURNITURE PLAN A-3.1.1 FIXTURE/ FURNITURE SCHEDULE A-3.2 GRAPHICS PLAN A-3.3 ENLARGED PLANS A-4.0 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-4.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-5.0 INTERIOR DETAILS A-5.1 INTERIOR DETAILS 0 A-7.0 WALL SECTIONS A-7.1 WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS A-8.0 ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS A-8.1 DOOR AND WINDOW SCHEDULES SPEC -1.0 SPECIFICATIONS SPEC -2.0 SPECIFICATIONS SPEC -3.0 SPECIFICATIONS • STRUCTURAL S-1.0 PARTIAL PLANS AND STRUCTURAL DETAILS • PLUMBING 1 S PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN P-2.0 PLUMBING DETAILS & SPECIFICATIONS • MECHANICAL LOCATION OF NEW T.I. 16 ANDOVER PARK EAST FIRST FLOOR M-1.0 M-2.0 M-3.0 M-4.0 MECHANICAL PLAN MECHANICAL DETAILS & SCHEDULES MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL COMCHECK • ELECTRICAL KEY PLAN E-1.0 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E-2.0 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN E-3.0 ELECTRICAL DETAILS & SCHEDULES E-4.0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS a DATA & COMMUNICATIONS DC -1.0 DATA & COMMUNICATIONS PLAN • FIRE PROTECTION CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. FP -1.0 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. JUL 172013 REVISION LOG • REV • DATE • DESCRIPTION CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 122013 PERMIT CENTER DESIGN DIRECTIVES THESE CONSTRUCTION DOC'S. HAVE THE FOLLOWING DESIGN DIRECTIVES: DESIGN DIRECTIVE ISSUED DESCRIPTION: THIS SET IS CURRENT THROUGH DD12.09. REVISIONS: BUILDING DEPARTMENT REVISIONS DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05,31.13 DATE: 07/11/13 04.26.13 • DRAWING TITLE: TITLE SHEET DRAWING NUMBER: T-1.0 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 DEMO LEGEND WALL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION (Revised 08/13/12) SYMBOL DESCRIPTION (Revised 08/13/12) LIGHTING & CEILING LEGEND 17//////////////�I EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN NEW INTERIOR FULL HEIGHT WALL. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION (Revised 08/13/12) EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE LEGEND DATA COMMUNICATIONS LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION (Revised 08/13/12) SYMBOL DESCRIPTION (Revised 08/13/12) f EXISTING INTERIOR 1 HR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT DIMINISH RATING OF WALL NEW INTERIOR FULL HEIGHT WALL FURRING. m:rn nun Existing 2' X 2' Ceiling Grid and Tiles To Be Removed. L ❑� J EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED FROM CENTER AND DESTROYED. CONSULT WITH MANAGER, RELOCATE OR DEMO AT MANAGERS DISCRETION. C - SIMPLEX CABLE OUTLET -(1) LEVEL 5 CABLE, SINGLE SPACE FACEPLATE EXISTING INTERIOR 2 HR RATED WALL CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT DIMINISH RATING OF WALL 1 ... NEW INTERIOR LOW WALL. r7 -7 -T -E - i 1 1 FT 1 1 FT LJ_1_L_LJ I I I 1 1 Existing 2' X 2' Ceiling Grid and Tiles To Remain. EXISTING FIXTURE/EQUIPMENT TO BE RELOCATED FROM WITHIN EXISTING CENTER. CHOOSE FROM LIKE EXISTING EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE IN BEST CONDITION. DUPLEX CABLE OUTLET -2(2) LEVEL 5 CABLES, 4 SPACE FACEPLATE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE REMOVED FaWAYA WAVATA NEW INTERIOR FULL HEIGHT WALL WITH SOUND INSULATION. Existing 2' X 2' Ceiling Grid to Remain. New Ceiling Tiles. EXISTING FIXTURE/EQUIPMENT BEING RELOCATED FROM CENTER# CHOOSE FROM LIKE EXISTING EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE IN BEST CONDITION FROM EXISTING STORE OR ANOTHER STORE LOCATION 14 TRIPLEX CABLE OUTLET -(3) LEVEL 5 CABLES, 4 SPACE FACEPLATE EXISTING SLAB TO BE REMOVED 1111111122211111 NEW INTERIOR FULL HEIGHT RATED WALL TO BOTTOM OF DECK WITH SOUND INSULATION. 2' X 2' Ceiling Grid. EXISTING EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE TO REMAIN IN EXISTING LOCATION. FOURPLEX CABLE OUTLET -(4) LEVEL 5 CABLES, 4 SPACE FACEPLATE EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN 1///////////1 EXISTING EXTERIOR OR INTERIOR FULL HEIGHT WALL TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY TO MATCH NEW WALL FINISHES. EXISTING DOOR TO BE REMOVED EXISTING LOW WALL TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS NECESSARY TO MATCH NEW WALL FINISHES. 2' X 2' Ceiling Grid w/ Batt Insulation Above. Existing 2' X 4' Ceiling Grid and Tiles To Be Removed. N NEW EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE. C SIMPLEX CABLE OUTLET -(1) LEVEL 5 CABLE, SINGLE SPACE FACE PLATE FIXTURE MOUNTED FUTURE EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE. DUPLEX CABLE OUTLET -(2) LEVEL 5 CABLES, 4 SPACE FACE PLATE FIXTURE MOUNTED DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. DO NOT REMOVE ANY STRUCTURAL WALLS (LOAD BEARING OR SHEAR WALLS) OR OTHER STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY AS NOTED AS STRUCTURAL ELEMENT TO BE REMOVED. NOTIFY FEDEX OFFICE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER IF ANY STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ARE DISCOVERED AND NOTED TO BE REMOVED AND NOT NOTED AS STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE FEDEX OFFICE CPM OF ANY CONCEALED OR UNKNOWN CONDITIONS. 3. REMOVE EVERYTHING AS IDENTIFIED AND DESCRIBED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE OPEN SHELL READY FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION QUESTIONS THROUGH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 4. ALL DEMOLITION SHALL BE CARRIED OUT IN A SAFE MANNER AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH OSHA REGULATIONS. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION. THE WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, THE DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF WALLS, FLOORS, FLOOR FINISHES, INTERIOR GRAPHICS, CEILINGS, BUILT-IN COUNTERS, COUNTERS AND CABINETS, DISPLAY COUNTERS, BULKHEADS, DOORS, FIXTURES, PLUMBING, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ITEMS INCLUDING CONDUITS AND DUCTWORK AS SHOWN ON DRAWING OR AS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE NEW WORK FOR A COMPLETE JOB. 6. WHEN UTILITIES ARE REMOVED, CAP AND SEAL A MINIMUM OF 8" BELOW FINISH FLOOR OR A MINIMUM OF 6" ABOVE FINISH CEILING. 7. SAW CUT EXISTING SLAB FOR NEW PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. USE WET SAW FOR CUTTING. SAW CUT WIDTHS TO MINIMUM WIDTH REQUIRED TO ACCESS UNDER SLAB CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE AND VERIFY LOCATION WITH MEP DRAWINGS. EXISTING INTERIOR FULL HEIGHT RATED WALL TO REMAIN. I-7-7 _r - 77 1 1 1 1 1 1 111111 LJ_1_L-LJ L J- 1- L- L Existing 2' X 4' Ceiling Grid and Tiles To Remain. Existing 2' X 4' Ceiling Grid to Remain. New Ceiling Tiles. DIMENSIONED PLAN NOTES: 1. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS. IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY FEDEX OFFICE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER & ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 2. ALL DIMENSIONS TO EXISTING SURFACES ARE TO FACE OF EXISTING FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL DIMENSIONS LOCATING NEW STUDS ARE TO FINISH FACE OF WALL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. DO NOT SCALE. 4. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEET A-2.0 FOR SOFFIT AND LIGHTING. 5. REFER TO SCHEDULE SHEET A-8.1 FOR DOOR/ HARDWARE SCHEDULE, DOOR SCHEDULE AND TYPES, AND WINDOW SCHEDULE AND TYPES. 6. FEDEX OFFICE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER SHALL BE NOTIFIED OF ANY INCONSISTENCIES OR DISCREPANCIES WITH PLANS IN RELATION TO EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. 7. ALL NEW INTERIOR DOORS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT THE HINGE SIDE IS 4" FROM FACE OF NEAREST WALL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 8. ALL EXTERIOR GLAZING IS EXISTING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 9. ANY NEW ROOF OR WALL PENETRATIONS SHOULD BE APPROVED BY AND FURTHER COORDINATED WITH FEDEX OFFICE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER AS NECESSARY PRIOR TO ANY WORK BEING DONE. 10. ALL WOOD BLOCKING TO BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED AS REQUIRED BY CODE. 11. REFER TO DETAIL 12/A-7.1 FOR STUD SPACING SCHEDULE. 12. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 10 AND THE LOCAL JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS. USE WALL MOUNTED CABINETS IN SPACES VIEWABLE BY THE PUBLIC AND STANDARD EXTINGUISHER WALL BRACKETS IN AREAS NOT VIEWABLE BY THE PUBLIC. 13. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN ALL WALLS AS REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, CABINETS, COUNTERS, RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. REFER 7/A-5.1 AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR BLOCKING LOCATIONS. ACCESSIBILITY NOTES: 1. NO ABRUPT CHANGES IN ELEVATION ALONG PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL BE ALLOWED. 2. SLOPES SHALL NOTE EXCEED 1:20 UNLESS A RAMP IS PROVIDED. 3. RAMPS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1:12 SLOPE. 4. CROSS SLOPES SHALL NOT EXCEED 2%. 5. MAXIMUM 1/2"THRESHOLD HEIGHT. 2' X 4' Ceiling Grid. 2' X 4' Ceiling Grid w/ Batt Insulation Above. • Existing Gypsum Board Ceiling To Be Removed. Existing Gypsum Board Ceiling To Remain. 5/8" Gypsum Board Ceiling. 5/8" Gypsum Board Ceiling w/Batt Insulation Above. Existing Gypsum Board Soffit To Be Removed. EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURE PLAN NOTES: 1. FOR REMODEL PROJECTS, ALL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN ON PREMISES, AND ALL FURNITURE/ FIXTURES TO REMAIN ON PREMISES (U.O.N. - RE: X-1.0 FOR ITEMS TO BE REMOVED). FOR REMODEL & RELO PROJECTS, GC TO COORDINATE "EQUIPMENT POWER DOWN" AND UNPLUGGING OF ALL MACHINES WITH FXO TEAM MEMBER(S) BEFORE DISPLACEMENT. GC TO REPOSITION EQUIPMENT & FIXTURES PER PLANS - RE: SHEETS A-3.0 AND A-3.1 FOR REVISED LOCATIONS. 2. PROVIDE A MINIMUM 36" CLEAR PATH BETWEEN ALL FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. ON X-1.0: ALL EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES NOT MARKED WITH ❑ IS EXISTING TO REMAIN ❑X . 3. ON A-3.0: ALL EQUIPMENT NOT MARKED WITH ❑N IS NEW n 4. ON A-3.1: ALL FIXTURES NOT MARKED WITH n ARE NEW n . <= TRIPLEX CABLE OUTLET -(3) LEVEL 5 CABLES, 4 SPACE FACE PLATE FIXTURE MOUNTED FOURPLEX CABLE OUTLET -(4) LEVEL 5 CABLES, 4 SPACE FACE PLATE FIXTURE MOUNTED PAN SIMPLEX CABLE OUTLET -(1) LEVEL 5 CABLE, SINGLE SPACE FACE PLATE W/FLUSH FLOOR COVERPLATE DUPLEX CABLE OUTLET -(2) LEVEL 5 CABLES, 4 SPACE FACE PLATE W/FLUSH FLOOR COVERPLATE TRIPLEX CABLE OUTLET -(3) LEVEL 5 CABLES, 4 SPACE FACE PLATE W/FLUSH FLOOR COVERPLATE FOURPLEX CABLE OUTLET -(4) LEVEL 5 CABLES, 4 SPACE FACE PLATE W/FLUSH FLOOR COVERPLATE GRAPHICS PLAN LEGEND 1: w SIMPLEX CABLE OUTLET -(1) LEVEL 5 CABLE, 4 SPACE COVER PLATE ON DATA AND ELEC RACEWAY SYMBOL DESCRIPTION (Revised 08/13/12) ■ ti w SIMPLEX CABLE OUTLET -(2) LEVEL 5 CABLE, 4 SPACE COVER PLATE ON DATA AND ELEC RACEWAY EXISTING GRAPHICS/MERCHANDISING ITEM TO BE REMOVED FROM CENTER AND DESTROYED. CONSULT WITH MANAGER, RELOCATE OR DEMO AT MANAGERS DISCRESSION. ■ /= w SIMPLEX CABLE OUTLET -(3) LEVEL 5 CABLE, 4 SPACE COVER PLATE ON DATA AND ELEC RACEWAY Existing Gypsum Board Soffit To Remain. R1 EXISTING GRAPHICS/MERCHANDISING ITEM TO BE RELOCATED FROM WITHIN EXISTING CENTER. CHOOSE FROM LIKE EXISTING GRAPHICS/MERCHANDISING ITEM IN BEST CONDITION. ,' w SIMPLEX CABLE OUTLET -(4) LEVEL 5 CABLE, 4 SPACE COVER PLATE ON DATA AND ELEC RACEWAY 5/8" Gypsum Board Soffit. R2 EXISTING GRAPHICS/MERCHANDISING ITEM TO BE RELOCATED. CHOOSE FROM LIKE EXISTING GRAPHICS/MERCHANDISING ITEM IN BEST CONDITION FROM EXISTING CENTER OR ANOTHER STORE LOCATION J -BOX FOR DATA CABLING E-] Existing 2X4 Fluorescent Light Fixture - Direct/ Indirect To Be Removed and Saved for Possible Re -use. EXISTING GRAPHICS/MERCHANDISING ITEM TO REMAIN IN EXISTING LOCATION. POWER POLE 11- 11- -11 Existing 2X4 Fluorescent Light Fixture - Direct/ Indirect To Remain. NEW GRAPHICS/MERCHANDISING ITEM. - 58" MOUNTING HEIGHT. MOUNT AT 17" AFF UON. 2X4 Fluorescent Light Fixture Direct / Indirect. 0 FUTURE GRAPHICS/MERCHANDISING ITEM. 2X4 Emergency Fluorescent Light Fixture - Direct / Indirect. r .z -I L Existing 2x4 Fluorescent Light Fixture To Be Removed and Saved for Possible Re -use. Ir ,I II (�\ II 11 .- II IL 4 Existing 2x4 Fluorescent Light Fixture To Remain. SPECIALTY FINISHES LEGEND 2X4 Fluorescent Light Fixture w/ Prismatic Lens. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION (Revised 08/13/12) 2X4 Emergency Fluorescent Light Fixture w/ Prismatic Lens. GRAPHICS PLAN NOTES: 1. MOUNT ALL WALL GRAPHICS AS INDICATED ON REFERENCED DETAILS. RE: SHEET A-5.0 FOR GENERAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS, U.O.N. FOR HCO PROJECTS, RE: A-3.2 AND ELEVATIONS. 2. GC SHALL REMOVE AND DISCARD ALL FRAMED SLATWALL PANELS. 3. PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF ACCENT PAINT, GC SHALL NOTIFY FEDEX OFFICE CPM OF ANY OBSTRUCTIONS THAT WOULD IMPEDE INSTALLATION OF GRAPHIC (E.G. FIREBOX, STROBE, THERMOSTAT, SENSOR, ETC.). 3. ALL GRAPHICS NOT MARKED WITH ❑ ARE NEW ❑N . 4 MINI -BLINDS. WINDOW TREATMENT WT -9. O SM 2X4 Surface Mounted Light Fixture w/ Prismatic Lens. 1 WINDOW TINT. WINDOW TREATMENT WT -15. •- WINDOW TINT. WINDOW TREATMENT WT -19. SOLAR SHADES. WINDOW TREATMENT WT -20. FINISH PLAN NOTES: 1. INSTALL CARPET CP -21 THROUGHOUT CENTER, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. INSTALL NEW BASE B-8 THROUGHOUT CENTER. 2. PAINT WALLS PT -35 THROUGHOUT CENTER (INCLUDING RESTROOMS), UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. PAINT GYP. BD. CEILINGS/ SOFFITS/ HEADERS PT -37 THROUGHOUT CENTER, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. REFERENCE SHEET A-3.4 FOR RESTROOM SCOPE OF WORK (WHERE APPLICABLE). 5. VERIFY FINISH ON ALL EXISTING GYP BD FINISHES. ENSURE ALL GYP BD FINISHES PAINT READY TO MEET LEVEL OF FINISH AS REQUIRED BY FXO CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER. Existing 2X2 Fluorescent Light Fixture To Be Removed and Saved for Possible Re -use. Existing 2X2 Fluorescent Light Fixture To Remain. 2X2 Fluorescent Light Fixture w/ Prismatic Lens. 2X2 Emergency Fluorescent Light Fixture w/ Prismatic Lens. D Existing Fixture To Be Removed and Saved for Possible Re -use. R Relocated Fixture from Demo Storage. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES: 1. SHALL REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LIGHT FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS, LIGHTING SCHEDULE, QUANTITIES, AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2. COORDINATE LOCATION OF SPRINKLER HEADS WITH LIGHTS AND MECHANICAL GRILLES. 3. BRACE CEILING GRID FOR SEISMIC CONDITIONS ONLY AS REQUIRED BY CODE. REFER 6/A-7.1 . 4. CLEAN, RE -LAMP AND CHANGE BALLASTS AS REQ'D WHEN LIGHT FIXTURE IS TO REMAIN OR TO BE RELOCATED. 5. WHERE NOTED TO REMAIN, GC TO PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING CEILING GRID/ TILE AS REQUIRED TO "LIKE -NEW" CONDITION WHERE AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION. NOTIFY FXO CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MGR IF THERE ARE EXCESSIVELY DAMAGED OR MISSING CEILING TILES. RELOCATE LIGHT FIXTURES, HVAC SUPPLIES/ RETURNS, SPRINKLER HEADS, AND ALL OTHER CEILING ELEMENTS IF APPLICABLE. 6. WHERE NOTED TO REMAIN, GC TO CLEAN ALL CUSTOMER AREA, RESTROOM, AND PRODUCTION AREA SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR GRILLS, AND SURROUNDING CEILING TILES/ GRID TO "LIKE -NEW" CONDITION. J -BOX DATA & COMMUNICATIONS PLAN NOTES: 1. PROVIDE DEDICATED OR SEPARATE CONDUITS FOR ALL POS DATA LINES. DO NOT SHARE WITH OTHER TELEPHONE OR DATA LINES. 2. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX (PULL BOX) FOR EVERY TWO 90 DEGREE TURNS IN CABLE CONDUIT AND FOR FIXTURE WIP CONNECTIONS 3. ALL CABLE CONDUIT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1" DIAMETER. 4. ALL CABLE CONDUIT UNDER SLAB SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1" DIA CONDUIT. 5. PROVIDE 1" DIAMETER CONDUIT FOR CABLE RUNS OF 4 CABLES OR LESS. 6. PROVIDE 1 1/2" DIAMETER CONDUIT FOR CABLE RUNS OF BETWEEN 5 AND 10 CABLES. 7. DO NOT BUNDLE MORE THAN 10 CABLES IN ANY ONE CONDUIT. 8. TERMINATE ALL CABLE CONDUITS INSIDE WALLS IN CLEAR AREA 6" ABOVE CEILING. 9. USE TAMPER RESISTANT COVER PLATES AT COMPUTER RENTAL RACEWAY. 10. VERIFY ALLOWED USE OF REGULAR CABLE IN PLENUM SPACES WITH LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS. PROVIDE PLENUM RATED CABLE WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. PROVIDE CONDUIT FOR CABLE RUNS WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. 11. LANDLORD TO PROVIDE 2" DIAMETER CONDUIT AND PULL STRING FROM THE EXISTING TELEPHONE SERVICE ENTRY TO THE FXO TELEPHONE BOARD FOR INSTALLATION OF THE TELEPHONE SERVICE LINES. 12. ALL CONDUIT AND J -BOXES TO BE PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 13. PROVIDE J -BOXES AND CONDUIT INSIDE AND UNDERNEATH FIXTURES FOR CABLE RUNS AFTER INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE WIP FOR CONNECTION TO WALL J -BOX. 14. MOUNT ALL DATA OUTLET J -BOXES AT THE SAME HEIGHT AS THE ELECTRICAL OUTLET J -BOXES. ALIGN DATA AND ELECTICAL OUTLETS VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL. 15. ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND VOICE/DATA RECEPTACLES ARE TO BE GANGED TOGETHER AT THE MANAGER'S WORK AREA/DESK. 16. GC TO PROVIDE FLEX CONDUIT FROM WALL TO WIREMOLD FOR DATA CONNECTION. bi 3- a-O(o REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2013 _ City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE 1 SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 1 92612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: LEGENDS & NOTES DRAWING NUMBER: T-1 .1 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 EXISTING LANDSCAPE EXISTING LANDSCAPE IIIII EMI 1111 a 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 AIM MEI 11= SITE PLAN EXISTING LANDSCAPE • . • . • • . • • • • • • • • EXISTING LANDSCAPE EXISTING LANDSCAPE EXISTING LANDSCAPE • ' . • . . •. • • . • . : • • . • 3/32" = . • . • • • * . . • • . • • EXISTING LANDSCAPE w 00> fi REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE 1 SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 1 92612 t 949.705.0700 1 f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.conn _ 4 0 * 4 , Or" i JAMES ' STATE :,- SEAL . •„,- -1 • • - ' 7 - '; I ,- * I 7 I F, 0 ri t 14111 I i I r4 W if ri, .•4- T. H IER OF WASHINGTON CONSULTING ENGINEER ' RCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01A EP PROJECT NO.: ---- -TRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: IVIL PROJECT NO.: __-- (1) 0 2 cn H (1) w co cc co < 7—" .... ,,, CC < L...1 0 ... a 1:9 ici r . ..„, .,_ . ENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: PROGRAM: .173 989630 RELO .TIPULATION FOR REUSE SITE AT SITE OR AT OR EXAMPLE PROPERLY OF THIS AUTHORIZED AND ARE BE DISPLAYED IN BY WRITTEN TAKE BE VERIFIED ON OF ANY OF PURPOSES APPROVED AS 1 HIS DRAIMNG WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC EATTLE, WA 98188 ONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 15.31.2013 ND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE • N ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF ICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION 0 RAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT S CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS HE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT NY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT GREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS • REFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL HE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN DNLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. I PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: A AA / \A i \A / \ A A A al„A AA / \A ri. DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 OID SET ISSUE DATE: __ CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 P' DRAWAVENUTEELE: SITE PLAN • DROPilitiONIGJMB 7 4 , ER: C-1.0 7ElrilffilF118-1(13p0VAABSSIEUNKRO13)12 EXISTING LANDSCAPE NOT USED BOC +0'- H/C PARKING SIGN. RE: 2/C-1.1 0 TOS +0'-3" EXISTING STEPS H/C P 'ING SI RE , / -1.1 LEVEL AREA. FLAT (2%) SLOPE MAX. NOT USED CONCRETE WHEEL STOP POST CAP STAINLESS STEEL FASTENERS 4" PAINTED STRIPING TYP. BLUE. WHITE LETTERS AND SYMBOL ON BLUE BACKGROUND PARKING ONLY MINIMUM FINE $250 METAL SIGN BOLT TO STEEL PIPE POST VAN ACCESSIBLE NEW SIGN AT ALL ACCESSIBLE STALLS ADDITIONAL SIGN AT VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES ONLY MAX SLOPE 1: 50 0 EXISTING GALVANIZED PIPE POST NOTE: 1. SIGNAGE PER LOCAL JURISDICTION, VERIFY REQUIREMENTS 2. PROVIDE SIGN AT EACH ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL PAINTED ACCESSIBLE SYMBOL. BLUE VAN ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE PARKING ONLY MINIMUM FINE $250 POST CAP WHITE LETTERS AND SYMBOL ON BLUE.. BACKGROUND METAL N BOLT TO STEEPIPE POST NEW SIGN AT ALL ACCESSIBLE STALLS NOTE: 1. ALL SITE WORK BY LANDLORD STA\DARD ACC -SS 8L - SPAC- EXISTING CURB EXISTING GALVANIZED PIPE POST REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION (R TE: 1. \ IGN AGE PER LOCA JURISDICTION, VERIFYREQUIREMENTS 2. PROVIDE SIGN AT EACH ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 122013 PERMIT CENTER ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNAGE C1.1 _DET_01 1 /2"=1'-O" ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL AND CURB RAMP C1.1 _DET_01 1 /2"=1-0" ARCHITECT ARCHITECT 11111111111111 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL JAMES T. HILLIER STATE OF WASHINGTON CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: BUILDING DEPARTMENT REVISIONS 07/11/13 A A A A A A DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: MISC. SITE DETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: C-1.1 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 ki 0481800 -SU 0481800 -SU g4 c •E 36"x18" 2 DRAWER FILE CAB. ---- • . DESK BR -2036 29 -FC m ce m OiS-i896PZ- IS BR-249684-ST0 BR -249684-8T0 36' BOOKSHELF 0500-1333-LPS \4- C-303 4848 -CT (151,x; 4848 -CT 6M13'£0Ati£960W '019-7 1318 'E960PZ-018 310iE9E- arm—, 310-issr N ,4 VENDING --VENDING l/I///////1/1!///////a 0963200 -BC ._- EZ1 El 6Mp•80�; 11810 39N311VH3 11180 39N311VH3 I}TOO..,_......... . 3dVS 3. 0118 LZ01,18 MEN ;:Z ////%77717////7/T%/2/- ._. BR -2036 24 -FC Od-Z£ZL-10l-O N N I N N N I ILJ ITT1Cl LJ I I 1 I U 1171611:10 "I I II1'rrrn II II11 • 1 N. 9 4 0 9 _o 6N►p'£0A 091 b3EINie—ONd 05La38a39 ff 8 U U C> it 01>3 USd LZZL 002.3! NSd LZZL 00Z -3o; —_ S3d -0I RT -142628 -CR 331£8Z IO£ -3 _._ 19-Z£ZL-90I-3 I— 339.09 1 Z£9I-la J co ce RT -1832 Li 60 -GEC J NScti LZZL< 00Z -3I OI 1rredUCO - ///////, 39VHOIS dIH X08 =� S N )13Vd RT -184996 -WA RT -185096 -WS C-406 6666-CWSL , ///////////////////////////////////// zzezd277 "99)297 d2742129 BR-249684-STO RT-262696- W CO 7 OSSd-6P 9EIZ-OO CC -2136 49-FSSC , ti 91 0 a o =P \S 41_,I N , m t. z M U t'1.Np T o tee' IV 3S-LZZL-00Z-O 03J -o9 Z£8I-la J f RT -1832 Li 60 -GEC Li C -7505412 -RIF RT 2442 .RT-2442 61-2CRD W I Z-3 I 1fNd 0£til-Sd RiTem 68 CRD 039.09 fl MIKE Li a • RT -1832 ▪ 60 -GEC J co 6Mp'£OA LI.N-XO1:13X OI alNad c+a LIN o USd? b���ia i�ol�oL S3d3-Ol4£-619-O BR-247284-STO C -101 -7232 -PC 0963200 -BC BR-247284-STO BR-247284-STO 33-Z£9Z I0E-J, XIN30Hd N0I1VI9130Hd N011V1 XIN30Hd NOIIVIS 3df113Id ANOS 3 If113Id ANDS = 31111/31d ANOS LAM 7020 : LAM 7020 ._ C -110 -4832 -FC C-301 C-301 2832 -CC 2832 -CC O3-Z£8Z RT-322428-TPBH /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 24TRIMMER= 54TRIMMER _ •._ C -110 -9632 -FC 9 Nt d3NNVOSS01213T10aIN03S EXISTING FIXTURE & EQUIPMENT PLAN 1 3/1611 = 11-011 EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION (Revised 08/13/12) EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED FROM CENTER AND DESTROYED. CONSULT WITH MANAGER, RELOCATE OR DEMO AT MANAGERS DISCRETION. EXISTING FIXTURE/EQUIPMENT TO BE RELOCATED FROM WITHIN EXISTING CENTER. CHOOSE FROM LIKE EXISTING EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE IN BEST CONDITION. R2 EXISTING FIXTURE/EQUIPMENT BEING RELOCATED FROM CENTER# CHOOSE FROM LIKE EXISTING EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE IN BEST CONDITION FROM EXISTING STORE OR ANOTHER STORE LOCATION EXISTING EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE TO REMAIN IN EXISTING LOCATION. NEW EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE. FUTURE EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE. EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURE PLAN NOTES: 1. FOR REMODEL PROJECTS, ALL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN ON PREMISES, AND ALL FURNITURE/ FIXTURES TO REMAIN ON PREMISES (U.O.N. - RE: X-1.0 FOR ITEMS TO BE REMOVED). FOR REMODEL & RELO PROJECTS, GC TO COORDINATE "EQUIPMENT POWER DOWN" AND UNPLUGGING OF ALL MACHINES WITH FXO TEAM MEMBER(S) BEFORE DISPLACEMENT. GC TO REPOSITION EQUIPMENT & FIXTURES PER PLANS - RE: SHEETS A-3.0 AND A-3.1 FOR REVISED LOCATIONS. 2. PROVIDE A MINIMUM 36" CLEAR PATH BETWEEN ALL FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. ON X-1 .0: ALL EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES NOT MARKED WITH IS EXISTING TO REMAIN ❑X . 3. ON A-3.0: ALL EQUIPMENT NOT MARKED WITH f IS NEW ® . 4. ON A-3.1: ALL FIXTURES NOT MARKED WITH ® ARE NEW ❑N REVIEWED FOR `CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED IJUL 17 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 12 2013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT kA A 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL JAMES T. HILLIER TATE OF WASHINGTON CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A ci3 U 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: BUILDING DEPARTMENT REVISIONS 07/10/13 DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: EXISTING FIXTURE AND EQUIPMENT PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: X-1.0 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 REMOVE EXISTING DOOR BUT KEEP EXISTING CASED OPENING. 0 CV • • O CO • • EXISTING COLUMNS TO REMAIN, TYP. 0 N REMOVE WALL INCLUDING OUTLETS AS NEEDED. PATCH/INFILL SLAB AS NEEDED. REMOVE PORTION OF EXISTING WALL. NEW CASED OPENING. RE: A-1.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. O E0 • 7'-11" U? 34'-0" 3'-1" REMOVE WALLS, DOOR INCLUDING OUTLETS AS NEEDED. PATCH/INFILL SLAB AS NEEDED. o®®.V®®®®®®®®®ioiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii®®M®®®®�®®.�i SAWCUT EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR AND REMOVE AS REQUIRED FOR UNDERSLAB CONDUITS AND PLUMBING SAWCUT EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR AND REMOVE AS REQUIRED FOR UNDERSLAB CONDUITS AND PLUMBING 22'-10" DEMO PLAN - RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE 00 LJJ W CC J oa 0 OU m Z COMMENTS: (REVISED 08/13/12) ALL DEMOLITION WORK GC GC IfffgrAY�/oiY®®®®® REMOVE PORTION OF EXIST. STOREFRONT AND PREPARE SEURFACE FOR NEW ENTRY DOORS. SEE A1.0 11-1" NOTE: GC TO REMOVE ALL FINISHES (FLOOR, BASE, WALL) THROUGHOUT SPACE, U.O.N. GC TO PREP FOR NEW SCHEDULED FINISHES. NOTE: GC TO COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION WITH L.L. PROPERTY MANAGER. i 9'-5" EXISTING COLUMNS TO REMAIN, TYP. REMOVE WALLS, DOOR INCLUDING OUTLETS AS NEEDED. PATCH/INFILL SLAB AS NEEDED. SAWCUT EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR AND REMOVE AS REQUIRED FOR UNDERSLAB CONDUITS AND PLUMBING SAWCUT EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR AND REMOVE AS REQUIRED FOR UNDERSLAB CONDUITS AND PLUMBING REMOVE WALLS, DOOR, PLUMBING FIXTURES INCLUDING OUTLETS AS NEEDED. PATCH/INFILL SLAB AS NEEDED. EXISTING COLUMNS TO REMAIN, TYP. SAWCUT EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR AND REMOVE AS REQUIRED FOR UNDERSLAB CONDUITS AND PLUMBING CONNECT WITH EXISTING PLUMBING AND WASTE. SEE PLUMBING DWGS. REMOVE WALLS, DOOR, PLUMBING FIXTURES INCLUDING OUTLETS AS NEEDED. PATCH/INFILL SLAB AS NEEDED. a o \ W000000a000iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiioPM". %iiiiiii Ariff.M1 ►" t� DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN 1/4" = 1'_0" ADJACENT LEASE SPACE NOT PART OF WORK /////////// \ 1 REVIEWED FOR 'DE COMPLIANCE APPROVED IJUL 17 2013 3.0 (9 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 112013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: DEMOLITION PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: D-1.0 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com JAMES T. HIL' STATE OF WASHINGTON CONSULTING ENGINEER 2009 IBC MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION 1006.4 Performance of system. Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot-candle and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot-candle measured along the path of egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot-candle at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to -minimum illumination uniformity ration of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. 2009 IBC MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION 1006.1 Illumination required. The means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. 1006.2 Illumination level. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot-candle at the walking surface. 1006.3 Illumination emergency power. The power supply for means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premises' electrical supply. In the event of power supply failure, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate the following areas: 1. Aisles and unenclosed stairways of rooms that require two or more means of egress. 2. Corridors, exit enclosures and exit passageways... 3. Exterior egress components... 4. Interior exit discharge elements... 5. Exterior landings...for exit discharge doorways... ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: i 12-0253-01 A SC-SHLF L DISTANCE � 11 BREAK HANDLING RETAIL PACK & SHIP ENHANCED PACK & SHIP CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO TRAVEL DISTANCE = 35'-6" I4 C INS R�ERCO4 PREPDER GNA (S) PUNCH LPWS eC 3'-8" TRAVEL DISTANCE = 16'-11" TRAVEL DISTANCE = 22'-5" COUNTER CUTTER T STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER S.CALED_DIM -PIS(Q ISANDiSHALLBE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TOBE-NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED ENDED FORR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. SIGNS & GRAPHICS 0019z dH b311fO 11INIA d0£ 'l.— PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office N311f101ANIA NO. REVISIONS: DATE: WOMENS RESTROOM MENS RESTROOM (STANCE 22'-6" PHASER 77 74./b°b°4/1/b/b/b/b0eg, I iYMa aS1°a°a°i I i.47* 0b°3/b°EptTe.. !s°Jb°oL"b°4881°1%.781 TRAVEL DISTA CE = 29'-8" COMPUTER OZOL NIV1 _I I3NNVOSS41 I —-�3110�1NOOS01 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 1=— k 99099999999999999999998 049®9/999999099990900900800000009Y/09/000//000,0990/9/ 90P PPOs 18A0414064bbb688bbdbbbbbbbbbb08448°4AA b°bbbbbb Ak®bb f®!bbll84A®9bib41464108b4464 Bbadb A410Abbbbibb RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA ADJACENT LEASE SPACE NOT PART OF WORK /////////// JUN 26 2013 DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET 'ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 05.31.13 PERMIT CENTER DRAWING TITLE: EGRESS FLOOR PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: EGRESS PLAN //®0®®00®0000000000®000®0////�I�000000000000®0000000///////////////////////////001 NOTE: PROVIDE BLOCKING IN ALL WALLS AS REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, CABINETS, COUNTERS, RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, OR AS REQ'D. BY LOCAL CODES. RE: 7/A-5.1 AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR BLOCKING LOCATIONS. A®®®®®®®®B®0////////////////////////////®1®®®®®®�®®�I NOTE: DOWEL NEW CONCRETE SLABS INTO EXISTING SLABS WITH #4 X 18" DOWELS EVERY 24" OC. OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. NOTE: PROVIDE NEW CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB OVER COMPACTED FILL TO MATCH EXISTING TYP. AT SLAB CUT-OUTS & LEAVE OUTS. 48'-5" IAB®///////////////////////////®®O®®®®®O®®®®®®®®®ATAMMI RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE (REVISED 08/13/12) ALL NEW INTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION DOOR/ FRAMES, DOOR HARDWARE, & WINDOWS 8' STEPLADDER FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PARKING SPACE MARKING (POLE/ BASE PLATE/ BOLLARD) PARKING SPACE MARKING (SIGN & MOUNTING HARDWARE) 0 w cc m z cc..� LL z GC GC GC GC FXO 0 0J w J cc J � w Zm z GC GC FXO 0 G G G XO FXO COMMENTS: RE: SCHEDULES ON SHEET A-8.1 FURNISH 8' FIBERGLASS STEPLADDER TYPE 1 A( 300 LBS WEIGHT CAPACITY, ALUM. TOP DOUBLE RIVETED SLIP RESISTANT TRACTION STEPS AND MOLDED EXTERNAL RAIL SHIELDS) FOR CENTER. MANUFACTURER WERNER OR EQUAL. EXCLUSIVE FEDEX OFFICE RESERVED PARKING SPACE MARKING TO BE PROVIDED & INSTALLED, AS PER LOI, AS SPECIFIED IN PLANS. VERIFY WITH FXO CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER ON REMODEL PROJECTS. NOTES 1. WORK SHOWN AS FEDEX OFFICE FURNISHED/INSTALLED SHALL BE WORK FURNISHED/INSTALLED BY THE FEDEX OFFICE VENDOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE FXO VENDOR IF NECESSARY. 2. GC SHALL COORDINATE ALL VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS, PER SCHEDULE INCLUDED IN BID PACKAGE. //®®®®®®®®®®®®®1®1W��i 5A/A-7.0 BREAK HANDLING 10A/A-7.0 RETAIL PACK & SHIP ENHANCED PACK & SHIP 8A/A-7.0 . 8A/A-7.0 4d CASH/ COUNTD EXISTING COLUMN TO REMAIN, TYP. EXISTING COLUMN TO REMAIN, TYP. NEW AUTOMATIC DOOR TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS 8A/A-7.0 ENTRY 3d CSS OFFICE 8A/A-7.0 MD FICE NEW CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB OVER COMPACTED FILL TO MATCH EXISTING TYP. FOR TRENCHING DIMENSIONS SEE D-1.0 2d MD A OFFI 8A/A-7.0 8A/A-7.0 8A/A-7.0 SIGNS & GRAPHICS SELF-SERVICE AREA DM FFICE MANAGER' OFFICE 2A/A-7.0 EXISTING COLUMN TO REMAIN, TYP. WOMENS A-4.0 RESTROOM MENS L_ _ RESTROOM 2A/A-7.0 MO'1 it 1 ' Art.‘; IDS o p p AirAe --,'7N-' 06,§ man La AvAmweinegvomememaraweem IV 11" D DIMENSIONED FLOOR PLAN 1 1/4" = 1 COMPUTER SERVICES NEW CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB OVER COMPACTED FILL TO MATCH EXISTING TYP. FOR TRENCHING DIMENSIONS SEE D-1.0 logs '///////////////// WAVAVAVA iEggESEEMEM////////0000//00000//00000////////0////////////////////////O///0/0000000000000//000////////////4 JUL .17 2013 ADJACENT LEASE SPACE /////////// NOT PART OF WORK iii000// %00000 00 P RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL JAMES T HI ER STATE OF WASHINGTON CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A Ci) W c .w 0 0 z T SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY UCENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: DIMENSIONED FLOOR PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: A-1.0 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES: FINISH SCHEDULE (Revised 08.13.12) 1. TYPICAL WALL AND BASE FINISH, ALL WALLS, U.O.N. 2. REFERENCE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING TYPES AND HEIGHTS. ANY PAINT FINISHES ARE TO BE UPDATED PER THE SCHEDULE ABOVE. COORDINATE EXTENTS WITH FXO PROJECT MANAGER. 3. MOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES FOR NEW FLOORING INSTALLATION. EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO REMAIN ON PREMESIS. EQUIPMENT TO BE SHUT DOWN AND UNPLUGGED BY FXO TEAM MEMBERS PRIOR TO GC MOVING. 4. FXO PAINT COLORS ARE LISTED UNDER THE SHERWIN WILLIAMS NATIONAL ACCOUNT DATABASE. 5. INSTALL CARPET USING HORIZONTAL ASHLAR INSTALLATION. REFER TO FINISH PLAN FOR INSTALLATION DIRECTION. USE MANNINGTON MT -711 ADHESIVE. 6. GC CONTACT FEDEX OFFICE'S ACCOUNT REP. WITH GRAND ENTRANCE AT 1-888-424-6287 TO OBTAIN FXO NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING. WHEN CORNER GUARD IS INSTALLED ON PAINTED WALL, GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PAINT BACK SIDE TO MATCH WALL PAINT COLOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 7. RECOMMENDED GROUT COLOR WHEN CERAMIC TILE IS USED: MANUFACTURER: CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS, STYLE: POLYBLEND SANDED, COLOR: #165 DELOREAN GRAY. 8. USE PRELUDE WHITE GRID XLGC CONTACT BETH RINEHART WITH ARMSTONG AT 1.800.442.4212 OPTION #1 TO OBTAIN FXO NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING THROUGH LOCAL DISTRIBUTOR. 9. INSTALL LUXURY VINYL TILE USING QUARTER TURN INSTALLATION. USE MANNINGTON V82 ADHESIVE. 10. INSTALL ENTRY CARPET USING MONOLITHIC INSTALLATION. USE MANNINGTON MT -711 ADHESIVE. 11. INSTALL VCT USING QUARTER TURN INSTALLATION. GC TO CLEAN AND SEAL VCT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. 12. WALLCOVERING TO BE INSTALLED WITH RAILROAD ORIENTATION. USE FORMULATED SOLUTIONS XT2000+ ADHESIVE OR 3M FAST BOND #30 NF CONTACT ADHESIVE. 13. FOR SOME MINOR REMODELS, CARPET MAY BE FURNISHED BY GC. CONTACT FXO CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR CLARIFICATION. 14. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURUR'S INSTRUCTIONS. APPLY FILM TO BACK OFFICE/PRODUCTION SIDE OF GLASS -- CONTACT FXO CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER FOR CONFIRMATION. 15. GC TO TRIM, IF NEEDED, AND INSTALL CORNER GUARD TO FIT FULL HEIGHT OF VERTICAL CORNER OF FIXTURE. DO NOT INCLUDE AT HORIZONTAL COUNTERTOP. 16. REFERENCE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR DOOR/ FRAME FINISHES. SYMBOL MARK MATERIAL MANUFACTURER MODEL # DESIGN # COLOR DESCRIPTION CARPET Vinyl Topset Entry Carpet Carpet Mannington Mannington Ruffian Black Granite Mannington FEXPO 4" With Toe 1/8" Ref. Note #1 Carpet Tile - Ref. Note #3 , #10 & #13 LM19 Carpet Tile - Ref: Note #3, #5 & #13 • otWitftv CEILING CORNER GUARDS CT -2 5/8" Gyp. Board Ceiling CT -3 Acoustical Ceiling Tile CG -6 Vinyl Corner Guard (see Specifications) Armstrong C/S Group LA Darling Cortega LG -150 Clear Clear Custom Metal Anondized Aluminum 2'X4' Ceiling Tile. Ref. Note #8 1-1/2" Low Profile, Mount Top @ 48" AFF Typ. Ref. Note #6 3/4" Profile Corner Guard For Sales Counters Only - Ref. Note #15 HARD FLOORING Luxury Vinyl Tile Luxury Vinyl Tile Transition Strip Armstrong Mannington Mannington 51908 12186 ranslat€3 Std. Excelon Imperial Texture Fieldstone 12182 Portabello Mannington gton Black PAINT Sherwin Williams Sherwin Williams Sherwin Williams Sherwin Williams Sherwin Williams Sherwin Williams Sherwin Williams Sherwin Williams Ref. color name SW 6794 SW 6430 SW 6655 SW 7066 SW 7042 SW 7001 SW 6005 Pro Mar 200 Zero VOC Pro Mar 200 Zero VOC Pro Mar 200 Zero VOC Pro Mar 200 Zero VOC 0 VOC Acrylic Gloss Pro Mar 200 Zero VOC Pro Mar 200 Zero VOC 0 VOC Acrylic Gloss "Purple Promise" - (Logo Wall) Flyway (Blue) Great Green Adventure Orange Gray Matters (Doors & Trim) Shoji White (Walls) plyleco€Tmended Sealer; a i i s x rW ti r wr r;r r: eet Vinyl Mack ROOMS) 12" x 12" - 1/8" (Back Rooms) Ref. Note #3 & #11 18" x 18" Luxury Vinyl Tile Ref. Note #9 18" x 18" Luxury Vinyl Tile Ref. Note #9 Transition From Carpet To Resilient Trane# To oncret Transition FromResilient esitlent,T4,CQnorete loft 1=rPra Margret Eg-Shel Latex -Based Acrylic Enamel, Level 5 Finish, Ref. Note # 4 Eg-Shel Latex -Based Acrylic Enamel Ref. Note # 4 Eg-Shel Latex -Based Acrylic Enamel Ref. Notes # 4 Eg-Shel Latex -Based Acrylic Enamel Ref. Notes # 4 Gloss, Latex -Based Acrylic enamel. Ref. Notes #4 & #16 Eg-Shel Latex -Based Acrylic Enamel Ref. Notes #1 & # 4 Marshmallow (Hard Surface Ceiling) Eg-Shel Latex -Based Acrylic Enamel Ref. Notes #2 & #4 Folkstone (Wainscot Trim) Gloss, Latex -Based Acrylic Enamel. Ref. Notes #4 STAIR TREAD WC -7 Fiber Reinf. Panel WC -11 Laminated Vinyl Mini Blinds ........:................ Marlite Tri-Kes LAM4375 Textured York Studio Source Hunter Douglas 1" Decor Pero/ Laminated 318 Silver Cloud Wainscot w/ Plastic Trim To Match FRP 48" x 96" Vinyl Wallcovering/ Laminated Sheets Ref. Note #12 1" Mini Blind (Interior Office Windows) CP Films - Llumar NRMPS2 Frosted Crystal Transparent Frosted erior \ Vinyl Film (Lower Store Front) As Required By Landlord/FXO .............. WINDOW TREATMENTS Tin Solar Shades Hunter Douglas Commercial Roller Shade ew F€kr 5% Opening Black '€ndow Tir '€ndow TIr WT -15 TO FIRST HORIZONTAL MULLION FROM WINDOW SILL, TYP. Kuper eraniic 40 ery Saver Ceramic WT -15 TO FIRST HORIZONTAL MULLION FROM WINDOW SILL, TYP. ndt w F€lrr ForPack anti'; Ship I nterio Vinyl Roller Shade (Storefront Extreme Sun) Vlt€ndow F€lrri:Store cont As Neede leer Site +I nd€tioins {Mikd'Heat) nw ~ r n r w y W€ndow F€lm�Storefiront As: Needed Per Site Corndit€ons (Moderate.. Heat) y r fit K1i�lprmeiur ;rrlt ri ir i u Window F€lm Storefront As Itleeded Per Site cond€t€ons (Extreme Heat) FXO FXO //®® .Z®®®®®®®®®®®0®////////////////////////////®��® �®A . f, OM Y/////7//////moi /i AVABi 16101l �Ii6OO®O/////7//�'/////////////////////O®�®O� I PWANEr V///////////////. 10111®®®��'. �®®®a®®®/////////////l Ali/®®®O� , W.� ®AWAYZ rWffd 1!-7��!!•1 \ I I I I I I I rT � PT -33 PT -31 CG -6 BREAK HANDLING HAL ROOM RETAIL CG -6 ti,) CG -6 OUTLINE OF NEW SALES COUNTERS, TYP FLOOR TRANSITION. SEE DETAIL 5A/A-5.1 FLOOR TRANSITION. SEE DETAIL 5A/A-5.1 CG -6 CG -6 FLOOR TRANSITION TO ALIGN WITH BACK OF NEW SALES COUNTERS EXPRESS OUTBOUND PACKAGE AREA 34 SF CG -7 e CG -7 FLOOR TRANSITION. SEE DETAIL 5A/A-5.1 CARPET DIRECTION WT -15 TO FIRST HORIZONTAL MULLION WITH WT -20 SOLAR SHADES. SEE LEGEND T-1.1 ENHANCED PACK & SHIP FLOOR TRANSITION. SEE DETAIL 4/A-5.1 WC -7 ON 3 SIDES TO 4'-0" AFF CSS OFFICE MD Z}FFICE CARPET DIRECTION ENTRY FLOOR TRANSITION TO ALIGN WITH BACK OF NEW SALES COUNTERS FLOOR TRANSITION SEE DETAIL 5A/A-5.1 CG -6 CSG -6 CG -6 dG-6 OUTLINE OF NEW SALES COUNTERS, TYP WT -15 TO FIRST HIRIZONTAL MULLION WITH -20 SOLAR SHADES. SEE LE END T-1.1 SIGNS & GRAPHICS DM MINI -BLINDS WT -9 FFICE MANAGER' OFFICE ALIGN CG -6 CG -7 6'-0" HOLD CG -7 CG -7 CARPET DIRECTION SELF-SERVICE AREA WOMENS RESTROOM MENS RESTROOM C -6 CG -6 C9 CG -6 '6'6'674' 66X ii0000DIOAM 0oo®1o.®®o®is REVIEWED FOR `CODE COMPLIANCE Q ' APPROVED plif'iYAvAT,AWAVAV TAWAV�,WATAWAWAYATATAv,YAYMAvAv9r,AWAYA ADJACENT LEASE SPACE NOT PART OF WORK RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL JAMES T. HILLIER STATE OF WASHINGTON CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A U) U 0 TU KWI LA, WA 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: FINISH FLOOR PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: A-1 .1 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 2x4 GRID 8'-0" AFF RCP -RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE (Rev. 08/13/12) 0 0 W W I cc z cc >- u_mz O a Ed W J cc oesW z a W W U w o W J W J < 0 F } W _moc 0 W W U W m COMMENTS: LIGHTING FIXTURES REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM GC GC GC GC MODIFICATION TO EXISTING SYSTEM NOTES 1. WORK SHOWN AS FEDEX OFFICE FURNISHED/INSTALLED SHALL BE WORK FURNISHED/INSTALLED BY THE FEDEX OFFICE VENDOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE FXO VENDOR IF NECESSARY. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS, PER SCHEDULE PROVIDED BY CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER. NOTE: REMOVE EXISTING CEILING, CEILING TILES, GRID, AND CEILING HVAC OUTLETS IN THE ENTIRE SPACE. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES: 1. SHALL REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LIGHT FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS, LIGHTING SCHEDULE, QUANTITIES, AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2. COORDINATE LOCATION OF SPRINKLER HEADS WITH LIGHTS AND MECHANICAL GRILLES. 3. BRACE CEILING GRID FOR SEISMIC CONDITIONS ONLY AS REQUIRED BY CODE. REFER 6/A-7.1 . 4. CLEAN, RE -LAMP AND CHANGE BALLASTS AS REQ'D WHEN LIGHT FIXTURE IS TO REMAIN OR TO BE RELOCATED. 5. WHERE NOTED TO REMAIN, GC TO PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING CEILING GRID/ TILE AS REQUIRED TO "LIKE -NEW" CONDITION WHERE AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION. NOTIFY FXO CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MGR IF THERE ARE EXCESSIVELY DAMAGED OR MISSING CEILING TILES. RELOCATE LIGHT FIXTURES, HVAC SUPPLIES/ RETURNS, SPRINKLER HEADS, AND ALL OTHER CEILING ELEMENTS IF APPLICABLE. 6. WHERE NOTED TO REMAIN, GC TO CLEAN ALL CUSTOMER AREA, RESTROOM, AND PRODUCTION AREA SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR GRILLS, AND SURROUNDING CEILING TILES/ GRID TO "LIKE -NEW" CONDITION. Q I I I 1/ // /I 8'-0" 1/ I 111 I/ // 1,11 - EQ EQ EMI kl 2x4 GRID av4 A eimwi ..& . kr r. i 0 •♦� ��♦ 8'-0.. AFF ►�i A 1 I_ A k RE ii. • 4 :4 2x4 GRID a I '' I I CI 11 12 �io4 WL An �♦ ; .oi�o♦oi ����� ►��� -Vir► i4 ►♦ ♦♦• . �♦♦� �♦♦♦� ' I�♦♦♦4r ����♦♦ II 4 �D♦ 81-0" AFF ►����� ►T����• ♦�'►♦♦� �4 `,wr• or V V ►41.1. 1 VVV �F EXPOSED CEILING ♦4, ��♦� ♦♦ ��� ♦♦1 ��� � �►♦♦'�.♦� ♦♦� ♦ ♦♦ �♦� ►♦♦♦© ♦ ��A♦�►� 2x4 GRID D �, • 10 -0 AFF " i0 iI r.Mff•��.AK4Y � � 1 ° ♦♦♦i L �o��►:♦r 8 -0 AFF liM _ A _ ►ril.;Ir. : 2 1..A 2x4 GRID a A. ._ _ ...._ _ ,,____, 0 ,s_. ►-r►♦♦ T,1�'�' ♦ / 11 1/ III 1� '/ '/ 8 -0,AFF , o ♦♦4 ► ► ♦•♦♦♦ : i MI ° ° 2x4 GRID a j � . �� ��l ,�� ► ,vim;,.... - 2x4 GRID A 1�♦�.6 nil` I ♦.�.AP♦�.�♦♦,� v 0 AFF � ►_o_,�_♦_ W ',��♦/ oil// O� ►A_.a�s 4Ill ♦ ►�► • •♦��� U ' 1 ut*i.III.i*ii 1 CI 12 I r914:. ��" V "�"� ►♦Q��♦♦4 �i'��wv .�►v♦�a., 8'-0" AFF �� 11 ♦� EQ I-L -41'4.4.!-. A . -t A,L4 r , eir _., .., - .., -R. .__�_/-♦♦♦�-�_� ♦♦�♦e_ /r �.o ; tra 12 1/ // ►/ ♦` __ __ . ♦♦�♦, ...._ t._ _ _ _ A . . . 4 A 1 . AL Let& , REVIEWED FOR COMPLIANCE APPROVED ►i♦ %l♦ - TO : I A � -1 ' ►��..,I 110I4�♦� ♦♦` 0 ♦♦♦� � .... 4 _ � - �CODE e i_ . JUL 17 2013 it,ofiTukwlia BUILDING DIVISION ��► ♦♦♦♦♦S11 M/'VA • PriM� Op/XlVAffitgrAfgfr� �rAFgia FCA1 ��� ir�r irlf." RECEIVED "4 IT'', ler ll i r 9 ADJACENT LEASE SPACE NOT PART OF P WORK / / _ I REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1 1/4" = 1'-0" b (3O@ JUN 112013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL 4520 JAMES T HILLIER STATE OF WASHINGTON CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A U) U 0 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: A-2.0 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 /11 ///// / ///f/////////1/ /////// ///i%//////////i%/////l// ///l/////. ///////l////%//////i///////fZ// ISI J U 0 BREAK HANDLING 122 ......../...: . / HAL ROOM 123 1r1/////// ////////////////%%////�I NOTE: SEE A-3.0.1 FOR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE EQUIPMENT PLAN- RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE (Revised 08/13/12) COPIERS, FAX MACHINES, PRINTERS COMPUTER EQUIPMENT: LAPTOP PRINTING STATIONS, CRS, CRD, DPW, FPOS, CMW, BOC, REG, EPREG, OE, SCANNER, CENTER SERVER, EXPRESS PAY, KIOSKS ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT: BINDING -BINDERS, BINDING PUNCHES, BOOKLETMAKERS, BUSINESS CARD SLITTERS, COLLATORS, CUTTERS, DRILLS, FAST FRAME SYSTEMS, FOLDERS, GROMMET MACHINES, JOGGERS, LAMINATING MACHINES, MONEY COUNTERS, PADDERS, PERFORATE/SCORE/NUMBER, ROTARY TRIMMERS,SHREDDERS, SHRINKWRAPPERS, STITCHERS, STAPLERS,TABBING EQUIPMENT PASSPORT CAMERA PHOTO FINISHING SYSTEMS, SONY PICTURE STATION POSTAGE METERS, FEDEX SCALE SAFE FXO FXO FXO FXO FXO FXO FXO 0 0 J w w J CC J -- Ci) j- w Z FXO FXO FXO/GC FXO FXO FXO GC RECEIVED 0 w J < F- u)' wcc F O FX! FO 0 FXO Ffr O XO F O FX XO FX FXO GC RECEIVED COMMENTS: ELECTRICAL BY GC ELECTRICAL BY GC ELECTRICAL BY GC. ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT INSTALLED BY FXO FOR RELOCATION PROJECTS. ELECTRICAL BY GC ELECTRICAL BY GC SECURE TO FLOOR PER MFR'S RECOMMENDATIONS BREAKROOM EQUIPMENT: REFRIGERATOR, MICROWAVE MUSIC DVR & SHELF, AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT FXO FXO GC FXO FXO GC FXO FXO ELECTRICAL BY GC ELECTRICAL BY GC NOTES: 1. WORK SHOWN AS FEDEX OFFICE FURNISHED/INSTALLED SHALL BE WORK FURNISHED/INSTALLED BY THE FEDEX OFFICE VENDOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE FXO VENDOR IF NECESSARY. 2. GC SHALL COORDINATE ALL VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS, PER SCHEDULE PROVIDED BY FXO CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER. 3. ALL EQUIPMENT NOT LABELED AS NEW TO BE RELOCATED. '///////////2 // RETAIL 125 PACK & SHIP 124 18'-4" 3'-3" ASH/ OUNTD I s• N Cr [LI.I •JOGGERIADDE J LJ CHALLENGE DRILL J 20" H. CUTTER co titi8Z d1 Vd83Z I.I 09Sd 31VOdd 1.15 M. 0 /// / //////�/ ENHANCED PACK & SHIP 126 4'-10" 4,-5" IR8105F E �I 365050H1 • Ego X805031-1 DER i . INSaR1•ERCO11B3PREPI . ._.MAGNA (S):PUNCYAGNA (S) PJNCH ........ ,... ...... , 041 LWS L^ ........... B OTHER I C72 ENTRY 111 8'-5" T. E I311f1011VM CU �I CD 1IT L COUNTER CUTTER 3.5CORNER ROUNDER COUNTER CUTTER 7' J 83110d 033 SIV ........ JI n' 2 m 09 8Id3 5'Vtll3NOS. 130103 06£+d -3d ?G UO 2C) 54JRIMMER DM FFICE SIGNS & GRAPHICS 1113] 2E11110 lANIA I11f101ANIA 11Cqf IEPR c E403 m -0 1 j 0 n 7 SELF-SERVICEIL-g AREA �.� 00692 dH ?:1311f101ANI L o IIIIdU CO U 7▪ 1 b_ U COCO W 112 WOMENS RESTROOM MENS RESTROOM 114 *ROX N5500 PHASER 77 I idPd4PW64dP041 ft's dddY adWdpd % y 'MA COMPUTER SERVICES 127 L W W 00LNV1 E J CD GD 0 13NNVOSS01 311081NO3S01 I IdIM NdV1 801SId3 KM I N6-1 1-0151 o 90101\13 (O 71.. C0150 ,£0-1503 L - L SHO 1 S03 L £O�. 'JUL 1 7 2013 r EQUIPMENT PLAN \ ' / 1/4" = 1'-0" ADJACENT LEASE SPACE NOT PART OF WORK /////////// p 13 -act �o City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A a3 U 0 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: EQUIPMENT PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: A-3.0 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 E ui ment Schedule PPLSFT QTY Status Description Manufacturer/ Vendor New Reloc-Int Reloc-Rem NC0450HV 1 V TDS 450 Large Format Copier -B&W High Vol. Oce 600515 1 V N5500 Production Laser Printer - B&W Xerox TBD 3 V Sony Picture Station Phoenix TBD N/A 1 V Coke Cooler True TBD 1 V IRC 5045F Canon TBD 2 V IRC 5045C Canon 650806 2 V Brother HL5370DVV Laser Printer Brother TBD 1 V Designjet z6100 UV 60" Large Fromat Color Printer HP NCBTHRFAX 3 V Multi -Function Laser Fax Machine MFC 7220 Brother TBD 1 V Phaser 7760 Production Laser Printer - Color Xerox N/A 1 V Design Center Kiosk TBD TBD 2 V IRC5051F Canon TBD 1 V IR8105F Low -Mid Vol. Prod. Copier -B&W Canon 673026 1 V Refrigerator, 2.4 Cu.Ft., Black, 18.75W x 17.75D x 25H Avanti 650877 1 V Microwave, 1.2 Cu.Ft., Stainless Stl., 12"Hx20.4Wx15.3D-NN-SN657S Panasonic 402920 1 V Jogger -Handy Jog Challenge 600132 + 600001 2 V 1 GBC Magna Punch w/1 Die (Excl. Oversize Oval Die) w/out Trade GBC 408004 1 V Comb Spreader, 16DB GBC 424351 1 V 36" Rotatrim Rotary Trimmer South Coast Designs 424112 1 V Padding Press, Electric, Paddington II - Nitney Corp. 600056 1 V Challenge EH -3C Paper Drill CFS 600104 1 V 54" Keencut Advanced Rotary Trimmer Foster 600986 1 V Wide Format Laminator -63" max film width GBC 600037 1 V Baum USA 714XLT w/Stand and Sound Covers - High Volume Air -Feed Folder CFS 600174 1 V Interlake Binderymate Stitcher w/Stand CFS 600061 1 V Challenge Titan 200 (Price includes installation) CFS 408511 1 V IR3.5 System - 3.5' (42") - Ruler -style Foamcore Cutter Pro Image 408512 1 V IR7 System - 7' (84") - Ruler -style Foamcore Cutter Pro Image 408301 1 V Corner Rounder GBC 600092 1 V Excalibur 5000 63" Wall Mounted Foamcore Cutter Foster TBD 1 V Gerber Edge Gerber GE375VCUTR 1 V Gerber Envision 375-15" Vinyl Cutter Gerber Scientific Products GE750VCUTR 1 V Gerber Envision 750-30" Vinyl Cutter Gerber Scientific Products 390595 1 V Camera, Digital Photo System, Sony UPXC300 Sony 426210 1 V Safe, Depository (28"H x 20"W x 20"D) Model F -2080E - Right Hand Swing Defiant Safe Company 406059 1 V Money Counter, Tellermate TY 100KB Tellermate, Inc. 600251 1 V Plockmatic BM60 CFS 600530 1 V PDI HD4170 Coil Inserter CFS 600244 1 V Standard PF -P310 CFS 408410 1 V Laminator, Pouch, Model 7020 ID Products 600122 1 V GBC Discovery 80 31" (incls. Install, Training, Supplies) GBC 801775 1 V (MSC-PKG3) - Music Hardware and installation for Centers 3501sf to 6500sf; 6 speakers Playnetwork Inc 801779 1 V (MSC-SHLF) - Shelf for music equipment Playnetwork Inc 801778 1 V (MSC -LF) - Monthly Music Service Playnetwork Inc MN4X 3 V EPS -07 - Mininet 4 Express Pay Card Reader Entrac Technologies, Inc. NSCCCEP 12 V EPS -03 - M930 - Express Pay Card Reader Entrac Technologies, Inc. 650682 3 V Perfection 3490 Flatbed color image Scanner Epson NSCCDPW 6 V DPWS - Digital Prod. Workstation - Secondary HP DPW1NEW 1 V DPWP - Digital Prod. Workstation - Primary HP 510286 2 V EPS -08 - Mininet 4X - Lapnet Entrac Technologies, Inc. 510179 2 V EPS -06 - Fax Net Entrac Technologies, Inc. NCEPREG 5 V EPREG-Computer - POS Cash Register w/ Express Pay HP/CompuCom DELLCRDESIGNEOL 2 V (CRD) - Computer Rental Design HP/CompuCom CCCMWN 1 V CMW-Center Management Workbench HP/CompuCom FPOSNEW 3 V FPOS, Zebra Printer, Scale HP/CompuCom CCBOCNEW 2 V BOC - Back Office Computer HP/CompuCom NSCCCEP 2 V LapNet Station - 2 Port Entrac Technologies, Inc. EPGEN3KSK 1 V EPS -01 - Express Pay Station Entrac Technologies, Inc NSCCCRS 5 V (CRS) - Computer Rental Slim HP/CompuCom REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA I 92612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL JAMES T HI R !STATE OF WASHINGTON CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CML PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01A 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITE -EN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE DRAWING NUMBER: TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 FIXTURE AND FURNITURE PLAN- RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE Rev. 08/13/12) 0 w W I cc oesu_ CO Z tiu REMODELS 0 J W 0 RECEIVED COMMENTS: PRODUCTION COUNTERS, SALES COUNTERS, CUSTOMER COUNTERS FXO GC COMPUTER WORKSTATIONS FILES & CHAIRS FXO FXO GC FXO CSC GC GC TO INSTALL 3" & 1-1/2" GROMMETS ON SALES COUNTER FIXTURES, PER CABINET DETAILS 8-12/ A-5.1. ELECTRICAL BY GC GC FXO GC PAPER STORAGE SHELVING FXO GC FXO GC BUILT-IN COUNTER TOPS & SHELVES WALL -HUNG CABINETS FEDEX DROP BOX RETAIL FIXTURES FLIP -UP TRACK FXO FXO FXO FXO FXO GC GC FXO GC GC FXO FX o F O FXO GC C FX0/GC G GC AT HCO PROJECTS, GC TO INSTALL 3" DIA. GROMMETS AS NOTED ON PLAN. GC TO INCLUDE INSTALLATION OF RETAIL ACCESSORIES PER RETAIL PLANOGRAMS. STORAGE UNITS FXO GC FXO GC LOCKERS FXO GC FXO GC SPACE SAVER HIGH DENSITY PAPER STORAGE FXO FXO FXO FXO NOTES : 1. WORK SHOWN AS FEDEX OFFICE FURNISHED/INSTALLED SHALL BE WORK FURNISHED/INSTALLED BY THE FEDEX OFFICE VENDOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE FXO VENDOR IF NECESSARY. 2. GC SHALL COORDINATE ALL VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS, PER SCHEDULE PROVIDED BY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 3. CONFIRM FIXTURE INSTALLATION RESPONSIBILITY WITH CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER. 4. ALL FIXTURES NOT LABELED R2 ARE NEW 39'-1" //, /// 01S128ti2-a9 0 ///f///////// ////////////////////////0/0//////////1/4//////</ / SERVER CABINET 01S-tr88trtrZ-a8 BREAK HANDLING 122 N N Aiy C) BR-247284-STO BR-244884-STO BR-247284-STO 7'-1" i / / i // i , , , , ////z , ;, , , ii� i i ii � ////// �/ /�/ , /i/- / , /�/i/�/ /�/i// ///'/i// ///tel//////////////�/////// /// /1 I I I/ / / / / /. /i/ / � //////// l///////1////// BR-244884-STO • PS / I303HLC680 PP R2 HAL ROOM CO CO J N N N 0_ a BR -128448 -BIS B2B-014896-BPNL B2B-014896-BPNL RT -184996 -WA I RT -184996 -WA I RT -184996 -WA l RT -184996 -WA RT -184996 -WA I RT -185096 -WS l RT -184996 -WA I RT -185096 -WS PS -126096 -PSS PS -346034 -MBC PS -343434 -CC{ PACK & SHIP 124 Co w Co 0 00 00 C-) r PS PS 20134134 r5XF'XF U a x 0, CO COM U) a w� —w Cn C7 w Co CC.) 1OS'ti£ SOd-E1 24£ -OS trZ6£-S I I 9'-5" RETAIL 125 RT -305060 -GS E 3'-3" BR -024842 -FSP BR -024842 -FSP BR -02484 CO th E RT -326060 -MG fi 4'-1" 4'-11" ecco. 70 RT -305060 -GS J RT -304960 -GA RT -1832 60 -GEC m - C7 N —C Cr ENHANCED PACK & SHIP v Qc. 126 5'-0" - CO C.) NOTE: SEE A-3.1.1 FOR FIXTURE & FURNITURE SCHEDULE PC -314838 -PC PC -314838 -PC PC -14838 -PC U) 0 CO a R2 U CO Co 8'-8" ii M CC m Od-8£ Od-8£8tr6£-3d trZl£-3d `° m.._ 3d -8£9t1. R2 ENTRY 43'-1" 111 3'-8" th 03 CSS OFFICE 18 120 CO CO Co PC -314838 -PC PC-314838-BCPC-314838-BC PC -314838 -PC C -314838 -PC PC -3124 38 -PC crz w BR -128448 -BIS BR 2036 RT -326060 -MG 01200 -4 -BIC R2 Od-8£8ti1£Qd 13d -17£8171,£-3d 13d-t£8t -3d flSdSr-Z991 6-1H L.J MD AS T. OFFI' E SG -5410736 -PW C,) BR -128448 -BIS HOS- ZZ BR 2036 01206Z -BIC M NAGER' OFFICE I 11{, ■ R2 SIGNS & GRAPHICS 113 6'-2" PC -314838 -PC PC -314838 -PC PC -314838 -PC SELF-SERVICE AREA -tr£8tr -tr£9t £- OlS-tr88trtrZ-li8 r Hill • 95Z£5Z-011 O-9I'Ztr6£-33-£ 35-£tr VOV-'£D1,£-3S t7,6£ -OS 3'-0 WOMENS Id-Z08II.0-2 ld-Z08ti60-1I — RESTROOM MENS RESTROOM dm10a CC -314834 -CC CC -314834 -CC Wbp Ve.'dPbpb *.es. 6dtdtdPdtbPbtba MgaaaiagqI COMPUTER SERVICES 33-tr£8iI•£-33 11. =i •�•--.--- ,i me v %rA4ra ►9:►r�e1�a®iWa aria5570aMANINAWANi b rv000®0000 0000AMIO0Mele/r0000MOOmoo®M,M3'iiiiiii AV 0400 / /I,k Al Io 4 ®\ M0000®®o1616W ®000®10(0/iiii� / �Ld Z08H.0-J. - I;' 1 : - N / / i FIXTURE/FURNITURE PLAN ADJACENT LEASE SPACE /////////// NOT PART OF WORK REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 112013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL 4520 JAMES T HIL STATE OF WASHINGTON R CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CML PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 0 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: FIXTURE FURNITURE PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: A-3.1 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 r RT -1832 60-GECt m RT -305060 -GS RT -304960 -GA c-)1`7.:3 5'-0" - CO C.) NOTE: SEE A-3.1.1 FOR FIXTURE & FURNITURE SCHEDULE PC -314838 -PC PC -314838 -PC PC -14838 -PC U) 0 CO a R2 U CO Co 8'-8" ii M CC m Od-8£ Od-8£8tr6£-3d trZl£-3d `° m.._ 3d -8£9t1. R2 ENTRY 43'-1" 111 3'-8" th 03 CSS OFFICE 18 120 CO CO Co PC -314838 -PC PC-314838-BCPC-314838-BC PC -314838 -PC C -314838 -PC PC -3124 38 -PC crz w BR -128448 -BIS BR 2036 RT -326060 -MG 01200 -4 -BIC R2 Od-8£8ti1£Qd 13d -17£8171,£-3d 13d-t£8t -3d flSdSr-Z991 6-1H L.J MD AS T. OFFI' E SG -5410736 -PW C,) BR -128448 -BIS HOS- ZZ BR 2036 01206Z -BIC M NAGER' OFFICE I 11{, ■ R2 SIGNS & GRAPHICS 113 6'-2" PC -314838 -PC PC -314838 -PC PC -314838 -PC SELF-SERVICE AREA -tr£8tr -tr£9t £- OlS-tr88trtrZ-li8 r Hill • 95Z£5Z-011 O-9I'Ztr6£-33-£ 35-£tr VOV-'£D1,£-3S t7,6£ -OS 3'-0 WOMENS Id-Z08II.0-2 ld-Z08ti60-1I — RESTROOM MENS RESTROOM dm10a CC -314834 -CC CC -314834 -CC Wbp Ve.'dPbpb *.es. 6dtdtdPdtbPbtba MgaaaiagqI COMPUTER SERVICES 33-tr£8iI•£-33 11. =i •�•--.--- ,i me v %rA4ra ►9:►r�e1�a®iWa aria5570aMANINAWANi b rv000®0000 0000AMIO0Mele/r0000MOOmoo®M,M3'iiiiiii AV 0400 / /I,k Al Io 4 ®\ M0000®®o1616W ®000®10(0/iiii� / �Ld Z08H.0-J. - I;' 1 : - N / / i FIXTURE/FURNITURE PLAN ADJACENT LEASE SPACE /////////// NOT PART OF WORK REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 112013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL 4520 JAMES T HIL STATE OF WASHINGTON R CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CML PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 0 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: FIXTURE FURNITURE PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: A-3.1 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 Fixture Schedule PPLSFT FixNum QTY Status a) z U 0 a) Description Received By Cente 510256 BR -128448 -BIS 3 12"D x 84"L (max) Built in Shelf 500087 BR -203629 -FC 1 36"W File Cabinet, Lateral Two -Drawer 500072 BR -241527 -DSD 3 24"W Drawer Stack - Two Box, One File 510486 BR -3009604 -BIC 3 Built in Counter 30"D x 96"L 510485 BR -3012004 -BIC 1 Built in Counter 30"D x 120"L 500224 BR-3319893-PSTO 1 16'-6"W Lateral Paper Shelving Unit 500559 CC-221932-SCH R 5 Stacking Chair 510486 Not Yet Updated 2 Built in Counter 30"D x 96"L 500087 Not Yet Updated 2 36"W File Cabinet, Lateral Two -Drawer 510485 Not Yet Updated 2 Built in Counter 30"D x 120"L 501509 Not Yet Updated 1 Pack & Ship Shelving 500568 Not Yet Updated 1 Pack & Ship Pre -Package Storage HAL and Cage 510484 Not Yet Updated 1 Pack & Ship Corner Counter 501484 Not Yet Updated 1 ✓ Pack & Ship Large Box Bin 501482 Not Yet Updated 1 ✓ Pack & Ship Medium Box Couner 501483 Not Yet Updated 1 Pack & Ship Small Box Counter ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com 4520 SEAL JAMES T. HIL ER STATE OF WASHINGTON 801759 Not Yet Updated 13 48"W Production Counter 810867 Not Yet Updated 3 48"W x 42"H Free -Standing Panel 801758 Not Yet Updated 3 48"W Production Binding Counter 801756 Not Yet Updated 2 24"W Production Counter TBD Not Yet Updated 1 65 Gallon Shredding Bin 510489 Not Yet Updated 1 Single Media Roll Rack 501495 Not Yet Updated 1 8'-10" Production Worktable 500056 Not Yet Updated 1 ✓ Free -Standing Ink Fixture CONSULTING ENGINEER 801757 Not Yet Updated 4 48"W Production Counter Low Ht. 501537 Not Yet Updated 1 Vinyl Roll Holder 500619 Not Yet Updated 1 Computer Workstation ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A Kit ID FLIPTRACK Not Yet Updated 4 4' Flip Up Track 500348 Not Yet Updated 10 48"W Computer Desk 500345 Not Yet Updated 4 48"W Customer Counter w/Doors TBD Not Yet Updated 1 Sony Picture Station Display 500344 Not Yet Updated 3 24"W Customer Counter w/Doors 500347 Not Yet Updated 1 54"W Large Document Counter 500346 Not Yet Updated 1 48"W Multi -Function Customer Counter 500595 Not Yet Updated 2 Built in Counter 24"D x 96"L 801732 Not Yet Updated 3 90 degree filler, low 801729 Not Yet Updated 3 48"W Sales Counter, ADA 500351 Not Yet Updated 2 24"W Sales Counter Low 500352 Not Yet Updated 8 24"W POS Counter w/Shroud 500350 Not Yet Updated 4 ✓ 24"W Sales Counter 500308 Not Yet Updated 1 ✓ Task Chair, Non -Upholstered, Glides, Armless 510341 Not Yet Updated 2 Double Greeting Card Spinner 510345 Not Yet Updated 2 Print Products Display - Idea Center 501491 Not Yet Updated 2 Retail Mini Gondola N/A Not Yet Updated 1 FedEx Drop Box 801516 Not Yet Updated 1 Shipping Station 801532 Not Yet Updated 1 Brown Box Fixture 510336 Not Yet Updated 3 ✓ 4' Floor Gondola - Starter 510337 Not Yet Updated 2 4' Floor Gondola - Add -On 510338 Not Yet Updated 6 Gondola End Cap 510332 Not Yet Updated 2 50"W x 96"H Retail Wall Fixture - Starter 510334 Not Yet Updated 6 49"W x 96"H Retail Wall Fixture - Add -On TBD Not Yet Updated 2 Customer Dolly 801515 Not Yet Updated 1 Free Pack Station 501485 Not Yet Updated 2 Pack & Ship X -Frame Counter 500354 Not Yet Updated 1 48"W Sales Counter low TBD Not Yet Updated 2 Pack & Ship X -Frame 500349 Not Yet Updated 2 51 "W Sales Counter w/Retail 501635 Not Yet Updated 1 27"W Sales Counter w/ retail cooler 801727 Not Yet Updated 1 48"W Signs & Graphics Sales Counter U 0 TU KWI LA, WA 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 801734 Not Yet Updated 1 90 degree filler 801622 Not Yet Updated 2 48"W x 96"H Purple Back Panel 500589 Not Yet Updated 1 27"W Overhead Cabinet w/Lock- Restrooms 500086 Not Yet Updated 2 12"W Wide High -Density Lockers 500072 Not Yet Updated 2 24"W Drawer Stack - Two Box, One File 510256 Not Yet Updated 7 12"D x 84"L (max) Built in Shelf CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE 500559 Not Yet Updated 17 Stacking Chair 500074 Not Yet Updated 4 24"D x 72"W Steel and Wood Shelving Unit 511007 Not Yet Updated 1 Tube & Poster Board Display 500058 Not Yet Updated 6 24"D x 48"W Steel and Wood Shelving Unit TBD SG-172316-2VSC 1 2" Vinyl Storage Cart TBD SG-242416-3VSC 1 3" Vinyl Storage Cart j�13-�0(0 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 1 7 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 112013 PERMIT CENTER THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188, CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: FIXTURES FURNITURE SCHEDULE DRAWING NUMBER: A-3.1.1 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 Tiiiiiii�ioiiiiiiiiio//oo®0®®®®o®®®®0®®®®®®o7 0 0m 6 Purchasing List for Wall Signage & Supplies PPLSFT 24-801126 Qty. 1 Status v z Description 24"W Wall Beacon - Foamcore Size 24"W Received By Contactor GRAPHICS PLAN - RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE (Revised 08/13/12) TBD 1 24"W Window Beacon - LED 230124 2 Clock Not Yet Updated 14" DIA. 270140 + 280045 1 Copyright Poster Kit 12" x 16" N/A 801768 1 2 Enhanced Pack & Ship Signage LED Panel Not Yet Updated Not Yet Updated TBD 1 Open Sign Not Yet Updated 101016 270155 + 270156 1 1 Passport Photo Screen on Retail Wall Purple Promise Poster + Purple Promise Frame Not Yet Updated 18"x24" WINDOW AND DOOR DECAL GRAPHICS INTERIOR FEDEX OFFICE BEACON GRAPHIC INTERIOR FEDEX OFFICE "MAKE IT. PRINT IT. PACK IT. SHIP IT." GRAPHIC ,SUPER GRAPHIC N/A 1 Sample Graphics Frames 18 Square (9 Total) 230468 1 Sign & Graphics Sizing Banner 120"W x 48"H 501563 1 Super Graphic - Medium Not Yet Updated N/A 1 ✓ Wayfinding Signage Kit Width Varies x 18"H SAMPLE GRAPHICS OVERHEAD GRAPHICS AND DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE PASSPORT SCREEN ON RETAIL FIXTURE 0 0 W w I ac U_ Z FXO FXO FXO FXO FXO FXO FXO 0 LU J ?mz 0 J W ac FXO GC GC GC GC GC GC 0 W J . W 0 U_ 0 F O F FX C FX FXO FXO FX GC GC GC GC COMMENTS: INSTALLED BY SIGNAGE COMPANY INSTALLED BY GC UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. INSTALL SIGNS PER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED BY FXO CPM. DISCARD OF ANY OVERHEAD GRAPHICS NOT SHOWN ON PLAN. COORDINATE WITH FXO CPM. I o®aMOIOW.®®e®������������������//���o���/a.�®rte/�o1M®��I NOTE: MOUNT ALL SIGNS & GRAPHICS SIGNAGE AS INDICATED ON REFERENCED DETAILS. SEE SHEET A-5.0 FOR GENERAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS. 1P1P7-iooiiiiiiiiioiiiiiiiiiiii/®o®®®®a®®®®®®®®®®o®®A67 11 PASSPORT VALANCE AND SCREEN FX GC CLOCKS FXO GC FX C GC SHALL REMOVE AND DISCARD ALL _FEDEX KINKOS BRANDED CLOCKS. POSTERS OPEN SIGN (AT WINDOW) LED BEACON (AT WINDOW) LED BOX SIGN (AT WINDOW) EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNAGE EXTERIOR PROJECT SPECIFIC BANNER FXO FXO FXO FXO FXO FXO GC GC FXO GC FXO GC O 0 0 FXO G F C G FX FXO GC INSTALL BOX SIGN PER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED BY FXO CPM. RE: ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONNECTIONS. NOTES: 1. WORK SHOWN AS FEDEX OFFICE FURNISHED/INSTALLED SHALL BE WORK FURNISHED/INSTALLED BY THE FEDEX OFFICE VENDOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE FXO VENDOR IF NECESSARY. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS, PER SCHEDULE PROVIDED BY CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER. /00®00®®®®®®®®®®®o®o®YV NO010 BREAK HANDLING RETAIL 91.0606 11VM010Hd IHOdSSYd PACK & SHIP tZ6o£Z NN0010 ENHANCED PACK & SHIP . 996t}LZ + 9960LZ 96 1S Ij OHd ]ickind ENTRY CSS OFFICE 1 1 S2 NOIS 301/ E3S-313S MDA OFFIE SIGNS & GRAPHICS SELF-SERVICE AREA iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii WOMENS — RESTROOM MENS RESTROOM NOIS XVd Qp P4 Wp PP pP� ibdddddbbddd� ZMWMUM COMPUTER SERVICES GRAPHICS PLAN r •4 A S I, <<O 1. LVS W I - .'1. • .11 are►e►e' .. PM9, .. r: e►.ong ,. ri►e►.ar .. re►eUM .. re►e►ar .. xe..orwo .. 9r "W, . rs�Av iiii /MINiiriAIIMMAAVAI rMIME r‘...=.1=1, A Pr ADJACENT LEASE SPACE NOT PART OF WORK ////////// tiO4flZ oti60LZ . ISO. JIHA 1111 dOO REVIEWED FOR ODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED IJUL 17 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION D t3-�o (p• RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 112013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com - SEAL- JAME T. HILLIER STATE OF WASHINGTON CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CML PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A (13' U 0 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED iN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: GRAPHICS PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: A-3.2 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 O O ftA ARCHITECT TOILET ROOM WALL SIGNAGE 111111111 to LL 1 /4" THK. EQUALATERAL L, LL TRIANGLE, ITO _ I 1 /4" THK. 12° DIA. LL CIRCLE a 1 /4" THK. 12" DIA. CIRCLE W/ 1 /4" THK. EQUALATERALTRIANGLE a 12' SIDES. a ADA TOILET ROOM PERMANENT WALL SIGNAGE MEN CA TITLE 24 GRAPHIC SYMBOLS WOMEN UNISEX 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 GENERAL NOTE: GENERAL NOTE: ADA TOILET ROOM PERMANENT SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON WALL CA TITLE 24 GRAPHIC SYMBOLS ARE TO BE CENTERED ON IRVINE, CAI 92612 ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR ON EXTERIOR AT +60" TO THE CENTERLINE THE DOOR 5'-0" ABOVE FLOOR FINISH AND ARE TO BE OF THE SIGN. SIGN SHALL CONTAIN 5/8" UPPER CASE 1/32" RAISED DISTINCTLY DIFFERENT FROM THE DOOR IN SANS -SERIF CHARACTERS W/ CORRESPONDING GRADE 2 BRAILLE. 6" COLOR/CONTRAST. INSTALL THESE SIGNS IN CA ONLY. MIN. HIGH PICTOGRAM SHALL BE PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW. SIGNAGE SHALL BE LOCATED ADJACENT TO THE DOOR ON THE LATCH SIDE TO t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com ALLOW APPROACH WITHIN 3" OF SIGNAGE WITHOUT PROTRUDING OBJECTS. INSTALL THESE SIGNS IN ALL LOCATIONS. RE: A-8.0 FOR DOOR SCHEDULE, TYPES, & SPECIFICATIONS SEAL 1 11‘ tcs. 4 s i, RESTROOM , ` �`�'`� f o o ,, u, a E N 8"MAX. JAMEST. HILLIER ' a co a �,, "' '4 n \ ` STAT OF WASHINGTON - ;- ` : - a - AVE A WIDTH TO HEIGHT - i RATIO OF BETWEEN 3:5 & 1:1 AND A STROKE - WIDTH TO HEIGHT RATIO i\4" 3'-4" 2' 3" ! 3' 11" 2' 3" 4' 0"� BETWEEN 1:5 & 1:10. LETTERS AND NUMBERS SHALL BE RAISED 3'-2', o UPPER CASE, SANS SERIF ORSIMPLE SERIF TYPE AND SHALL BE CONSULTING ENGINEER ,:� ;r, �' LV ACCOMPANIED WITH GRADE 2 BRAILLE, RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL ��� BE AT LEAST 8' HIGH, BUT NO HIGHER THAN 2". ALL INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SIGNS DEPICTING THE INTERNATIONAL\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\C'\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ /' likildyi' SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBLITY SHALL BE WHITE ON BLUE BACKGROUND. ��� International S I MI ®d9d9dOdOdt9AOdYIete{6dee , �me, V'd*if**0Vel, � 002�d�� I MN' . mboI8 .. ;Mol IH of Accessibilty UNISEX RESTROOM GRAPHIC SYMBOL OMEN'S'� T o a MEN'S T' OOM o o R - _� ,\ Ile 5'-0" TURNING DIA DISPEN ' R \ 1 1 4 \ SEAT COVER y{9{9{t{P{t{9P{P{i{1d9{9{f{i{i{9{1{9{ft{i 9aIItdO#OdOdtldffitdtd9OSOdt®O,Oidattdtd020ytdOdta7• a ` e FIXTURE CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS \�� 30"X48" MIN CLEAR SPACE RESTROOM GENERAL NOTES: ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01A 42" ADA GRAB B �� •' i / 6 \ AT LAVATORY 1. ALL ACCESSIBLE FIXTURES TO MEET MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER ` '� CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS AS OUTLINED TO CIVIL PROJECT NO.: - 36" ADA GRAB BAR ,\� (N TYPICAL CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS AT ALL ACCESSIBLE FIXTURES, U•O.N.: 1 1ii I ~ CLEAR FLOOR SPACE KNEE CLEARANCE TOE CLEARANCE 2. LAV. AND WATER CLOSETS TO BE LEVER V) FOAMING HAND S� PAN DISPENSER \ 2D A 3.3 2: \ TO BE CENTERED ON FIXTURE 42_0" 0 MIN. 8" MIN. TYPE CONTROL. WC FLUSH CONTROL HANDLE I 4'-0" MIN. o SHALL BE ON THE OPEN SIDE OF THE WC. A!UIiLo (111) 1 3. GRAB BAR AND SEAT SHALL WITHSTAND A MIRROR ` 6A/A-7.1► �� �� - = i i I = z 1 - = LOAD OF NOT LESS THAN 250 POUNDS APPLIED cfl z I 1 ZN Z 1 N Z I I PAPER TOW' ,\ / d^ N N Z �I 1 AT ANY POINT. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL AS DISPENSER 6A/A-7.0 1 1 1 N t% g NECESSARY. ` , �- L _ L L-4'' 0 2'-1" O 4'-0" MIN. 17" 25" 4. PROVIDE 1 1/2" CLEARANCE BETWEEN GRAB I III ( EmI ■��. /� �mm...,,,MAX. �����IBAR AND WALL. \ . en I r - - - 11"MIN. 6" MAX. • 99t99t999tif999i9t909weeeii.vem dALdddd/dddddtIIdddddddddddidddidddddddidddddIIIIidddddddddddddddddddiddd 499997499/999999019i9i90t999999tt993*did'd9dtd�d'dFded®d®/'d�d*d®1 rd�dTdi9d�d91ia'a�d'didZi'did'didi#®did'dad0dsdididid9d92®dd9diiidsdiisiid�dided�d9d�d.!}iN r 99 i !d#8aidd®Sdididid8d$aidiidadi#i#adds#dpdi##®#9##idid8#®#Lild�3$dd#�#dNidd##dd#fid##®Hqd## i 5 ♦ 0 958 a 58 is aii9a49s58 i9 0 998 5. PROVIDE A CLEARANCE OF 1 1/2" MINIMUM ,, 4 //////// / / 1-7" / PLAN VIEW ELEVATION VIEW PLAN VIEW ELEVATION VIEW BELOW AND 12" MINIMUM ABOVE GRAB BARS. 6. HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAV. SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE 5'-3" TYPICAL CLEAR ACCESSIBLE CONFIGURED TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT. FLOOR SPACE AT DRINKING FOUNTAINS - DRINKING FOUNTAINS - GENERAL NOTES:0 TOILETS: SPOUT LOCATION: 7. THE TOILET ROOMS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED 5'-0" MIN 1. AT LOW UNIT, TOE AND KNEE CLEARANCES TO BE MAINTAINED. TO COMPLY WITH ANSI MINIMUM CLEARANCES 2. AT LOW UNIT, SPOUT HEIGHT SHALL BE 36" MAX. A.F.F. BASED UPON THE SPECIFIED FIXTURES. 3. AT HIGH UNIT, SPOUT HEIGHT SHALL BE 38" MIN. AND 43" MAX. A.F.F. ° ° NOTE:__ _ 4. SPOUT SHALL PROVIDE A FLOW OF WATER 4"H MIN. AND SHALL BE 8. COAT HOOKS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHIN LOCATED 5" MAX. FROM THE FRONT OF THE UNIT. THE ANGLE OF THE TOILET COMPARTMENTS; SHALL BE LOCATED RE: 1/A-3.3 FOR ACCESSIBILITY z 0 V ° o WATER STREAM SHALL BE MEASURED HORIZONTALLY RELATIVE TO THE WITHIN ONE OF THE REACH RANGES SPECIFIED FRONT FACE OF THE UNIT. WHERE SPOUTS ARE < 3" FROM THE FRONT IN SECTION 308. CLEARANCES & SIGNAGE ' 1 3� OF THE UNIT, THE ANGLE OF THE WATER STREAM SHALL BE 30 DEGREES MAX. WHERE SPOUTS ARE LOCATED BETWEEN 3"-5" MAX. I,.— (n REQUIREMENTS )iii MIN. FROM THE FRONT OF THE UNIT, THE ANGLE OF THE WATER STREAM 1 Q L I 5" MAX• SHALL BE 15 DEGREES MAX. Ill / 00 coCC co T A3.4_DET_01 11 Co ENLARGED TOILET PLAN 1/2 ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS 3._4.. O W �_ 0 J • < F- CABINET (WOMEN'S / a) 0 UJ RESTROOM ONLY. PT -35) PT-35)--� PT -35) -(PT -35 SUPPER I— r (/) PAPER TOWEL MOTION 7 LOCKABLE CABINET,7 n Ep. EQ. DISPENSER SENSOR EMPLOYEE ACCESS ONLY.) I/ N • / / I = F MIRROR CWC -7) -5.1 I \ \ FOAM SOAP 18" ERTICAL/ / MIRROR I CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: PROGRAM: 18" VERTICAL GRAB BAR G' B BAR / BLOCKING, 5173 989630 RELO \ / ® DISPENSERREFER 1 / .l �/ 4' 6" MIN. EQ. / EQ. �� SEAT COVERT WC -7) „ COAT HOOK / DISPENSER ER EL 3'-0"MIN. GRAB BAR 3'-6i' wlil. GRAB BAR MAX. / D SPPENSER REVIEWED FOR - , (wc-7) - / o- CODE COMPLIANCE 1'-0" ,� = . I I _ _ MIN. 2'-0" MIN. T 0 i �� E APPROVED STIPULATION FOR REUSE • , PT -34 ) \ C , - o J c�a A < O �'� SITE AT –NIr \ \ 0 �1 THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC L J (PT -34) • 0 •JUL 1 2013 7 o Lu I . -� --- W SEATTLE, WA 98188 �0 LL L—— J i0 O tai I o I_ I n '�w I—J I c O O = O• CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 40n ~O L f ° I. ° j - > DOUBLE ROLL H" a) a \ O v I I s.. M I N. City Of Tukwila 05.31.2013 SITE OR AT 4, ,T, O M Z AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT 0 ao 0o w BATHROOM TISSUEz = 12 BUILDING DIVISION A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE • v . 27 DISPENSER I '' Q a M ° O \ M CO ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY D_ E r c Lu r • Z (V LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND CO r O - ' CO C7 CO '0 -•DRAWING FOR REUSE o-,.4. ~ _ \ L J IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE ` ` ` ` — \ ` OFFICE AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN T~• j� CLEARNACE " J� THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX INC. j16'-18" B-8 1'-3" MIN. ADA COMPLIANT ( B-8 / 7, 9" B-8 1,_3�, REQUIRED 1 1 MIN. B-8 1 / C J AN MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN r • l• FLUSHOVALVE ` / • • ,�' AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRnTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE AVAAORY PIPE COVER UNDERNEATHRECE LAVATORY THE JOB SITE.FEDEX OPREFERENCE OVER FFICE IIS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRm GMENSIONS AND SHALL BE R OF ANIFIED Y SIDE OF TOILET. CITY JUL1 OF TUKWILAI UL 2 2013 DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. ELEVATION A ELEVATION B ELEVATION C ELEVATION D CENTER PERMIT PERMIT SET A3.4_DET_02 NOT USED 8 TOILET INTERIOR DETAILS `J © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: RESTROOM PLAN GC PROVIDED TOILET ACCESSORY A BUILDING DEPARTMENT REVISIONS 07/11/13 A RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE SPECIFICATIONS (REVO8/13/12) A 11 (Revised 08/13/12 ASI BOBRICKA .INTERIOR WALL FINISH PER FINISH PLAN AND ELEVATIONS. O ww0wJ0 o ITEM MFR. MODEL MODEL MODEL DESCRIPTION 1 cc ;U -1-1 J cc 1 p p GRAB 3800 EXPOSED MOUNTING,4 tim&P4020 "J" J B6806X (9 MOULDING. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD TRIM TO MATCH FRP PANEL. - �S Z Q I- — Z O a O 1 „ BAR SERIES 1-/2 O, STAINLESS STEEL ® _ Cr .. D>- w . Ci) $-. w CC 2 D>- w 2 (/) $- w STAINLESS STEEL MIRROR 18x36 0620 B165 ® _ Llm Z ?m Z Lim cc zm cc COMMENTS: CHANNEL FRAME MIRROR -- A 14,REST ROOMS EXHAUST FANS GC GC -- PIPE COVER ADA COMPLIANT PIPE COVER il � EXHAUST FAN ROOF PENETRATION GC GC COORDINATE ROOF FOR SPECS _. REF MEP DRAWINGS IIII FRP PANEL PER FINISH SCHEDULE. PENETRATIONS WITH COAT HOOK HEAVY DUTY CLOTHES HOOK 044 • B2116 a • FRP PANEL PER FINISH SCHEDULE. LANDLORDS WITH CONCEALED MOUNTING STANDARD TRIM TO • ROOFING VENDOR . MANUFACTURER'S MATCH PANEL. FXO SWISHER PROVIDED TOILET FXO TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES FXO FXO FXO FXO GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL BLOCKING (REV 08/13/12) 4PAI- 7, ACCESSORY LIST '- FOR FXO TOILET , DOIIIIflIIIIIIII9fIff BASE PER FINISH SCHEDULE. ACCESSORIES CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH SWISHER SALES COORDINATOR: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 - _ KATHLEEN HENFY AT 704-602-7170 or SECOND CONTACT DAVE GOODWIN AT 704-602-7156 „ » , ,.:....� ,,„„, BID SET ISSUE DATE: GC TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES GC GC GC GC ';'111P = TOILET ROOM WALL SIGNAGE GC GC GC GC ITEM ITEM CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 FLOOR FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE. AIR FRESHENER DOUBLE ROLL BATHROOM TISSUE DRAWING TITLE: Ilii NOTES: PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER DISPENSER - ENLARGED PLANS ° a ° FOAMING HAND SOAP DISPENSER o a Q ° 0 v o as ° 1. WORK SHOWN AS FEDEX OFFICE FURNISHED/INSTALLED SHALL BE WORK FURNISHED/ TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER . a at o. a ° a ° a a ° a a ° a ° a INSTALLED BY THE FEDEX OFFICE VENDOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE FXO VENDOR IF NECESSARY. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS, PER SCHEDULE PROVIDED BY CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR MTG. ITEMS ETC. LOCATIONS & REQUIREMENTS ARE MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL AS WELL AS FXO ALL WALL, CEILING & PARTITION MTD. TO BE COORDINATED WITH PLUMBING, SUPPLIED ITEMS. DRAWING NUMBER: A 3 ■ 3 A3.4DET_06 A3.4_°ET_°5 A3.4_°ET_03 NOT USED g CORNER MOULDING DETAIL 3"=1'-0” WALL BASE DETAIL 3"=1'-0” RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE NO SCALE 4 TOILET ACCESSORIES NO SCALE TEMPLATE (30x42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 • EQ , 3'-0" EQ \a C'1 UJ w /EQ..E ( B-8 ) OPEN SHELVING BLOCKING. RE: 7/A-5.1 4" BACK SPLASH WC -7 (PT -344 (PT -34) CG -6 ACCESSIBILITY SIGNS. SEE 1/A-3.3 0= (CG -6)-- B-8 CG -6) 0 • 0 FIXTURES SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, TYP. FIXTURES SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, TYP. BREAK / HANDLING AREA 1/4"=1'-0" RR HALLWAY 1/4",--r-0" BREAK HANDLING AREA 0 aD F.I. TO INSTALL BRACKETS @ BOTH SIDE FILE CAB. EQ.l 3'-0" 1 EQ. i I I I • 0 w w\ B-8 1 /4"=1'- 0" OPEN SHELVING BLOCKING RE: 7/A-5.1 4" BACK SPLASH FIXTURES SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, TYP. PACK & SHIP / RETAIL FXO T1 DEMARC c9) ENTRY AREA AND SELF SERVICE AREA CLOCK. RE: FLOOR PLAN FOR PLACEMENT AND 3/A5.0 FOR MTG. HT DETAILS PACK & SHIP SIDE RE: FLOOR PLAN FOR PLACEMENT OF VERTICAL PAINT TRANSITION BETWEEN DEPARTMENTS, AND PAINT COLOR. BLOCKING RE: 7/A-5.1 OUTLINE OF WINDOW BEYOND 1/4",r-0" PT -399--/ (PT -33) NOTE: GC TO PROVIDE GROUND BAR AT PHONE BOARD LOCATION FOR LEC ACCESS. 66 PHONE LINE BLOCK @ 78" A.F.F. LEC66 LOCAL PHONE CO. BLOCK @ 78" A.F.F. CLEAR AREA FOR FXO PHONE BOARD, SECURITY SYSTEM EQUIPMENT AND LOCAL PHONE COMPANY BOARD (DEMARC) ELECTRICAL PANELS. 2'-0" MIN. CLR (PT -35 (CG -6 SERVER CABINET 000 ( B-8 ) (3) DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPT. @ 30" A.F.F. FOR TELECOM CABINET 3/4" PLYWOOD 8'H VERTICAL TRIM PIECE AT END RUN OF WALLCOVERING, TYP. SECURITY SYSTEM EQUIPMENT @ 78" A.F.F. 0= PROVIDE DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPT. @ 4.78" A.F.F. FOR SECURITY SYSTEM PROVIDE 24" x 24" CLEAR SPACE FOR WI -FI EQUIPMENT PROVIDE DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPT. AND DATA LINE DROP @ . 90" A.F.F. FOR WI -FI EQUIPMENT EMERGENCY PHONE PROVIDE 1 -PHONE LINE DROP @ 60" AFF CG -6) (PT -33) FIXTURES SHOWN FOR (CG -6 REFERENCE ONLY, TYP. GC TO INSTALL TRACK TO STUDS 4 (PT -33) C3-6) COPYRIGHT POSTER KIT RE: FLOOR PLAN FOR PLACEMENT AND 3/A5.0 FOR MTG. HT DETAILS z SUPER GRAPHIC - MEDIUM ii - 1/4" ROUNDED OUTSIDE CORNER AT MITER, AND WHERE TRIM PIECES INTERSECT. VERTICAL TRIM PIECE AT END RUN OF WALLCOVERING, TYP. T L_ T PASSPORT VALANCE ON WALL FIXTURES SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, TYP. SAMPLE GRAPHIC FRAMES 1 /4"=1'-0" (CG -6 4,11 \-( B-8 FIXTURES SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, TYP. ( B-8 BREAK HANDLING AREA 1 /4"=1'-O" SERVER AREA COMPUTER SERVICES 0 0 EQ. -71 3'-0" EQ. / 1 /4"=1-0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 0 OPEN TO OFFICES FIXTURES SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, TYP. OPEN TO HANDLING CG -6) (CG -6) B-8 13-;,0(v RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 112013 PERMIT CENTER VESTIBULE 1 /4"=1'-0" SERVER AREA 1/4"-T-0" PRODUCTION 1 /4"=1'-0" ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL t. - JAMES t HILLIER STATE OF WASHINGTON I CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWNG WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: A-4.0 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 • 2'-"" 2-0" a-0" 2'-0" P 0 w 1 d w /(PT -35)1 a-10" CLR / A DM OFFICE A MD OFFICE DM OFFICE NOT. USED -8 A 2'-0" -8 B-8) co!? 2'-0" 1 A-5.1 3'-0" 2'-0" PT -35) d\ \ jr 3,10" CLR B B 8 B 1 /4"=1' - IP C C NOT USED 8 C D 1/4"=V-0" D 8 D 1 4"=V-0" 1/4"=1'-0" -8 A MANAGER'S OFFICE -8 A MD ASS'T OFFICE 2'-0" 3'-0" 2'-0" w PT -35 3J-10" CLR A CSS OFFICE OPEN SHELVING BLOCKING. RE: 7/A-5.1 4" BACK SPLASH \—( B-8 OPEN SHELVING t 2'-0" t 3-0" t 2'0",/, BLOCKING. r RE: 7/A-5.1 d LI\ /// r— 4" BACK SPLASH Ci e e/ I.R\ kPT-35 II = 7 7 7 3'-10" CLR A \\—( B-8 ) CASH COUNTDOWN 2'-0" 3.-o" 2'-0" LLJ PT -35 jr 3'-10" CLR 2'-0" a-0" B 2'-0" C\ Lu LU .‘• /(PT -35 —4 a-10" CLR B OPEN SHELVING BLOCKING. RE: 7/A-5.1 4" BACK SPLASH B-8 OPEN SHELVING BLOCKING. RE: 7/A-5.1 4" BACK SPLASH -8 -8 B B C C C C 8 D -8 D D D bt3--txfo(p ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA I 92612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: - 12-0253-01A MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CML PROJECT NO.: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER 1/4"=V-0" CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 05.31.13 DRAWING TITLE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: A-4.1 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 24'-8" REQUIRED MIN. CLEAR SPACE ON FOUR SIDES OF CAPABILITY LINE WHITE LETTER CAPABILITY LINE „7- REFER FLOOR FOR PAINT COLORMINI LEVEL 5 FINISH TYPICAL WALL ELEVATION 14" HIGH CAPABILITY LINE C REQUIRED MIN. CLEAR SPACE ON FOUR SIDES OF CAPABILITY LINE WHITE LETTER CAPABILITY LINE REFER FLOOR - PLAN FOR PAINT COLOR. LEVEL 5 FINISH TYPICAL WALL ELEVATION 9" HIGH STACKABLE CAPABILITY LINE TYPICAL WALL ELEVATION 9" HIGH HORIZONTAL CAPABILITY LINE MIN. CEILING HEIGHT 5'-8" 4'-0" /12'> 2'-0" 2'/' MIN MIN REQUIRED MIN. CLEAR SPACE ON 4 SIDES OF BEACON 0 36" BEACON 24" BEACON z REFER FLOOR PLAN FOR PAINT COLOR. LEVEL 5 FINISH CAL WALL ELEVATION 3616 HIGH FOAM BEACON c'j iii r9 co0 z TYPICAL WALL ELEVATION 24" HIGH FOAM BEACON TYPICAL GRAPHICS MOUNTING ELEVATIONS - CAPABILITY LINE A5.0_DET_02 3/8" = 1'— TYP. GRAPHICS MOUNTING ELEV - BEACON 1'-6" MIN.)/ 8'-71/2" 1'-6" REQUIRED MIN. CLEAR SPACE ON FOUR SIDES LARGE SUPER GRAPHIC H 0 z LU L0)9 9 cc cc 1'-0" MIN. / 7'-6" 1 '- 0 " MIN. 7 /777// ff1 I I W.A I4 WA I I I I I IVAIIM I I I El I WI HEADER REQUIRED MIN. / CLEAR SPACE ON / FOUR SIDES BANNER • . 9" MIN. // 6'-9" 9" MIN. // MEDIUM SUPER GRAPHIC B-8 iti/?iA SMALL SUPER GRAPHIC H 0 uJ0 z z 19 cc 4"TYP. If) BLOCKING RE: 7/A-5.1 -0— - • — (O In 1 SAMPLE GRAPHICS PASSPORT VALANCE ON WALL CLOCK POSTER TYPICAL GRAPHICS MOUNTING ELEVATIONS - SUPER GRAPHICS GRAPHICS MOUNTING HEIGHTS A5. O_DET_03 3/8" = 1'-0" STOREFRONT(INTERIOR VIEW) STRUCTURE ABOVE FLEXIBLE GROMMET CEILING ALTERNATE OUTLET LOCATION OUTLET LOCATION (FLUSH MOUNTED) WIRE ROPE BOX SIGN TOP OF WINDOW FROSTING FACE OF MULLION LED BEACON 4' // SECTION NOTE: IF WINDOW FROSTING OR EXISTING MULLION IS GREATER THAN 36" AFF THEN BOTTOM OF SIGN TO BE 6" ABOVE TOP OF MATERIAL; TOP OF SIGN TO BE NO GREATER THAN 7-6" AFF. CONSULT WITH PROJECT MANAGER IF PARAMETERS CANNOT BE MET. NOTE: CONSULT WITH FXO PROJECT MANAGER BEFORE INSTALLATION IF EXISTING MULLIONS VISUALLY BLOCK ANY PORTION OF LIT SIGN. STRUCTURE ABOVE ALTERNATE OUTLET LOCATION OUTLET LOCATION (FLUSH MOUNTED) EXPOSED CHAIN STOREFRONT(INTERIOR VIEW) TOP OF WINDOW FROSTING FACE OF MULLION LED BOX SIGN A 4 SECTION 2 BACK OF BOX SIGN EQ. EQ. STOREFRONT GLAZING / STOREFRONT(INTERIOR VIEW) STRUCTURE ABOVE CEILING ALTERNATE OUTLET LOCATION OUTLET LOCATION (FLUSH MOUNTED) EXPOSED CHAIN WINDOW SHADE HOUSING UNIT BOX SIGN / 1 6" SECTION NOT USED STOREFRONT INTERIOR SIGN A5.0_DET_7 3/8"=1 0" C) STOREFRONT INTERIOR SIGN A5.0_DET_06 3/8"=1 '-0" STOREFRONT INTERIOR OPEN SIGN A5.0_DET_05 3/8" = 1 0' REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2013 City of Tukwila BUiLDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED 9 ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA I 92612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.conn SEAL CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01A MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CML PROJECT NO.: 0 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY UCENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: INTERIOR DETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: A-5.0 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 _ EQ. EQ. EQ. EQ. REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL 1 INFORMATION ON TRANSITION STRIPS. - ARCHITECT / /ir iii ...' . CONTINUOUS PLYWD BLOCKING. ( / ' OVERHEAD CABINETS. \-.------------------ 41 A DRILL 3" ACCESS = BLOCKING, RE: 7/A-5.1 . OPEN SHELVING VA NN . FLOOR TRANSITION TO START @ I EDGE LINE OF WALL BEYOND I VINYL TRANSITION STRIP. GLUE DOWN TO HOLE Ili ACCESS PANEL AT BOTTOM SHELF 1111 ,.., - 15/8 FLOOR. REF. FINISH SCHEDULE. ELECTRICAL OUTLET 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA I 92612 POPLAR OR PINE PAINT GRADE WOOD TRIM FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 1-1/21H MIN. TO 2"H MAX X 1/4"D MIN. TO 1/2"D MAX X .,.. ... ., :.. _ -. , ' '‘'illi • :: -:,. ,.. • ' \ '.. :: Co) ro, ........... SCHEDULED RESILIENT FIN. FLOORING FIN. FLOORING COUNTERTOP PLAN VIEW 21-0" BOTTOM SHELF PLAN VIEW A t 9491 .s7T0A5.1.07E USE PROVIDED VINYL END CAP MATERIAL TO COVER ANY EXPOSED ENDS OF WORKSURFACE - TRIM ALL MulvannyG2.corn 8'-0"L MIN. FINISHED EDGES WITH 1/4" ROUNDING BIT. PAINT PT-39. TO METAL STUDS WITHIN WALL EXISTING CONCRETE / / ATTACH APPROX. 2'-0" O.C. - . ... (;) EXCESS - -A 1_,,,.---------- F DRILL 1 1/2"ACCESS HOLES ON SHROUD SIDE PANELS 1'-1/4" TRANSITION STRIP GLUE DOWN TO FLOOR. REF. FINISH SCHEDULE I- _ REF PLAN ---SEAL METAL STUDS W/ 5/TGYP. BD ON a Lu _J a..... iliiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiM SCHEDULED _ ;1- ;-= CARPET FIN. FLOORING CONCRETE FIN. FLOORING _N, , ADJUSTABLE SHELVES II 1 4 _ 1-4520 EACH SIDE, TYP. OR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, AS APPLICABLE. INSTALL 1/4' GYPSUM BOARD ON I I I I I I 1., D CD 2 0 0") C.4 < i , "T. 7 b II) - " . . • •• • -. ' .... ..... 'a = 0 z i= Z D 0 M cc 0 13 Jr MTL BRACKET COUNTER MANUFACTURER. SUPPORT BRACKET OF FILE CABINET @ 3T OC MAX BY INSTALL @ BOTH SIDES 00F0 wI Afs9H4j9N.G7T005N.0701 .t.i )1 JAMES T HILL' ` J-BOX FOR DATA/TELE CONNECTIONS AND THE ELECTRICAL SURGE PROTECTOR TO BE MOUNTED ON THE BOTTOM LEFT SIDE OF FIXTURE (TYP. SCHEDULED --1:? FOR ALL 2' POS COUNTERS AT FRONT SALES COUNTERS. TYP. FOR 2' SC COUNTERS WHEN POWER REQUIRED EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND AS NEEDED ON NEW CONSTRUCTION TO ENSURE SMOOTH SURFACE. I I c .1) _ z E -J _J < . , k ,,,,„ , *,‘ ,.., , . . 0 - u_ Lu _ ' FOR EQUIPMENT) SHELF l'-3/8" VINYL TO TRANSITION STRIP. GLUE DOWN FLOOR. REF. FINISH SCHEDULE. Ii101111111111111111111111111111H1111 --' -. - SCHEDULED CARPET FIN. FLOORING ACCESS PANEL THRU BOTTOM cc CONSULTING ENGINEER /;1- • J BOX FOR ELECTRICAL POWER \ \ . CO . 3/4 l'-1/2" SCHEDULED RESILIENT FIN. FLOORING A5.1 _DET_1 7 A5.1 _DET_13 A5.1 _DET_09 A5.1 _DET_05 05 A5.1 _DET_01 B.I.C. - MANAGER'S AREA 3/4"=1 '- 0" FLOOR TRANSITION POS CABINET DETAIL 3/4".=r_o" 9 WOOD WAINSCOTING AT P&S UPPER CABINET AT HCO 3/4-.1,_0- EQ. EQ. EQ. EQ. EXTERIOR SIDE INTERIOR SIDE BLOCKING, RE: 7/A-5.1 - CONTINUOUS PLYWD BLOCKING. ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01A MEP PROJECT NO.: ---- CONTINUOUS PLYWD BLOCKING. STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: ---- CML PROJECT NO.: ____ DRILL 3" ACCESS HOLE ON BOTTOM SHELF 4 OPEN SHELVING (.10 OPEN SHELVING DRILL T ACCESS HOLE "----------- ELECTRICAL OUTLET ET -.. .. 11/ ACCESS PANEL BOTTOM SHELF AT EXISTING GLAZING ...- - COUNTERTOP PLAN 2'-0" VIEW BOTTOM SHELF DRILL 3" PLAN VIEW ACCESS HOLE ON = - USE PROVIDED END CAP MATERIAL EXPOSED ENDS OF WORKSURFACE EXCESS VINYL TO COVER - TRIM ANY ALL Z9 71- - WIREMOLD RACEWAY. FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING STOREFRONT. REFERENCE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ji / COUNTERTOP FOR DPW POWER CORD -40 REF.PLAN _,,,, , ADJUSTABLE SHELVES _./ H i 4 0 - J-BOX FOR DATA/TLE ECONNECTIONS ' w I 0 z z D 0 2 MTL BRACKET COUNTER MANUFACTURER. SUPPORT BRACKET OF FILE CABINET @ 38" OC MAX @ BOTH BY INSTALL SIDES AND THE PROTECTOR BOTTOM ELECTRICAL SURGE TO BE MOUNTED LEFT SIDE OF FIXTURE ON THE EXISTING STOREFRONT [-I ...- Co / FRAMING , a NOTE: MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 4" SEPERATION BETWEEN ALL DATA & POWER BOXES. NOTE: PROVIDE MATCHING ENDCAPS AT ALL EXPOSED ENDS - & CC 0 q ,- U_ LL1 CC - CO _. ELECTRICAL OUTLET 1--- C/) ACCESS PANEL THRU BOTTOM SHELF J BOX FOR ELECTRICAL POWER .,. ... -..--------- \ \ \ • A5.1 _DET_14 fr A5.1 _DET_1 0 A5.1 _DET_06 A5.1 _DET_02 B.I.C. - BREAK ROOM AREA ELECTRICAL RACEWAY 6"=11- 0" DPVV CABINET DETAIL 3/4"-X-0" 1 0 NOT USED 1 8 OPEN SHELVING AT P&S 3/4"=1'-0" 1 4 CONTINUOUS PLYWD BLOCKING. Fe TUKANILA, 116 ANDOVI SEATTLE, VI FLOOR TRANSITION TO START FLOOR AND ALIGN W/ WALL FINISH S ' OCCUR TYP. \ , NE OF DOOR VNID WHERE CUSTOMER SIDE BOTTOM SHELF PLAN VIEW WO 0 D STUD -.., -.. I 1., A r 0 ) OP 10, e elgs‘s,No s? 0 0. e' GO 0' 04 TOG S 0° , OG. 09 Islo 10 s Ix 0 ..ro OR I FAX I OR I FAX I ___ _ _ 0 ___. _ _ 0 METAL STUD A or .. 11 11 ! I 0 I 0,000, 1,0-6SS pP pk9 c, --(2b ,o- , G,..1 vS Gls,•, i.- \23 tikt.1 Ps 79 ‘ 10', K\I 3 40,- c..-I 0 6C 6\t‘ ,. 0 3 acp 0 ‘,\O 00 AI°. 00 ,,,,-( , plA 5 ,A g v--, @, ix" \--. kY1/4'°4s‘ , COUNTERTOP PLAN VIEW ACCESS PANEL AT 1 "+ // 2-634" /- FREESTANDING COMPUTER WORK DRILL 1 1/2" BOTTOM HOLE ON SHELF I I L 1 I ,t .,- -CARPET FINISHED SURFACE , TO BE RAISED STATION FIXTURE. J-BOX FOR ELECTRICAL POWER 4'-0" COUNTERTOP MACHINE IS coUNTER. SIDE AND WHEN A FAX, LOCATED ON 10" FROM PROD. CENTER STANDARD 4.6875 DEEP WALL BOX TO PROVIDE INTERFACE PLATFORM. STIPULATION FOR REUSE r- - I - - 7 FAX I OR I FAX BEHIND FAX J BOX FOR MACHINE DATA/TELE SSF 125 ALUM. FRAME TO SECURED BY CONTR.' BE .", 'V UP BY EXTRA SHIM @ 4 '-%... TO HAVE LEVELED CONDITION BOTTOM. THE EDGE W/ TILE J BOX FOR DATA CONNECTION AS THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT LOCATED ON PLANS. SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY VVITH ITS ISSUE DATE r- \ .1 , P Ilimummorim AND EDGE IN DEPRESSED IIIII CONDITION. CARPET I_ L_ _I METAI STUD B 01110 01111 010 $ /1111011 00 1111 IF 11111p tir01 x ‘, „AD- \I\Ifro. ,p.0 'i'D 0? ePNG1099 04S 41 $ olx\- 6\43 ,.,400?p,Co 6 ‘‘ ‘4k 143 Or ‘4.9 0P0-• \\,‘Q, 7-*C3k-OG‘k 41,0g- 11 GO" 11 .r041_,VIOG. 06) 0, OP° _ _ _ _J _ _ CONNECTIONS AND ELECTRICAL . SURGE PROTECTORS MOUNTED SHELF (TYP. TO BE ABOVE THE BOTTOM FOR ALL 4' NRL EXISTING OPENING IN FIXTURE. 05.31.2013 SCHEDULED TILE SET MORTAR W/ GRO, TYP. SEE SPEC FOR TH INFO. \ A NOTE: ALL BY - FLOORING ACCESSORIES TO BE INSTALLED FEDEX OFFICE PRE WIRED WIREMOLD. MOUNT ON AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY UCENSED ARCHITECTS and- ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND AISLE COUNTER MACHINE ONLY WHEN FAX ON COUNTER) '••!-' '9 N TOP OF CARPET. WIREMOLD DISTRIBUTOR. COORDINATE WITH IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ACCESS PANEL THRU BOTTOM SHELF J BOX FOR ELECTRICAL POWER 1 DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT' OF ANY WORK THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES • c . \ 1 d dilt pill. A -- sdikl NI•IPsk" G-S ,NG GC TO PROVIDE FLEX CONDUIT FOR ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. \ DRILL 1 1/2" HOLE IN ALT. LOCATION CENTER 3" DATA WIRING DIVIDER CABLES TO TO ALLOW FEED BOTH SIDES PERMIT SET A5.1 _DET_1 1 WIREMOLD DETAIL 3/4"=1 '- 0" © 2012 FedEx Office . WALL BLOCKING NTS FAX CABINET DETAIL 3/4"=1 '- 0" NOT USED FLOOR TRANSITION FULL SCALE EQ. EQ. NO. REVISIONS: DATE: 3.-11" _ A A DRILL 3" ACCESS CONP. BLOCKING A 0 i= LLJ 0, _ HOLE CD , A 4,- •- A \ . 0 N r. _, OPEN AREA BELOW COUNTERTOP 9F II II _ k ...,. ...,„ .... %. .::. , „, ., ,.,. ELECTRICAL OUTLET • , REVIEWED FOR COUNTERTOP PLAN 1-3" ENTRY MAT CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED VIEW 2-T / . 1,-0" Ec, , . " BUILT-IN COUNTER SINK JUL 17 2013 A • PLAN VIEW DRILL 1 1/2" ACCESS HOLE ON SIDE PANEL OF 2 City of Tukwila ,pUILDING DIVISION REF PLAN \ POS CABINET ONLY WHEN CABINETUSED FOR ADJ. SHELVES \ CARPET FINI /Al BY OTHERS AI.1 \ 4 WFIITE MELAMINE FPOS EQUIPMENT (HOLE LOCATION TO CORRESPOND WITH LOCATION OF SCALE AS / NOTED ON A-3.0) I ( ....).D 0 DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 -- CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 , / ;-,-, = \\N--------__ ...%.'.. / MTL BRACKET @37" OC MAX BY OPEN ACCESS ADJUSTABLE SHELVES RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 DRAWING TITLE: INTERIOR DETAILS . . , J BOX FOR DATA/TELE CONNECTIONS AND THE ELECTRICAL SURGE PROTECTOR TO BE MOUNTED ABOVE BOTTOM SHELF , .,, q ITI La: al COUNTER MANUFACTURER • \ - ACCESS PANEL THRU BOTTOM SHELF - „-- . 1'-7" /- PERMIT CENTER NUMBER: / / -/ 2'-6" / :;": . _4* . DRILL 3" ACCESS HOLE ON BOTTOM SHELFDRAWING - / SECTION A J-BOX FOR ELECTRICAL POWER A5.1 _DET_16 i A5.1 _DET_1 2 A5.1 _DET_08 A5.1 _DET_04 FLOOR TRANSITION FULL SCALE TEMPLATE (30 x 421 ISSUE: 08/13/12 FPOS CABINET DETAIL 3/4=1-0" . 4' SALES COUNTER-ADA ROLLUP A. 3/4=1'-0" NOT USED 0 B.I.C. W/ SINK - BREAKROOM 3/4=1 -0" 1 6 . 11 11 I :.:>: >>:::::>:;;,;.:;;:, ....:. ARCHITECT ULAN NYO. .u, 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 -7.:ivW'•'•'Awe-•❖: A-7.1 A-7.1 t 949.705.0700 f 949.705.0701 FIRE SEAL AT BOTTOM OF DECK. A'��•'At _!•o!•o'•o=s� X It:4o." 17: /!Oe!�e-tr2••"•O-:•N��i•;� • • O .♦ ♦ •m•�• �J .•p�0•wow• •�•.•O.••O %•�'•e• •❖:W BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK • �� 171 "000•:1o,:.,.•:.•o�o:o:o�:o�►:a .. �.❖.•.a.... BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK I 12' 0" AFF ye 1 / 3 1/2" DEEP SLIP TRACK. CIESTOP �� (12-0" AFF) 3 1/2" DEEP SLIP TRACK. 741w:A-7.1 FIRE SEAL AT BOTTOM OF3 DECK. / j / OF ►�MulvannyG2.com _ STUD 1 FROM TOP TRACK. , �i =_.I STOP STUD 1" FROM TOP OF> TRACK. 0. Y SEAL `,..•- / ,L_ „ METAL STUDS TO 6 ABOVE ;:::::;. FIRE SEAL DEFLECTION JOINT. Bil i 4 FIRE RATED VERTICAL DEFLECTION CLIP. . �� VERTICAL DEFLECTION CLIP. BOTTOM OF CEILING 10. 0. i ►_ INSPECT AND REPAIR ALL FIRE PROOFING AND FIRE SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS TYP: / j 4520 , E0 ,Op_�r'� �� T JAMES T. HILLIER STATE OF WASHINGTON ,,- ;+ FIRE SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS BOTTOM OF CEILING ►� �; BOTTOM OF CEILING � ► 1 0.SUSPENDED ► SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING. EXTENDED GYP. BD. WALL ABOVE TO BOTTOM OF DECK. / i� 1 ....:::....:. ACOUSTICAL CEILING. G, EXTENDED GYP. BD. WALL ABOVE TO BOTTOM OF DECK. ADJACENT LEASE SPACE ►� ►i ► � >:>::. a: ��... y C ;;::::,,...::;:;_>;<; �:: SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING (WHERE OCCURS ADJACENT LEASESPACEE ► Si ► FEDEX OFFICE CONSULTING ENGINEER EXISTING WALL ADJACENT LEASE SPACE �. :::::::.... • •METAL :>: :::::....... • :::::::::::: 7 8 METAL STUD FURRING 16 E @ :.:::.� ,......... ....:�.;;. *,:::::: �DEX �::>;:>::::: OFFICE CEILING W/5/8 GYP. BD ON EA H EACH SIDE TYP. PROVIDE STIFFNERS @ 4 0 O.C. VERTICALLY,TYP. UNO. >I ....:::::::.. „�• �...::::.STUDS �;±~::::��'ARCHITECTURAL ...;�;.;:..: » ::. :.;:::.,,,:. ,,. .:. :: «:> >��•`� ,..... A• 3 5 8 METAL STUDS O METAL PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL INSULATION BETWEEN N STUDS; TO DECK. ► ► 01. STUDS TO BOTTOM O C RE: STUD FDE K FOR .:::::::.:.:.... SPACINGSCHEDULEO GA. AND SIZE. 5 8 TYPE X GYP. BD ON EACH SIDE TYP.::>: �FROM PROVIDE STIFFNERS 4 @ _>„ O.C. VERTICALLY TYP. ONO. »......... : FIRE TAPE AND BED FULL HEIGHT EACH SIDE. ;>.::.::.:::.:::.:.,. ,��.......• _" ,,,., .:.... ,. POWDER DRIVEN PIN 16 U»:>;<:>:::::, TYP. U ('........, ,..::::::::.:.:::..e. �.::::::::.:::::::::::::::::::.,. 4546 ER 5330 EF..::.:::......�............................. .............. FIN. FLR. 0 0 :::..:.:.:::.;: 0.'0 •! ► . �• s� ► ►, ► . ►� • . . ►. I >::::>:::. :<:�,,,� WALL CAP. ,.. EACH 3 X 1 8 THICK GALV. TUBE STEEL ......... ::::::>:<:; „ MAX. USE SELF END & 4 0 O.C. TO ATTACH TO STU .>:;;.:.. TAPPING SCREWS [].::,,:. „ HOLD 4 TOP.. � METAL STUDS @ 16"O.C. 25 GA. V' k.' 0 PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01A MEPPROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT CIVIL PROJECT NO.: ---- --- O.0 TO CEILING W/ ::::.::::...: . VERT. �� 5 8 GYP. BD. ON FINISH SIDE./) . ::::::::::: .::::::::::......STAGGERED ''''"TAGGERED ::.;:.::;»:.:;.;,:;.::.::.::.::.:.:::.:.::.::.::.::.::..::.:ER FIN. FLR. +0-0 / /‘) 7 / i �A O OF� ETA S T BOTTOM METAL STUD DECK. RE: STUD SPACING SCHEDULE FOR GA. AND SIZE. C P. 5 8 GYP. BD ON EACH SIDE TY PROVIDE STIFFNERS 4'-0" O.C. VERTICALLY TYP. ONO.....:, DRIVEN PIN 1 EACH SDE TY GYP. BD ON A H I P. \.. =<1='�''.:.;:.: '`TAL STUDS O U LL 0 CD 0 0 H Q w A >:::> STUDS B O POWDER DRIVEN PIN 16 \............... I NPOWDER TYP...:::.. O. "'<�>::::.. Sr ICC ER 2388 ER -45461i _ 30 ER -1372 ER 53 FIN. FLR. +0'-0" 0,6" METAL STUD0,8" S ,.., L STUDS�....,::.ice >::::: 8 IVIETA6s. - CO.C. ...,, O POWDER DRIV�„:::>::::<::::::>:a>�:>«::::<::;::::»::;:<:::>::, O.C. W O.C. STAGGERED TYP. UNO. FIN. FLR. +0'-0" ► ► 0. ► - 388 STAGGERED TYP: <«>.;:.:;.;:.;. ICC'ER 2 ER -4546 ER -5330 Erll><'2 FIN. FLR. 0 0 " .11L , , , . NOTE: REFER TO 1/A-2.0 FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. STRUCTURAL INFORMATION FOR THE ROOF FRAMING ABOVE CEILING FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITION. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKING AS REQD. FOR MTG. ALL WALL, CEILING & PARTITION MTD. ITEMS SUCH AS OVERHEAD CABINETS, SECURITY CABINET, TELECOM CLOSET EQUIPMENT, RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, FLIP -UP FRAME, ETC. LOCATIONS & REQUIREMENTS ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL AS WELL AS FEDEX OFFICE SUPPLIED ITEMS. 1 HR RATED WALL. GA FILE N O . WP 1072 NOTE: REFER TO 1/A-2.0 FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. STRUCTURAL INFORMATION FOR THE ROOF FRAMING ABOVE CEILING FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITION. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKING AS READ. FOR MTG. ALL WALL, CEILING PARTITION MTD. ITEMS SUCH AS OVERHEAD CABINETS, SECURITY CABINET, TELECOM CLOSET EQUIPMENT, RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, FLIP -UP FRAME, ETC. LOCATIONS REQUIREMENTS ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL AS WELL AS FEDEX OFFICE SUPPLIED ITEMS. & & CENTER SIDE CENTER SIDE NOTE: REFER TO 1/A-2.0 FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. STRUCTURAL INFORMATION FOR THE ROOF FRAMING ABOVE CEILING FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITION. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKING AS AEQD. FOR MTG. ALL WALL, CEILING & PARTITION MTD. ITEMS SUCH AS OVERHEAD CABINETS, SECURITY CABINET, TELECOM CLOSET EQUIPMENT, RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, FLIP -UP FRAME, ETC. LOCATIONS &REQUIREMENTS ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL AS WELL AS FEDEX OFFICE SUPPLIED ITEMS. NOTE: REFER TO 1/A-2.0 FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. STRUCTURAL INFORMATION FOR THE ROOF FRAMING ABOVE CEILING FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITION. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKING AS READ. FOR MTG. ALL WALL, CEILING & PARTITION MTD. ITEMS SUCH AS OVERHEAD CABINETS, SECURITY CABINET, TELECOM CLOSET EQUIPMENT, RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, FLIP -UP FRAME, ETC. LOCATIONS & REQUIREMENTS ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL AS WELL AS FEDEX OFFICE SUPPLIED ITEMS. 4-1 /2"X8"X5/16" THICK PLATE WIT 1 (4) 5�8"DIA. X 4-1 �4" REDHEADS „ ais EMBEDMENT © 2-3/4 . :-. f ' - PENETRATION WELD ALL SIDES, _'- * • TO PLATE N F 4 1 /2" co CC CO <a. T Q o� Q 0 w � J Q r Q 7- w I- r C/) A7.0_DET_09 A7.0_DET_07 A7.0_DET_05 A7.0_DET_03 A7.0_DET_01moo TYPICAL LOW WALL 1 1 2„_1,_0„ / INTERIOR WALL SECTION 1 2,_1,_0„ _ / INTERIOR WALL SECTION „_ �_0„ 1/2-1 INTERIOR WALL SECTION „_ ,_ �, 1/2-1 0 7 INTERIOR WALL SECTION 1/2-=1,_0- 9 11 I I I A-7.1 A-7.1 SIM. • • • •44 • .� F 7.7.-- .•:w.:❖:. BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK • •• •• ♦••• v ........ ...w0•!a..••.eQe.“. �....&••• .....,:•ii.*..•.,!... �� ..Ita4016••.2.71' T. I :•0000 rT ti v 7 �:;.;..•-. . ������E�s+•���•0��-1.?-?Q•!0000!•�❖:•A:`�iJ�•J:.:::::5:�': • BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK (12'-0" AFF) CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: PROGRAM: 5173 989630 RELO •!•••••omo'•o:•000.❖.❖.•.o....o,...�.•.,..❖.,.❖..•••o.• BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK I� (12'-0" AFF) 12'-0" AFF SUPPORT WALL BY BRACING TO STRUCTURE ABOVE, AS REQUIRED.\ \ BRACE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. BRACE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. BOTTOM OF CEILING \ \II ' ; A-7.1 - BRACE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. ` - Si-- STIPULATION FOR REUSE / A-7 1 THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON PRREQES E RE VP OF PR ROPEOF THIS LICENSEDARCHITECTSANOTHER OJECT and ENGINEERS.UIRTHSEREPRODUCTION DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE AND PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL 8E VERIFIED ON THE ERJOE CSIEOVERS. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO DBEIMENSIONS LBIEVERIFARO DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. BOTTOM OF CEILING I METAL STUDS TO STRUCTU ABOVE W/ 5/8"GYP. BD ON EACH 4 0" O.C. VERTICALLY, TYP. ONO.RE SIDE, TYP. PROVIDE STIFFNERS @ ._ 1 7 PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL 2 INSULATION ABOVE CLG., 4' O" LAYOVER EA. SIDE. BOTTOM OF CEILING AM♦♦♦♦+♦♦♦♦ � ♦ Si �� ♦,♦♦..♦♦♦..•♦ A 7.1 SIM. S PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL INSULATION ABOVE LOWER CLG., 4'-0" LAYOVER. BOTTOM OF CEILING ••• EIMIPIPIM• SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING. METAL STUDS TO 6" ABOVE SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING. METAL STUDS TO 6" ABOVE / 44 ►� ►� / A 4 4 CEILING W/ 5/8"GYP. BD ON EACH SIDE, TYP, PROVIDE STIFFNERS @ 4'-0" O.C. VERTICALLY, TYP. UNO. SUSPENDED ACOULSTIC'.AL CEIL ING J 4 S GYP BD HEADER 1/4" THICK TEMPERED CLEAR SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING 4 , : . ►� ►. ►� 10 A-8.0 CEILING W/ 5/8"GYP. BD ON EACH SIDE, TYP. PROVIDE STIFFNERS @ 4'-0" O.C. VERTICALLY, TYP. UNO. 5/8" METAL STUDS PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL INSULATION BETWEEN STUDS, TO LOWER CEILING. 4 J r 41 4i' GLASS W/ 1/8" BUTT JOINT AND MINIMUM 1/2" GLASS BITE @ T.& B. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL INSULATION00 BETWEEN STUDS STUDS TO 6" ABOVE CEILNG �� . • • PROVIDE WATER RESISTANT TYPE - 5/8" GYP. BD. @ TOILET SIDE, TYP. METAL STUDS TO 6" ABOVE 4METAL .: W/ 5/8"GYP. BD ON EACH SIDE, TYP. PROVIDE STIFFENERS @ 4'-0" O.C. VERTICALLY, TYP. ONO. ' : • 3 5/8" METAL STUDS O NO. REVISIONS: DATE: N TOP OF CAP (4' 0" AFF) 8 / \ �J CEILING W/ 5/8"GYP. BD ON EACH SIDE, TYP. PROVIDE STIFFENERS @ 4-0 O.C. VERTICALLY, TYP. 4 :� 4 3 5/8" METAL STUDS A 8.0 �� :. A O 6" METAL STUDS ''' A-8.0 5/8" METAL STUDS: METAL STUDS W/ 5/8"GYP BD ON . ] „ 8 METAL STUDS 0.3 6" METAL STUDS )3 6" METAL STUDS UNO. ? AO 6" METAL STUDS EACH SIDE, TYP. 3 5/8 METAL STUDS �� ►• �i C 0, POWDER DRIVEN PIN 16" g POWDER DRIVEN PIN 16" , POWDER DRIVEN PIN 16" 4 O PROVIDE WATER RESISTANT TYPE 5/8" GYP. BD. @ TOILET SIDE, TYP. POWDER DRIVEN PIN 16" O.C. .� �: ►� ►. O.C. STAGGERED TYP. UNO. ICC ER 2388, ER 4546, ER -5330, ER -1372 FIN. FLR. +0'-0" 8" METAL STUDS O POWDER DRIVEN PIN 16" O.C. O O 6" METAL STUDS /� O.C. STAGGERED TYP. UNO. ICC ER -2388, ER 4546, ER 5330, ER 1372►�• FIN. FLR. +0'-0" ! 4 4 4 O 8" METAL STUDS O8" METAL STUDS O.C. STAGGERED TYP. UNO. ICC ER 2388, ER 4546, ER -5330, ER 1372 FIN. FLR. +0'-0" A STAGGERED TYP. UNO. ICC ER -2388, ER -4546, ER -5330, ER 1372 FIN. FLR. +0'-0" O 8" METAL STUDS STAGGERED TYP. UNO. ICC ER -2388, ER -4546, ER -5330, ER -1372 FIN. FLR. +0'-0" �� . •• �! /� f \ CENTER SIDE CENTER SIDE NATE: REFER TO 1/A-2.0 FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. STRUCTURAL INFORMATION FOR THE ROOF FRAMING ABOVE CEILING FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITION. AS FORTG: ALL WALL CEILING & CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKING READ. M PARTITION MTD. ITEMS SUCH AS OVERHEAD CABINETS SECURITY CABINET, TELECOM CLOSET EQUIPMENT, RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, FLIP -UP FRAME, ETC. LOCATIONS & REQUIREMENTS ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL AS WELL AS FEDEX OFFICE SUPPLIED ITEMS. ( 34%.421.80 0 RR SIDE RR SIDE NOTE: REFER TO 1/A-2.0 FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. STRUCTURAL INFORMATION FOR THE ROOF FRAMING ABOVE CEILING FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITION, CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKING AS READ. FOR MTG. ALL WALL, CEILING & PARTITION MTD. ITEMS SUCH AS OVERHEAD CABINETS, SECURITY CABINET, TELECOM CLOSET EQUIPMENT, RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, FLIP -UP FRAME, ETC. LOCATIONS &REQUIREMENTS ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL AS WELL AS FEDEX OFFICE SUPPLIED ITEMS. I CENTER SIDE CENTER SIDE REFER TO 1/A-2.0 FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. STRUCTURAL INFORMATION FOR THE ROOF FRAMING ABOVE CEILING FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITION. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKING AS REQD. FOR MTG. ALL WALL, CEILING & PARTITION MTD. ITEMS SUCH AS OVERHEAD CABINETS, SECURITY CABINET, TELECOM CLOSET EQUIPMENT, RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, FLIP -UP FRAME, ETC. LOCATIONS & REQUIREMENTS ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL AS WELL AS FEDEX OFFICE SUPPLIED ITEMS. RR SIDE CENTER .SIDE REFER TO 1/A 2.0 FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. ' STRUCTURAL INFORMATION FOR THE ROOF FRAMING ABOVE CEILING FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITION. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKING AS READ. FOR MTG. ALL WALL, CEILING & PARTITION ITEMS SUCH AS OVERHEAD CABINETS, SECURITY CABINET, TELECOM CLOSET EQUIPMENT, RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, FLIP -UP FRAME, ETC. LOCATIONS & REQUIREMENTS ARE COORDINATED WITH PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL AS WELL AS FEDEX SUPPLIED ITEMS. I MTD. TO BE OFFICE CENTER SIDE CENTER SIDE NOTE: REFER TO 1/A-2.0 FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. STRUCTURAL INFORMATION FOR THE ROOF FRAMING ABOVE CEILING FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITION. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKING AS REQD. FOR MTG. ALL WALL, CEILING & PARTITION MTD. ITEMS SUCH AS OVERHEAD CABINETS, SECURITY CABINET, TELECOM CLOSET EQUIPMENT, RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, FLIP -UP FRAME, ETC. LOCATIONS &REQUIREMENTS ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH PLUMBING, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL AS WELL AS FEDEX OFFICE SUPPLIED ITEMS. ANOTE: ANOTE: /� DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 BID SET ISSUE DATE: -- CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 REVIEWED FOR VFODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED 'JUL 17 2013 Litt of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER DRAWING TITLE: WALL SECTIONS DRAWING NUMBER: A..7 0 ■ TEMPLATE 30x42 ISSUE: 08/13/12 A7.0_DET_10 A7.0_DET_OS 112„_1,_0„ A7.0_DET_06 � A7.0_DET_04 A7.0_DET_02 INTERIOR WALL SECTION 1/2„_1'_0„ INTERIOR WALL SECTION 1/2„_1,-0„ 4' INTERIOR WALL SECTION ; 12„_1,_0„ �j INTERIOR WALL SECTION $ INTERIOR WALL SECTION , 2„ - 1,_0„ 1 Q METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. 25 GA. UP TO STUCTURE ABOVE W/ 5/8" GYP. BD ON EACH SIDE, TYP. PROVIDE STIFFNERS @ 4'-0" O.C. VERTICALLY, TYP. UNO. BOTTOM OF CEILING • • ****** "•+. • • • • SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING W/ 6" EXTENDED GYP. BD. ABOVE CEILING TYP. UNO. BOTTOM OF CEILING EDGE BEAD @ ALL GYP. BD. CORNERS TYP. NOTE: REFER TO 1/A-2.0 FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. NOTE: STRUCTURAL INFORMATION FOR THE ROOF FRAMING ABOVE CEILING FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITION. \./ 3 5/8" METAL STUDS 0.6" METAL STUDS <> 8" METAL STUDS 'ACH THIS SIDE 2" TRIM 0 NOT USED NOTUSED @, HEADER DETAIL 3 5/8" MTL STUDS EACH SIDE TO A7.1 _DET_1 3 1/2" = 1'-0" BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE ABOVE. RE: 4/A-7.1, 7/A-7.1 OR 10/A-7.1. 20 GA SLOTTED MTL. TRACK. ICBO ER -5344 #8 WAFER HEAD SCREW. 2-#8 SELF DRILLING SCREWS BOTTOM OF CEILING METAL STUD CEILING GRID &,-; 5/8" GYP. BD. WALL BRACE A7.1 _DET_1 4 3"=1 -0" SEISMIC ISOLATION JOINT A7.1 _DET_09 3"=1'-0" EXISTING WOOD ROOF DECK •••••1•.. •• • % , 3-#8x3" WOOD SCREWS V. & 2-#8x3" WOOD SCREWS H. 3-#8x1 1/2" WOOD SCREWS 2x4. LENGTH AS REQ'D AT EACH BRACE. 3 5/8" MTL STUDS EACH SIDE TO TOP OF WALL. CUT & FLATTEN FLANGE FOR ATTACHMENT. SPACING & GA PER BRACING SCHEDULE 12/A-7.1 WOOD TRUSS OR "I" JOIST BEY WALL BRACE EXISTING STRUCTURE ABOVE WOOD BLOCKING #8 WAFER HEAD SCREW. 20 GA SLOTTED MTL. TRACK WITH (2) #10 SCREWS AT 16" O.C. TO 4X BLOCKING GYP BD METAL STUDS A7.1 _DET_1 0 3"=1 0" 12 GA. VERT. WIRE HANGERS @ 4'-0" O.C. EA. WAY (TYPICAL) COMPRESSION STRUT 12 GA. WIRE SPLAYER ON FOJJR DIRECTIONS 90 APART AT 12'-0" O.C. EA. WAY CEILING PANELS (TYPICAL) NOTES: HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT POINTS SHALL BE PLACED 12 FEET ON CENTER IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 6 FEET FROM EACH WALL. SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF ASTM C 635 AND ASTM C 636, CURRENT EDITION, AND CSICA 0-2 and CISCA 3-4. COMPRESSION STRUT SIZING LENGTH 0" TO 30" 30" TO 54" 54" TO 84" 84" TO 108" SIZE 1/20 EMT 3/4"0 EMT 1 1/4"0 EMT 1 1/2"0 EMT STRUT STABILIZER 2" WALL ANGLE FACE OF WALL WIRE CONNECT TO ROOF STRUCTURE COMPRESSION STRUT 4-12 GA. SPLAY WIRES (AT 200 LB. DESIGN LOAD MIN.) CROSS RUNNER AT 2-0" O.C. MAIN RUNNER AT 2-0" O.C. SEISMIC CEILING BRACING EXISTING WOOD ROOF DECK 2-#8x1" WOOD SCREWS. A7.1 _DET_06 1/2" = rw 4141 AL. AIL Alk Ah.411.4k4k. 1111\11F.Ck \WEL 3 5/8" MTL STUDS EACH SIDE TO TOP OF WALL. WOOD TRUSS OR "I" JOIST 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 01 EXISTING STRUCTURE ABOVE 20 GA x 1/2" Z -BAR @16" OC. FIRE STOP SEALANT. MINERAL WOOL. #8 WAFER HEAD SCREW. 18 GA SLOTTED MTL. TRACK ; IC ER -5344 SLIP TRACK 3 5/E3" MTL STUDS EACH SIDE TO BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE ABOVE. RE: 4/A-7.1, 7/A-7.1 OR 10/A-7.1 PARTITION ATTACHMENT CLIP 20 GA SLOTTED MTL. TRACK. ICBO ER -5344 #8 WAFER HEAD SCREW. 248 SELF DRILLING SCREWS BOTTOM OF CEILING CEILING GRID & TILE METAL STUDS 5/8" GYP. BD. A7.1 _DET_01 3"=1 0" WALL BRACING 1X6 POPLAR WOOD CAP FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. FINISHED EDGE WITH 1/4" ROUNDING BIT. PAINT TO MATCH DOOR FRAME & TRIM PER FINISH SCHEDULE. NOTE: MAKE A 45 DEGREE CUT FOR "L" CONFIGURATIONS. A7.1 _DET_02 3'=1 0" 2X BLOCKING NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED WALL BRACE A7.1 _DET_1 1 3"=1'-0" Stud Size (in) GA Resisting Moment (Ib -in) h (ft) 3 5/8 26 2187 3 5/8 25 2243 3 5/8 22 3765 3 5/8 20 4213 6 25 3976 6 22 7485 6 20 8525 12" Stud Spacing Connection Type 16" Stud Spacing Connection Type 35/8 in 25 GA 35/8 in 20 GA 35/8 in 25 GA 35/8 in 20 GA Stud Spacing (in) Brace Spacing (in) Brace Spacing (in) 8 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 48 48 48 48 9 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 48 48 48 48 10 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 48 48 48 48 11 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 48 48 48 48 12 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 48 48 48 48 13 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 48 48 48 48 14 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 36 48 32 48 15 12 12 16 16 16 16 16 36 48 32 48 16 12 12 16 16 16 16 16 36 48 32 48 17 12 12 16 16 16 16 16 36 48 32 48 18 N/A N/A 16 16 16 16 16 36 36 32 32 19 N/A N/A 16 16 16 16 16 36 36 32 32 20 N/A N/A 12 16 12 16 16 36 36 32 32 25 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 16 16 36 36 32 32 30 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 12 12 N/A 36 N/A 32 Notes : 1. Minimum and maximum stud spacing are set to be 12" and 16" o.c 2. Bracing spacing is based on 12" or 16" increments with minimum of 24" o.c. and maximum of 48" o.c. 3. For Site Class E with Ss greater than 1.25g or Site Class F, please refer to IBC 2000 Table 1615.1.2(1) for additional details. These two categories are out of the scope of this program. 4. The stud spacing values in this table only apply to the following products: Dietrich STE-20 Ga,STH-22 Ga,STN-25 Ga, STS -26 Ga CSI Consolidated System Incorporated, 600DWS25, 400DWS25, 358DWS25, 600DWS22, 400DWS22, 358DWS22, 600DWS20, 400DWS20, 358DWS20 Clark Steel Framing Systems, DWS 3 5/8 x 25, DWS 3 5/8 x 22, DWS 3 5/8 x 20, DWS 4 x 25, DWS 4 x 22, DWS 4 x 20, DWS 6 x 25, DWS 6 x 22, DWS 6 x 20 Clark Steel Framing Systems, DWT 3 5/8 x 25 x1, DWT 3 5/8 x 22 xl , DWT 3 5/8 x 20 xl , DWT 4 x 25 xl, DVVT 4 x 22 x1, DWT 4 x 20 xl, DVVT 6 x 25 x1, DVVT 6 x 22 x1, DWT 6 x 20 x1 Clark Steel Framing Systems, DWT 3 5/8 x 25 x1-1/4, DWT 3 5/8 x 22 x1-1/4, DWT 3 5/8 x 20 x1-1/4, DWT 4 x 25 x1-1/4, DVVT 4 x 22 x1-1/4, DINT 4 x 20 x1-1/4 Clark Steel Framing Systems, DWT 6 x 25 x1-1/4, DWT 6 x 22 x1-1/4, DWT 6 x 20 x1-1/4 Dale Incor, DWS: 3 5/8-25 Ga, 3 5/8"-22 Ga, 3 5/8-20 Ga, 4-25 Ga, e-22 Ga, 4-20 Ga, 6-25 Ga, 6-22 Ga, 6-20 Ga, 5. The bracing spacing table only applies if the following products are used as the braced connector of the wall. Verticlip Series SLD 25 Ga and 20 Ga STUD SPACING SCHEDULE A7.1 _DET_1 2 NTS WALL BRACE A7.1 _DET_07 3"=1 0" EXPANSION JOINT CRIMP FASTEN ONE END ONLY ANGLE MOLDING A7.1 _DET_08 3"=1'- 0" WALL CAP EXISTING MTL ROOF DECK A7.1 _DET_03 3"=1 0" 2410 SELF DRILLING SCREWS. USE CAUTION TO NOT PUNCTURE ROOF MEMBRANE 3 5/8" MTL STUDS EACH SIDE TO TOP OF WALL. CUT & FLATTEN FLANGE FOR ATTACHMENT. ..111011•••••••IMINI a. REVIEWED FOR DE COMPLIANCE APPROVED !JUL 1 7 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION WALL BRACE RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER A7.1_DET_04 3"=1'-0" ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE 1 SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 1 92612 t 949.705.0700 1 f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01A 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: WALL DETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: A-7.1 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 8 1/2" 1/4"CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS. EXPOSED END OF BUTT JOINTED GLASS TO EXTEND TO END OF LOW WALL, OUTSIDE EDGE OF GLASS TO BE POLISHED. MTL CORNER BEAD METAL STUDS 5/8 GYP BOARD LINE OF LOW WALL 1/4"CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS. EXPOSED END OF BUTT JOINTED GLASS TO EXTEND TO END OF LOW WALL, OUTSIDE EDGE OF GLASS TO BE POLISHED. MTL CORNER BEAD METAL STUDS 5/8" GYP BOARD LINE FULL HEIGHT WALL AT SIMILAR CONDITION LINE OF LOW WALL EXISTING STOREFRONT EXISTING WALL RRING CHANNELS %NAL J -MOLD 5r8" GYP. BD METAL CORNER BEAD SOUND INSULATION WHERE OCCUR SEE PLAN FOR THE LOCATION SEALANT @ GAP, TYP. 3-5/8" DOUBLE STUD HEADER W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. ON BOTH SIDES TOP 0. DOOR OPENING +7-0" AFF. SCHEDULED DOOR W/ FRAME SEE SPEC AND SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION TYP. SEALANT @ GAP TYP. 6" SCHEDULED NOT USED NOT USED WINDOW JAMB NOT USED 3"-1 WINDOW JAMB BOTTOM OF CEILING METAL STUDS W/ 5/8"GYP. BD ON EACH SIDE, TYP. A8. O_DET_09 3"=1 I-0" PROVIDE SEALANT @ ALL GAPS ON BOTH SIDES TYP. UNO. 2X NON COMBUSTIBLE WOOD BLOCKING SCHEDULED GLAZING W/ FRAME. SEE SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. WINDOW HEADER SCHEDULED GLAZING W/ 6" A8.0_DET_1 0 3=1 I-0" 6" FRAME. SEE SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. 2X NON COMBUSTIBLE WOOD BLOCKING PROVIDE SEALANT @ ALL GAPS ON BOTH SIDES TYP. UNO. METAL STUDS W/ 5/8 GYP. BD ON EACH SIDE, TYP. /1, WINDOW JAMB EXIST. GLASS STOREFRONT EXISTING STOREFRONT FRAMING EXTERIOR SIDE A8. O_DET_05 3" = 1X POPLAR WOOD CAP FURNICZ AND INSTALLED BY GC. FINK.WIL EDGE WITH Y4". ROUNDIN 7:RIT N PAINT TO MATCH DOO TRIM PER FINISH SCIA EXISTING CON WINDOW SILL 35/8" METAL STUDS W/ 5/8"GYP. EA SIDE 3 5/8" METAL TRACK B.O.C. A8. 0_DET_06 3"=1'-0" EDGE BEAD @ ALL GYP. BD. CORNERS TYP. ALL SIDES OF HEADER TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH CEILING. CONCEALED WINDOW FRAME 1-1/2"D X 1/2aW METAL CHANNEL W/SHIM FOR LEVEL PROVIDE 1/8" RUBBER GASKET PIECES TEMPERED CLEAR GLASS 0 DOOR HEAD SCHEDULED DOOR @ 90 DEGREE OPEN POSITION 4" SET DOOR STOPPER @ 3 1/2" FROM THE WALL, TYP. UNO. SEE DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE PROVIDE DOUBLE STUD @ DOOR JAMB TYP. UNO. SCHEDULED WALL FRAME WITH SOUND INSULATION WHERE SPECIFIED IN PLAN SCHEDULED DOOR WIDTH. PROVIDE SEALANT @ ALL GAPS ON BOTH SIDES TYP. UNO. DOOR JAMB SCHEDULED DOOR FRAME BEYOND SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR PAINT, OUTSIDE PAINT COLOR TO MATCH W/ STUCCO COLOR BUILDING SEALANT @ PC. CAP & CMU WALL SCHEDULED DOOR PAINT OUTSIDE TO MATCH W/ EXTERIOR COLOR A8. 0_DET_01 3"=1 I-0" TYP. WHERE DOOR SWING INTO SPACE cJ 2" A8.0_DET_02 3"=1 DOOR THRESHOLD FOR EI DOORS SEE SPECS. SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISH, PROVIDE SILICON SEALANT @ THE GAP BETWEEN FLOOR FINISH AND THRESHOLD nirvy rt A IK r•tt-lfl1-1 I A rsri c• A It I rt I IA 1-1r:fin in Incs "-NM I I h If1 UV PM./ 1 rriirm I uk.n....n, Li -10E1-.7 rumu nrmuvvrwrco, I r r. NM/. CONTRACTOR TO FOLLOW SPECIFICATION GUIDE LINE TYP. UNO. NOT USED NOT USED WINDOW SILL PROVIDE SEALANT @ ALL GAPS ON BOTH SIDES TYP. UNO. 2X NON COMBUSTIBLE WOOD BLOCKING CO SCHEDULED GLAZING W/ FRAME. SEE SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. METAL STUDS W/ 5/8" GYP. BD ON EACH SIDE, TYP. • A8.0_DET_1 1 3"=1 I-0" WINDOW HEADER FACE OF WALL BEYOND TEMPERED CLEAR GLASS 1X POPLAR WOOD CAP FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GC. FINISH EDGE WITH 1/4" ROUNDING BIT AND PAINT TO MATCH DOOR FRAMES AND TRIM PER FINISH SCHEDULE. TOP OF CAP +4'-0" LOW WALL EQ A8. 9_DET_07 3" = 1 I- 0" EQ I. DOOR SILL bt3-).0(9 DOOR FRAME BEYOND DOOR 1/2" GAP SPACE @ DOOR BOTTOM TO FLOOR FINISH TYP. UNO. A8.0_DET_03 3"=1'-0" City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION DOOR UNDER CUT AS NEEDED FOR AIR BALANCE IN CERTAIN ROOMS, SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFO. FEATHER UP TO ALIGN W/ TILE FINISHED FLOOR, TYP. WHERE OCCLRECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER NOT USED NOT USED WINDOW JAMB A8.0_DET_1 2 3"=1'-0" WINDOW SILL A8.0_DET_08 3"=1 DOOR SILL A8.0_DET_04 3"=1'-0" ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA I 92612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01A MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: (,) 0 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 05.31.13 DRAWING TITLE: ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: A-8.0 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 DOORHARDWARE SCHEDULE GC PROVIDED UNLESS NOTED BELOW IN 'PURCHASING NOTES' SECTION ITEM MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. PURCHASING NOTES DESCRIPTION / NOTES DOOR SCHEDULE SET A SINGLE 48" W EXTERIOR DOOR - NON -RATED 3 BUTT HINGES 1 EXIT DEVICE (W/ALARM) 1 CLOSER 1 INSIDE CYLINDER (OPTION) 1 OUTSIDE CYLINDER (OPTION) 1 VIEWER 1 THRESHOLD 1 DOOR SWEEP 1 SET WEATHERSTRIP PRE-INSTLD. ON FRAME 1 KICKPLATE SET B SINGLE 36" W EXTERIOR DOOR - RATED 3 BUTT HINGES HAGER VON DUPRIN NORTON KSP KSP ROCKWOOD REESE REESE REESE ROCKWOOD BB1199 NRP 4.5" X 4.5" 32D GUARD X 2670 UNI -H8501 X AL KS 308 26D KS 308 26D 622 S204A 323C 769A FXO PROVIDED MARK DOOR TO DOOR FRAME DETAILS SIZE TYPE MATERIAL HDWR WIDTH HEIGHT THICK FINISH MATERIAL FINISH HEAD JAMB SILL RATING NOTES FXO PROVIDED FXO PROVIDED RIM HOUSING LESS CORE RIM HOUSING LESS CORE _ K1050 10" X 46" X 0.50" X 32D 1 EXIT DEVICE (W/ALARM) 1 CLOSER 1 INSIDE CYLINDER (OPTION) 1 OUTSIDE CYLINDER (OPTION) 1 VIEWER 1 THRESHOLD 1 DOOR SWEEP 1 SET WEATHERSTRIP PRE-INSTLD. ON FRAME 1 KICKPLATE HAGER ARROW NORTON KSP KSP ROCKWOOD REESE REESE REESE ROCKWOOD BB1191 NRP 4.5" X 4.5" 32D 430 x AL UNI -8501 X AL 306STD 26D KS 308 26D 622 S204A 323C 769A K1050 10" X 34" X 0.50" X 32D FXO PROVIDED FXO PROVIDED FXO PROVIDED MORTICE HOUSING LESS CORE RIM HOUSING LESS CORE 100 ENTRY DOOR 101 HAL ROOM 102 MEN'S RESTROOM 103 WOMEN'S RESTROOM 104 MANAGER'S OFFICE 105 MD ASST. OFFICE 106 CSS OFFICE 107 CASH OFFICE 108 DM OFFICE 109 MD OFFICE 110 BREAK HANDLING H A A A C A A B A A J ALUMINUM SCWD SCWD SCWD SCWD SCWD SCWD SCWD SCWD SCWD STEEL L F G G D D D 10'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" F D D PANIC 3-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 7-6" 7-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 7-0" 7'-0" 41 /2" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" PT -34 PT -34 PT -34 PT -34 PT -34 PT -34 PT -34 PT -34 PT -34 HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM PT -34 PT -34 PT -34 PT -34 PT -34 PT -34 PT -34 PT -34 PT -34 1/A-8.0 1/A-8.0 1 /A-8.0 1/A-8.0 1/A-8.0 1/A-8.0 1/A-8.0 1/A-8.0 1/A-8.0 2/A-8.0 2/A-8.0 2/A-8.0 2/A-8.0 2/A-8.0 2/A-8.0 2/A-8.0 2/A-8.0 2/A-8.0 5A/A-5.1 5A/A-5.1 5A/A-5.1 ** 5A/A-5.1 5A/A-5.1 ** 5A/A-5.1 5A/A-5.1 NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR 7 6, 8 1 EXISTING SET C SINGLE 36" W EXTERIOR DOORS - NON -RATED 3 BUTT HINGES 1 EXIT DEVICE (W/ALARM) 1 CLOSER 1 INSIDE CYLINDER (OPTION) 1 OUTSIDE CYLINDER (OPTION) 1 VIEWER 1 THRESHOLD 1 DOOR SWEEP 1 SET WEATHERSTRIP PRE-INSTLD. ON FRAME 1 KICKPLATE HAGER VON DUPRIN NORTON KSP KSP ROCKWOOD REESE REESE REESE ROCKWOOD BB1191 NRP 4.5" X 4.5" 32D 2670 UNI -H8501 X AL FXO PROVIDED KS 308 26D KS 308 26D 622 S204A 323C 769A K1050 10" X 34" X 0.50" X 32D FXO PROVIDED FXO PROVIDED RIM HOUSING LESS CORE RIM HOUSING LESS CORE DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. SEE A-1.1 FOR DELINEATION OF BLINDS. 2. PAINT INTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR & FRAME ONLY. 3. REUSE EXSTING CLOSER, HINGES, THRESHOLD, DOOR SWEEP, WEATHERSTRIP & KICK PLATE WHEN POSSIBLE. FXO CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER TO VERIFY CONDITION. 4. EXISTING DOOR & FRAME. 5. MATCH FINISH OF EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM. ** FLOOR FINISH IS CONTINUOUS THROUGH OPENING; NO TRANSITION STRIP REQUIRED. 6. DOORS, HARDWARE, AND INSTALLATION BY FXO VENDOR. 7. FINISH ON NEW ENTRY DOORS TO MATCH EXISTING STOREFRONT, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS 8. INSTALL 12"x18" LOUVER VENT IN BOTTOM OF DOOR DOOR TYPES SET D SINGLE INTERIOR DOOR - NON -RATED 3 BUTT HINGES 1 OFFICE LOCK ENTRY 2 KICKPLATES 3 SILENCERS 1 WALL STOP HAGER ARROW ROCKWOOD ROCKWOOD aROCKWOOD BB1279 4.5" X 4.5" 26D RL -11 -IC -SR -26D- R62 -R71 -LC K1050 10" X 34" X 0.50 X 32D 608 409 32D IC ENTRY LEVER LESS CORE SET E PAIR INTERIOR DOORS - NON -RATED 6 BUTT HINGES r 1 OFFICE LOCK STOREROOM 1 AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLT 4 KICKPLATES 6 SILENCERS 2 WALL STOPS 1 PERMANENT CYLINDER CORE SET F SINGLE CASH OFFICE, HAL ROOM 3 BUTT HINGES 1 KEYPAD LOCK 1 CLOSER 2 KICKPLATES 1 VIEWER 3 SILENCERS 1 WALL STOP 1 PERMANENT CYLINDER CORE SET G SINGLE TOILET ROOM HAGER ARROW ROCKWOOD ROCKWOOD ROCKWOOD ROCKWOOD LORI BB1279 4.5" X 4.5" 26D RL-12-IC-SR-26D-R62_R71-LC 1842 K1050 10" X 34" X 0.50 X 32D 608 409 32D FXO PROVIDED IC STOREROOM LEVER LESS CORE O ti TYPE "A" 0 ID O TYPE "B' TYPE "C' TYPE "D" -PACKAGE HEIGHT 43 1/2"(1105) Li, . I I ,,,, ` , ^sx^ ^o^,,, 3'x 7' SLIDING/ BREAKAWAY PANELS 2 TYPE "J" EXISTING PANIC HARDWARE (GC VERIFY IN FIELD; 207 26D DOOR/ DOOR HARDWARE GENERAL NOTES HAGER SCHLAGE NORTON ROCKWOOD ROCKWOOD ROCKWOOD BB1279 4.5" X 4.5" 26D C O 100 -CYTO K P -RHO -626- P D- R H P8501 X AL K1050 10" X 34" X 0.50 X 32D FXO PROVIDED 622 ONLY APPLIES AT CASH OFFICE 608 ROCKWOOD LORI DOOR - SINGLE OCCUPANCY 409 32D 207 26D 3 BUTT HINGES 1 PRIVACY LOCK 1 CLOSER 2 KICKPLATES 3 SILENCERS 1 WALL STOP 1 ADA TACTILE SIGN"MEN" 1 ADA TACTILE SIGN "WOMEN" 1 ADA TACTILE SIGN "UNISEX" 1 CA TITLE 24 TACTILE SIGN "MEN" 1 CA TITLE 24 TACTILE SIGN "WOMEN" 1 CA TITLE 24 TACTILE SIGN "UNISEX" HAGER ARROW NORTON ROCKWOOD ROCKWOOD. ROCKWOOD DONJO DONJO DONJO DONJO DONJO DONJO BB1279 4.5" X 4.5" 26D RL -02 -SR -26D -R62 -R73 P8501 X AL K1050 10" X 34" X 0.50 X 32D 608 409 32D HS907001 HS907005 HS9070032 CHS1 CHS2 CHS3 FXO PROVIDED LEVER NO CORE REQUIRED NOTE 1. ALL HARDWARE SHALL BE BRUSHED ALUMINUM, U.O.N. ON HCO PROJECTS, ALL HARDWARE SHALL MATCH HOTEL STANDARD. NOTE 2. ON DOORS INSTALLED AT 1/2" OFFSET LANDINGS, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING:THRESHOLD: NATIONAL GUARD 324 x DOOR WIDTH. NOTE 3. ENTRY/EXIT DOORS TO HAVE SIGN "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED / DURING BUSINESS HOURS" POSTED. NOTE 4. DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE OPERABLE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE, OR EFFORT FROM THE SIDE OF EGRESS. NOTE 5. DOOR HARDWARE MUST BE OPERABLE BY A SINGLE HAND WITHOUT TIGHT GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING OR TWISTING. NOTE 6. DOOR OPENING FORCE SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LBS AND CLOSERS SHALL BE SET SUCH THAT THE DOOR WILL TAKE 3 SECONDS OR MORE TO MOVE TO A POINT 3" FROM LATCH WHEN STARTED FROM A POSITION OF 70 DEGREES OPEN. NOTE 7. ALL DOOR OPERATING HARDWARE SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 38" AFF. NOTE 8. REFER TO RESTROOM DETAILS FOR TOILET ROOM SIGN MOUNTING INFORMATION. NOTE 9. A FILTERED AIR RETURN GRILLE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN DOOR TYPE "E" & TYPE "F". THE GRILL SHALL BE TITUS, MODEL 23RFL 18 X 10 -1-26 OR EQUIVALENT. MOUNT GRILLE FINISHED SIDE (FILTER ACCESS SIDE) ON THE EXTERIOR OF THE DOOR. NOTE 10. FINISH ON NEW ENTRY DOORS TO MATCH EXISTING STOREFRONT. THE WITH THE WINDOW SCHEDULE MEN'S ONLY ALL LOCATIONS WOMEN'S ONLY ALL LOCATIONS UNISEX ONLY ALL LOCATIONS CA MEN'S ONLY CA ONLY CA WOMEN'S ONLY CA ONLY CA UNISEX ONLY CA ONLY SET H SINGLE TOILET ROOM DOOR - MULTIPLE OCCUPANCY 3 BUTT HINGES HAGER BB1279 4.5" X 4.5" 26D 1 PUSH PLATE ROCKWOOD 70C 4 X 16 32D 1 PULL PLATE ROCKWOOD 122 X 70C 4 X 1632D 1 CLOSER NORTON P8501 X AL 2 KICKPLATES ROCKWOOD K1050 10" X 34" X 0.50 X 32D 3 SILENCERS ROCKWOOD 608 1 WALL STOP r ROCKWOOD 409 32D 1 ADA TACTILE SIGN "MEN" DONJO HS907001 1 ADA TACTILE SIGN "WOMEN" DONJO HS907005 1 CA TITLE 24 TACTILE SIGN "MEN" DONJO CHS1 1 CA TITLE 24 TACTILE SIGN "WOMEN" _ DONJO a CHS2 MARK 1001 002 003 004 FRAME GLAZING DETAILS TYPE A B B B MATERIAL HM FINISH OPENING WIDTH 5"-5" HEIGHT FINISH 3-0" PT -34 MATERIAL HEAD JAMB SILL 1/4" TEMPERED 10/A-8.0 12/A-8.0 11/A-8.0 1/4" TEMPERED 7/A-8.0 9/A-8.0 8/A-8.0 1/4" TEMPERED 7/A-8.0 9/A-8.0 8/A-8.0 1/4" TEMPERED 7/A-8.0 9/A-8.0 8/A-8.0 RATING NOTES NR PROVIDE FILM PER FINISH PLAN. NR NR NR WINDOW TYPES MEN'S ONLY ALL LOCATIONS WOMEN'S ONLY ALL LOCATIONS CA MEN'S ONLY CA ONLY CA WOMEN'S ONLY CA ONLY SET J PROVIDE NEW CORES, CYLINDERS, AND KEYS TO MATCH FXO KEYING STANDARDS ON EXISTING DOORS. KAPA PEAKS CORES 3840-25 SET K DOOR HARDWARE BY DOOR MANUFACTURER TO MATCH STOREFRONT. CORES AND CYLINDERS TO BE KABA PEAKS CORES 3840-25, AS REQUIRED. SET L SPECIAL HARDWARE FOR BI -PARTING DOORS. SEE SPECS. SET M SPECIAL HARDWARE FOR SLIDING GRILLE, BY DOOR MANUFACTURER, INCLUDING HOOK LOCK AT LEADING EDGE OF GRILLE, AND INTERMEDIATE POST W/ DROP LOCK & DUSTPROOF LOCKSTRIKE AS REQUIRED, AS RECOMMENDED BY DOOR MANUFACTURER. SET N HOTEL STANDARD CARD READER, EQUIPMENT AND CABLING. LANDLORD TO PROVIDE NEW OR RECONFIGURE EXISTING FOR FXO NEEDS. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH FXO CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER. SET 0 PROVIDE KEYPAD CHAIN LINK FENCE GATE: SCHLAGE CO -100 ON WELDABLE GATE BOX: KEEDEX K-BXCOB. SPECIFIED HARDWARE WILL ALLOW FREE EGRESS FROM PM OFFICE. VARIES 0 d - TYPE "A" / TYPE "B" bt3Oof REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2. corn SEAL CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CML PROJECT NO.: 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: DOOR & WINDOW SCHEDULE DRAWING NUMBER: A8.1 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 DOCUMENT 00100 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Receipt and Opening of Bids: FedEx Office, Inc. will accept bids by e-mail or fax to the Construction Project Manager for the above described project as specified in the Invitation to Bid sent out through Beacon Builder. FedEx Office, Inc. expressly reserves the right to waive any formalities or minor in-egularities and to reject any or all bids. Any bid may be withdrawn prior to the scheduled time for the opening of bids or authorized postponement. No bidder may withdraw a bid within thirty (30) days after the actual date of the opening. 2. Preparation of Bid: Submit bid on the prescribed form included in this Project Manual. 3. Method of Bidding: The Owner will enter into a single lump sum contract. 4. Work Forces: Contact the Project Manager to verify use of Union or Non -Union Forces 5. Addenda and Interpretations: No interpretation of the meaning of drawings, specifications or other bidding documents will be made to any bidder orally. Every request for such interpretation should be emailed to the Project Manager. Interpretations and supplemental instructions will be in the form of a written addendum which, if issued, will be faxed to prospective bidders at the respective addresses furnished for such purposes. Failure of a bidder to receive an addendum or interpretation shall not relieve bidder from obligation under his bid as submitted. Addenda so issued shall become part of the Contact documents. END OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS DOCUMENT 00801 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS The following Supplementary Conditions add to those contained in the Construction Contract Between FedEx Office, Inc. and Contractor. 8.12 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL Add the following: A. Mold and Mildew 1. Concurrent with notification to Owner, Contractor shall be responsible to contact FXK Maintenance & Energy Manager at 1-214-550-7609. Testing shall first be approved by the FedEx Office Construction Project Manager before any money is spent since this becomes an additive change order. If the testing agency confirms hazards, the Contactor shall be responsible to obtain a minimum of two bids from companies recommended by Forensic Analytical who are qualified and licensed to perform necessary remediation work complying with local, state, and federal environmental regulations, codes, and statutes. 2. Once discovery or suspicion of mold or mildew is made, Contractor shall take reasonable and practical precautions to protect construction personnel and the public from exposure to mold and mildew, and such precautions shall remain in place until such time as the Owner or health authority directs otherwise. Constniction operation shall not be stopped or curtailed except in the area of mold/mildew concern due to these required precautions. 3. Contactor shall make reasonable efforts to avoid conditions favorable to the development of mold and mildew, especially in voids which will be concealed and not ventilated. In all cases, interior spaces and interior finished construction shall be maintained in dry and well -ventilated conditions. 4. Contractor shall comply with federal environmental and OSHA regulations as well as local and state health department requirements and recommendations regarding mold and mildew. 5. Seal penetrations water -tight to prevent moisture migration from entering the building or wall cavities. 6. Clean condensate drain pans and keep them free from debris until and when the facility is turned over to the Owner. Insure positive drainage at drain pans. Insure that cold surfaces are insulated and covered with a fully sealed and continuous vapor barrier. (Cold surfaces include, but are not limited to, domestic cold water piping, chilled water piping, interior rain leaders, outdoor air intakes, and ductwork carrying air conditioned supply air.) 7. Insure that there are not water leaks in concealed plumbing chases. Return air paths and plenums shall be kept dry. Clean and h -eat existing supply air paths and existing ductwork that is to be re -used. Remove potential for mold and mildew. Dry damp areas thoroughly prior to enclosure. END OF DOCUMENT 00801 SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work consists of general construction, including structural, plumbing, mechanical, and electrical [Work Forces: work of this Contract is to be carried out by union forces only.] 1.2 CONTRACT A. Project will be constructed under the FedEx Office single project agreement and master construcion agreement. 1.3 USE OF PREMISES [Select one of conditions below] A. General: Contactor shall have use of the premises proposed for reinodel or new construction. Contractor's use of premises shall be coordinated with FedEx Office Inc. and FedEx Office Inc. reserves its right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of the Project. refer to Drawings for limits of construction. B. General Contactor shall limit use of premises to allow FedEx Office Inc. [full,partial] occupancy. 1.4 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS A. Specification Format: the Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 16 -division format and the CSI/CSC's "Master Format" numbering system. 1. Section Identification: The Specifications use section numbers and titles to help cross-referencing in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence; however, the sequence is incomplete. Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of sections in the Contract Documents. 1.5 DEFINITIONS A. Including: "including as a maximum condition but not limited to" and is used to spell out the requirements a product shall meet but shall not be interpreted to mean the allowance of "equal" products or any other relaxation of specifications. B. NIC: "not in contract" and refers to items that will be installed by others. C. Provide: to futnish and install materials necessary to complete work in accordance with accepted construction standards and manufacturer's recommendations. D. UNO: "unless noted otherwise in Contract Documents" 1.6 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Install products and assemblies furnished by the Owner. Owner -furnished products and assemblies are listed on the Drawings. B. Be responsible to receive, inspect, handle, store, protect, and secure Owner -furnished products and assemblies. C. Inspect Owner -furnished products and assemblies upon delivery and note damage or missing items. Note damage on bill of lading. Notify FedEx Office Project Manager of damage within 24 hours of delivery. D. If Owner is not notified of damage or missing items, Contractor is solely responsible for repair or replacement of product or assembly. FedEx Office reserves the right to replace item and deduct cost from amount owed Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01100 SECTION 01200 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 ALTERNATES A. An alternate is an amount proposed by bidder for certain work that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if Owner accepts the Alternate. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from Contract Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to Contract Sum. B. Alternate No. 1 [Insert brief Alternate name.] 1. Refer to [Insert appropriate specification references.] 2. [List salient features of Alternate.] PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01200 SECTION 01300 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION A. Verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to property survey and existing benchmarks, before laying out the Work. B. Coordinate construction, including Owner construction operations, to ensure efficient and orderly execution of each part of the Work. C. Progress meeting will be held at Project site at 50% completion, scheduled by FedEx Office Project Manager. Each subcontractor or other entity concerned with cutrent progress or involved with planning or coordination of future activities, shall attend. D. Submit to FedEx Office Project Manager weekly digital photos of the project. FedEx Office Project Manager will determine locations of the photos prior to construction start. 1.2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Construction Schedule is attached. 1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordinate submittal preparation with construction schedule, fabrication lead-times, other submittals, and activities that require sequential operations. Submit only on products that deviate from Contract Documents. B. Letter of Conformance: Submit a single Letter of Conformance stating conformance with various specification sections. If a selection among several manufacturers is allowed, state which manufacturer/product is proposed for incorporation in the Work. C. FedEx Office will review each submittal, mark as appropriate to indicate action taken, and return copies less those retained. Compliance with specified requirements remains Contactor's responsibility. 1.4 QUESTIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Make requests for interpretation of the meaning of drawings, specifications or other contract documents in writing, addressed to appropriate Project Manager and Regional Construction Manager at FedEx Office, Inc., 3 Galleria Tower, 13155 Noel Road, Suite 1600, Dallas TX 75240 and delivered by email or fax. Do not direct such requests to the Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01300 SECTION 01400 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Quality -control services include inspections, tests, and related actions including reports. Quality -control services are further specified in other Sections of these Specifications and shall be performed by independent testing agencies provided by Contactor or FedEx Office, as specified. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, quality -control services required by authorities having jurisdiction will be provided by Owner. 2. Quality -control services may not be required by every project. B. Contractor is responsible for scheduling inspections and tests. C. Retesting: Contractor shall pay for retesting where results of inspections and tests prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with requirements. D. Auxiliary Services: Cooperate with agencies performing inspections and tests. Provide auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency in advance of operations requiring tests or inspections, to permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services may include the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities to assist inspections and tests. 3. Adequate quantities of materials that require testing, and assisting in taking samples. 4. Facilities for storage and curing of test samples. 5. Security and protection of samples and test equipment. E. Duties of Testing Agency: Testing agency shall cooperate with FedEx Office and Contractor in performing its duties. Agency shall provide qualified personnel to perform inspections and tests. 1. Agency shall promptly notify FedEx Office, Architect and Contactor of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Agency shall not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency shall not perform duties of Contractor. F. Submittals: Testing agency shall submit a certified written report of each inspection and test to the following: 1. Architect. 2. Contactor. 3. Structural engineer. 4. Authorities having jurisdiction, when authorities so direct. 5. FedEx Office G. Report Data: Reports of each inspection, test, or similar service shall include at least the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 2. Project title and testing agency's project number. 3. Designation (number) and date of report. 4. Dates and locations where samples were taken or inspections and field tests made. 5. Names of individuals taking the sample or making the inspection or test. Designat or. of the product and test method. 7. Complete inspection or test data including an interpretation of test results. 8. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing. 9. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested Work complies with requirements. 10. Recommendations on retesting or reinspection. 11. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01400 SSECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Standards: Comply with NFPA 241, "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations"; ANSI A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition"; and NECA Electrical Design Library's "Temporary Electrical Facilities." 1. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide temporary utility services to Project site for use during construction. Arrange for and coordinate utility services with local utility companies. 1. Contractor shall separately meter and pay use charges for temporary utilities. B. Provide temporary heat for curing or drying of work, and for protection of new construction from adverse effects of low temperatures. Use of gasoline -burning heaters and open -flame heaters is not permitted. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES A. Coordinate with FedEx Office Inc. for assignment of construction field office and staging space within its own occupied space. B. Install project identification and other signs in locations directed by FedEx OfficeConstruction Project Manager to inform the public and persons seeking entrance to Project. C. Collect waste daily and, when containers are full, legally dispose of waste off-site. 3.3 TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Provide temporary fire protection until permanent systems supply fire -protection needs. 1. Provide adequate numbers and types of fire extinguishers. 2. Store combustible materials in fire -safe containers in fire -safe locations. B. No smoking allowed within Project site. C. Provide temporary environmental controls as required by authorities having jurisdiction including, but not limited to, erosion and sediment control, dust control, noise control, and pollution control. END OF SECTION 01500 SECTION 01600 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Provide products of same kind from a single source. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and similar terms. B. Deliver, store, and handle products according to manufacturer's written instructions, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage and to prevent overcrowding construction spaces. 2. Deliver in manufacturer's original sealed packaging with labels and written instructions for handling, storing, protecting, and installing. 3. Inspect products at time of delivery for compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure items are undamaged and properly protected. 4. Store heavy items in a manner that will not endanger supporting construction. 5. Store products subject to damage on platforms or pallets, under cover in a weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required. C. Product Substitutions: Product substitutions will not be allowed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Where compliance with codes, regulations, or standards, is specified, select a product that complies with the codes, regulations, or standards referenced. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01600 SECTION 01700 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Documents: 1. Drawings- Maintain a set of Contract Drawings as Record Drawings. Mark to show installation that varies from the Work originally shown. Specifications: Maintain one copy of the Project Manual, including addenda, as Record Specifications. Mark to show variations in Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. 3. After acceptance of Record Documents by FedEx Office Construction Project Manager, put full set of Record Drawings and Record Specifications in a four -foot length of 4 -inch or 6 -inch PVC pipe with both ends capped. Letter identification information on pipe and in location specified by FedEx Office Project Manager. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Organize data into three-ring binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the following: 1. Emergency instructions. 2. Spare parts list. 3. Copies of warranties. 4. Wiring diagrams. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. B. C. 3.2 A. B. 3.3 A. B. 3.4 A. 3.5 A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with manufacturer's written requirements including, but not limited to, surfaces that are sound, level, and plumb; substrates within installation tolerances; surfaces that are smooth, clean, and free of deleterious substances; and application conditions within environmental limits. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Prepare substrates and adjoining surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions, including, but not limited to, filler and primer application. Where Drawings indicate dimensions of existing construction verify by field measurement. Where fabricated products are to be fitted to other construction verify dimensions by field measurement before fabricating and, when possible, allow for fitting and trimming dufing installation. CUTTING AND PATCHING Do not cut structural members without prior written approval of FedEx Office Project Manager. For patching, provide materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials. For exposed surfaces, provide or finish materials to visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. INSTALLATION Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installation. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned. Clean exposed surfaces and protect from damage. If applicable, prepare surfaces for field finishing. Comply with NFPA 70 for installation of electrically operated equipment and electrical components and materials. FINAL CLEANING Clean each surface or item as follows before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion: 1. Remove labels that are not permanent. 2. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors. Remove excess glazing compounds. Replace chipped or broken glass. 3. Clean exposed finishes, including all Owner-fumished fixtures and equipment to a dust -free condition, free of stains, -films, and foreign substances. Leave concrete floors broom clean. 4. Vacuum carpeted surfaces and wax resilient flooring. 5. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication. Clean plumbing fixtures. Clean light fixtures and lamps. 6. Clean and wax resilient flooring surfaces prior to turnover. 7. Clean the site. Sweep paved areas; remove stains, spills, and foreign deposits. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Substantial Completion inspection by FedEx Office Project Manager will occur per project schedule. The following shall be complete. Use form identified as Exhibit I to the Construction Contract. 1. Advise FedEx Office of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Submit Record Drawings and Specifications, maintenance manuals, warranties, and similar record information. 3. Deliver spare parts, extra materials, and similar items. 4. Transmit keys to FedEx Office. 5. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of operation and maintenance personnel. 6. Remove temporary facilities and controls. 7. Complete fmal cleanup. 8. Touch up, repair, and restore marred, exposed finishes. 9. Obtain final inspections from authorities having jurisdiction. 10. Obtain final certificate of occupancy and provide copy to FedEx Office Project Manager. B. Arrange for each installer of Contractor -installed equipment that requires operation and maintenance to provide instruction to Owner's personnel. Include a detailed review of the following: 1. Startup and shutdown. 2. Emergency operations and safety procedures. 3. Noise and vibration adjustments. 4. Maintenance manuals. 5. Spare parts, tools, and materials. 6. Lubricants and fuels. 7. Identification systems. 8. Control sequences. 9. Warranties. C. Inspection by FedEx Office Project Manager for fmal acceptance will occur once the following are complete: 1. Submit a copy of the punchlist completion list stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 2. Submit fmal meter readings for utilities, a record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 01700 SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submiftals: Concrete mix designs and laboratory test reports. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ACI 211.1 "Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete". B. ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings". C. ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete". D. CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice".Materials: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to design concrete mixes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portland cement: ANSI/ASTM C 150, Type B. Aggregate: Normal weight per ANSFASTM C 33, coarse aggregate maximum size: 1-1/2". C. Air entrainment: ASTM C260. D. Reinforcing bars: ANSI/ASTM A 615, Grade 40, deformed. E. Welded wire fabric: ANSI/ASTM A 185, welded steel mesh; use 6 x 6-W1.4 x W1.4 where not otherwise noted. F. Moisture barrier: Polyethylene sheet not less than 6 mils thick. G. Curing Compound: Federal Spec TT -C-800, Type I, one of the following: 1. MB -429; Master Builders. 2. Kure N Seal 800; Sonnebom-Contech. 3. Clear Seal 800; W.R. Grace. 4. Dress and Seal; L&M Construction Chemicals. H. Chemical Admixtures: Comply with ANSPASTM C494-80," Standard Specifications for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete". Admixtures as manufactured by Master Builders of Cleveland, Ohio or FedEx Office representative approved substitution. I. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type C or F. J. Joint -Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork. K. Repair Underlayment: Factory -packaged, portland or blended hydraulic cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling underlayment with minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 4100 psi. L. Repair Topping: Factory -packaged, portland or blended hydraulic cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling traffic -bearing topping with minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 5700 psi. 2.2 MIXES A. Proportion normal -weight concrete mixes to provide the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength: 2500 psi at 28 days. 2. Slump Limit: Maximum 4-1/2 inches at point of placement. 3. Air Content: 5.0 to 7.0 percent for concrete exposed to freezing and thawing. B. Concrete to be pumped shall contain a water -reducing admixture or high range water -reducing admixture as required for placement and workability. Use admixtures for water reducing and set control in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONCRETING A. Footings may be formed by earth where soil will hold sharp, true shapes. B. For exposed -finish vertical concrete, use and erect forms to provide continuous, straight, smooth surfaces with minimum joints and to avoid irregular joint pattern; provide removable or snap -off metal form ties not visible upon completion. Remove formwork when concrete is sufficiently set and has sufficient strength to prevent damage. C. Install moisture barrier under all interior slabs and welded wire fabric in all interior and exterior slabs, walks and concrete paving. Concrete walks and exterior slabs not subject to vehicular traffic shall be 4" (net) thick if not otherwise indicated. Concrete paving (if required), walks and slabs subject to vehicular traffic shall be 5" (net) thick if not otherwise indicated. Concrete walks, exterior slabs and paving shall have a joint pattern which shall: 1. Form a surface pattern of approximately equal size panels as nearly square as reasonable (maximum 1 to 1-1/2 side to side ratio); maximum 400 square feet panel size. Be "expansion" type where slab abuts fixed buildings, stmctures: existing paving, utility elements, etc., and not less than 50' on center. Expansion joints shall be 1/2" thick, full slab thickness, filled with bituminous -impregnated fiberboard. 3. Be "construction" type at end of placements and where placement operations are stopped for 1/2 hour or more. Construction joints shall be formed by a standard metal keyway. Provide a #95 -series tongue and groove type joint by Heckman Building Products or FedEx Office representative approved substitution. 4. Be "control" type elsewhere. Control joints shall be maximum 1/4" wide and a depth equal to 1/4 the slab thickness. Control joints may be either: a. Tooled; b. Sawed; c. Formed by embedded strips of metal or sealed wood. Remove strips after concrete has hardened. Run continuously and extend through integral curbs (if required). Be sealed, if 1/4" or wider, with rubberized bituminous compound, either one of the following: a. Hot applied, complying with ASTM D 3405 or FS SS -S -1401B. b. Cold applied, complying with ASTM D 1850. D. Protect all concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Antifreeze and accelerator admixtures, including calcium chloride, are not approved. Use curing compound on all horizontal concrete with additional protection as appropriate. Interior slabs: Finish with smooth, steel trowel. Exterior slabs, walks and paving to be broom finished including stamped or imprinted ramps and sloped for positive drainage, leaving no ponding. On interior slabs not scheduled to receive finish flooring (if required), apply one of the following hardeners: 1. Tex -Mastic Prestonhard: J&P Petroleum Product, Inc., Dallas, TX (214-331-5401). Burke -O -Lith: The Burke CO., San Mateo, CA (414-349-7600). 3. Sealtight Pena -Lith: W.R. Meadows, Inc., Elgin, IL (312-683-4500). For vestibules with slated entry mats, provide a waterproofing sealer to concrete. Repair existing interior slabs where cracked or uneven with smooth, steel trowel. Trenches: Wet -saw cut existing concrete slab to a minimum of 3/4 thickness of slab for plumbing, electrical, or data and communication chases. Over excavate trench and provide sand fill to 95 percent compaction. New Concrete: Repair and patch any vapor barrier damaged during slab removal. Replace slab with matching thickness of concrete and smooth trowel to finish level with existing concrete slab. Set water stops where indicated to ensure joint watertightness. Place vapor retarder on prepared subgrade, with joints lapped 6 inches and sealed. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement. Install construction, isolation, and contraction joints where indicated. Install full -depth joint -filler strips at isolation joints. Repair and patch vapor barrier damaged during slab removal. Replace slab with matching thickness of concrete and smooth trowel to finish level with existing concrete slab. 0. Place concrete in a continuous operation and consolidate using mechanical vibrating equipment. Protect concrete from physical damage, premature drying, and reduced strength due to hot or cold weather during mixing, placing, and curing. Q Formed Surface Finish: Smooth -formed finish for concrete exposed to view, coated, or covered by waterproofing or other direct -applied material; rough -formed finish elsewhere. R. Slab Finishes: 1. Troweled finish for floor surfaces and floors to receive floor coverings, paint, or other thin film -finish coatings 2. Trowel and fine -broom finish for surfaces to receive thin -set tile 3. Nonslip -broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps. For interior slabs not scheduled to receive finish flooring, apply one of the following: 1. Tex -Mastic Prestonhard; J&P Petroleum Products, Inc., Dallas, TX 214-331-5401. 2. Burke -O -Lith; The Burke co., San Mateo, CA 414-349-7600. 3. Sealtight Pena -Lith; W.R. Meadows, Inc., Elgin, IL 312-683-4500. Uniformly spread 100 lb/100 sq. ft. of mineral dry -shake floor hardener over initially floated surfaces, repeat float finishing to embed each application, and then apply a trowel finish. Begin curing concrete slabs after finishing. Apply membrane -forming curing and sealing compound to concrete. Protect concrete from damage. Repair surface defects in formed concrete and slabs. Repair slabs not meeting surface tolerances by grinding high areas and by applying a repair underlayment to low areas receiving floor coverings and a repair topping to low areas to remain exposed. OF SECTION 03300 E. F. G. H. J. K. L. M. N. P. S. u. v. w. END SECTION 03542 - CEMENT -BASED UNDERLAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. K-15 Self Leveling Underlayment Concrete; Ardex, Inc. 2. Self Leveling Underlayment; W.R. Bonsal Company. 3. 300 Premium Underlayment; Burke Group, LLC. 4. Levelex Underlayment; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. B. Self -levelling Underlayment: Factory -packaged, portland or blended hydraulic cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling underlayment with minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 4100 psi. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean and prepare substrate; mechanically remove laitance, glaze, efflorescence, curing compounds, form -release agents, dust, dirt, grease, oil and other contaminants that might impair underlayment bond. B. After substrate preparation, test substrate for adhesion with underlayment according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Mix and apply underlayment components according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Apply primer to recommended by manufacturer for conditions encountered. B. Cure in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions before finish flooring is installed C. Remove and replace underlayment areas that evidence lack of bond with substrate, including areas that emit a hollow sound when tapped.. END OF SECTION 03542 SECTION 05520 - HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Design, engineer, fabricate, and install handrails and railings to withstand structural loads required by ASCE 7. B. Submittals: Shop Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Schedule 40. C. Steel Tube: ASTM A 500. D. Iron Castings: ASTM A 47, Grade 32510 or ASTM A 48, Class 30. E. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same type of material and finish as supported rails, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 OTHER MA IERIALS A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: ASTM C 1107; recommended by manufacturer for exterior applications. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Assemble railing systems in shop to the greatest extent possible. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. B. Form changes in direction of railing members by mitering at elbow bends. C. Provide manufacturer's standard wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, an anchors to connect handrail and railing members to other construction. D. Provide wall returns at ends of wall -mounted handrails. FINISHES 2.4 A. Refer to Section 09910 for paint finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight, hairline joints. B. Set handrails and railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation and free from rack. 1. Set railing posts in sleeve using nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout complying with CRD -C261; one of the following: a. Crystex; L&M Construction Chemicals. b. Masterflow 713; Master Builders. c. Upcon; Upco Chemical Div of USM Corp. d. Propak; Protex Industries, Inc. 2. Do not allow handrails to rotate within fittings; return ends to floor, wall, or post. END OF SECTION 05520 SECTION 06105 - MISCELLANEOUS CARPEN I'RY PART 1 - GENERAL (Not Applicable) PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMBER, GENERAL A. Dressed lumber, S4S, 19 percent maximum moisture content for 2 -inch thickness or less, marked with grade stamp of inspection agency. 2.2 TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative -Treated Materials: AWPA C2 lumber and AWPA C9 plywood, labeled by an inspection agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review. After treatment, kiln -dry lumber and plywood to 19 and 15 percent moisture content, respectively. Treat indicated items and the following: 1. Wood members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. Wood framing members less than 18 inches above grade. 4. Wood floor plates installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. B. Fire -Retardant -Treated Materials: AWPA C20 lumber and AWPA C27 plywood, interior Type A treatment, labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2.3 LUMBER A. Miscellaneous Lumber: No. 3 or Standard grade of any species for nailers, blocking, and similar members. 2.4 PANEL PRODUCTS A. Wood -Based Structural -Use Panels: DOC PS 2. Provide plywood complying with DOC PS 1, where plywood is indicated. 1. Factory mark panels evidencing compliance with grade requirements. 2. Miscellaneous Concealed Panels: APA -rated sheathing, Exposure 1, span rating to suit framing in each location. 3. Miscellaneous Exposed Plywood: A -D Interior, thickness as indicated, but at least 1/2 inch. 2.5 FASTENERS A. Fasteners of size and type indicated. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with a hot -dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or of Type 304 stainless steel. 1. Power -Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, blocking, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction. B. Securely attach carpentry work as indicated and according to applicable codes and recognized standards. C. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler. D. Installation of Structural -Use Panels: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in APA Form No. E30. END OF SECTION 06105 SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES A. All location except California: The Architectural Woodwork Institute "Quality_ Standards." B. California: The Woodwork Institute of California "Manual of Millwork." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MA IERIALS, GENERAL A. Lumber Standards: DOC PS 20 and grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. B. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1. C. Hardwood Plywood: HPVA HP -1. 2.2 Lumber Material: As required by Drawings. A. Shelving and Casework: APA PS1, A -B exterior Marine grade plywood. B. Solid Surfacing Material: For cap on low wall, provide Homogeneous solid sheets of filled plastic resin complying with material and performance requirements in ANSI Z124.3, for Type 5 or Type 6, without a pre -coated finish. Color to be selected by Owner. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MA I ERIALS A. Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry: Hot -dip galvanized steel or noncorroding aluminum nails. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Condition finish carpentry in installation areas for 24 hours before installing. B. Prime and backprime lumber for painted finish exposed on the exterior. C. Install finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Scribe and cut to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts. D. Install standing and running trim with minimum number of joints practical, using full-length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Stagger joints in adjacent and related trim. Cope at returns and miter at corners. E. Select and arrange paneling for best match of adjacent units. Install with uniform tight joints. F. Nail siding at each stud. Do not allow nails to penetrate more than one thickness of siding, unless otherwise recommended by siding manufacturer. Seal joints at inside and outside corners and at trim locations. END OF SECTION 06200 SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Surface -Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84, flame -spread ratings of 75 or less and smoke -developed ratings of 450 or less. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION PRODUCTS A. Extruded -Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C 578, Type IV. B. Mineral -Fiber -Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type II kraft -faced with integral nailing flanges, with fibers manufactured from glass. New exterior walls: R-19. 1. Conference Rooms: R-13 walls and ceiling. 2. Restrooms: R-13 walls and ceiling. 3. New Roof: R-30 (only with new roofing system). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install insulation in areas and in thicknesses indicated or required to produce R -values indicated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. END OF SECTION 07210 SECTION 07811 - SPRAYED FIRE -RESISTIVE MATERIALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and product certificates signed by manufacturer of sprayed fire -resistive material certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. B. Provide sprayed fire -resistive materials and assemblies identical to those tested for fire -resistance ratings according to ASTM E 119, and surface -burning characteristics according to ASTM E 84, by UL or another testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction C. Provide products containing no detectable asbestos as determined according to method specified in 40 CFR, Part 763, Subpart E, Appendix E, Section 1, "Polarized Light Microscopy." D. If required by code, confirm specification information w ith FedEx Office. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCEALED SPRAYED FIRE -RESISTIVE MA l'ERIALS A. Cementitious sprayed fire -resistive material consisting of factory -mixed formulation of gypsum or portland cement binders and lightweight aggregates mixed with water at Project site. B. Sprayed -fiber fire -resistive material consisting of factory -mixed formulation of inorganic binders, mineral fibers, fillers, and additives mixed with water at spray nozzle. C. Either composition indicated above and as follows: 1. Dry Density: 15 lb/cu. ft., or greater if required to attain fire -resistance ratings indicated, per ASTM E 605 or AWCI Technical Manual 12-A, Appendix A, "Alternate Method for Density Determination." 2. Bond Strength: 150 lbf/sq. ft. per ASTM E 736. 3. Corrosion Resistance: No evidence of corrosion per ASTM E 937. 4. Effect of Impact on Bonding: No cracking, spalling, delamination, or the like per ASTM E 760. 5. Air Erosion: Maximum weight loss of 0.025 g/sq. ft. in 24 hours per ASTM E 859. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of fire -resistive materials, including oil, grease, rolling compounds, incompatible primers, and loose mill scale. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for mixing materials, application procedures, and types of equipment used to convey and spray on fire -resistive materials as required to achieve fire -resistance ratings indicated. C. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. END OF SECTION 07811 SECTION 07841 - THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYS l'EMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Definitions: 1. Firestopping: A material, or combination of materials, to restore the integrity of fire rated walls and floors by maintaining an effective barrier against the spread of flame, smoke and toxic gasses. It shall be used in specific locations as follows: a. Duct, cable, conduit, and piping penetrations through floor slab and through lime -rated partitions or firewalls. b. Penetrations of vertical service shafts. c. Openings and penetrations in time -rated partitions or fire walls containing fire doors. d. Location where specifically shown on the drawings or where specified in other Sections of the Specifications. Refer to Divisions 7, 15, and 16. B. Provide firestopping systems with fire -resistance ratings indicated by reference to UL designations as listed in its "Fire Resistance Directory," or to designations of another testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Quality Assurance: Obtain through -penetration firestop systems for each kind of penetration and construction condition indicated from a single manufacturer. D. For exposed firestopping, provide products with flame -spread ratings of less than 25 and smoke -developed ratings of less than 450, as determined according to ASTM E 84. E. Sequence installation of firestopping after completion of ducts, piping, electrical runs, but prior to covering or concealing of openings or eliminating access thereto. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRESTOP SYSTEMS A. UL -classified systems designations are indicated on Drawings. B. Firestopping Materials and Accessories: Subject to compliance with requirements, products by the following manufacturers may be incorporated in the work or FedEx Office representative approved substitutions as follows: 1. Hilti, Inc., Tulsa, OK. 2. 3M Fire Protection Products, St. Paul, MN. 3. United States Gypsum Co. C. Accessories: Provide components for each firestopping system that is needed to install fill materials and to comply with ASTM E 814. Use only components specified by firestopping manufacturers and approved by qualified testing and instpecting agency for designated fire -resistance rated systems. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose materials, or other matter, which may affect bond of firestopping material. B. Install firestopping systems to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and with requirements listed in testing agency's directory for indicated fire -resistance rating. 1. Install material at floor, wall, or partition openings which contain penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, conduit, and other items requiring firestopping. Also use to seal expansion joints in floor/wall systems and to seal gaps in intersections of wall and floor ceiling situations. C. Keep areas of firestopping installation accessible until acceptance by applicable code authorities. END OF SECTION 07841 SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Joint sealants as specified in other Sections or indicated on Drawings. B. Guarantee sealant installation for two years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 JOINT SEALANTS A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under service and application conditions. B. Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920. 1. Single -component, non -sag silicone based sealant: a. 795; Dow Corning Corporation. b. Gesil N; General Electric Company. c. Chem -Calk 1000. 2. Single -component, mildew -resistant silicone sealant, Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and 0; formulated with fungicide. Use for interior sealant joints in ceramic tile, stone, and other hard surfaces in kitchens and toilet rooms and around plumbing fixtures. C. Colors: Match color of adjacent material from manufacturer's standard colors. D. Accessory Materials: Provide filler or backer rods, bond breaker, primer, and other related materials compatible with sealant and with other accessory materials as recommended by sealant manufacturer. PART 3 - ECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with ASTM C 1193. B. At inside and outside corners of ceramic tile work, seal joints with sealant rather than grout. C. Size joints within manufacturer's recommended tolerances. END OF SECTION 07920 SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and door schedule. 1. Include certification of Level A doors. B. References: 1. UL 10B - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 2. ASTM E-90 - Sound Door and Frame Assemblies. 3. ASTM -A336 - 95A Specification for Steel, Carbon, Cold -Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. 4. ASTM -A924 -General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated by the Hot -Dip Process. 5. ANSI A250.8-1998/SDI-100 - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 6. SDI -105-91 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. 7. SDI -107-78 - Hardware on Steel Doors (Reinforcement Application). 8. NFPA-80-1995 - Standard for Fire Doors and Windows. 9. NFPA-101-1994 - Life Safety Code. 10. ANSI -A250.4-1994 and ANSI -A250.5-1994 -Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance, Steel Doors and Frames. 11. ANSI -A224.1-1980 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames. 12. ADA -The Americans with Disabilities Act - Title - Public Accommodations. 13. ANSI -A117.1 - American National Standards Institute - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 14. NFPA 105 - Smoke and Draft control Assemblies. 15. UL 1784 - Air Leakage Test of Door Assemblies. 16. ASTM E 283 - Standard Test Method of Determining the Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors, under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. C. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: NFPA 80, tested per ASTM E 152, and labeled and listed by UL, ITS, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 17. 1.2 HANDLING DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND A. Deliver doors and frames cardboard wrapped, crated, palletized or otherwise protected during transit and site storage. B. Inspect doors and frames upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and accepted by the Architect. Otherwise remove and replace damaged items. C. Store doors and frames at the building site in a dry, secure place. 1. Place units on minimum 4" high wood blockMg. 2. Avoid use of non -vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create a humidity chamber. 3. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately. 4. Provide 1/4" spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 366/A 366M or ASTM A 620/A 620M. B. Galvanized Steel Sheets: ASTM A 653/A 653M, commercial steel, or ASTM A 642/A 642M, drawing quality, with A60 or G60 coating designation, mill phosphatized. 2.2 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Manufacturers: 1. Ceco Corp. 2. Curries Mfg. Inc. 3. Mesker Industries, Inc. 4. Republic Builders Prod. Corp. 5. Steelcraft Manufacturing Co. 6. Trussbilt, Inc. B. Steel Doors: 1 -3/4 -inch- thick of materials and ANSI/SDI 100 grades and models specified below. 1. Interior Doors: Grade II, heavy-duty, Model 2, seamless design, minimum 18 gage, cold -rolled steel sheet faces. 2. Exterior Doors: Grade II, heavy-duty, Model 2, seamless design, minimum 18 gage, galvanized steel Bs heeveet flaocoeks . edges 1/8 inch in two inches. Reinforce lock edge with one piece, full height 14 gage channel. Reinforce hinge edge with one piece, full height 14 gage channel formed and tapped for hinges or as required for listed hardware. C. Door Silencers: Three on strike jambs of single -door frames and two on heads of double -door frames. D. Plaster Guards: Provide where mortar might obstruct hardware operation and to close off interior of E. Fopabenriinoagtse. s teel frames to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or buckle. 1. Inte 2 Exterior Frames: Fabricate of 16 gage cold rolled, galvanized steel sheet. Knock -down frames are not allowed. Glazed Doors: Either full or half glass as indicated on Drawings. Nominal 4 inch head and stiles with 10 inch bottom rail, and of rigid rail -and -stile construction in flush panel design. F. Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to SDI 107. G. Prime Coat: Bonderized and finished as standard with PART 3m_anufacturer's baked -on primer conforming to ANSI LATION EXECUTION 2s2T4A L. 1 . A. Frame Anchor Installation: Provide sufficient anchorage to attach to wall in accordance with ANSI/SDI A250.5-'94 Test Compliance Level A of one (1) million cycles. B. Erection Installation: Install hollow metal units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and final rs accurately in frames, within Isnhsotpaldl rsatwe eilndgos 0. clearances specified in ANSFSDI 100, and as per manufacturers installation guidelines. D. Prime Coat Repair: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and repair finish with compatible air -drying primer. 3.2 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Remove dirt and excess sealants, mortar, or glazing compounds from exposed surfaces. B. Adjust for smooth operation. Install shims as required to allow for proper closing. C. Fill dents and holes with metal filler and sand smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Reprime/paint to match finish. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 366/A 366M or ASTM A 620/A 620M. B. Galvanized Steel Sheets: ASTM A 653/A 653M, commercial steel, or ASTM A 642/A 642M, drawing quality, with A60 or G60 coating designation, mill phosphatized. 2.2 S FEEL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Manufacturers: 1. Ceco Corp. 2. Curries Mfg. Inc. 3. Mesker Industries, Inc. 4. Republic Builders Prod. Corp. 5. Steelcraft Manufacturing Co. 6. Trussbilt, Inc. B. Steel Doors: 1 -3/4 -inch- thick of materials and ANSI/SDI 100 grades and models specified below. 1. Interior Doors: Grade II, heavy-duty, Model 2, seamless design, minimum 18 gage, cold -rolled steel sheet faces. 2. Exterior Doors: Grade II, heavy-duty, Model 2, ssheameetlfeasosedse. sign, minimum 18 gage, galvanized steel 3. Bevel lock edges 1/8 inch in two inches. 4. Reinforce lock edge with one piece, full height 14 gage channel. Reinforce hinge edge with one piece, full height 14 gage channel formed and tapped for hinges or as required for listed hardware. C. Door Silencers: Three on strike jambs of single -door frames and two on heads of double -door frames. D. Plaster Guards: Provide where mortar might obstruct hardware operation and to close off interior of openings. E. Fabricate steel frames to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or buckle. 1. Inte 2. Exterior Frames: Fabricate of 16 gage cold rolled, galvanized steel sheet. Knock -down frames are not allowed. Glazed Doors: Either full or half glass as indicated on Drawings. Nominal 4 inch head and stiles with 10 inch bottom rail, and of rigid rail -and -stile construction in flush panel design. F. Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to SDI 107. G. Prime Coat: Bonderized and finished as standard with manufacturer's baked -on primer conforming to ANSI A 224.1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Frame Anchor Installation: Provide sufficient anchorage to attach to wall in accordance with ANSI/SDI A250.5-'94 Test Compliance Level A of one (1) million cycles. B. Erection Installation: Install hollow metal units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and final shop drawings. C. Install steel doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSFSDI 100, and as per manufacturers installation guidelines. D. Prime Coat Repair Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and repair finish with compatible air -drying primer. 3.2 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Remove dirt and excess sealants, mortar, or glazing compounds from exposed surfaces. B. Adjust for smooth operation. Install shims as required to allow for proper closing. C. Fill dents and holes with metal filler and sand smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Reprime/paint to match finish. END OF SECTION 08110 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED 1JUL 1 7 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE 1 SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 1 92612 t 949.705.0700 1 f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL JAMES T. HILLIER STATE OF WASHINGTON CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01A MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: TUKWILA, WA 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY %MTH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAVVING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY UCENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDE( OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: SPECIFICATIONS BRAWN SPEC -1.0 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 SECTION 08211- FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Solid core doors with hardboard faces. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Shop drawings indicating location and size of each door, elevation of each kind of door, details of construction, location and extent of hardware blocking, fire ratings, requirements for veneer matching and factory finishing and other pertinent data. 1. For factory -machined doors, indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts for locksets and other cutouts adjacent to light and louver openings. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Standard: Comply with the following standard: 1. AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute for grade of door, core, construction, finish, and other requirements. B. Single -Source Responsibility: Obtain doors from one source and by a single manufacturer. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect doors during transit, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soiling, and deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's instructions. B. Identify each door with individual opening numbers as designated on shop drawings, using temporary, removable, or concealed markings. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conditioning: Do not deliver or install doors until conditions for temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in storage and installation areas during the remainder of the construction period to comply with the following requirements applicable to Project's geographical location: 1. AWI quality standard Section 100-S-11 "Relative Humidity and Moisture Content." 1.6 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Door manufacturer's warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Door Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit written agreement on door manufacturer's standard form signed by manufacturer, Installer, and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors that have warped (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42 -by -84 -inch section or that show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3 -inch span, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of referenced quality standards. 1. Warranty shall be in effect during the following period of time after date of Substantial Completion. a. Solid Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering doors that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Solid Core Doors for installation in Hollow Metal Frames: a. Algoma Hardwoods Inc. b. Fenestra Corporation. c. Weyerhauser Co. d. Pella Corp. 2.2 INTERIOR FLUSH WOOD DOORS A. Solid Core Doors for Opaque Finish: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Faces: Hardboard. 2. Construction: 5 or 7 plies. 3. Core: Particleboard 4. Grade: AWI Custom. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate flush wood doors to comply with following requirements: 1. In sizes indicated for job -site fitting. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine installed door frames prior to hanging door: 1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. 2. Reject doors with defects. B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions and referenced quality standard and as indicated. C. Job -Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire -rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining 1. Fitting Clearances for Non -Fire -Rated Doors: Provide 1/8 inch at jambs and heads, 1/16 inch per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors, and 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 -inch clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. D. Field -Finished Doors: Division 9 Section "Painting." 3.3 ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation. C. Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors will be without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 08211 SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Hardware Schedule. B. Deliver keys to FedEx Office Center Manager. C. For fire -rated openings provide hardware tested and listed by UL or FM (NFPA 80). On exit devices provide UL or FM label indicating "Fire Exit Hardware." 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Operation/Maintenance Data: 1. Deliver to FedEx Office, one (1) set of maintenance operation manuals and installation guides for locksets, exit devices, and door closers. 2. Contractor/Installer to furnish to the hardware supplier one installation/template guide from each hardware/carton. B. Templates: Templates for door hardware items to be sent to related door and frame suppliers within three working days of receipt of approved hardware schedule. C. Certification of Compliance: Submit any information necessary to indicate compliance to any or all of these specifications as required. D. Keying Schedule: Indicate keying of all cylinders, exit devices, locksets, and padlocks. Include door and item numbers as set forth in the approved hardware schedule. E. Close-out Requirement: 1. Two (2) copies of the keying schedule. 2. Two copies of Manufacturer's catalog data for each item of hardware furnished. 3. Provide one set of maintenance manuals and instruction sheets for each item of hardware furnished. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Each unit of hardware shall be individually packaged in the manufacturer's original containers as required by the respective hardware manufacturers. 1. a. Packaging shall include factory original installation instructions, 2. fastenings and all items necessary for complete installation. B. Wrapping: Wrap and cushion each item to prevent scratches & dents during delivery and storage. C. Environmental Packaging: Hardware shipped to the job site is to be packaged in biodegradable packs, such as paper or cardboard boxes and wrapping. If non -biodegradable packing is utilized, such as plastic, plastic bags or polystyrene foam, then the Contractor will be responsible for the disposal of the non -biodegradable packing to a licensed or authorized collector for recycling of the material. D. Markings: Each package shall be clearly marked on the outside, identifying contents with specific opening number corresponding to those listed in the hardware schedule. Include door and item number for each product. E. Delivery: Except as dictated otherwise, deliver all hardware to the job site. The Contractor and Hardware Supplier's Representative shall check each item of hardware against the approved finish hardware schedule. F. Storage: All hardware shall be stored in a locked storage space until ready for installation. Hardware shall be protected against damage after application and during construction period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HARDWARE A. Manufacturers: 1. Provide materials as specified without substitutions. 2. See Schedule on Drawings for approved manufacturers. B. Fastenings 1. Furnish hardware with all necessary screws, bolts or other fastenings of suitable type and size to anchor the hardware in position for long life and heavy use. Fasteners shall include expansion shields, sex bolts, toggle bolts, or other approved anchors according to material to which it is applied and as recommended by the respective manufacturers. a. Furnish Phillips flat -head screws except as otherwise indicated. b. Thru-bolts (TB) to be verified with the Building Owner's Representative. 2. Design of all fastenings shall harmonize with hardware as to material and finish. C. Hinges 1. All hinges to be of one manufacturer as hereafter listed for continuity and consideration of warranty. 2. Unless otherwise specified, furnish five -knuckle as specified; button tip, full mortise template type hinges with non -rising loose pins. 3. Out -swinging exterior doors to be furnished with hinges of solid bronze with non -removable pins (NRP). 4. Interior doors to be furnished with wrought steel, polished and plated to match specified finishes. 5. Furnish three hinges up to 90" high and one additional hinge for every 30" or fraction thereof. 6. Furnish standard weight hinges on doors up to 36" in width, and extra heavy weight on doors exceeding 36", or as indicated in the hardware schedule. 7. Furnish three 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" for all 1-3/4" thick doors up to 36" wide, and four 5" x 4-1/2" over 36" wide. 8. Where required, furnish hinges of sufficient width to clear trim and/or permit the door to swing 180 degrees as required by the specific opening. D. Cylindrical Locks 1. All locksets, latchsets, trim, and cylinders to be of one (1) manufacturer as hereafter listed for continuity of design and consideration of warranty. 2. Locksets shall be per Appendix 3a. 3. Locksets and latches shall be heavy duty cylindrical type. Latchbolts shall have minimum of 1/2" projection. 4. Lock and latchsets shall be constructed with thru-bolted design and independent spring cartridge system for lever stability and operation. 5. Provide curve lip strikes with wrought boxes. Strikes shall be of sufficient length to protect trim or the inactive leaf of a pair of doors. E. Storefront Systems 1. Hardware shall be as listed in the hardware sets. F. Exit Devices 6. All exit devices, lever trim, and cylinders to be of one (1) manufacturer as hereafter listed and in the hardware sets for continuity of design and consideration of warranty. 7. Exit devices to be "UL" listed for life safety. All exit devices for labeled doors shall have "UL" label for "Fire Exit Hardware". All devices mounted on labeled wood doors are to be thru-bolted or per the manufacturer's listing requirements. All devices to conform to NFPA 80 and 101 requirements. 8. All exit devices to be of a heavy duty, chassis mounting design, with one piece removable covers, eliminating necessity of removing the device from the door for standard maintenance. 9. All trim to be thru-bolted to the lock stile case. 10. Lever trim to be the same as specified with locksets. 11. Exit devices shall be push pad devices finished to match that of the locksets. Push pad to be high impact resistant black lexan with a maximum 3" projection. 12. Rail assemblies of all exit devices to be of brass or bronze base material, plated to standard architectural finishes, or solid stainless steel, as required in the hardware schedule. Painted or anodized aluminum finishes will not be considered acceptable for heavy duty usage on this project. G. Closers 1. All closers to be the product of a single manufacturer for continuity of design and consideration of warranty. 2. Delayed action (DA) required at restroom doors. 3. Closers shall be surface mounted, hydraulic type, with high strength cast case. Full rack and pinion constructed of heavy steel. Size all closers in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations at the building site. 5. Closers to have adjustable spring power, which allows for closer sizing. Closers to have separate tamper resistant, noncritical regulating screw valves for closing speed, latching speed and backcheck control as standard features. 6. Closer arms to be forged steel, interchangeable with all closers specified on this project for simplification of future Owner maintenance considerations. 7. Supply appropriate arm assembly for each closer so that closer body and arm are mounted on non-public side of door opening and on the interior side of exterior openings, except where otherwise detailed. 8. Furnish closers with special application and heavy-duty arms as specified in the hardware schedule or as otherwise called for to insure a proper -operating, long-lasting opening. 9. All closers to be rectangular, full cover type of nonferrous, noncorrosive material painted to match lockset finishes. H. Door Stops 1. Place door stops in such a position that they permit maximum door swing, but do not present a hazard or obstruction. I. Thresholds and Gasketing 1. All thresholds must be in accordance with the requirements of the ADA and ANSI A117.1. a. Furnish thresholds with machine screws and lead anchors. Furnish all necessary anchoring devices for gasketing and seal. b. Thresholds may require modification depending on final drawings and frame/floor details. Verify with Architect before ordering material. 2.2 KEYING A. Furnish keys for all locks at time of turnover to Center Manager. Center Manager will be responsible for rekeying at time of turnover. 2.3 FINISHES A. Special care shall be taken to coordinate the finish of the various manufacturers to insure a uniform finish. This finish shall match the finish of the locksets. 1. Plated hardware shall be BHMA626 (US26D) or as detailed in US32D. B. Painted hardware items shall be lacquered to closely match plated hardware. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXECUTION INSPECTION A. After installation has been completed, FedEx Office Project Manager will check the operation and adjustment of all hardware items. Recommended hardware adjustments shall be made by the Contractor/Installer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Installation of finish hardware is specified under other sections. However, the following requirements apply to the work as follows: 1. Hardware shall be installed by a Qualified Mechanic skilled in the application of institutional grade builders hardware. 2. Install ;111 hardware in fall compliance with Manufacturer's instructions. 3. When cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are to be painted or finished, install each item completely and then remove during application. After completion, reinstall each item. 4. Care shall be exercised not to mar or damage adjacent work. 5. Damaged work shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the FedEx Office Representative. 6. Provide adequate backing in stud partitions for the attachment of all respective finish hardware. 7. If door swing is changed from original drawings during construction, the contractor shall make necessary changes at no cost to FedEx Office. 8. Latches and bolts shall be installed to automatically engage strikes, whether activated by closers or manual push. In no instance should unusual manual pressure be required to engage latch or bolt in strikes. 9. Install locks with keyways in proper position, with levers, roses, and/or escutcheons firmly affixed. Adjust strikes after silencers and/or seal are in place. 10. Predrill pilot holes in wood for screws. Drill and tap for surface mounted hardware on metal. Set hinge leaf snug and flat in mortises, turn screws to flat seat (do not drive). 11. Closers are to have opening force adjusted so as to comply with current applicable handicapped accessibility requirements as follows: a. Interior doors Sibs. maximum pressure to operate; exterior doors 8-1/2 lbs. maximum pressure; fire doors 15 lbs. maximum pressure. 12. Mount closers and overhead stops/holders in accordance with the manufacturer's template for the degree of swing indicated on the Drawings (180 degree swing where conditions allow). B. Hardware Locations: All hardware to be mounted between 30" and 44" in California (48" elsewhere). Review mounting locations with FedEx Office before issuing templates and door/hardware purchase orders. In general, mounting locations to be similar to SDI recommendations. C. Threshold and Perimeter Seal: 12. Cut and fit thresholds to profile of door frames, with mitered corners and hairline joints. On exterior doors, set thresholds in a bed of sealant. 13. Before installation, carefully read manufacturer's instructions to assure tight and contiguous seal at the perimeter and corners of doors and frames. 14. Depending on final drawings and conditions, specified thresholds are subject to modification. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. At final completion, all hardware shall be left clean and free from disfigurement. Contractor shall make a final adjustment to all door closers and other items of hardware. Where hardware is found defective, repair or replace or otherwise correct as directed. B. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Adjust hardware so that moving parts operate freely, without bind, or excessive play. Hardware shall be free of paint, corrosion, or damage of any kind. 3.4 PROTECTION A. The Contractor is responsible for the proper protection of all items of hardware until FedEx Office accepts the project as complete. END OF SECTION 08710 3. Screws: Type "S" or "W" Bugle Head Screws complying with ASTM Standard C 954 or C 1002 or both with heads, length, threads, points, and finish as recommended by the manufacturer. 4. Joint Materials: Conform to ANSI/ASTM Standard C475 or Gypsum Association Standards GA 201 and GA 216; reinforcing tape, joint compound, adhesive and water. B. Miscellaneous Materials: Auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that comply with referenced standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. 1. Isolate steel framing from building structure, except at floor, to prevent structural movement from transferring loading to partitions. 2. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips or foam gaskets between studs and wall. B. Install and finish gypsum panels to comply with ASTM C 840 and GA -216. 1. Framing members: a. Examine all surfaces to receive gypsum board, and make certain that framing is plumb and true. b. The fastening surface of any framing or furring member shall not vary more than 1/8" from the plane of faces of adjacent framing or furring members. 2. Cutting: a. Cut gypsum board by scoring or by sawing, working from the face side. When cutting by scoring, the paper face shall be cut with a knife. b. Neatly cut gypsum board to fit all outlets and switch boxes. Where gypsum board meets projecting surfaces, scribe and cut A p ni ceaattiloyil. 3. a. Apply single -layer gypsum board with long dimension parallel to framing members, and all abutting ends over framing members. Stagger end joint. b. Provide moisture resistant gypsum board on surfaces within a 48 inch radius of a water source. c. Screw spacing: Space screws at minimum of 8" on center around the perimeter and 12" on center on the intermediate studs. Space screws as required to meet fire rating requirements. d. Gypsum board of the maximum practical length shall be used to minimize end joints. All end joints shall be neatly filed and staggered. e. Joints on opposite side of the partitions shall be so arranged as to occur on different studs. At door openings, cut gypsum board so that no joints occur within 12" of the upper corners of door openings. Metal trim: 1) Install securely, plumb, and true in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2) Provide metal corner bead at all external angles. 3) Provide metal edge trim at all exposed edges of gypsum board face layer. 4. Finish: All walls shall be skim -coated to provide a smooth, texture -free finish. Gypsum Board Installation: 1. Cut gypsum board by scoring or by sawing, working from the face side. When cutting by scoring, the paper face shall be cut with a 2. knife. 2. cut gypsum board to fit all outlets and switch boxes. Where gypsum board meets projecting surfaces, scribe and cut neatly. 3. Apply single -layer gypsum board with long dimension parallel to framing members and all abutting ends over framing members. Stagger end joint. 4. Fasten gypsum board in place to wood or screws. furring or framing with Bugle Head re 5. Screw Spacing: Space screws at minimum 8" on center around the perimeter and 12" on center on the intermediate studs. Space screws as required to meet fire -rating requirements. 6. Gypsum board of the maximum practical length shall be used to minimize end joints. All end joints shall be neatly filed and staggered. Joints on opposite side of the partitions shall be so arranged as to occur on different studs. 7. At door openings, cut gypsum board so that no joints occur within 12" of the upper corners of door openings. 8. Apply and finish gypsum board in accordance with GA 201, and GA 216, and per manufacturer's instructions. Fire rated assemblies (if any) must be finished as required to meet required rating. 9. Place corner beads at external corners. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 10. Tape, fill, and sand -exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. 11. Feather coats onto surfaces so that camber is maximum 1/16". 12. Tolerances: Maximum variation from true flatness: 1/8" in 10in any direction. END OF SECTION 09260 SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Fire resistant type gypsum board, joint treatment products and accessories as indicated on Drawings. B. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to assemblies tested according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. B. Perform Work in accordance with Gypsum Association Standards GA201 - Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings, GA216 - Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board and ASTM Standard C 840 - Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. C. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Where fire -rated gypsum board assemblies are indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Fire Resistance Ratings: As indicated by C. reference to Gypsum Association File Numbers in GA -600 "Fire Resistance Design Manual" or to design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory" or in the listing of another testing an inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. E. Use each type of gypsum board and other products and finishing material from one manufacturer that either supplies gypsum board and other panel products or from a manufacturer acceptable to the gypsum board manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Clark Steel Framing. 2. Dale/Incor. 3. Dietrich Industries, Inc. B. Suspended and Furred Ceilings: Comply with ASTM C 645 and ASTM C 754. C. Partitions: Comply with ASTM C 645. D. Slip Tracks: 1. SLP -TRK; Dietrich Industires, Inc. 2. Verti-Clip; The Steel Network; (919) 845-1025 or (888) 474-4876. 3. E. Track Connections to Concrete Slab Floors: 1. Hilti Drywall Track Pins; (800) 879-8000 or www.us.hilti.com a. X-ZF 22 P8T b. X-ZF 14 THP 2. Simpson Strong Tie; (800) 999-5099 or www.simpsonanchors.com a. PDP -100 b. PHN-22 3. Powers Rawl Trak -IT Pins; (914) 235-6300 or www.powers.com a. .300 Head Drive Pins b. 8mm Head Drive Pins 4. ITWRamset/Redhead TrakFast Pins; (800) 348-3231. a. FPP034B b. EPP078 2.2 GYPSUM BOARD A. Manufacturers: 1. Domtar Gypsum. 2. Georgia-Pacific Corp. 3. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum co. 4. United States Gypsum co. B. Gypsum board products in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. 1. Fire Rated type: Type "X", 5/8" thick with tapered edges, meeting requirements of ANSI/ASTM C 36. Use in both dry and moisture resistant assemblies. 2. Moisture Resistant type: Type "X" 5/8" minimum thick with tapered edges meeting requirements of ASTM C 630 unless otherwise indicated. 3. Ceiling Surfaces: Sag -resistant type, Type "X" 5/8" minimum thick with tapered edges meeting requirements of ANSI/ASTM C 36 unless otherwise indicated. 4. Fire -Rated Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Type "X", 5/8" thick with tapered edges, meeting requirements of ANSI/ASTM C 931 or C 630. Use in both dry and moisture resistant assemblies; elsewhere use either standard or type "X" or moisture resistant gypsum wallboard as required. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Accessories: United States Gypsum or Gold Bond Building Products system of components and perforated tape. 1. Corner Bead: Formed galvanized steel angle, minimum base steel 0.014" thick, and complying with ASTM Standard C 1047. 2. Casing Bead: Formed galvanized steel trim, minimum base steel 0.014" thick, and complying with ASTM Standard C 1047. g. SECTION 09310- CERAMIC TILE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Floor Tiles: Static coefficient of friction not less than 0.6 for level surfaces and 0.8 for ramps, per ASTM C 1028. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CERAMIC TILE A. Ceramic tile that complies with standard grade requirements of ANSI A137.1, "Specifications for Ceramic Tile." For product specifications, see Description of Finish Materials and Finish Schedule on Drawings. B. Tile trim units that match characteristics of adjoining flat tile. 2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Setting and Grouting Materials: Comply with material standards in ANSI's "Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to materials and methods indicated. B. For transitions from ceramic tile to carpeting, provide Schluter Systems extruded profiles. 1. Stepless transition: RENO -TK. 2. Transition to 1/4 inch tile: Item AETK 60 with anodized aluminum finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with tile installation standards in ANSI's "Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to materials and methods indicated. B. Comply with TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." 1. Floor Tile Installation Method: TCA F113 (thin -set mortar bonded to concrete slab). 2. Wall Tile Installation Method: TCA W243 (thin -set mortar bonded to gypsum board). C. Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints where adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are the same size. D. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. E. Do not apply sealer to ceramic tile finish. END OF SECTION 09310 SECTION 09511 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Acoustical Panel Ceilings: ASTM E 1264, Class A materials, tested per ASTM E 84. B. Fire -Rating Ceiling Assemblies: Tested per ASTM E 119, and listed in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory," in ITS' "Certification Listings," or in the listing of another qualified testing and inspecting agency. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACOUSTICAL PANELS A. Existing Acoustical Ceilings: Match existing in texture, shape, and color as closely as possible to provide an appearance indistinguishable from existing, unless other indicated on Drawings. B. New Acoustical Ceilings: For product specification, see Description of Materials and Finish Schedules on Drawings. 2.2 CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Direct -hung; ASTM C 635, intermediate - duty structural classification. B. Attachment Devices: Sized for 5 times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF CEILING SUSPENSION SYS TEM A. Seismic Categories A & B: Comply with ASTM C 636. B. Seismic Category C: Comply with CISCA recommendations for areas subject to light to moderate seismic activity (old zones 0-2). C. Categories D, E, and F: Comply with CISCA recommendations for areas subject to severe seismic activity (old zones 3-4). 1. Additional requirements beyond CISCA: a. Heavy duty T=bar grid system. b. Perimeter angle shall be not less than 2 inches. c. Grid shall be attached at two adjacent walls. d. Opposite walls must have 3/4 inch clearance. e. Ceiling areas over 1000 sq ft must have horizontal restraint wires or rigid bracing. f. Ceiling areas over 2500 sq ft must have seismic separation joints (expansion joints) or full height partitions. Unbraced ceilings must have 2 inch oversized trim rings for sprinklers and other penetrations. h. Changes in ceiling plane must have positive bracing. i. Cable trays and electrical conduits must be independently supported and braced. j. Suspended ceilings shall be subject to special inspection. D. Additional Requirements: 1 Free floating architectural components must have adequate "rattle room". a. Minimum 12 inch clearance. b. Must permit hangers to swing to a 45 degree angle without striking another object. 2. Suspension system integrity: a. Minimum grid connection strength: 1) Seismic Design Category C: 60 lbs. 2) Seismic Design Categories D, E & F: 180 lbs. 3) Heavy duty mains. b. Hanger wire requirements: 1) All Seismic Design Categories: a) Connection to structure: Min. 100 lbs. b) Min 12 ga at 4 foot spacing. c) Min. 10 ga at 5 foot spacing. d) Plumb within 1 in 6. c. Splay bracing: 1) Seismic Design Category C: Not required unless ceiling weight exceed 2.5 lbs/sq ft 2) Seismic Design Categories D, E, and F: a) 4 -wire clusters with compression post required in areas over 1000 sq ft. b) Minimum 200 lb connection strength. c) Start within 6 feet of corner. d) 12 feet on center. d. Light fixtures in all Seismic Design Categories: 1) Less than 56 lbs. a) 2 connectors attaching to grid. b) 2 slack wires. 2) More than 56 lbs. a) 2 connectors attaching to grid. b) independent support to structure. e. Mechanicals for all Seismic Design Categories: 1) Less than 20 lbs: 2 connectors attaching to grid. 2) More than 20 lbs but less than 56 lbs: 2 connections attaching grid and 2 slack wires. 3) More than 56 lbs: Independent support to structure. Partition attachment: 1) Seismic Design Catetory C: Not permitted; ceiling must be free to float 3/8 inch in all directions. 2) Seismic Design Categories D, E, and F: Permitted with these qualifications: a) May not be over 9 feet high or brace independently. b) Seismic lateral force may not exceed 5 lbs/ sq ft. c) Areas over 2500 sq ft must have seismic separation joints (expansion joints). 3. Perimeter panel retention: a. Prevent grid from spreading at perimeters. In all Seismic Design Categories, spacer bars or some other method required at all walls. b. Perimeter wires: 1) Seismic Design Category C: Not required if molding has minimum 7/8 inch horizontal flange. 2) Seismic Design Categories D, E, and F: Required at all cut ends; within 8 inches of the wall. c. Wall molding: 1) Seismic Design Category C: a) Minimum 7/8 inch horizontal flange or add perimeter wires. b) Grid attachment to molding not permitted. c) 3/8 inch clearance at all walls. 2) Seismic Design Categories D, E, and F: a) Minimum 2 inch horizontal flange. b) Grid attachement required at two adjacent walls. c) 3/4 inch clearance at remaining walls. END OF SECTION 09511 g. SECTION 09542 - FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC COATED PANELS PART 1GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Glass fiber reinforced plastic (FRP) coated panels. 2. FRP accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Systems: Gypsum board substrate. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Surface Burning Characteristics in Accordance with ASTM E-84 for Class C finish: a. Flame Spread: Less than 200. b. Smoke Density: Less than 450. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC COATED PANELS A. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Coated Panel: UL flame spread Class C. Color to be selected by Architect 1. Kemlite Glasboard P Panels; Kemlite Company, Inc. 2. Structoglass Panels; Sequentia Incorporated. 3. Marlite Brand FRP; Marlite. 4. Kal-Lite; Kalwall Corporation B. Where code requires Class A panels, provide the following: 1. Kemlite Fire -X Glasbord; Kemlite Company, Inc. 2. Structoglas Pyro-Pant; Sequentia Incorporated. 3. Marlite Brand Class A/1 Fire Rated FRP Panels; Marlite. 4. Kal-Lite LF&S; Kalwall Corporation. C. Wall Trim: Manufacturer's standard moldings and trims. 1. Exception: Provide large 2 inch outside corner "M-960, manufactured by Marlite, in color to match FRP. Install with glue and nails. D. Fasteners: Non -corroding truss head nylon drive rivets or stainless steel screws. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and adjacent areas where products will be installed and verify that surfaces conform to product manufacturer's requirements for substrate conditions. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of substrate conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrate for product installation in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install FRP all panels in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. 1. Seal joints well at joints before applying trim. B. Prefit each panel before securing in place. Cut panels with carbide -tipped power saw or swivel -head shear. C. Provide manufacturer's recommended spacing between abutting panel ends, edges and trim. Provide minimum 1/8 inch space around pipes, electrical fittings, obstructions and other items penetrating panels. Fill joints with sealant. D. Gypsum Board Substrate: Apply adhesive to gypsum board substrate and to panel backs as recommended by manufacturer with V -notch spreader. Provide 100 percent coverage of adhesive. E. Install accessory panel trim pieces concurrently with installation of panels. Mitre cut accessory panel trim at corners to provide smooth transition. Set trim attached to adjacent panel ends and edges and seal with sealant. F. Seal corner seams, and base junctures, and junctures between panels and wall with sealant. Remove excess sealant during installation. G. Provide sealant around all openings, corners, and joints. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect fiber reinforced plastic coated panel installation, accessories, and fastening to substrate. B. Correct deficiencies in Work which inspection indicates are not in compliance with Contract requirements. END OF SECTION 09542 SECTION 09651 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data and color Samples. B. Extra Materials: Deliver to Owner at least 1 box for each 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of each type and color of resilient floor tile installed. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE A. Flooring: For Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT) product specifications and Luxury Vinyl Tile, see Description of Finish Materials and Finish Schedule on Drawings. B. Resilient Base: 4 inch vinyl base, Type TP, black; Mannington. 2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement- or blended hydraulic cement -based formulation provided or approved by flooring manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Lay out tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tile widths at opposite edges of room are equal to one another and are at least one-half of a tile. B. Roll tile in two directions with 100 -lb roller after laying. C. Do not scrub or wash floor for five days after installation. D. Install resilient base per manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 09651 SECTION 096513.23 RESILIENT STAIR TREADS PART 1 - RAL 1.01 SECTIONINCLUDES A. Flooring and accessories as shown on the drawings and schedules and as indicated by the requirements of this section. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract (including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 sections) apply to the work of this section. B. ASTM D2240 Standard Test Method for Rubber Property - Durometer Hardness C. ASTM E648 Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source D. ASTM -2169 "Standard Specification Resilient Stair Treads". 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS A. Other Division 9 sections for floor fmishes related to this section but not the work of this section. B. Division 3 Concrete; not the work of this section. C. Division 6 Wood and Plastics; not the work of this D. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection; not the work of this section. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Select an installer who is competent in the installation of Mannington Rubber/Vinyl Stair Treads with acrylic adhesive. B. If required, provide rubber/vinyl stair treads and accessories supplied by one manufacturer, including leveling and patching compounds, and adhesives. C. If required, provide rubber/vinyl stair treads material to meet the following fire test performance criteria as tested by a recognized independent testing laboratory: a. ASTM E 648 Critical Radiant Flux of 0.45 watts per sq. cm. or greater, Class I. b. ASTM E 662 (Smoke Generation) Maximum Specific Optical Density of 450 or less. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, seaming plan, coving details, and manufacturer's technical data, installation and maintenance instructions ("Mannington's Stair Tread Installation Instructions,") for flooring and accessories. B. Submit the manufacturer's standard samples showing the required colors for rubber tile flooring and applicable accessories. C. If required, submit the manufacturer's certification that the rubber/vinyl flooring has been tested by an independent laboratory and complies with the required fire tests. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Deliver materials in good condition to the jobsite in the manufacturer's original unopened containers that bear the name and brand of the manufacturer, project identification, and shipping and handling instructions. B. Store materials in a clean, dry, enclosed space off the ground, and protected from the weather and from extremes of heat and cold. Protect adhesives from freezing. Store rubber/vinyl stair treads, adhesives and accessories in the spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. C. Maintain a minimum temperature in the spaces to receive the rubber/vinyl stair treads and accessories of 65°F (18°C) and a maximum temperature of 85°F (29°C) for at least 48 hours before, during, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. Thereafter, maintain a minimum temperature of 55°F (13°C) in areas where work is completed. Protect all materials from the direct flow of heat from hot-air registers, radiators, or other heating fixtures and appliances. D. Install rubber/vinyl stair treads and accessories after the other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. Close spaces to traffic during the installation of the flooring. Do not install flooring over concrete slabs until they are sufficiently dry to achieve a bond with the adhesive, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture tests. 2P.AR01 T 2PRODUCTS STAIR TREAD DMATERIALS D. Stair iraTread: ColorScape, ColorSpec and One -Step Visually Impaired Abrasive Strip Safety Stair T 1. Manufacturer/Products: Mannington Commercial; Visually Impaired Abrasive Strip Safety Tread 2. Products/Description: Thennoset Rubber eTAo.nrrypeTasTSdahCiekolorScape stair tread with highly visible, full 2 inch abrasive strip in gonrensosli-1c/8” o ontra.s2tinmmg c)olors. B. Lengths: [3' (914.4 min)], [4' [(1219.2 mm)], [5' (1524 mm)], [6(1828.8 mm)] C. Nose: Square D. Tread Color: 901 Night Black. E. Abrasive Strip Color: Yellow/ Black hazard striping. (Note: Coordinate contrasting colors when required to meet regulations). E. Nosing: 1. Manufacturer: Mannington Commercial. 2. Products/Description: 557 Visual Safety; Color to match stair tread. F. Riser: 1. Manufacturer: Mannington Commercial. 2. Products/ Description: 7" Rubber Riser Type TP; A. Color: 901 Night Black B. Thickness: 0.085" C. Length: 50' Coil Rolls D. Height: 7" Coved G. Stringer: 1. Manufacturer: Mannington Commercial. 2. Products/ Description: A. Thickness: 0.085" B. Length: 50' Coil Rolls C. Height: 10" 2.03 ADHESIVES Provide [Mannington MR -911 Acrylic Adhesive] for installation of the stair treads. Optional: Mannington Nose Filler is optional and not required [MR -715 Solvent -Free Epoxy Nose Filler] under the nosing. 2.04 ACCESSORIES B. For patching, smoothing, and leveling monolithic subfloors (concrete, terra77o, quarry tile, ceramic tile, and certain metals), provide Mannington [MVP -2023 Cement -Based Underlayment]. C. For sealing joints between the top of wall base or integral cove cap and irregular wall surfaces such as masonry, provide plastic filler applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Provide transition/reducing strips tapered to meet abutting materials. D. Provide threshold of thickness and width as shown on the drawings. E. Provide resilient edge strips of width shown on the drawings, of equal gauge to the flooring, homogeneous vinyl or rubber composition, tapered or bullnose edge, with color to match or contrast with the flooring, or as selected by the Architect from standard colors available. PART 3 EXECUTION -These guidelines do not supersede Mannington's Installation Instructions. 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine subfloors prior to installation to determine that surfaces are smooth and free from cracks, holes, ridges, and other defects that might prevent adhesive bond or impair durability or appearance of the flooring material. B. Inspect subfloors prior to installation to determine that surfaces are free from curing, sealing, parting and hardening compounds; residual adhesives; adhesive removers; and other foreign materials that might prevent adhesive bond. Visually inspect for evidence of moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, dusting, mold, or mildew. C. Report conditions contrary to contract requirements that would prevent a proper installation. Do not proceed with the installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. D. Failure to call attention to defects or imperfections will be construed as acceptance and approval of the subfloor. Installation indicates acceptance of substrates with regard to conditions existing at the time of installation. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Smooth concrete surfaces, removing rough areas, projections, ridges, and bumps, and filling low spots, control or construction joints, and other defects with Mannington [MVP -2023 Cement -Based Underlayrnent] as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. B. Remove paint, varnish, oils, release agents, sealers, and waxes. Remove residual adhesives as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. Remove curing and hardening compounds not compatible with the adhesives used, as indicated by a bond test or by the compound manufacturer's recommendations for flooring. Avoid organic solvents. C. Vacuum or broom -clean surfaces to be covered immediately before the application of flooring. Make subfloor free from dust, dirt, grease, and all foreign materials. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF FLOORING A. Install flooring in strict accordance with the "Mannington Rubber Stair Tread Installation Instructions". B. Install flooring wall to wall before the installation of floor -set cabinets, casework, furniture, equipment, movable partitions, etc. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door recesses, closets, and similar openings as shown on the drawings. C. If required, install flooring on pan -type floor access covers. Maintain continuity of color and pattern within pieces of flooring installed on these covers. Adhere flooring to the subfloor around covers and to covers. Scribe, cut, and fit to permanent fixtures, columns, walls, partitions, pipes, outlets, and built-in furniture and cabinets. Install flooring with adhesives, tools, and procedures in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. Observe the recommended adhesive trowel notching, open times, and working times. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES A. Apply top set wall base to walls, columns, casework, and other permanent fixtures in areas where top -set base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practical, with inside comers fabricated from base materials that are mitered or coped. Tightly bond base to vertical substrate with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. B. Fill voids with plastic filler along the top edge of the resilient wall base or integral cove cap on masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates. C. Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to flooring, and secure with adhesive recommended by the edge strip manufacturer. Install edge strips at edges of flooring that would otherwise be exposed. D. Apply [butt -type] [overlap] edge §trips where shown on the drawings, [before] [after] flooring installation. Secure units to the substrate, complying with the edge strip manufacturer's recommendations. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform initial maintenance according to the latest edition of the manufacturer's maintenance and warranty literature. Protect installed flooring as recommended by the flooring manufacturer against damage from rolling loads, other trades, or the placement of fixtures and furnishings. END OF SECTION 096513.23 D. E. SECTION 09652 - SHEET VINYL FLOOR COVERINGS PART 1 - GENERAL (Not applicable) PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET VINYL FLOOR COVERING A. For product specifications, see Description of Finish Materials and Finish Schedule on Drawings. 2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement- or blended hydraulic cement -based formulation provided or approved by floor covering manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit sheet vinyl floor covering and substrate conditions indicated. C. Cove Strip: 1 -inch- radius support for integral flash cove base provided or approved by floor covering manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Maintain uniformity of sheet vinyl floor covering direction, and match edges for color shading and pattern at seams. B. Arrange for a minimum number of seams and place them in inconspicuous and low -traffic areas, but in no case less than 6 inches away from parallel joints in flooring substrates. C. Where indicated, cove sheet vinyl floor coverings up vertical surfaces, over cove support strip, to form integral base of height indicated, with top edge butted against and covered by cap molding. END OF SECTION 09652 SECTION 09680 - CARPET PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Submit manufacturer's product literature and installation instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MA IIRIALS A. One of the following carpets: 1. Carpet Tiles: 24 inch by 24 inch Enhnaced Texture Loop, Solution dyed; Mannington Commercial; Style: Variations II, Color: Hoochi Coochi Coo. a. Adhesive. Manninton Commercial, MT711 resealable adhesive. 2. Carpet Tiles: 24 inch by 24 inch modular tufted loop; Mannington Commcercial; Style: Ruffian, Color: Granite. a. Adhesive: Manninton Commercial, MT711 resealable adhesive. B. Transition Strip: Mannington; Style: 152, Color: Black. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's printed installation instructions packed with carpet tiles. END OF SECTION 09680 13-z00 I„ , REVIEVVED FOR CiVE COMPLIANCE - APPROVED 1JUL 1 7 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE 1 SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 1 92612 t949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01A 2 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LJCENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORMES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 BRAWN@ TITLE SPECIFICATIONS BRAWN@ Nalligi SPEC -2.0 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 SECTION 09720 - WALL COVERINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Surface -Burning Characteristics: Provide wall coverings with flame -spread and smoke -developed ratings of not more than 25 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84. B. Examine material to insure correct pattern, color, quantity, and that all rolls are of the same lot number. C. If an installation discrepancy is discovered, stop installation and notify distributor before proceeding. Deviation from this procedure will negate claims later filed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WALL COVERING A. For product specifications, see Description of Finish Materials and Finish Schedule. B. Contact: [None identified] PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Preparation: 1. Verify that surfaces to receive fabric -backed vinyl are smooth, clean, dry, and structurally sound. Walls should not contain in excess of 5% to 7% residual moisture content. Use a moisture meter to determine moisture content. 2. Prime new walls with an adhesion promoting acrylic or latex wall covering primer. If a moist wall condition exists, an oil-based primer may be used to create a moisture barrier. If an oil-based primer is used, apply an acrylic or latex primer over it before hanging the vinyl wall covering. 3. Perform an adhesion test to insure compatibility of primer with adhesive. Allow at least fourteen days to elapse before removing the test strips. 4. Bring existing walls to a condition whereby glassy surfaces are sanded, irregularities repaired, and surfaces primed as with new walls. a. To insure soundness of an existing wall surface, cut a shallow "x" in the painted surface with a razor blade. Wrap a strip of masking tape around your finger with sticky side out and press it to the "x", checking to see whether the paint film separates from the wall surface. Hold a wet sponge against the painted surface for 15-20 seconds, checking for pigment or color transfer from wall surface to the sponge. If the painted surface is found to be "unsound" by either of the above tests, remove paint. 5. If installing over existing smooth vinyl, vinyl surface must be clean and firmly bonded to the wall. Apply a wall covering acrylic primer especially formulated to adhere to sealed vinyl surfaces, and apply wall covering using an undiluted quality heavy-duty wall -covering adhesive. A vinyl -to -vinyl wall covering adhesive may also be used, which does not require the use of a primer. 6. Contact distributor or manufacturer for installation over surfaces other than existing vinyl, gypsum drywall, or plaster. B. Application: 1. Rolls are numbered consecutively. Cut and install rolls in reverse sequence, starting with the highest numbered roll. Hang strips in sequence as they are cut from the roll. 2. When hanging non-matching textured patterns, reverse hang alternate strips. After three strips are hung, inspect the wall covering. If the pattern effect is not acceptable, re -hang #2 without reversing. Obtain approval at this point before proceeding. If there is variation is color or pattern effect, discontinue hanging and contact your distributor. The manufacturer will not be responsible for claims beyond three strips. 3. Seams on non -matched patterns may be table trimmed or overlapped and double -cut during installing, exercising care not to cut too deeply into wall substrate. Geometric and matched designs may require table trimming for match perfection. 4. Apply adhesive to fabric backing, using a pasting machine, or for hand application, a short napped paint roller. Use a quality pre -mixed Wolf Gordon approved vinyl wall covering adhesive matched to the weight of the material being installed. Maintain adhesive at a temperature between 65-78 degrees F. 5. Fold each sheet over and allow time for the adhesive to penetrate the fabric. 6. Install each sheet using a stiff, short bristle brush or flexible broad knife. 7. Apply material above doors and above and below windows as it comes from the roll. Do not create vertical joints less than six inches from inside or outside corners. 8. Remove excess adhesive and dirt from wall covering surfaces, seams, and surrounding surfaces immediately, using a sponge or damp cloth frequently rinsed in clean warm water. A paste release chemical designed to break the static electricity generated may be added to the water, 9. Dry with a soft, lint -free cloth. Do not use an excessive amount of water to remove adhesive from the seams as it may seep into the seam and dilute the adhesive. 10. As dried adhesive is difficult and sometimes impossible to remove, immediate removal is imperative. 11 Use two inch masking tape under overlaps to avoid paste staining. END OF SECTION 09720 SECTION 09910 - PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Summary: Paint all exposed surfaces, new and existing, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Paint the backside of access panels. 2. Paint registers, louvers, grilles, exposed piping, equipment mounting boards to match adjacent work. 3. Color code mechanical piping in accessible ceiling spaces. 4. Do not paint prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, labels, and materials obviously intended to be left exposed such as brick and tile. 5. Unless otherwise indicated do not paint concealed surfaces. B. Mockups: Full -coat finish sample (benchmark sample) of each type of coating, substrate, color, and finish required in area of not less than 100 sq. ft. Comply with PDCA P5. C. Obtain block fillers, primers, and undercoat materials for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. D. Extra Materials: Deliver to Owner a 1 -gal. container, properly labeled and sealed, of each color and type of finish coat paint used on Project. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PAINT • A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Benjamin Moore and Co. 2. Pittsburgh Paints Division of PPG Industries. 3. Pratt and Lambert. 4. The Sherwin-Williams Company. B. Material Compatibility: Complete system of compatible components that is recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Prepare new and existing surfaces as required per "Architectural Specification Manual" by Painting and Decorating Contractors of America (PDCA). 1. Clean surfaces of loose dirt, grease, and dust before work is started. 2. Wash metal surfaces with mineral spirits to remove dirt and grease before applying finish. 3. Where rust or scale is present, wire brush or sand clean before applying. 4. Putty nail holes, countersunk screws, bolts, cracks before applying paint. 5. Sand wood surfaces smooth and even before apply finish. 6. Remove hardware accessories, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items, or provide amply protection. 7. Seal bottoms, tops, and edges of wood doors. Sand wood faces of doors before finishing. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Comply with paint manufacturers written instructions for surface preparation, environmental and substrate conditions, product mixing, and application. B. Paint as indicated in Application Schedule below. Proprietary names are used to designate quality; equivalent by above-named manufacturers may be substituted. 3.3 EX 1'ERIOR PAINT APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Concrete, Stucco or Synthetic Stucco, and Masonry: As follows: 1. Surface Preparation: Remove and replace or repair loose and unstable material. Match existing finish texture. Allow new stucco to cure minimum 14 days prior to paint application. 2. Primer: One coat Sherwin-Williams Loxon Conditioner, A24-100 Series or equal. 3. Finish: Two coats Sherwin-Williams A-100 Exterior Latex Satin Paint, A82 Series. a. Provide body and accent colors as indicated on Drawings. B. Soffit Board: As follows: 1. Finish: Two coats of Sherwin-Williams A-100 Exterior Latex Satin Paint, A82 Series. C. Wood: As follows: 1. Primer: One coat of Sherwin-Williams A-100 Exterior Oil Primer, Y24 or equal. 2. Finish: Two coats of Sherwin-Williams A-100 Exterior Latex Satin Paint, A82 Series. a. Provide body and accent colors as indicated on Drawings. D. Ferrous Metal: As follows: a. Primer: One coat Sherwin-Williams Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer B5OZ Series, if not factory primed or equal. b. Finish: Two coats Sherwin-Williams Industrial Enamel, B54 Series, as follows: c. Exterior face of exterior hollow metal doors, bollards, and other miscellaneous ferrous metal not otherwise indicated on Drawings: Refer to Finish Schedule for color. d. Interior face of exterior hollow metal doors and frames: Refer to finish plan/ schedule for color. e. Rooftop equipment: Match exterior. Paint equipment exposed or extending above top of parapet or cupola, including pre -painted aluminum items. f Flashing, vents, and miscellaneous metal on exposed sloped metal roofing: Match roofing material color unless specifically noted otherwise. Fascia, gutters, flashing, scuppers, downspouts, and gas piping: Match adjacent wall finish. Refer to Finish Schedule. E. Metal Roof Decking and Steel Joists: 1. Surface Preparation: At interior surfaces, remove loose and scaling paint, rust, and other foreign matter by sand blasting per #SSPC-SP-63 "Commercial Blast Cleaning" recommendations. 2. Spot Primer Rusted Areas: One coat Sherwin-Williams Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer, B5OZ Series or equal. 3. Finish: Two coats Sherwin-Williams Waterborne Acrylic Egg -Shell , B42 Series. 3.4 INTERIOR PAINT APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Concrete Unit Masonry and Brick: As follows: 1. Typical Wall - White Primer: One coat Sherwin-Williams PrepRite 200 Interior Latex Wall Primer, B28W200 or equal. Tinted to Sherwin-Williams Color -Prime P2 Finish: Two coats Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Interior Latex Egg -Shell Enamel, B20-2200 Series tinted to SW7042 2. Typical Wall - Blue, Orange, Green Primer: One coat Sherwin-Williams PrepRite 200 Interior Latex Wall Primer, B28W200 or equal. Tinted to Sherwin-Williams Color -Prime P2 Finish: Two coats Sherwin-Williams ProMar 200 Interior Latex Satin Enamel, B20-2200 Series tinted to SW6794, SW6430 or SW6655 as indicated on construction documents 3. Purple Wall Primer: One coat of Sherwin-Williams PrepRite 200 Interior Latex Primer, B28W200. Tinted to Sherwin-Williams Color -Prime System P6. Finish: Two coats of Sherwin-Williams Color Accents Interior Latex Satin Enamel, tinted to "Purple Promise" custom color. g. E. Gypsum Board: 1. Typical Wall - White Gypsum Board, Eg-Shel, Latex -Based Acrylic -Enamel- 2 finish coats over a primer. Sherwin-Williams Primer: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer B28W2600 Series Tinted to SW Color Prime P2 Second Coat: ProMar 200 Interior Zero VOC Eg-Shel B20-2600 Series Tinted to SW 7042 Shoji White Third Coat: Same as second coat. 2. Typical Wall - Blue, Orange, Green Gypsum Board, Eg-Shel, Latex -Based Acrylic -Enamel: 2 finish coats over a primer. Sherwin-Williams Primer: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer B28W2600 Series Tinted to SW Color Prime P2 Second Coat: ProMar 200 Interior Zero VOC Eg-Shel B20-2600 Series Tinted to SW 6794 Flyway, SW 6430 Great Green, or SW 6655 Adventure Orange (as indicated on construction documents) Third Coat: Same as second coat. 3. Purple Wall Gypsum Board, Eg-Shel, Latex -Based rylic-Enamel: 2 finish coats over a primer. Sherwin-Williams Primer: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer B28W2600 Series Tinted to SW Color Prime P6 Second Coat: ProMar 200 Interior Zero VOC Eg-Shel B20-2600 Series Tinted to custom formula Purple Promise Third Coat: Same as second coat. 4. Ceiling Gypsum Board, Eg-Shel, Latex -Based Acrylic -Enamel: 2 finish coats over a primer. Sherwin-Williams Primer: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer B28W2600 Series Tinted to SW Color Prime P2 Second Coat: ProMar 200 Interior Zero VOC Eg-Shel B20-2600 Series Tinted to SW 7001 Marshmallow Third Coat: Same as second coat. C. Interior Metal Roof Decking and Steel Joists: 1. Surface Preparation: At interior surfaces, remove loose and scaling paint, rust, and other foreign matter by sand blasting per #SSPC-SP-63 "Commercial Blast Cleaning" recommendations. 2. Spot Primer Rusted Areas: One coat Sherwin-Williams Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer, B5OZ Series or equal. 3. Finish: Two coats Sherwin-Williams Waterborne Acrylic, B42BW3, Flat Black. D. Metal Doors and Frame Metal, Gloss, Latex -Based Acrylic -Enamel: 2 finish coats over a primer. Sherwin-Williams Primer: Pro-Cryl Universal Primer B66-310 Series Second Coat: 0 VOC Gloss Acrylic B66-600 series Third Coat: Same as second coat. E. Wood Trim Wood, Gloss, Latex -Based Acrylic -Enamel: 2 finish coats over a primer. Sherwin-Williams Primer: Premium Wall & Wood Primer B28W8111. Second Coat: 0 VOC Gloss Acrylic B66-600 Series Tinted to SW 6005 Gray Folkstone Third Coat: Same as second coat. END OF SECTION 09910 SECTION 10155 TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS E. Panels, doors, and accessories to complete toilet compartments as indicated on Drawings. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 TOILET COMPARTMENTS AND SCREENS A. Floor mounted partitions: 1041 Designer Series Plastic Laminate Toilet Partitions by Bobrick, or acceptable substitute approved by FedEx Office Representative. 1. Color: 4623 Graphite Nebulus 2. Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): Stainless steel, not less than 3 inches high. B. Brackets: Chrome plated wall and U -brackets, double screw. 1. Attach door strikes and hinges with one-way head tamper -proof chrome plated hex bolts. Other screws to be Phillips head chromee plated. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Doors: Unless otherwise indicated, 24 -inch - wide in -swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36 -inch- wide out -swinging doors with a minimum 32 -inch - wide clear opening for compartments indicated to be accessible to the disabled. B. Door Hardware: Zamac. Provide units that comply with accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction at compartments indicated to be accessible to the disabled. 1. Hinges: Self-closing type, adjustable to hold door open at any angle up to 90 degrees. 2. Latches and Keepers: Concealed type designed for emergency access and with combination rubber -faced door strike and keeper. 3. Coat Hook: Combination hook and rubber -tipped bumper, sized to prevent door from hitting compartment -mounted accessories. 4. Door Bumper: Rubber -tipped bumpers at out -swinging doors or entrance screen doors. 5. Door Pull: Provide at out -swinging doors. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments indicated to be accessible to the disabled. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install units rigid, straight, level, and plumb, with not more than 1/2 inch between pilasters and panels and not more than 1 inch between panels and walls. Provide brackets, pilaster shoes, bracing, and other components required for a complete installation. Use theft -resistant exposed fasteners finished to match hardware. Use sex -type bolts for through -bolt applications. 1. Stirrup Brackets: Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls. 2. Set hinges on in -swinging doors to hold open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out -swinging doors and swing doors in entrance screens to return to fully closed position. END OF SECTION 10155 SECTION 10260 IMPACT -RESISTANT WALL PRO LECTION Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section includes the following types of wall protection systems: 1. Corner Guards B. Related sections: The following sections contain requirements related to this section: 1. Handrails, Bumper Guards, Crash Rails, Accent Rails, Wall Covering, Wall Panels, Door Protection; refer to section 10 26 00 "Wall and Door Protection" 2. Blocking in walls for fasteners; refer to section 09 22 00 "Supports for Plaster and Gypsum Board" 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with conditions of contract and Division 1 specification section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures". B. Product data and detailed specifications for each system component and installation accessory required, including installation methods for each type of substrate. C. Shop drawings showing locations, extent and installation details of corner guards. Show methods of attachment to adjoining construction. D. Samples for verification purposes: Submit the following samples, as proposed for this work, for verification of guard. 12" (304.8mm) long sample of each model specified. E. Product test reports from a qualified independent testing laboratory showing compliance of each component with requirements indicated. F. Maintenance data for wall protection system components for inclusion in the operating and maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE. A. Installer qualifications: Engage an installer who has no less than 3 years experience in installation of systems similar in complexity to those required for this project. B. Manufacturer's qualifications: Not less than 5 years experience in the production of specified products and a record of successful in-service performance. C. Single source responsibility: Provide all components of the wall protection system manufactured by the same company to ensure compatibility of color, texture and physical properties. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the project site in unopened original factory packaging clearly labeled to show Manufacturer. B. Store materials in original, undamaged packaging in a cool, dry place out of direct sunlight and exposure to the elements. A minimum room temperature of 40°F (4°C) and a maximum of 100°F (38°C) should be maintained. C. Material must be stored flat. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Materials must be acclimated in an environment of 65°-75°F (18°-24°C) for at least 24 hours prior to beginning the installation. B. Installation areas must be enclosed and weatherproofed before installation commences. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Interior surface protection products specified herein and installed on the submittal drawings shall be manufactured by Construction Specialties, Inc. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Clear Polycarbonate: Corner guards shall be extruded from polycarbonate material with an impact resistance of 16 ft. lb./inch as tested per ASTM D-256, Notched Izod Test. Thickness to be nominal .075" (1.9mm) for 1-'/2" (38.1mm) legs. B. Fasteners: All fasteners to be non -corrosive and compatible with polycarbonate. All necessary fasteners to be supplied by the manufacturer. 2.03 CORNER GUARDS A. Clear polycarbonate corner guards by Construction Specialties: Surface mounted polycarbonate corner guards mounted with screws. Attachment hardware shall be appropriate for wall construction. 1. Model LG -150 90° surface mounted polycarbonate corner guard with 1-'/2" (38.1 mm) legs. Odd angles available. 2.04 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate wall protection systems to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, detail, finish and member sizes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion. B. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface preparation: Prior to installation, clean substrate to remove dirt, debris and loose particles. Perform additional preparation procedures as required by manufacturer's instructions. B. Protection: Take all necessary steps to prevent damage to material during installation as required in manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install the work of this section in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, using only approved mounting hardware, and locating all components firmly into position, level and plumb. B. Temperature at the time of installation must be between 65°-75°F (18°-24°C) and be maintained for at least 48 hours after the installation. 3.04 CLEANING A. General- Immediately upon completion of installation, clean guards in accordance with manufacturer's recommended cleaning method. B. Remove surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from installation as work progresses and upon completion of work. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect installed materials to prevent damage by other trades. Use materials that may be easily removed without leaving residue or permanent stains. SECTION 10431 - SIGNS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Provide electrical components that are labeled and listed by UL and that comply with applicable NEMA standards. B. Refer to requirements, standards, and recommendations published in FedF.x Office, Inc. Corporate Identity Manual. C. Coordinate electrical installation and final electrical connections for interior signage unless otherwise indicated. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Signs are furnished and installed by FedEx Office. Coordinate with FedEx Office sign contractor. Only blocking and electrical power for signs are required by Contractor. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide blocking in wall as required to support signs. END OF SECTION 10431 SECTION 10520 - FIRE- PRO lECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Fire Extinguishers: NFPA 10, listed and labeled for the type, rating, and classification of extinguisher. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS A. Portable Fire Extinguishers: Multipurpose dry -chemical type, UL -rated 4-A; 60 -B -C; 101b nominal capaacity. 1. J.L. Industries. 2. Larsen's Mfg. Co. 3. Muckle Manufacturing Division of Technico, Inc. 4. Profile Internation, Inc. B. Fire Protection Cabinets: Enameled steel, cabinets for fire extinguisher. C. Cabinet: Recessed or semi -recessed as conditions allow under requirements of Americans With Disabilities Architectural Accessibility Guidelines. D. Accessories: Mounting brackets where cabinets are not indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install cabinets and brackets at heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights to comply with applicable regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Do not allow fire extinguisher cabinets to extend more than four inches from face of wall, in accordance with requirements of Americans With Disabilities Architectural Accessibility Guidelines. END OF SECTION 10520 SECTION 10801 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Meet Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG) or local code, whichever is more stringent B. In California, meet Title 24 - Accessibility Standards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, No. 4 finish (satin), 0.0312 -inch minimum nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. B. Brass: ASTM B 19, ASTM B 16, or ASTM B 30 castings. C. Sheet Steel: ASTM A 366/A 366M, 0.0359 -inch minimum nominal thickness. D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60. E. Chromium Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service). F. Baked -Enamel Finish: Factory -applied, gloss -white, baked -acrylic -enamel coating. G. Mirror Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, nominal 6.0 mm thick, with silvering, electroplated copper coating, and protective organic coating complying with FS DD -M-411. H. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. I. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, tamper and theft resistant when exposed, and of galvanized steel when concealed. 2.2 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES A. For product specifications, see Toilet Accessory Specifications on Drawings. B. Grab Bars: 1. Locate grab bars on each side, or one side and the back of the physically disabled toilet stall or compartment. 2. A grab bar and any wall or their surface adjacent to it shall be free of any sharp or abrasive elements. 3. Do not permit grab bars to rotate within their fitting 4. Edges shall have a minimum radius of 1/8". Grab bars, tub and shower seats, fasteners and mounting devices shall be designed for 250 lbs. per linear foot load. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. 1. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, when tested according to method in ASTM F 446. B. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation and verify that mechanisms function properly. Replace damaged or defective items. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. END OF SECTION 10801 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED 'JUL 17 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 1 f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL STATE OF WASHINGTON CONSULTING ENGINEER ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A a3 U 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 05.31.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAW NGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.31.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: SPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: SPEC -3.0 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 CAD User: jonathanb. 1 FX0-30x42_TB 1 ref Filename: 1 4230 ACU -1 (@ GRADE) WT: 550 LBS SEE C/S-1.0 FOR FOUNDATION INFO ACU -2 (© GRADE) WT: 650 LBS NEW WALL OPENING, SEE B/S-1.0 NEW WALL OPENING, SEE A/S-1.0 ACU -3 (ON ROOF) WT: 1300 LBS, SEE D/5-1.0 FOR ATTACHMENT ADJACENT LEASE SPACE NOT PART OF WORK • ///////////// NOTES: 1. ACU -1 & ACU -2, TO BE PLACED ON SLAB ON GRADE. SEE C/S-1.0 FOR FOUNDATION. 2. ACU -3 TO REPLACE EXISTING UNIT W/ SIMILAR WEIGHT & SIZE. SEE D/S-1.0 FOR CONNECTION TO ROOF ////////////////// PARTIAL PLAN //////l. 1 /8" = 1'-0" EX FLOOR (4) 1/2"0 HILT! HUS EZ ANCHORS @ 1'-4" OC W/ 3" EMBED (2) 1/2"0 HILTI HUS EZ ANCHORS @ 9" OC W/ 3" EMBED, TYP DO NOT OVER CUT WALLS, PROVIDE 4"95 CORE @ OPENING — EX 5 1/2" (V1F) CONC WALL L4x3x3/8x6'-6" (2) 1/2"0 HILT! HUS EZ ANCHORS @ 9" OC W/ 3" EMBED, TYP — 2' CLR (MIN) FROM PANEL EDGE, VERIFY IN FIELD 9" 5'-0" OPENING ELEVATION L4x3x5/16x7'-6" 4'-0" MAX EX 5 1/2" (VIF)) CONC WALL EX WINDOW � OPENING ELEVATION � oJ MECH UNIT (BY OTHERS) (4) HILTI 1/2"0 HUS EX SCREW ANCHORS W/ 3" EMBED EX SLAB ON GRADE (4) 1/2"0 HILTI HUS EZ ANCHORS @ 1'-0" W/ 8" EMBED J U CV X J V 2' CLR (MIN) FROM PANEL EDGE, VERIFY IN FIELD V) J U 6"x5' -0"x7'-6" SLAB. SEE MECH PLANS FOR ORIENTATION f = 2500 psi ACU -1 & ACU -2 FOUNDATION PLAN MECH UNIT (BY OTHERS) MECH CURB (BY OTHERS) REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED JUL 17 2013 ':. City ofTukwila BUILDING DIVISION D t31O? ACU -3 FOUNDATION PLAN RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER (8) 1/4" SCREWS (2 PER SIDE) MECH UNIT TO CURB (12) #10 SCREW SPACED EQUALLY AROUND PERIMETER OF CURB EX ROOF FRAMING ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE 1 SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 1 92612 t 949.705.0700 1 f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL CONSULTING ENGINEER Consulting Engineers 1201 Third Avenue, Suite 900 Seattle, Washington 98101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622-8130 ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 113195 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 04.26.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF FEDEX OFFICE INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX OFFICE. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX OFFICE IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: ISSUED FOR PERMIT 06.06.13 DESIGN SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: PARTIAL PLAN AND STRUCTURAL DETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: S-1 .0 TEMPLATE (30 x 42) ISSUE: 08/13/12 ACU -1 72 MBH ///////// / /7/ , /////2/////// ///////// // //iii/ri/rr///////////p1//r/inn//iiil/,7,///Ii// ////,///////////r 0 .1212/7/7/7////////// //////////////////7/17//iii///1///..✓//////Z/AI i/s./,//2///////7/7/7/ ////Z//////////Z//////// moi/// -._....----- 1L " `/ WH -1 FMS -1 HW i re vie cw NEW PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (IF REQUIRED) 0 EXISTING - GAS MAIN TO SPACE TO REMAIN G ti TO NEW ACU -1,2 0 1-1/2" G I ^ 2-1 /2" 941 MBH NEW GAS METER PLUMBING GAS RISER 1/4" = 1'-0" ADJACENT LEASE SPACE NOT PARTOFWORK /7/. ///77/7/ PLUMBING GAS/SUPPLY PLAN (0) 1/4" = 1'-0" Pt.v:sLEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION — — —S — — SANITARY/WASTE PIPING, S, W —V— VENT, V —CW— COLD WATER PIPING, CW HW HOT WATER PIPING, HW — — F GATE VALVE D4 —/I— CHECK VALVE QQ c CLEANOUT WCO '- WALL CLEANOUT 0 FLOOR DRAIN, F.D. WC WATER CLOSET LAV LAVATORY CW COLD WATER HW HOT WATER EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER F.D. FLOOR DRAIN NATURAL GAS PIPING SIZING REQUIREMENTS NATURAL GAS PIPING IS SIZED BASED ON 941 MBH CONNECTED LOAD, 260 LINEAR FEET OF PIPE, LESS THAN 1 PSI OF PRESSURE, A PRESSURE DROP OF 0.3—INCH WATER COLUMN AND A SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF 0.6. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE EXACT CONDITIONS WITH LOCAL NATURAL GAS COMPANY PRIOR TO BID. IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY ENGINEER OF RECORD IF FIELD CONDITIONS DIFFER. PLUMBING CODED NOTES: 1. EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW COLD WATER TO EXISTING COLD WATER SERVICE. PROVIDE NEW SHUT OFF VALVES, METER AND REMOTE METER READER AS REQUIRED. VERIFY LOCATION OF COLD WATER MAIN PRIOR TO BID. 2. EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW 4" SANITARY MAIN TO THE EXISTING 4" MINIMUM SANITARY SERVICE. VERIFY SIZE, DEPTH, AND LOCATION OF SANITARY MAIN WITH THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID, ROUGH—IN AND INSTALLATION. PROVIDE CLEANOUT AT CONNECTION TO THE SANITARY MAIN. 3. EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW 2" VENT TO EXISTING 3" MINIMUM VENT. FIELD VERIFY PRIOR TO BID. 4. PROVIDE NEW HOT WATER HEATER AND PLATFORM ABOVE MOP SINK. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH THE EC. 5. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER FOR FLOOR DRAIN. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR MODEL AND MANUFACTURER. INSTALL TRAP PRIMER VALVE ASSEMBLY IN WALL AT AN ACCESSIBLE HEIGHT. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED. 6. EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW NATURAL GAS PIPING TO NEW ACU'S AS SHOWN. PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVE AND DIRT LEG AS REQUIRED. INSTALL GAS REGULATOR IF REQUIRED. 7. ROUTE NEW NATURAL GAS PIPING ON ROOF. PROVIDE APPROVED SLEEPERS AS REQUIRED. PAINT NEW GAS PIPING PER LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. 8. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY CAPACITY OF EXISTING GAS SERVICE AND PROVIDE NEW METER AND APPLICABLE PRV/ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD AND UTIUTY COMPANY. 9. EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW NATURAL GAS PIPING TO NEW HVAC EQUIPMENT PER THE MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVE AND DIRT LEG AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE LANDLORD APPROVED SLEEPERS AS REQUIRED. PAINT NEW GAS PIPING LANDLORD. 10. PROVIDE NEW POWERS LF495 POINT OF USE THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE. INSTALL IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. SET TO 110 DEGREE DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE. 11. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY NATURAL GAS INPUT REQUIRED FOR EXISTING EQUIPMENT. CONTACT ENGINEER OF RECORD IF REQUIRED INPUT EXCEEDS CAPACITY USTED. 12. PIPING TO GAS METER. LOCATION SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. DEMOLITION PLUMBING CODED NOTES: 1. EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE HW, CW, VENT BACK TO THE MAIN AND CAP. REMOVE THE SANITARY BELOW THE FINISHED SURFACE, CAP AND REPAIR FLOOR AS REQUIRED TO MATCH THE EXISTING FINISH. FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE DEMOUTION WITH THE PROJECT MANAGER AND LANDLORD. 1 II II 1I II 11 11 LJ W//. PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" FMS -1 > FCO cn ARCHITECT 8200 VON KARM N AVE i St,1TE 910 I IRVINE, CA 9261f — i t 949.705.0700 f 949.705.07011 MuivannyG2.com 1.} 1/4" = 1'-0" PLUMBING SANITARY & VENT PLAN p‘" WATER RISER DIAGRAM NTS / /'/ /.36 o / I SANITARY & VENT ISO PLAN NTS PLUMBING RESPONSIBILITIES L — LANDLORD CONTRACTOR F — FEDEX CONTRACTOR E — EXISTING FURNISH INSTALL RESPONSIBIUTY NOTES PLUMBING SYSTEM 1 RESTROOM PLUMBING FIXTURES F F la ASSOCICATED HW/CW PIPING F F 1b ASSOCICATED SEWER/VENT PIPING F F 2 WATER COOLER AND ACCESSORIES F F 2a ASSOCICATED HW/CW PIPING F F 2b ASSOCICATED SEWER/VENT PIPING F F 5 CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING — — 6 SECOND CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING — — 7 GAS PIPING/MEItu/REGULATOR F F 8 TANK TYPE HOT/ IWH WATER HEATER F F 9 MOP SINK AND ACCESSORIES F F 9a ASSOCICATED HW/CW PIPING F F 9b ASSOCICATED SEWER/VENT PIPING F F 10 CONDENSATE DRAIN PUMP — — 11 AS—BUILT DRAWINGS F F 12 PLUMBING UTILITIES (CW,METER,SAN,VTR) F F 13 DEMOLITION — — PERMIT SEPARATE APND REQUvAL EED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER FELD VERFY ALL COMMONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. SEAL K KOHRS LOIMMAISI ENINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS WWW.KLHENGRS.COM 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE. SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS. KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 12622.00 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 04.26.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF KINKO'S INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX KINKO'S. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX KINKO'S IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: ISSUED FOR PERMIT 05.10.13 n /\ A n n AA n PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.10.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: PLUMBING PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: P-1.0 GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES A. EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE BASED ON UMITED FIELD VERIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST TO ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. FURTHERMORE, PRIOR TO BID, CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND FIELD VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING THE EXISTING STUB—INS, TAPS, ETC. FOR PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS FOR THE TENANT SPACE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND BETWEEN PLANS AND FIELD CONDITIONS IN ORDER TO PREVENT UNKNOWN ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE TENANT. B. ALL PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE, LOCAL CODE AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. C. PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVE(S) AT EACH FIXTURE. D. ALL PLUMBING PIPING DROPS TO PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN WALL SPACE EXCEPT WHERE NOTED. K. ALL WATER UNES PIPED IN EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE WARM SIDE OF THE INSULATION E. SAW CUT ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS. SEAL AROUND ALL WALL, FLOOR AND CEIUNG PIPE PENETRATIONS WITH APPROVED SEALANT MATERIAL AND ENSURE PENETRATIONS REMAIN FIRE RESISTANT AND WATERTIGHT. F. ALL EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATIONS AND MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LANDLORD CRITERIA, LOCAL AND STATE CODES. G. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS PER PDI REQUIREMENTS. H. LABEL ALL BELOW SLAB PIPING. 1. PLUMBING WORK REQUIRES SEPERATE PLUMBING PERMIT TO BE OBTAINED BY THE TOWNSHIP—UCENSED PLUMBER. J. IN ORDER TO NOT VOID THE LANDLORD'S ROOF WARRANTY, ALL ROOF WORK SHALL BE BY THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR. ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS WORK SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. GENERAL PLUMBING DEMOLITION NOTES A. AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE PLUMBING FIXTURES ARE TO BE REMOVED, PLUMBING SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE PIPING (WATER, WASTE, VENT) TO A POINT BEYOND FINISH SURFACE AND CAP OFF. WHERE PIPING SERVING EXISTING FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED ALSO SERVES FIXTURES THAT ARE TO REMAIN, PIPING SHALL BE REROUTED AND RECONNECTED AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE REMODELED AREAS AS REQUIRED. B. WHERE EXISTING WALLS ARE REMOVED AND PIPING IS FOUND THAT MUST REMAIN, PLUMBING SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL REROUTE AND RECONNECT PIPING AS REQUIRED, E.G. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING, GAS, SOIL, WASTE, VENT, AND ROOF LEADER PIPING. C. ALL PLUMBING PIPING THAT IS FOUND TO NO LONGER SERVE ANY PURPOSE SHALL BE REMOVED AND CAPPED OFF BEYOND FINISH SURFACE. D. WHEREVER POSSIBLE, NEW PIPING AND RELOCATED PIPING SHALL BE RUN CONCEALED. COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL PIPING WITH HVAC AND ELECTRIC SUBCONTRACTOR. COORDINATE CUTTING AND PATCHING WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. E. WHEREVER FIXTURES REQUIRING PLUMBING CONNEC11ONS ARE FURNISHED BY OTHERS, OWNER, OR ARE RELOCATED, PLUMBING SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL CARRIERS, "P" TRAP AND STOPS AND MAKE FINAL PLUMBING CONNEC11ONS AT NEW LOCATIONS. F. ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING FOR REMOVAL, REMODELING OR INSTALLATION OF NEW PLUMBING WORK SHALL BE DONE BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. G. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DEMOUTION PLANS FOR EXTENT OF DEMOLITION WORK. COORDINATE WITH SAME. PL = SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SHALL APPLY TO AND BE PART OF THIS SPECIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND APPROVALS REQUIRED. SCOPE OF WORK WATER PIPING SYSTEMS SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING SYSTEMS PLUMBING FIXTURES PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PAINTING AND ELECTRICAL WORK IS NOT PART OF THIS CONTRACT. GENERAL STANDARDS THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS SHALL GOVERN: AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TEST MATERIALS (ASTM); AMERICAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION (ASA); UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL); NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA); STATEWIDE BUILDING CODE. THE INSTALLATION OF ALL PLUMBING WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE APPLICABLE LOCAL PLUMBING CODES AND STATUES. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL DO ALL EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING. LAY SEWER AND UNDERGROUND PIPING UNES ON 6" COMPACTED SAND. BACKFILL UNDER BUILDING AND ALL DRIVES, ROADS AND WALKS WITH BANK—RUN GRAVEL. WATER PIPING SYSTEMS INTERIOR BACKFLOW PREVENTERS WITH FUNNELS AND DRAINS DOMESTIC COLD—WATER PIPING DOMESTIC HOT—WATER PIPING DOMESTIC RECIRCULATING WATER PIPING TRAP PRIMERS FOR FLOOR DRAINS PROVIDE HEAT TRACE AND INSULATION ON ALL WATER PIPING SUBJECT TO FREEZING. INTERIOR WATER PIPING: TUBE SIZE 2" AND SMALLER: COPPER TUBE. WALL THICKNESS: TYPE L, HARD—DRAWN TEMPER. FITTINGS: WROUGHT—COPPER, SOLDER—JOINTS. TUBE SIZE 2-1/2" AND LARGER: COPPER TUBE. WALL THICKNESS: TYPE L, HARD—DRAWN TEMPER. FITTINGS: WROUGHT—COPPER, SOLDER—JOINTS. REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER (DOMESTIC BUILDING SERVICE): GAS PIPING SYSTEMS GENERAL: PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING GAS PIPING RUN—OUTS TO ALL GAS—FIRED EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY THE HVAC AND ELECTRIC CONTRACTORS. PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED FULL—SIZE (AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS) TO EACH UNITS GAS INLET CONNECTION, BURNER, REGULATOR, ETC. PLUMBING SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL GAS COCK AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. CONNECTIONS TO EACH GAS—FIRED EQUIPMENT ITEM SHALL INCLUDE A DRIP LEG AND SHUTOFF GAS COCK. COMPLY WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION. FOR CONNECTIONS TO GAS—FIRED ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT, PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ROOF PENETRATION AND SHALL INSTALL THE GAS PIPING THROUGH THE ROOF IN A LOCATION THAT HAS BEEN COORDINATED WITH THE HVAC CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH WORK PROVIDED BY THE UTILITY COMPANY, INCLUDING TAP FEES, INSTALLATION COSTS, ROAD CUTS, AND BORES IF APPLICABLE. BUILDING DISTRIBUTION PIPING: ALL PIPING FROM OUTSIDE NEW FOUNDATION WALL TO GAS FIRED EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: BLACK STEEL PIPE. PIPE SIZE 2" AND SMALLER: BLACK STEEL PIPE PIPE WEIGHT: SCHEDULE 40 FITTINGS: MALLEABLE IRON THREADED PIPE SIZE 2-1/2" AND LARGER: BLACK STEEL PIPE PIPE WEIGHT: SCHEDULE 40 FITTINGS: WROUGHT—STEEL BUTTWELDING SOIL. WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE SOIL, WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM IN THE BUILDING AND ON THE SITE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. NO—HUB CAST IRON MAY BE USED ABOVE FLOOR SLAB. ABOVE GROUND SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING WITHIN BUILDINGS INCLUDING SOIL STACKS, VENT STACKS, HORIZONTAL BRANCHES, TRAPS, AND CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES AND DRAINS. UNDERGROUND BUILDING DRAIN PIPING INCLUDING MAINS, BRANCHES, TRAPS, CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES AND DRAINS, AND CONNECTIONS TO STACKS, TERMINATING AT CONNECTION TO EXISTING SANITARY SEWER. FLOOR DRAINS INTERIOR PIPING: CAST IRON SOIL PIPING AND FITTINGS SERVICE WEIGHT ASTM A-74 WITH ASTM C-564 GASKETED JOINTS. WASTE AND VENT PIPING 2-1/2" AND UNDER — TYPE "M" COPPER ASTM B88.62. SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING 3" AND OVER IN SIZE AND ALL UNDERGROUND CAST IRON SOIL PIPING AND FITTINGS, ASTM A-74, SERVICE WEIGHT. NO—HUB CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE USED ABOVE FLOOR FOR SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING. PIPING ALIGNMENT SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS USING APPROVED Y BRANCHES OR EIGHT BANDS FOR DIRECTION CHANGES AND SHALL BE SURELY SUPPORTED OR SECURED TO MAINTAIN SUCH ALIGNMENT. PITCH OF PIPING SHALL BE UNIFORM AT A MINIMUM OF 1/8" PER FOOT FOR BUILDING DRAINS AND AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR SEWERS. PROTECTION SHALL BE GIVEN ALL FOOTINGS, OTHER STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS DURING UNDERGROUND WORK ADJACENT TO SUCH ITEMS. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. VENT ALL FIXTURES, CONNECT BRANCH VENTS TO MAIN VENT RISERS AT LEAST THREE FEET AND SIX INCHES ABOVE VENTED FIXTURES. PITCH VENT LINES BACK TO SOIL OR WASTE PIPE, FREE OF DROPS AND SAGS. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE FULL SIZE OF PIPE UP TO 4", AND 4" FOR LARGER SIZES. FOR UNDERGROUND AND CONCEALED LINES, PROVIDE CLEANOUTS IN ACCESSIBLE POSITIONS AT EACH RIGHT ANGLE TURN AND AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED FIFTY FEET. IN FLOORS, INSTALL FLUSH WITH FINISH FLOOR WITH EXTENSION PIPE FROM CLEANOUT "Y". FLOOR DRAINS REFER TO SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. NOTE: ALL FLOOR DRAINS LOCATED IN ROOMS WHICH HAVE 11LE FLOORS (TOILET ROOMS, KITCHEN, ETC.) SHALL HAVE SQUARE TOPS (TYPE "S" STRAINER). THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL TRAP PRIMERS FOR ALL FLOOR DRAINS. TRAP PRIMER SHALL BE EQUAL TO PPP INC. MODEL "OREGON #1" TRAP PRIMER VALVE. PLUMBING FIXTURES WATER CLOSETS. LAVATORIES. SERVICE SINKS. WATER COOLERS. FIXTURE SCHEDULE SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE SCHEDULE. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE CATHODIC PROTECTION PROVIDE DIELECTRIC INSULATION AT POINTS WHERE COPPER OR BRASS PIPE COMES IN CONTACT WITH FERROUS PIPING, REINFORCING STEEL OR OTHER DISSIMILAR METAL IN STRUCTURE. SHOCK ABSORBERS REMOVE SHOCK CONDITIONS FROM ALL PIPING. PROVIDE AND INSTALL SHOCK ABSORBERS ON ALL PIPING SERVING FLUSH VALVE FIXTURES. VALVES MAIN SHUT OFF VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. SHUT OFF VALVES SHALL BE NIBCO S/T 580 BALL VALVES OR EQUAL. VALVES SHALL HAVE BLOWOUT PROOF STEM, TFE SEATS AND BRASS BALL. PRESSURE RATING OF ALL MAIN VALVES SHALL HAVE A RATING OF AT LEAST 400 PSI WORKING PRESSURE. VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. WHEN VALVES ARE NOT SHOWN IN DETAIL ON THE PLANS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL VALVES NECESSARY FOR THE CONTROL OPERATION AND ISOLATION OF EQUIPMENT. PITCH ALL PIPE TO LOW POINTS AND INSTALL DRAIN VALVES. GATE VALVES OR BALL VALVES SHALL BE USED IN SERVICES REQUIRING THE VALVES TO BE FULLY OPENED OR TIGHTLY CLOSED. GLOBE OR ANGLE VALVES SHALL BE USED WHERE THROTTLING OR FLOW CONTROL IS DESIRED, OR IN BY—PASS LINES. GLOBE AND ANGLE VALVES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH THE APPROPRIATE DISC MATERIAL FOR THE INTENDED SERVICE. COLD WATER GLOBE VALVES SHALL HAVE RUBBER DISC; HOT WATER SHALL HAVE COMPOSITION DISC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SHUT—OFF VALVES TO ISOLATE EACH FIXTURES, ITEM OR UNIT AT THE FIXTURE ITEMS OR UNIT WHETHER FURNISHED BY THIS CONTRACTOR OR BY OTHERS. FIXTURES, ITEM OR UNITS FURNISHED BY THE MANUFACTURER WITH INTEGRAL STOPS OR STOPS SPECIFIED WITH THE FIXTURE ARE CONSIDERED TO BE PROPERLY VALVED OFF AT THE FIXTURES. ACCESS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ALL VALVES. PIPE JOINTS AND CONNECTION ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF FINISHED CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THIS CONTRACTOR UNDER THE SECTION OF SPECIFICATIONS COVERING THESE MATERIALS. ANY MINOR ADJUSTMENT IN LOCATION OF ALIGNMENT OF NEW WORK OR TO CONNECT TO EXISTING UTILITIES SHALL BE PERFORMED AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGES TO THE GROUNDS, WALKS, ROAD, BUILDING, PIPING SYSTEMS, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AND THEIR EQUIPMENT AND CONTENTS, CAUSED BY LEAKS IN THE PIPING SYSTEMS BEING INSTALLED OR HAVING BEEN INSTALLED BY HIM. HE SHALL REPAIR AT HIS EXPENSE ALL DAMAGED SO CAUSED. ALL REPAIR WORK SHALL BE DONE AS DIRECTED BY AND IN SUCH MANNER AS SATISFACTORY TO THE ARCHITECT. OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE EMERGENCY REPAIRS AS REQUIRED TO KEEP EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION WITHOUT VOIDING THE CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTEE BOND NOR RELIEVING THE CONTRACTOR OF HIS RESPONSIBILITIES DURING THE BONDING PERIOD. PIPE INSULATION FIBERGLASS PIPING INSULATION: ASTM C 547, CLASS 1 FLEXIBLE CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC PIPING INSULATION: ASTM C 534, TYPE I, (EQUAL TO ARMAFLEX). ENCASE PIPE FITTINGS INSULATION WITH ONE—PIECE PREMOLDED PVC FITTING COVERS. VAPOR BARRIER MATERIAL: PAPER—BACKED ALUMINUM FOIL, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, STRENGTH AND PERMEABILITY RATING EQUIVALENT TO ADJOINING PIPE INSULATION JACKETING. STAPLES, BANDS, WIRES, AND CEMENT: AS RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. ADHESIVES, SEALERS, AND PROTECTIVE FINISHES: AS RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. COVER ALL COLD WATER PIPING WITH 1/2" THICK FLEXIBLE CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC INSULATION, HAVING A "K" VALUE OF .25. COVER ALL HOT WATER PIPING WITH 3/4" THICK FLEXIBLE CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC INSULATION, HAVING A "K" VALUE OF .25. FLEXIBLE CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC INSTALLATION: SLIT TUBULAR SECTIONS ONTO PIPE. ON AREAS WHERE PIPE END IS OPEN, SLIDE FULL SECTIONS ONTO PIPE. ALL EDGES SHALL BE CLEAN CUT. INSULATION SHALL BE PUSHED ONTO PIPE, NEVER PULLED. ALL SEAMS AND BUTT JOINTS SHALL BE ADHERED AND SEALED USING ADHESIVE EQUAL TO ARMAFLEX 520 ADHESIVE. INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES WHEN IT IS REQUIRED TO INTERRUPT EXISTING SERVICES, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FIRST NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT THAT AN INTERRUPTION IS REQUIRED. IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT FACILITIES MUST BY KEPT IN OPERATION AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ADVISE THE ARCHITECT OF THE LENGTH OF TIME THE SERVICE WILL BE INTERRUPTED AND SHALL GET PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. WARRANTY THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANT THAT ALL WORK UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE FREE OF DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIALS AND PARTS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK AND SHALL REPAIR, REVISE, AND REPLACE, AT NO COST TO THE OWNER, ANY SUCH DEFECTS OCCURRING WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD. TERM/NATE SLEEVE FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL SURFACES SEAL OR CAULK SLEEVES 77/RU FIRE WALLS IN SMO/0 77GHTMANNERAND 771 MEET F7RERATINGOFWALL (REFER TOASTM E-814) Ir A it STANDARD WE/GHTSEEEL PIPE SLEEVEOFSL TOPASS PIPE AND/NSULA77ON. PLUS GAP AS REGU/DEDBYLOCAL CODES. ALSOACCWALL BLE)SLEEVE PIPE AND INSULATION TO BE CENTERED IN SLEEVE -DO NOT SUPPORT PIPE FROM SLEEVE NISHED ESCUTCHEON PLATE FLUSH AGAINST WALL AND OF SIZE TO COMPLETELY COVER OPEN/NG FINISHED WALL SURFACE CONCEALED PIPING — P/PING EXPOSED TO NEW NOTE PROVIDE SLEEVE FOR ALL MASONRY WALLS AND FIRE RATEDWALLS INTEGRAL ROOFTOP UNIT CONDENSATEDR4IN. CONDENSATEDRAIN PIPE SDESHALL BE NO LESS THAN DRAIN CONNEC77ONON UNIT. IIII_I+ I OPEN 70ATMOSPHERE COPPER PIPE PIPE TODRAIN OR ASAPPROVEDBY LOCAL CODE 1/2' COLD WA7ER SUPPLY CONNECTION PROVIDE SHUT-OFF VALVE ABOVE CEILING SPACE 111 1 1 17M/NIMUM 117HOR/ZONTAL RUNINP/PE ' CONNECT T7 FLOOR DRAIN SOLENOID VALVE METAL CABINET AUTOM417C 7R4PPRIMER 1/2'FLECBLE 4('COPPER(IYP.) FLOORDRA/N K -COPPER BELOW GRADE NO F7777NGS ORSPL/CESBELOW GRADE 77t4PWATERLEVEZ PIPE SLEEVE INTERIOR WALL DTL. NTS RTU CONDENSATE P -TRAP DETAIL NTS TRAP PRIMER DETAIL NTS C6) PROVIDE ROUND SECURED NICKEL BRONZE ADJUSTABLE TOP WITH 'CO' CAST IN COVER. PROVIDE CLEANOUT TOP WITH VARIATIONS SUITABLE FOR FLOOR COVERING (CARPET MARKER, RECESSED FOR TILE, SCORIATED FOR UNFINISHED FLOORS). PROVIDE BRONZE PLUG IN PVC BODY. MEMBRANE CLAMP FLOOR SLAB ON GRADE AS REQUIRED FOR SAME SIZE AS SEWER UP TO 4" DEPTH OF SEWER — MAXIMUM HUB AND SPIGOT PVC PIPE BELOW FLOOR SANITARY OR STORM SEWER LINE LONG SWEEP ELBOW AT END OR TURN OF RUN COMBINATION WYE AND EIGHTH BEND IN RUN. ENTER TOP OF PIPE 4— ".I--'ui 4— DIRECTION OF FLOW LOCALE AT BUILDING EXIT, AT ENDS OF RUNS, AT TURNS OF PIPE GREATER THAN 45 DEGREES, AT 50' INTERVALS ON STRAIGHT RUNS, AND WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS. PROVIDE BACKFILL PER ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS. LOCATE CLEANOUTS WHERE THERE IS 18' CLEAR AROUND. CONSULT LOCAL CODES FOR OTHER FCO REQUIREMENTS. FLOOR CLEANOUT DETAIL NTS 3/4"HWR EXPANSION TANK (ET -1) B&G 100 CIRC PUMP HEAT TRAP _ _ FL -Li)" �� P&T RELIEF PIPE TO MOP SINK DRAIN VALVE 1 1 I 1 3/4" 140°HW w w WR 7.-0" MINIMUM PROVIDE AND INSTALL WALL BRACKET MOP SINK WATER HEATER DETAIL NTS .510EL DECK• 70PBEAM C -CLAMP /FS7EEL BAR JOIST ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGS? FOR PIPING FOUR INCH OR LESS fALL -THREAD ROD. LEVGTHASREQU/RED FOR PIPE SLOPE — PROVIDE COPPER OR NONMETALLIC COA77NGWHERE !ANGERS CONTACT BARE COPPER PIPE G�4 DO NOT HANG PIPE LARGER THAN 3' FROM BOTTOM OF JOISTS. PROVIDE UPPER ATTACHMENT AS REQUIRED FOR CASES NOT SHOWN HERE. DO NOT INSTALL HANGER INSIDE INSULATION OR OTHERWISE PENETRATE VAPOR BARRIER. DO NOT HANG ONE PIPE FROM ANOTHER EXCEPT IN CHASES. TRAPEZE HANGERS MAY BE USED FOR MULTIPLE PARALLEL PIPES. HANGER SPACING FOR PIPE SIZE: COPPER: 4'=12' 3'=11' 2-1/2'=10 2'=9' 1-1/2'=51-1/4=T 1'=5 3/4'=5 1/7=7 CAST IRON: 10 AND ONE NEAR ALL JOINTS. STEEL 4=14' 3'=17 2-1/7=11'7=1a 1-1/2'=5 1"=T 3/4=5 1/2'=5'. LOCATE HANGERS AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO TURNS AND TEES OF PIPE. PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL STRUTS BETWEEN JOISTS IF REQUIRED.LOCATE HANGERS TO TAKE LOAD OFF OF EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. ANCHOR WATER PIPE AGAINST SWAYING DUE TO CHANGES IN WATER VELOCITY. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING IF/AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. CHAINS OR PERFORATED STRAP IRON OR STEEL IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. REFER TO CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. O CLEWSHANGERFOR PIPE OVER FOUR INCH u L1 I PROVIDE GALVANIZED STEEL SADDLE FOR ALL INSULATED PIPE LARGER THAN 3/4. VERIFY INSULATION THICKNESS WHEN SIZING HANGERS. WATER CLOSETS (WC -1) HANDICAPPED: FIXTURE: AMERICAN STANDARD #22467.016, "CADET" 161/2" EL, 1.6 GAL /FLUSH PA, FLOOR MOUNTED, WATER SAVING TYPE, VITREOUS CHINA ELONGATED BLOW, PRESSURE -ASSISTED SIPHON JET FLUSHING ACTION, 16 1/2" HIGH BOWL, CLOSE COUPLED TANK, WATER SAVER TRIM, FULLY -GLAZED TRAP -WAY, BOTTOM OUTLET, 30 1/4" PROJECTION FROM WALL 12" TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET FROM WALL, 2 BOLT CAPS, FLUSHES ON 1.6 GALLONS. SUPPLY: 3/8" CHROME PLATED BRASS TUBING W/ CHROME PLATED ANGLE STOP W/ WHEEL HANDLE. FLOOR CLEANOUT (FCO) FIXTURE: ZURN COMPANY #ZB-1400 COATED CAST IRON KLEENATRON, LEVELEZE FLOOR CLEANOUT, INSIDE CAULK CONNECTION WITH INTERNAL PLUG ADJUSTABLE HOUSING, HEAVY-DUTY SCORIATED SECURED ROUND TOP, POLISHED BRONZE FINISH, INSTALL FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR. PRESSURE ACTIVATED TRAP PRIMER: (TP -1) FIXTURE: PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS INC. MODEL PS -500, MACHINED OF CORROSION RESISTANT BRASS, CONTAINS NO SPRINGS OR DIAPHRAGMS, INLET 1/2" MALE NPT, OUTLET 1/2" FEMALE NPT. PRESSURE ACTIVATED PRIMER DELIVERS POTABLE WATER ACROSS AN AIR GAP FUNNEL THEN THROUGH THE DISTRIBUTION UNIT WHEN IT SENSES A PRESSURE DROP OF 5 TO 10 P.S.I.G. MOUNTING HEIGHT: MINIMUM MOUNTING HEIGHT OF 12" AFF WHEN FLOOR DRAIN SERVED IS 20'-0" OR LESS DEVELOPED LENGTH FROM UNIT, MOUNT AN ADDITIONAL 12" HIGHER FOR EACH ADDITIONAL 20'-0" OF LENGTH. MISC: DISTRIBUTION UNIT DU -2 FOR (2) TRAPS, PROVIDE AG -500 AIR GAP CONNECTION. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL IN WALL. MODEL D814, STAINLESS STEEL, VANDAL PROOF. FLOOR MOP SINK (FMS -1): FIXTURE: FIAT #MSB -2424 24" X 24" X 10" WITH PLAIN CURBS, SHOULDERS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 1" WIDE, STAINPROOF, CRASHPROOF, FINISHED ON ALL FOUR SIDES, FACTORY INSTALLED DRAIN BODY. FAUCET: FIAT #830 -AA MOP -SERVICE SINK FITTING, SPOUT WITH BUCKET HOOK 3/4" HOSE THREAD END, VACUUM BREAKER ADJUSTABLE TOP BRACE, INLETS ON 8" CENTERS, POLISHED CHROME FINISH, MOUNT SPOUT OUTLET 36" AFF. SUPPLIES: #832 -AA HOSE AND WALL HOOK, 30" LONG HOSE WITH 3/4" CHORME COUPLING, WALL BRACKET CHORME CAST BRASS, T-40 STAINLESS STEEL MOP HANGER OF STAINLESS STEEL WITH #4 FINISH, 24" LONG WITH 3 RUBBER SPRING LOADED GRIPS. WASTE: DRAIN SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL COMBINATION DOME STRAINER AND LINT BASKET, FACTORY INSTALLED STAINLESS STEEL DRAIN BODY FOR A CAULKED LEAD CONNECTION NOT LESS THAN 1" DEEP OR QDC-3 JOINT TO A 3" PIPE, CAST IRON P -TRAP. WALL CLEANOUT (WCO) FIXTURE: ZURN COMPANY #Z-1446 CLEANOUT TEE, DURA -COATED CAST IRON BODY, GAS AND WATERTIGHT ABS TAPERED THREAD PLUG, AND ROUND, SMOOTH STAINLESS STEEL WALL ACCESS COVER WITH SECURING SCREW. PLUMBING FIXTURES SPECIFICATIONS DRINKING FOUNTAIN (DF -1) HANDICAPPED: FIXTURE: OASIS MODEL PR8ACSL, SELF-CONTAINED TWO LEVEL WHEELCHAIR DRINKING FOUNTAIN, WALL MOUNTED , WALL MOUNTING BRACKETS, ONE-PIECE BACKSPLASH AND BASIN IS POLISHED TO A LUSTROUS SATIN FINISH, SANDSTONE POWDER COAT PAINT ON GALVANIZED STEEL SELF-CLOSING PUSH -BAR CONTROL LOCATED FRONT AND SIDES OF UNIT, 35 1/4" X 18 5/8" PROJECTION OF UNIT OUT FROM WALL. SUPPLIES: 1/2" COLD WATER WITH CONCEALED STOP WITH WHEEL HANDLE, 1/2" CHROME PLATED FLEXIBLE BRASS RISER. MOUNT CENTERLINE OF LOWER UNIT ORIFICE AT 161/2" AFF 1 1/2" 17 GAUGE CHROME PLATED BRASS ADJUSTABLE P -TRAP WITH CLEANOUT PLUG, 1 1/2" CHROME PLATED BRASS WASTE TO WALL CONCEALED IN UNIT. ACC: OPTIONAL APRON TO BE PROVIDED ON HIGH MOUNTED WATER COOLER TO PROVIDE THE MANDATORY 27" FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE REQUIREMENT OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (A.D.A.). PROVIDE APRON ONLY WHEN COOLER IS MOUNTED ON AN EXPOSED WALL. APRON NOT REQUIRED WHEN COOLER IS MOUNTED IN AN ALCOVE. APRON PART NUMBER: 035174-001 HEIGHT: WASTE: FLOOR DRAIN (FD -1): FIXTURE: ZURN COMPANY SERIES ZN-415-P, COATED CAST IRON FLOOR DRAIN WITH 1/2" PRIMER TAP, TWO-PIECE BODY, DOUBLE DRAINAGE FLANGE, INVERTIBLE NON -PUNCTURING FLASHING COLLAR, WEEP HOLES, BOTTOM OUTLET INSIDE CAULK CONNECTION, ADJUSTABLE ROUND SUPER-FLO STRAINER, FLASHING CLAMP WITH 24" X 24" 4 LB. LEAD FLASHING FOR FLOOR DRAINS INSTALLED ABOVE SLAB ON GRADE. ADJUSTABLE SQUARE "TYPE S" STRAINER FOR ALL DRAINS LOCATED IN TILED AREAS. STRAINER: ZURN COMPANY TYPE C, 5" DIAMETER NICKEL BRONZE FINISH WASTE: SIZE AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS, CAST IRON P -TRAP UNDER FLOOR. LAVATORIES (LAV -1) TENANT HANDICAPPED: FIXTURE: AMERICAN STANDARD #0124.131 "COMRADE" WALL HUNG LAVATORY, VITREOUS CHINA LAVATORY, FAUCET LEDGE, REAR OVERFLOW, 4" CENTERS ON FAUCET HOLES, 20" X 18 1/4" OVERALL DIMENSIONS, "D" SHAPED BOWL 15" X 10 7/8" X 6 1/4" DEEP SELF DRAINING DECK AREA WITH CONCEALED ARM SUPPORT. TRIM: DELTA #500 SINGLE HANDLE MIXING FAUCETS, 4" CENTERSET EXPOSED DECK MOUNTING AERATOR LEVER TYPE HANDLE. CONTROL SHALL BE ROTATING BALL TYPE W/ REPLACEABLE NON-METALLIC SEATS OPERATION IN STAINLESS STEEL LINED SOCKETS, CONTROL HANDLE TO ALWAYS RETURN TO NEUTRAL POSITION WHEN VALVE IS TURNED OFF. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES TO BE CHROME PLATED. SUPPLIES: 3/8" CHROME PLATED ANGLED STOP 2/ WHEEL HANDLE, 3/8" CHROME PLATED FLEXIBLE BRASS RISER, INSULATE ALL EXPOSED WATER LINES AND VALVES. WASTE: AMERICAN STANDARD #7723.018 GRID DRAIN FOR WHEELCHAIR LAVATORY, 4 1/2" OFFSET, AND 1 1/4" TAIL PIECE, 1 1/4" 17 GAUGE CHROME PLATED ADJUSTABLE BRASS P -TRAP WITH CLEANOUT PLUG RUN PARALLEL AND AS TIGHT TO WALL AS POSSIBLE, 1 1/4" CHROME PLATED BRASS WASTE TO WALL INSULATED ALL EXPOSED WASTE UNES. CARRIER: ZURN COMPANY Z-1231 SERIES, FLOOR -MOUNT SINGLE LAVATORY CARRIER W/ CONCEALED ARMS, LEVELING AND SECURING SCREWS, STRUCTURAL UPRIGHTS AND BLOCK BASES, SECURED TO FLOOR W/ 1/2" BOLTS AND ANCHORS APPROPRIATE MODEL TO SUIT WALL CONSTRUCTION AND TYPE OF FIXTURE PURCHASED. ACC: TRUEBRO "LAV -GUARD" UNDERSINK PROTECTIVE PIPE COVER MODEL #103 WITH ONE P -TRAP COVER, TWO ANGLE VALVE COVERS, TWO SUPPLY TUBE COVERS, ONE 5" OFFSET TAILPIECE WHEELCHAIR STRAINER COVER, WHITE. COVER SHALL BE SECURED WITH SNAP -CUP FLUSH REUSABLE FASTENERS, ANGLE STOP SHALL HAVE LOCK -LID LOCKING ACCESS COVER. ELECTRICAL HOT WATER HEATERS MARK LOCATION KW GAL/HR @ 100 DEGREE RISE ELECTRICAL STORAGE CAP MANUFACTURER REMARKS VOLTS PHASE EWH-1 ABOVE MOP SINK 2.5 10 208 1 10 GALLONS RUUD MODEL: EGSP10 EXPANSION TANKS MARK LOCATION SERVES CAPACITY (GALLONS) WORKING PRESSURE SIZE (APPROX) MANUFACTURER REMARKS ET -1 ABOVE MOP SINK DOM. HW 2.1 150 P.S.I.G. 10.25' X 9.25' AMTROL MODEL ST -5-C BOOSTER PUMP MARK LOCATION SERVES HP ELECTRICAL SIZE MANUFACTURER REMARKS VOLTS PHASE P-1 ABOVE MOP SINK HW RETURN 1/12 120 1 3/4' FLANGE BELL & GOSSETT MODEL SERIES 100; BRASS BODY PIPE INSULATION/HANGAR DETAIL NTS PLUMBING SCHEDULES SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE ( SUITE 910 e RVINE, CA 1 92612 t 949.705.0700 I = 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.ccnn SEAL L H ROHM LOP/DRAM FEL DIMMERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS WWW.KLHENGRS.COM 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE. SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 12622.00 U 0 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 04.26.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY UCENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF KINKO'S INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX KINKO'S. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX KINKO'S IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: AISSUED FOR PERMIT 05.10.13 n PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.10.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: PLUMBING DETAILS SCHEDULES & SPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: P-2.0 HVAC GENERAL NOTES A. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. B. FLEXIBLE INSULATED DUCTS SHALL BE MAXIMUM 5'-0" LONG AND SHALL MEET INSTALLATION AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL CODES. C. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF ALL TRADES, LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS, CEILING HEIGHTS AND EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF ANY DUCTWORK OR ORDERING OF ANY EQUIPMENT. D. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TENANT WITH AS—BUILT DRAWINGS, ALL EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS, INFORMATION ON THERMOSTATS, CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAMS AND OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. E. PROVIDE DUCT INSULATION ON ALL DUCTS NOT IN CONDITIONED SPACE. F. ALL DUCTS SHALL BE LOCATED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE DUCTWORK LAYOUT WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. G. ALL BRANCH TAKE—OFFS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH MANUAL BALANCING DAMPERS. H. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM TO INCLUDE: PANELS, MODULES, RELAYS, WIRING, THERMOSTATS, SENSORS, DAMPERS, ACTUATORS AND ALL MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO FULFILL THE DESIGN INTENT AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS AND IN THE CODED NOTES. MOUNT REMOTE SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS AT 48" AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. I. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ONE NEW SET OF FARR 16/25 OR 20/25 TWO INCH THROW AWAY PLEATED FILTERS IN EACH UNIT AFTER CONSTRUCTION OPERATION AND BEFORE OWNER TAKES OVER STORE. J. FED EX HAS ESTABUSHED A NATIONAL ACCOUNT WITH CARRIER. CONTACT BRIDGETT MELFI, FED EX ACCOUNT EXCUIIVE AT CARRIER NATIONAL ACCOUNTS AT 1-800-649-4699 (FAX: 860-998-7117) FOR ORDERING INFORMATION. K. THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING RELEASE OF UNITS FOR DELIVERY WITH CARRIER. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH CARRIER AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SO THAT CRANE SERVICE IS AVAILABLE, WHEREBY HVAC UNITS MAY BE HOISTED DIRECTLY FROM THE TRUCK TO THE ROOF. CONTACT BRIDGETT MELFI, FEDEX ACCOUNT EXCUIIVE AT CARRIER NATIONAL ACCOUNTS AT 1-800-649-4699 (FAX: 860-998-7117) FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. L. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING THE CEIUNG GRID, AND REPLACING GRID AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK, IN AREAS WHERE NEW DUCTWORK IS BEING INSTALLED AND ACCESS TO THE CEILING ABOVE DICTATES THAT THE TILES AND GRID MUST BE REMOVED. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ANY OF THE CEILING GRID THAT BECOMES DAMAGED DURING THR REMOVAL PROCESS WITH NEW CEILING GRID TO MATCH EXISTING. IF EXISTING CEIUNG TILES ARE TO BE REUSED FOR THIS PROJECT, MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPLACING ANY CEIUNG TILES THAT BECOME DAMAGED DURING THE REMOVAL PROCESS, WITH TILES THAT MATCH THE EXISTING CEILING TILES. M. ALL ROOF WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR. N. THE LOCATIONS OF ALL H.VA.0 UNITS ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE ONLY APPROXIMATE. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING OR NEW UNITS & MAKE ALL NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS TO PROVIDE A WELL BALANCED SYSTEM. 0. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY AVAILABLE DEPTH FOR DUCTWORK PRIOR TO FABRICATION. COORDINATE DUCTWORK LAYOUT WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. ALL DUCTWORK TO BE FABRICATED AND INSTALLED PER LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA GUIDELINES. P. EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ARE BASED ON LANDLORD PROVIDED DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND UMITED FIELD VERIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. Q. COORDINATE ALL STORE PHASING WITH FXO PROJECT MANAGER. R. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR RELOCATION OF ALL EXISTING HVAC CONTROLS THROUGHOUT STORE PHASING. S. PROVIDE NEW AIR DEVICES TO MATCH EXISTING THROUGHOUT. IF EXISTING AIR DEVICES ARE AVAILABLE, RELOCATE EXISTING AIR DEVICE AS SHOWN ON PLANS. CLEAN AND BALANCE TO THE SCHEDULED CFM. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION, CONDITION, NECK SIZE, AND QUANTITY. ® CHA CAL CODED NOTES: 1. PROVIDE A PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT & REMOTE SENSOR IN AREAS SHOWN AT 48" AFF. PROVIDE ALL CONTROL WORK AND WIRING TO HVAC EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED PER THE MANUFACTURERS PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS. COORDINATE WITH EC. 2. PROVIDE AND BALANCE NEW ROOFTOP UNIT AS SCHEDULED. PROVIDE NEW ROOF CURB. CUT AND PATCH ROOF AS NECESSARY. ALL ROOF WORK TO BE COMPLETED BY LANDLORDS ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT GC'S EXPENSE. ENSURE CODE REQUIRED DISTANCE OF 10' MINIMUM FROM ALL EXHAUST AIR LOCATIONS. 3. INSTALL DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. CONFIRM ROUTING OF DUCTWORK WITH NEW CEILING AND EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE FABRICATING DUCTWORK. (TYPICAL) 4. PROVIDE AND BALANCE NEW CEIUNG MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN AS SCHEDULED TO A MINIMUM 80 CFM. VERIFY CODE REQUIRED DISTANCE OF 10' MINIMUM FROM ALL FRESH AIR INTAKES. RELOCATE AS REQUIRED. 5. PROVIDE LINED DUCTWORK. 6. UNDERCUT DOOR 1" FOR RETURN AIRFLOW. 7. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH A NEW ADDRESSABLE SMOKE DETECTOR. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL SMOKE DETECTOR IN NEW RETURN AIR DUCT MAIN. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INTERLOCK SMOKE DETECTOR TO RTU FAN MOTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL WIRE SMOKE DETECTOR TO REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION INCLUDING ANNUNCIATOR LOCATION. REQUIRED DUCT DETECTOR TROUBLE INDICATOR SHALL BE AN LED AT THE CEIUNG BELOW EACH DETECTOR. 8. PROVIDE AND BALANCE NEW ROOFTOP UNIT AS SCHEDULED ON GRADE. PROVIDE NEW 6" CONCRETE PAD. ALL ROOF WORK TO BE COMPLETED BY LANDLORDS ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT GC'S EXPENSE. ENSURE CODE REQUIRED DISTANCE OF 10' MINIMUM FROM ALL EXHAUST AIR LOCATIONS. 9. PROVIDE SHAFT WITH FIRE DAMPERS/SMOKE DAMPERS AT ALL SHAFT PENETRATIONS. 26x14 ALL CC ONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. GRILLE, REGISTER AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE TYPE FUNCTION TYPE MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. SIZE SD -1 SUPPLY DIFFUSER DUCT MOUNTED TITUS TMSA 24x24 W/ 10" NECK SD -2 SUPPLY DIFFUSER DUCT MOUNTED TITUS TMSA 24x24 W/ 8" NECK SD -3 SUPPLY DIFFUSER DUCT MOUNTED TITUS TMSA 24x24 W/ 6" NECK SD -4 SUPPLY DIFFUSER LAY—IN TITUS TMSA 24x24 W/ 6" NECK SD -5 SUPPLY DIFFUSER LAY—IN TITUS TMSA 12x12 W/ 6" NECK RR -1 SUPPLY DIFFUSER LAY—IN TITUS 350RL 24X24 TG -1 SUPPLY DIFFUSER WALL MOUNTED TITUS 350RL 10X6 HVAC PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" HVAC DUCTWORK LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION NEW RETURN GRILLE NEW CEILING DIFFUSER 24x24 RR 2000 CFM RETURN REGISTER, SIZE AND AIRFLOW CD -12"0 360 CFM 2'x2' SQUARE CEIUNG DIFFUSER WITH 10" NECK AND CFM Q LOW VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT NI LOW VOLTAGE SENSOR TIED TO THERMOSTAT MVD —I MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR Q SUPPLY DUCT WITH ELBOW TURNED UP Exl fix: SUPPLY DUCT WITH ELBOW TURNED DOWN RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT, ELBOW TURNED UP V1 RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT, ELBOW TURNED DOWN vl DUCT WITH MANUAL DAMPER + L -F 1" LINED DUCTWORK -07 --- - FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK CONNECTION 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA ! 92612 f 949.705.0700 j f 949. 05.0701 °•:1utvannyG2.com 18x12 U 20x12 UP 20x16 UP 26x14 UP Ll © Al- 1R1 LING � I O RETAIL PACK & SHIP SD -1 SD -1 235 CFM 235 CFM SD -21111111/ SD -2 160 CFM 160 CFM ENHANCED PACK & SHIP SD -1 SD -1 240 CFM 235 CFM SEAL CSS OFFICE DM OFFICE ENTRY MD OFFICE L KOHRS LONGMAN FEE EtiONEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS WWW.KLHENGRS.COM 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE. SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS. KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 12622.00 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 04.26.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF KINKO'S INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX KINKO'S. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX KINKO'S IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. MD ASS'T. OFFICE PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: IW 6"o I \ ACU -1 ACU—Z ACU -3 SIGNS & GRAPHICS SELF-SERVICE AREA SD -1 SD -1 235 CFM 235 CFM 10"0 DN WOMENS RESTROOM MENS RESTROOM COMPUTER SERVICES RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA CONNECT TO EXISTING EXHAUST JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER ADJACENT LEASE SPACE NOT PART OF WORK SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REOU!RED ISSUED FOR PERMIT 05.10.13 PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.10.13 DRAWING TITLE: H.V.A.C. PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: M-1.0 HVAC ELECTRICAL COORDINATION SCHEDULE (HECS) ABBREVIATIONS CONTRACTOR TYPE MOTOR CONTROL TYPE CONTROL TYPE DC LOCAL DISCONNECT EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR CS COMBINATION STARTER TC TIMECLOCK MC MOTOR CONTROL (POWER) EX EXISTING MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER SD DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FC FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR MG MAGNETIC STARTER OR CONTACT BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM CN CONTROLS GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR MS MANUAL STARTER LOW LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS TS TOGGLE SWITCH HC HVAC CONTRACTOR VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE UNE UNE VOLTAGE CONTROLS C/B H.A.C.R. CIRCUIT BREAKER AT SOURCE PANELBOARD MFR MANUFACTURER MSR MANUAL STARTER W/CONTROL RELAY RUNE REVERSE ACTING UNE VOLTAGE STAT FUSE FUSE AT LOCAL DISCONNECT (VERIFY FIELD RATING) PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR OV OVERCURRENT PROTECTION MAN MANUAL FLA OPERATING FULL LOAD AMPS OR OWNER OR OTHERS 90 FA FIRE ALARM MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY 0 0.0875 CO CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR CP CORD AND PLUG CONNECTION SELF-SERVICE AREA 3 INT INTEGRAL TO EQUIPMENT MARK DESCRIPTION VOLTS PHASE EMERG BHP HP HTG KW WATTS FLA MCA OCP DC FURN DC INST DC WIRE MC TYPE MC FURN MC INST MC WIRE CN TYPE CN FURN CN INST CN WIRE SD QUAN ACU -1 AIR COND. UNIT 208 3 1019 1050 265 273 1050 0 22 30 EC EC EC MG MFR MFR MFR LOW HC HC HC 1 ACU -2 AIR COND. UNIT 208 3 0 80 0.0000 N 115 WOMENS RESTROOM 31 45 EC EC EC MG MFR MFR MFR LOW HC HC HC 1 ACU -3 AIR COND. UNIT 208 3 116 MANGER'S OFFICE 1 65 0 58 70 EC EC EC MG MFR MFR MFR LOW HC HC HC 1 EF -1 EXHAUST FAN 120 1 67 0 0 0 38 0.5 5 0.06 MFR MFR MFR MFR EC EC EC MAN EC EC EC 0 EF -2 EXHAUST FAN 120 1 1 1 5 0.06 38 0.5 10 10 MFR MFR MFR MFR EC EC EC MAN EC EC EC 0 HVAC VENTILATION SCHEDULE ROOMNUM ROOMNAME SYSTEM ZONE AREA CLNGHT AIR CHGS OA CHGS PEOPLE DES PEOPLE RED OA PER OA SQFT REQ SUP ACT SUP REQ OA ACT OA ACT RET ACT EXH CRIT OA PRESSURE 111 ENTRY 3 HOA 400 0 0 0 5 5 5 0.06 529 560 90 95 560 0 0.0875 E 112 SELF-SERVICE AREA 3 5.2 969 0 0 0 14 14 7.5 0.12 1612 1710 274 291 1710 0 0.1292 E 113 SIGNS AND GRAPHICS 2 7.1 900 0 0 0 20 20 7.5 0.12 1019 1050 265 273 1050 0 0.2457 E 114 MENS RESTROOM 3 7.8 49 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 35 40 6 7 0 80 0.0000 N 115 WOMENS RESTROOM 3 0.00 49 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 35 40 6 7 0 80 0.0000 N 116 MANGER'S OFFICE 1 65 0 0 0 1 1 5 0.06 100 100 10 10 100 0 0.0900 E 117 MD ASST. OFFICE 1 67 0 0 0 1 1 5 0.06 100 100 10 10 100 0 0.0900 E 118 CSS OFFICE 1 60 0 0 0 1 1 5 0.06 100 100 10 10 100 0 0.0900 E 119 CASH/COUNTDOWN 1 60 0 0 0 1 1 5 0.06 100 100 10 10 100 0 0.0900 E 120 MD OFFICE 1 91 0 0 0 1 1 5 0.06 100 100 10 10 100 0 0.1000 E 121 DM OFFICE 1 95 0 0 0 1 1 5 0.06 100 100 10 10 100 0 0.1100 E 122A HANDLING 1 232 0 0 0 3 3 0 0.12 240 250 24 25 250 0 0.1120 E 122B BREAK 1 RISER DETAIL 379 0 0 0 1 1 5 0.06 340 350 34 35 350 0 0.0800 E 123 HAL ROOM 2 -PROOF. PROVIDE ALUMINUM FLANGE AROUND DUCT 95 0 0 0 1 1 0 0.12 96 100 25 26 100 0 0.1100 E 124 PACK AND SHIP 2 1200 0 0 0 11 11 7.5 0.12 823 850 214 221 850 0 0.2658 E 125 RETAIL 3 327 0 0 0 5 5 7.5 0.12 235 250 40 42 250 0 0.3080 E 126 ENHANCED PACK AND SHIP 3 349 0 0 0 5 5 7.5 0.12 735 780 125 133 780 0 0.1012 E 127 COMPUTER SERVICES 3 479 0 0 0 6 6 7.5 0.12 582 620 99 105 620 0 0.1645 E HVAC LOAD SCHEDULE MARK CROOF CWALL CPART CGLASS CSOLAR CUGHTS CEQUIP CPSENS CSSENS CFAN COAS CTSENS CPLAT COAL CTLAT CTOT HROOF HWALL HPART HGLASS HSLAB HSPACE HOA HTOT ACU -1 0.0 1.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 10.7 6.8 2.4 21.2 0.8 1.2 26.1 2.0 0.0 2.0 , 28.1 0.0 5.2 0.0 0.0 4.0 9.3 6.4 15.7 ACU -3 0.0 1.2 0.0 3.0 28.0 26.8 11.9 8.5 79.6 2.7 7.1 90.3 7.1 0.0 7.1 97.4 0.0 5.1 0.0 24.8 6.7 36.6 36.5 73.2 ACU -2 0.0 1.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 22.4 6.8 7.8 38.4 1.3 5.4 46.9 6.5 0.0 6.5 53.4 - 0.0 . 5.5 0.0 0.0 4.4 9.9 27.9 37.9 HVAC ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES: 1. MOTOR DAMPER 2. ECONOMIZER 3. ROOF CURB 4. SMOKE DETECTOR 5. INTAKE HOOD 6. VIBRATION ISOLATION 7. FLAT FILTER 8. FILTER/MIXING BOX 9. ACCESS DOOR 10. FLEX CONNECTIONS 11. MOUNTING COLLAR 12. HOT GAS BYPASS 13. FACE/BYPASS DAMPER 17. DUCT FLANGES 21. ECON POWERED EXHAUST. 14. CONDENSATE PUMP 18. BASE RAIL 22. ECON BAROMETRIC RELIEF 15. MOTOR GUARD 19. HUMIDIFIER 23. HEAT RECLAIM COIL 16. GREASE TRAP 20. CO2 SENSORS HVAC SYSTEM EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE MARK ACU -1 ACU -2 ACU -3 DESCRIPTION AIR COND. UNIT AIR COND. UNIT AIR COND. UNIT AREA SERVED MFGR GREENHECK GREENHECK MFGR CARRIER CARRIER CARRIER MODEL 48HC-A04 48HC-A06 48HC-D11 MIN EER 12.5 12.45 12 MIN COP F F CFM VOLTS 208 208 208 PHASE 3 3 3 WEIGHT 505 600 1099 EMERG 38 RPM 8 CFM 1200 2000 4000 STATIC 0.5 0.5 0.5 OACFM 120 520 680 BHP HP 0 0 RPM AIR / AIR NOM TON i COND GPM --,'---".""-- ///��� �� / ''-. 0 FLOW CLG MBH 28 53 98 CLG SENS 26 47 90 CLG GPM 0.00 0.00 0.00 CW EWT 7 SCALE: NONE ( 8 SCALE: NONE CW LWT HTG MBH 17 38 74 HTG GPM 0.00 0.00 0.00 HW EWT HW LWT 0 MAIN EXHAUST O ROOFING UP UNDER O EXHAUST BRANCH AT VARYING HEIGHTS O ROOF CAP GAS HTG IN 72 72 180 GAS HTG OUT 56 56 148 HTG KW ACCESS 2,4,5,6,7,10,22 2,4,5,6,7,10,22 2,3,4,5,6,7,10,21 FLA (/ MCA 22 31 58 OCP 30 45 70 HVAC EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE MARK EF -1 EF -2 DESCRIPTION EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN AREA SERVED WOMENS RESTROOM MENS RESTROOM MFGR GREENHECK GREENHECK MODEL SP -B50 SP -B50 VOLTS 120 _ 120 PHASE 1 1 WEIGHT 9 9 EMERG F F CFM 50 50 STATIC 0.2 0.2 BHP EXHAUST FANS F HP 7 WATTS 38 38 RPM 8 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS ACCESS F 0 FLA 0.5 0.5 OCP 10 MECHANICAL RESPONSIBILITIES L - LANDLORD CONTRACTOR F - FEDEX CONTRACTOR E - EXISTING FURNISH INSTALL RESPONSIBIUTY NOTES A-1 HVAC SYSTEM 1. 20 GAUGE DOUBLE SHEET METAL 0 AIR FOIL FULL DEPTH OF MAIN DUCT UP TO 12" WIDE BRANCHES 18 GAUGE ON WIDER BRANCHES 1 ROOF TOP UNITS F F 2 DUCTWORK & INSULATION F F 3 GRILLES & REGISTERS F F O3 4 THERMOSTAT F F �� 5 TEMP CONTROLS & WIRING DIAGRAM F F 6 EXHAUST FANS F F 7 AIR BALANCE REPORT F F 8 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS F F 0 9 DEMOUTION - - 10 TEST ANNUNCIATORS F F 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 1 92612 t 949.705.0700 I 1'949105.0701 PvlulvannvG2.com SEAL K L H KOHRS LOWS:MUM MEL ENGAGERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS WWW.KLHENGRS.COM 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE. SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 12622.00 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 04.26.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF KINKO'S INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX KINKO'S. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX KINKO'S IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: ISSUED FOR PERMIT 05.10.13 PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 BID SET ISSUE DATE: -- CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.10.13 DRAWING TITLE: H.V.A.C. SCHEDULES & DETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: M-2.0 0 KEYED NOTES: 0 o�, © AIR FLOW O 1. 20 GAUGE DOUBLE SHEET METAL 0 AIR FOIL FULL DEPTH OF MAIN DUCT UP TO 12" WIDE BRANCHES 18 GAUGE ON WIDER BRANCHES z����������.�� / 0 /��� / //% / O MAIN SUPPLY DUCT O3 2. MAIN DUCT 3. GALVANIZED 3/16" ROD �� ._ �; ; / 4. VENTLOCK NO. 600-3 DAMPER BLADE, BRACKET & LOCKING O • AIR BALL JOINT WITH 1/zr0 GALVANIZED OPERATOR PAD AIR 5. BRANCH DUCT 0 FLOW O FLOW 6. DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES (TYPICAL) 7. 3" RADIUS MINIMUM 0 0 0 AIR / AIR i --,'---".""-- ///��� �� / ''-. 0 FLOW F 11. 1 Q KEYED NOTES: 0 0 0 AIR FLOW 0 0 1. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF INSUL. FLEX DUCT 6. SECURE TO CEILING PER MANUFACTURER'S EQUALS 5 FEET. FLEX NOT PERMITTED IN RECOMMENDATIONS AND PER CEILING FINISH. INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS PROVIDE GRID CLIPS PER MFG'R 2. INSULATED DUCT, COLLAR AND DIFFUSER REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE FRAMING FOR BY HVAC CONTRACTOR DRYWALL 3. TAPERED HIGH EFFICIENT TAKE -OFF INSTALLATION. 4. INSULATION 7. HANGER, SECURE TO STRUCTURE AND 5. MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER ABOVE DUCTWORK ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR PROVIDE ACCESS 8. PEEL BACK INSULATION AND PROVIDE PANEL, INSTALL MAXIMUM 5' ABOVE CEILING. STRAPPING AND SHEET METAL SCREWS AT PROVIDE 18" LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE FLEX CONNECTION TO DUCT. THEN PROVIDE ATTACHED TO DAMPER TO IDENTIFY STRAPPING AROUND INSULATION. LOCATION 9. HARD SHEET METAL ELBOW ON CONNECTION TO AIR DEVICE. DIFFUSER INSTALLATION (TYPICAL) RECTANGULAR LOW PRESSURE BRANCH 7 SCALE: NONE ( 8 SCALE: NONE Q KEYED NOTES: 0 MAIN EXHAUST O ROOFING UP UNDER O EXHAUST BRANCH AT VARYING HEIGHTS O ROOF CAP DUCT THROUGH FLASHING, TAKE OFFS ROOF FLASH PER ROOFING MFGR RQMTS. TO BE AT 45 ANGLES 111101 ' 3 `' O \j/ , (/ 0 0 p` /INSULATION NIL j,,a-lij. MAIN DUCTSUPPLY i �� 4 i 04 ©o 0 , -, 1 I .�. \ N. /1 1.111111111111. QKEYED NOTES: 1. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF INSUL. FLEX DUCT 6. SECURE EQUALS 5 FEET. FLEX NOT PERMITTED IN RECOMMENDATIONS INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS PROVIDE 2. INSULATED DUCT, COLLAR AND DIFFUSER BY PROVIDE HVAC CONTRACTOR INSTALLATION. 3. SCOOP 7. HANGER, 4. SPIN IN FITTING WITH MANUAL VOLUME DUCTWORK DAMPER 8. PEEL BACK 5. INTERNAL BUTTERFLY DAMPER FOR AND SHEET DRYWALL APPLICATIONS ONLY. DUCT. THEN (PROVIDE KEY FOR ADJUSTMENT) INSULATION. 9. SUPPORT TO CEILING GRID CLIPS FRAMING SECURE INSULATION METAL PROVIDE FLEX PER MANUFACTURER'S AND PER CEILING FINISH. PER MFG'R REQUIREMENTS. FOR DRYWALL TO STRUCTURE AND AND PROVIDE STRAPPING SCREWS AT FLEX CONNECTION TO STRAPPING AROUND TO PREVENT COLLAPSING \C) DIFFUSER INSTALLATION (TYPICAL) EXHAUST RISER DETAIL 5 SCALE: NONE 6 SCALE: NONE 0 KEYED NOTES: PACK OPENING WITH INSULATION SEAL WATER -PROOF. PROVIDE ALUMINUM FLANGE AROUND DUCT 1. HANGER STRAP 2. HANGER RODS 3. LOAD RATED FASTNER 4. FIXTURE CLIPS OR STRAPS 3 AT PENETRATION FLASHING AND SEALANT AT DUCT PENETRATION THRU WALL (ALL SIDES) 5. PUSH NUTS 6. BAND 7. BAND OF THE SAME STRAP SIZE AS HANGER © \ � 0 ALL DUCTWORK EXPOSED TO EXTERNAL SHALL BE INTERNALLY LINED (USE CERTAINTEED-150 2" LINER WITH R-VLAUE OF 8.0) TO 12" MINIMUM INSIDE • GENERAL NOTES: 0 A. HANGERS MUST NOT DEFORM DUCT SHAPE FLEX CONN. A P -TRAP WITH CO PVC COND AC UNIT HANGER SIZES FOR ROUND DUCT DUCT DIAMETER ROUND HANGERS STRAP SIZE MAXIMUM SPACING HANGER ROD NUMBER OF HANGERS DRAIN` \\ UP THRU 10" 12 GAUGE WIRE 1"x22 GAUGE 10'-0" 1/4" 1 id 11" THRU 18" 8 GAUGE WIRE 1"x22 GAUGE 10'-0" 1/4" 1 19" THRU 24" 1"x22 GAUGE 10'-0" 1/4" 1 1"x20 GAUGE 10'-0" 3/8" 1 25" THRU 36" I I 6" REINFORCED 37" THRU 50" 2"x20 GAUGE 10'-0" 3/8" 2 CONCRETE BASE LCONDENSATE DRYWELL (TYP) SLOPE CURB AWAY FROM -VIBRATION ISOL UNIT. PAD -� 51" THRU 84" 2"x16 GAUGE 10'-0" 3/8" 2 BRACE AND SUPPORT )Ac UNIT DETAIL DUCT AS 18 GAUGE N2 x2 DANGLE EED. USE MIN ROUND DUCT HANGERS 3 SCALE: NONE ( 4 SCALE: NONE O A O L� N O Q KEYED NOTES: GENERAL NOTES: 1. GAS FIRED ROOFTOP UNIT LOCATE A. CONTRACTOR A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" FROM EDGE OF MAINTAIN ROOF ROOFING 2. CANVAS FLEXIBLE CONNECTION BLOCKING 3.1" ACOUSTIC INSULATED DUCTS ROOF INSULATION 4. 4x4 ANGLE FASTENED TO ROOF B. FINAL LOCATION DECK AND STRUCTURAL SYSTEM. VERIFICATION PROVID FACTORY FABRICATED CURB (BY SAME MFG'R AS UNIT) FASTEN CURB TO DECK 14" MINIMUM SYSTEM. AS REQUIRED SHALL PROVIDE CURB TO ABOVE FINISHED PROVIDE ADDITIONAL TO ACCOMMODATE THICKNESS AND STRUCTURAL BY OTHERS. RECEIVED CITY OF TU KW I LA 1 / /i O6. 7. RADIUSED ELBOW 8. UNION BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR JUN 1 1 O�3 O5 `� _ / 0 KEYED NOTES: (PC) 9. GAS SHUT-OFF VALVE BY PC 10. GAS LINE (BLACK STEEL) BY PC 11. SECURE TO CURB 12. WOOD NAILER 13. ROOFING MEMBRANE, FLASH UP TO BELOW WOOD NAILOR 14. CANT STRIP 15. ROOF DECK - CUT OPENINGS FOR DUCT PENETRATIONS ONLY 0 PERMIT CE 11 TER rMOUNTING 1. SPRING ISOLATORS 2. GALVANIZED ALL THREAD ROD SUSPEND FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AND FROM FAN FLANGES. USE CHANNELS UNDER FAN AS AN ALTERNATIVE SUPPORT 3. CEILING FAN 4. OUTLET FLANGE BACKDRAFT OR MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER`'/ SCHEDULE SPECS)., AND TO DUCTWORK 7. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION'� 6. METAL HANGER, SECURE TO STRUCTUREI�$$b t 1.0 ®�,10CABINET 16. CONDENSATE TRAP SEE - CONDENSATE DRAIN TRAP DETAIL IMII , $ I' 1 - - *M�. 16 A I OIO � t II O�(SEE O14 tt '�© © 0 :Rivoi5. ROOF CURB AND MOUNTINGSERATE EXHAUST FAN SCALE: NONEI1ANDAPPROVAL ( 1 2SCALE: NONE 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 1 92612 t 949.705.0700 I 1'949105.0701 PvlulvannvG2.com SEAL K L H KOHRS LOWS:MUM MEL ENGAGERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS WWW.KLHENGRS.COM 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE. SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 12622.00 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 04.26.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF KINKO'S INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX KINKO'S. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX KINKO'S IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: ISSUED FOR PERMIT 05.10.13 PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 BID SET ISSUE DATE: -- CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.10.13 DRAWING TITLE: H.V.A.C. SCHEDULES & DETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: M-2.0 HVAC SPECIFICATION GENERAL: General Provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions section. SCOPE: The base bid includes furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment and the complete heating and air conditioning system as outlined herein. QUAUTY ASSURANCE: Provide a complete installation in conformance with the following standards. AGA: American Gas Association ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers NFPA: National Fire Protection Association SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association. Statewide Building Code IMC: International Mechanical Code and General Requirements apply to work of this performance of all work required to install a PERMITS, FEES, INSPECTIONS, LAWS, AND REGULATIONS: Permits and fees of every nature required in connection with this work shall be obtained and paid for by this contractor who shall also pay for all the installation fees and similar charges. Laws and regulations, which bear upon or affect the various branches of this work shall be complied with by this contractor and are hereby made a part of this contract. All work, which such laws require to be inspected, shall be submitted to the proper public official for inspection and a certificate of final approval must be furnished. WORK IN EXISTING SPACES: General: Care shall be taken when working in existing spaces so as not to damage existing walls and ceilings where work is being performed. Ceilings: Where work is being performed above ceilings, and the architectural drawings do not indicate ceiling modifications by the general contractor, it shall be the responsibility of this contractor to remove and replace existing ceilings where work is being performed. In those instances, all repair and installation of new grid, ceiling panels, etc shall be the responsibility of this contractor. Match existing finishes. Walls & Floors: It shall be the responsibility of this contractor to patch existing walls and floors and match existing finishes where work is being removed or installed and patching is being performed, unless noted otherwise on the architectural drawings. DEMOUTION: Any Equipment to be demolished shall also include the demolition of any and all ductwork, piping etc serving or served by the equipment, all accessories, air devices, wiring, gas piping, venting, control wiring and power wiring associated with the equipment. Demolition shall be coordinated with all trades. All materials shall be turned over to the owner or disposed at the owner's direction. Contractor is responsible for reclaiming any refrigerant in association with the demolition in accordance with all local, state and federal regulations. Any roof or wall penetration shall be patched watertight to the satisfaction of the architect. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS: No ducts, piping, fixtures or equipment shall be concealed or covered until they have been inspected and approved by the Architect and the inspector who shall be notified by the contractor when the work is ready for inspection. Work shall be completely installed, tested and leak tight before inspection is required. All tests shall be repeated to the satisfaction of those making the inspection. METAL DUCTWORK DUCTWORK MATERIALS Exposed Ductwork Materials: Where ductwork is indicated to be exposed to view in occupied spaces, provide materials which are free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains and discolorations, and other imperfections, including those which would impair painting. Exposed ductwork which is to be painted shall have paint grip applied. Sheet Metal: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate ductwork from galvanized sheet steel, lock forming quality, with G 90 zinc coating and mill phosphatized for exposed locations. Minimum gauge shall be 24. MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIALS Volume Dampers: Provide volume dampers in all branch ducts or as required for balancing to required air flows. Fittings: Provide radius type fittings fabricated of multiple sections with maximum 15 deg. change of direction per section. Unless specifically detailed otherwise, use 45 deg. laterals and 45 deg. elbows for branch takeoff connections. Where 90 deg. branches are indicated, provide conical type tees. Duct Sealant: Non—hardening, non—migrating mastic or liquid elastic sealant, type applicable for fabrication/installation detail, as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for sealing joints and seams in ductwork. Duct Cement: Non—hardening migrating mastic or liquid neoprene based cement, type applicable for fabrication/installation detail, as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for cementing fitting components, or longitudinal seams in ductwork. Ductwork Support Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot—dipped galvanized steel fasteners, anchors, rods, straps, trim and angles for support of ductwork. FLEXIBLE DUCTS: Either spiral—wound spring steel with flameproof vinyl sheathing, or corrugated aluminum. Unless specifically mentioned, the maximum length of flex duct on the supply equals 5 feet. Flex is not allowed for return, relief or exhaust applications. The flexible ducts indicated for use in the H.V.A.C. system shall conform to the requirements of UL 181 for Class 0 or Class 1 flexible air ducts and shall be so identified. Flexible Ducts: Where installed in unconditioned spaces other than retum air plenums, provide 1" thick 1-1/2 Ib. continuous flexible fiberglass sheath with vinyl vapor barrier jacket. Flexible Ducts: Installation is not permitted above drywall ceilings and inaccessible ceilings. FABRICATION Shop fabricate ductwork in be Pittsburgh Construction have cold sealant applied. Standards". 4, 8, 10 or 12—ft lengths, unless otherwise indicated or required to complete runs. All ductwork shall with a minimum of thickness of 24 gauge. In addition, ductwork used in systems over 3" W.G. shall Shop fabricate ductwork of gauges and reinforcement complying with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction UNED DUCT Fabricate ductwork with duct liner in each section of duct where indicated. Laminate liner to internal surfaces of duct in accordance with instructions by manufacturers of lining and adhesive, and fasten with mechanical fasteners. Duct liner to be 3—Ib density for acoustic requirements 1" thick or as noted. Size of ductwork shown on the drawings is free net area, outside dimension of ducts will need to be increased if lined duct is used. Size of ductwork shown on the drawings is free net area, outside dimension of ducts will need to be increased if lined duct is used. Duct Liner. Fibrous glass of thickness indicated. 3—Ib density. All liners, insulation and adhesives shall have a flame spread index not more than 25 and a smoke developed index of not more than 50. Duct Liner Adhesive: Duct Liner Fasteners: Comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. INSTALLATION OF METAL DUCTWORK General: Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve air—tight (5% leakage for systems rated 3" and under, 1% for systems rated over 3") and noiseless (no objectionable noise) systems, capable of performing each indicated service. Install each run with minimum number of joints. Align ductwork accurately at connections, within 1/8" misalignment tolerance and with internal surfaces smooth. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors of type which will hold ducts true—to—shape and to prevent buckling. Support vertical ducts at every floor. Sealing: Seal all longitudinal seams, S's and drives and all joints with mastic or cement. Install according to SMACNA standards. Balancing Dampers: The sheet metal contractor shall be fully responsible for installing balancing dampers in the ductwork, (whether shown on the drawing or not) in order to arrive at the intended air flow. The balancing sub—contractor shall provide direction and assistance in determining locations where dampers are required. Additional dampers, if required shall be installed at no additional cost to the owner. Wall Penetrations: Seal and pack around all ducts and piping sleeves which pass through walls that extend to bottom side of structure and rated walls. Field Fabrication: Complete fabrication of work at project as necessary to match shop—fabricated work and accommodate installation requirements. Routing: Locate ductwork runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Run ductwork in shortest route which does not obstruct useable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. Limit clearance to 1/2" where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of ducts, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated ductwork for 1" clearance outside of insulation. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal ductwork from view, by locating in mechanical shafts, hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as specifically shown. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finished work. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not route ductwork through transformer vaults and their electrical equipment spaces and enclosures. Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, and are exposed to view, conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same gage as duct. Overlap opening on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2". Fasten to duct and substrate. Where ducts pass through fire—rated floors, walls, or partitions, provide fire dampers and firestopping between duct and substrate, in accordance with requirements of Division -7 Section "Firestopping". Coordination: Coordinate duct installations with installation of accessories, dampers, coil frames, equipment, controls and other associated work of ductwork system. INSTALLATION OF DUCT LINER General: Install duct liner in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. Size of ductwork shown on the drawings is free net area, outside dimension of ducts will need to be increased if lined duct is used. Store internally lined ductwork up off of the floor. Protect internally lined ductwork from water and dust. "Butter the leading edge of all intemal duct lining with the manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Inspect and repair all damaged lining prior to installation of ductwork. INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE DUCTS Maximum Length: For any duct run using flexible ductwork, do not exceed 5' — 0" extended length. Installation shall have smooth full radius turns down to diffuser. Installation not permitted above inaccessible ceilings. ACCESS PANELS: Furnish all access panels required for proper servicing of equipment. Provide access panels for all concealed valves, vents, controls and cleanout doors, and sprinkler devices required by NFPA. Provide frame as required for finish. Furnish panels to General Contractor. Exact locations to be approved by the Architect. Minimum size to be 12" x 12", units to be 16 gauge steel, locking device shall be screwdriver cam locks. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: Support all piping, ductwork and equipment by hangers or brackets. Furnish structural steel members where required to support piping and equipment. No portion of piping or valves shall be supported by equipment. Ductwork — Support by means of hangers as follows: Duct Width Hanger Size and Type Max. Spacing 30 or less (#16 gage) 8 31 to 60 (#14 gage) 8 61 to 90 3/8" dia. Rod 8 A pair of hangers shall be located at every transverse joint and elsewhere according to the table. CEILING AIR DIFFUSERS: Diffuser Faces: Square: Square housing, core of square concentric louvers, square or round duct connection. Diffuser Mountings: Lay—In: Diffuser housing sized to fit between ceiling exposed suspension tee bars and rest on top surface of tee bar. Diffuser Dampers: Opposed Blade Dampers: Multiple opposed blade dampers connected to linkage adjustable from face of diffuser with key. Diffuser Acoustic Performance: NC less than or equal to 30 Diffuser Accessories: Plaster Ring: Perimeter ring designed to act as plaster stop and diffuser anchor. Titus TRM frame kit Diffuser Finishes: White Enamel: Semi—gloss white enamel prime finish. Manufacturer. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide diffusers of one of the following: Anemostat Products Div., Dynamics Corp. of America. Metal—Aire Titus Products Div., Philips Industries, Inc. Tuttle and Bailey. Price CEILING & WALL REGISTERS & GRILLES: Steel Construction: Manufacturer's standard stamped sheet steel frame and adjustable blades. Register Dampers: Opposed Blade: Adjustable opposed—blade damper assembly, key operated from face of register. Register and Grille Finishes: Register and Grille Finishes: White Enamel: Semi—gloss white enamel prime finish. Register and Grille Acoustic Performance: NC less than or equal to 30 Manufacturer. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide diffusers of one of the following: Anemostat Products Div., Dynamics Corp. of America. Metal—Aire Titus Products Div., Philips Industries, Inc. Tuttle and Bailey. Price ROOFTOP HEALING AND COOUNG UNITS WARRANTY: Warranty on Compressor and Heat Exchanger. Provide written warranty, signed by manufacturer, agreeing to replace/repair, within warranty period, compressors and heat exchangers with inadequate and defective materials and workmanship, including leakage, breakage, improper assembly, or failure to perform as required; provided manufacturer's instructions for handling, installing, protecting, and maintaining units have been adhered to during warranty period. Replacement is limited to component replacement only, and does not include labor for removal and reinstallation. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of owner acceptance. ROOFTOP UNITS 25 TONS AND UNDER: General: Rooftop unit shall be factory—assembled and tested, designed for roof or slab installation and, consisting of compressors, condensers, evaporator coils, condenser and evaporator fans, refrigeration and temperature controls, filters, and dampers. Capacities and electrical characteristics are scheduled. Casing manufacturer's standard casing construction, having corrosion protection coating, and exterior finish. Casings shall have removable panels or access doors for inspection and access to internal parts, a minimum of 1" thick thermal insulation, knockouts for electrical and piping connections, and an exterior condensate drain connection, and lifting lugs. Roof Curbs: Manufacturer's standard construction, insulated and having corrosive protective coating, complete with factory—installed wood nailer and drain nipple. Construction shall be in accordance with NRCA Standards. Evaporator Fans: Forward—curved, centrifugal, belt—driven fans with adjustable sheaves; and permanently lubricated motor bearings. Condenser fans: Propeller—type, direct—driven fans with permanently lubricated bearings. Coils: Aluminum plate fin and seamless copper tube type. Fins shall have collars drawn, belled and firmly bonded to the tubes by means of mechanical expansion of the tubes. No soldering or tinning shall be used in the bonding process. Coils shall have a galvanized steel casing. Coils shall be mounted in the coil casing with same end connections accessible for service. Coils shall be removable from the unit through the roof or through the piping enclosure. Coil section shall be ompletely insulated. Refrigerant cooling coils: have an equalizing type vertical distributor to ensure each coil circuit receives the same amount of refrigerant. Coils shall be proof (450 psig) and leak (300 psig) tested with air pressure under water, then cleaned, dehydrated, and sealed with a holding charge of nitrogen. Compressors: Serviceable, semi—hermetic, or hermetic compressors with integral vibration isolators, and crankcase heaters, which de—energize during compressor operation. Units shall also have: Thermal expansion valves, filter dryers, sight glasses, compressor isolation service valves, liquid line service valves Minimum of 2 refrigerant circuits for units having 2 or more compressors; suction line accumulators low ambient control to —20 deg F. Provide for all units without economizers. Safety Controls: low pressure cutout, manual reset; high pressure cutout, manual reset; compressor motor overload protection, manual reset; anti—recycling timing device; adjustable low—ambient lockout; oil pressure switch. Controls: redundant gas valves; intermittent pilot ignition; electronic spark ignition system; high limit cutout; forced draft proving switch; flame roll—out switch. and fan—cycling control for Economizer. (ACU -3) Enthalpy Controlled Economizer Control: Provide return and outside air dampers, outside air filter, fully modulating electric control system with dry control, and adjustable mixed—air thermostat. System shall be capable of driving 100% closed for unoccupied mode, minimum outside air position and modulation to 100 percent open outside air capability. Provide automatic changeover through adjustable control device. Economizer shall have powered relief. Heating Types: Gas Fired heat exchangers: Provide manufacturer's construction of aluminized steel gas—fired heat exchangers and burners, designed for minimum of 2—stage operation. Provide single gas connection. Temperature Control: Temperature control: factory—installed, demand—oriented solid—state control system above 5 tons shall have minimum of 2 cooling steps and 2 heating steps. Controls shall include solid—state thermostats with dead—band, and sub—base with system and fan switches. Relief: (ACU -1,2) Barometric Relief — Shall include relief damper section with mist eliminator. Dampers open to relieve positive pressure within the building. Available only with economizer. Power Exhaust Fan: (ACU -3) Shall be factory installed for units larger than 5 tons. Shall include relief damper section with mist eliminator. Dampers open to relieve positive pressure within the building. Available only with economizer. Filters section: 2" thick fiberglass throwaway filters in filter rack, with maximum face velocity of 300 fpm. Control Options: Self Contained: Programmable Electronic Night Setback Thermostat — Shall provide heating setback and cooling setup with 7—day, programming capability. Accessories: Units shall include the following accessories as indicated or scheduled: Low ambient control head pressure control, designed to operate at temperatures down to —20 deg F. Provide for all units without economizers. Anti—recycling control to automatically prevent compressor restart for 5—minutes after shutdown. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide rooftop units of one of the following: Aeon BDP Co., Div of Carrier Corp. Carrier Air Conditioning, Div of Carrier Corp. Lennox Industries Inc. Trane (The) Co., Div of American Standard Inc. Johnson Controls EXAMINATION: Examine areas and conditions under which rooftop units are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. INSTALLATION: General: Install rooftop units in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. The rooftop unit(s) shall be installed a minimum of 10'-0" from any roof edge regardless of location indicated on plans, unless a screen wall or railing is installed per the local building code. See the architectural plans for coordination. Support: Install and secure roof curb to roof structure, in accordance with National Roofing Contractor's Association (NRCA) installation recommendations and shop drawings. Install and secure rooftop units on curbs and coordinate roof penetrations and flashing. Condensate Piping: Provide Type L copper condensate piping with trap. Electrical Connections: Refer to Section 16142 — Electrical Connections for Equipment for final connections to equipment and installation of loose shipped electrical components. DEMONSTRATION: Start—Up Services: Provide the services of a factory—authorized service representative to start—up rooftop units, in accordance with manufacturer's written start—up instructions. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. Operating and Maintenance Training: Provide services of manufacturer's service representative to instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of rooftop units. Training shall include start—up and shut—down, servicing and preventative maintenance schedule and procedures, and troubleshooting procedures plus procedures for obtaining repair parts and technical assistance. Review operating and maintenance data contained in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals specified in Division One. Schedule training with Owner, provide at least 7—day prior notice to the Architect/Engineer. FANS AND VENTILATORS CEILING VENTILATORS Centrifugal Ceiling Exhausters: Provide centrifugal ceiling exhausters, designed for ceiling or wall mounting, of type, size and capacity as scheduled. Provide AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. Type: Provide galvanized steel housing lined with acoustical insulation, adaptable for ceiling or wall installation. Provide centrifugal fan wheels mounted on motor shaft with fan shrouds, all removable for service. Provide integral backdraft damper fan discharge. Grille: Provide steel louvered grille with flange on intake with thumbscrew attachment to fan housing. Motor. Provide permanent split—capacitor motor, permanently lubricated. Accessories: Provide manufacturer's standard roof jack, wall cap, and transition fittings as indicated on drawings or schedules. Vibration Isolation: Provide spring floor isolators or hangers depending on type of installation. Duct Lining: Provide 1" thick, 3—Ib density duct liner a minimum of 5' (five feet) up and down stream of fan. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide centrifugal ceiling exhausters of one of the following: Acme Breidert Carnes Cook Co., Loren. Greenheck. Penn Ventilator Co., Inc. Jenn Fan Twin City Fan & Blower INSPECTION General: Examine areas and conditions under which power and gravity ventilators are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION OF POWER AND GRAVITY VENTILATORS The power ventilator(s) shall be installed a minimum of 10'-0" from any roof edge regardless of location indicated on plans, unless a screen wall or railing is installed per the local building code. See the architectural plans for coordination. Coordinate ventilator work with work of roofing, walls, and ceilings, as necessary for proper interfacing. Provide access door in duct below ventilator to service damper. Solder bottom joints and up 2" of side joints of duct under roof ventilator to retain any moisture entering ventilator. Access: Provide access and service space around and over fans as indicated, but in no case less than that recommended by manufacturer. Roof Curbs: Fumish roof curbs to roofing Installer for installation. Install according to roofing manufacturer's recommendation and specifications. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices fumished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory—mounted. Fumish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufactu er's submittal and installation requirements of Division -16 sections. Ensure that rotation is in direction indicated and intended for proper performance. Do not proceed with centrifugal fan start—up until wiring installation is acceptable to fan Installer. FIELD QUAUTY CONTROL Testing: After installation of ventilators has been completed, test each ventilator to demonstrate proper operation of units at performance requirements specified. When possible, field correct malfunctioning units, then retest to demonstrate compliance. Replace units, which cannot be satisfactorily corrected. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Cleaning: Clean factory—finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch—up paint. SPARE PARTS General: Furnish to Owner, with receipt, one spare set of belts for each belt drive power ventilator. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: PACKAGED ROOF TOP UNITS Packaged Rooftop Unit 1. Startup The unit shall operate on a 7 day/night programmable thermostat. 2. Supply Fan Control The supply fan speed shall be constant and set to the required CFM. 3. Space Temperature Control Provide local wall mounted room temperature thermostat with digital display of room temperature and setpoint (+/— deg. F. adjustable), and override feature. 4. Minimum Outside Air Control During occupied mode the minimum outside air damper shall be open. Provide motorized outdoor air damper. 5. Economizer Control (ACU -3) Economizer control shall be enabled whenever the outside air enthalpy is lower than the return air enthalpy. Enthalpy shall be calculated from sensors which are tied to the same controller for accuracy. During economizer mode, the outside air damper shall modulate to 100% open. The economizer damper shall modulate open on a call for cooling and modulate closed on a call for heating. The retum damper shall modulate inversely with the economizer damper. Economizer shall have powered relief. 6. Cooling Control Cooling shall be controlled to maintain temperature setpoint. On a call for cooling, the heating shall be off. On a further call for cooling the mechanical cooling shall be staged on. Provide Low Ambient Controls for operation down to —20 degrees F. 7. Heating Control Heating shall be controlled to maintain temperature setpoint. On a call for heating, the mechanical cooling shall be off. On a further call for heating the gas heating shall be staged on. 8. Smoke Detector When the smoke detector is alarmed, the system shall be alarmed and the air handler shall fail safe with manual reset. Electrical contractor shall furnish, HVAC Contractor shall mount & Electrical contractor shall wire a UL listed photoelectric smoke detector per local code authority having jurisdiction. 9. Unoccupied Mode During the unoccupied mode of operation, the RTU shall go into night setback mode. 10. Night Setback/Shutdown At night setback/shutdown the RTU shall go to fail safe position. Fail safe position is defined by the following: The supply fan is off, the outdoor air intake damper is closed, the heating is off and the mechanical cooling is off. The supply fan shall cycle in conjunction with either the heating or cooling system to maintain a minimum/maximum space temperature depending on the season. EXHAUST FANS Toilet Exhaust Fans (Manual) Exhaust fans shall be controlled by local manual switch furnished, installed and wired by electrical contractor. When activated, exhaust fan motor damper shall open and fan shall start. (Indicated by EC on MESCH schedule) CONTROLS Electrical contractor will provide power wiring. HVAC contractor shall provide all the low voltage wiring of HVAC units and controls, thermostats and controllers. Thermostat shall be by the manufacturer of the HVAC unit (heat/cool/auto/off) with night setback. Provide plastic protective cover for all thermostats. Replace controls on existing unit, adjust and calibrate controls. CONTROL WIRING Low Voltage Thermostats Low voltage thermostats shall be furnished, installed and wired by the HVAC contractor. The electrical contractor shall provide 4" square x 1— 1/2" deep wall outlet boxes (with single—gang rings) for all thermostats/sensors. The electrical contractor shall provide one 3/4" empty conduit from each thermostat/sensor location, turned out above accessible ceilings (in joist space or against overhead slab/deck). The HVAC/Temperature Control Contractor shall provide all other necessary conduit, raceway and wiring related work. Conduit shall be identified in ceiling cavity and shall be provided with sweep bends, bushings and dragline. General Control Wiring Requirements and Installation Methods Except where specifically indicated otherwise above, the HVAC/Temperature Control Contractor shall provide all electrical work as required for all temperature control related wiring (i.e. conduit, raceway, outlet boxes, junction boxes, wiring, etc.) in accordance with Division 16 requirements. All conduit shall be 3/4" minimum. Coordinate all thermostat/sensor locations in field (case by case) with Architect, Owner and Electrical Contractor to ensure that they are placed in locations that will not interfere with furniture, equipment, artwork, wall—hung specialties, room finishes, etc. All thermostat/sensor wall locations indicated on HVAC drawings are schematic only and must be verified case—by—case prior to rough—in. All electrical work as described in this specification shall be per the latest edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC) and per applicable state and local codes. Where "free—air" installation methods (either exposed above the ceilings, in bridle rings or in cable trays) are permitted under Division 16 above ceilings, provide plenum—rated cables wherever plenum ceilings (if any) exist and install as defined under Division 16. Install low voltage circuits, located in concrete slabs and masonry walls, in inaccessible locations, or exposed in occupied areas, in electrical conduit regardless of what wiring methods are permitted under Division 16. Where cable trays or bridle rings are provided by the electrical contractor for low voltage cables, these raceways may be utilized for control wiring by this contractor (provide special color coded jackets, label cable jackets per Division 16 and group control wiring cables together). Provide conduit drops from cable tray/bridle ring paths to wall outlet boxes and equipment unless directed otherwise under Division 16. Regardless of permitted methods in Division 16, all cables/wiring installed concealed by gypsum board, masonry or other inaccessible materials in walls or above ceilings shall be installed in conduit, 3/4" minimum. All conduit, bridle rings, raceway, outlet boxes, etc. necessary for complete operational installation of control wiring shall be provided (fumished and installed) by the temperature control contractor in strict compliance with Division 16 documents. Coordinate all work with all other applicable trades including the electrical contractor. Provide all required conduit work to and between equipment in a manner compliant with that described above (i.e. between VAV boxes, to boilers, starters, condensing units, etc. as applicable). Install control wiring without splices between terminal points, color—coded. Install in neat workmanlike manner, securely fastened. Install in accordance with National Electrical Code and per Division 16. Install circuits over 25 volt with color—coded No. 12 wire in electrical metallic tubing, per Division 16. Install circuits under 25 volt with color—coded No. 18 wire with 0.031" high temperature (105 degs. F [41 degs CD plastic insulation on each conductor and plastic sheath over all. Install electronic circuits with color—coded No. 22 wire with 0.023" polyethylene insulation on each conductor with plastic—jacketed copper shield over all. SMOKE DETECTOR All duct smoke detectors will be fumished by electrical contractor, installed by the HVAC contractor, and wired by the electrical contractor per local codes. HVAC contractor will interlock RTU fan with smoke detector. MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS: All fresh air intakes and exhaust louvers shall have motor operated dampers. Dampers shall be low leak with blade and edge seals. Motor operated dampers shall provided, installed and wired by the mechanical contractor unless otherwise noted. Provide all necessary transformers, contactors, controls and wiring for interlocking equipment to motor operated dampers. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING Test, adjust, and balance the following mechanical systems: Supply air systems, all pressure ranges including variable volume and double duct systems: Retum air systems. Exhaust air systems. Verify temperature control system operation. Test systems for proper sound and vibration levels. Quality Assurance Codes and Standards: AABC: "National Standards for Total System Balance". ASHRAE: ASHRAE Handbook, 1984 Systems Volume, Chapter 37, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. SUBMITTALS Certified Reports: Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing reports bearing the seal and signature of the Test and Balance Engineer. The reports shall be certified proof that the systems have been tested, adjusted, and balanced in accordance with the referenced standards; are an accurate representation of how the systems have been installed; are a true representation of how the systems are operating at the completion of the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures; and are an accurate record of all final quantities measured, to establish normal operating values of the systems. Follow the procedures and format specified below: Final Report: Upon verification and approval prepare final reports, type written, and organized and formatted as specified below. Submit 2 complete sets of final report to the owner / landlord. Report Format: Report forms shall be those standard forms prepared by the referenced standard for each respective item and system to be tested, adjusted, and balanced. QUAUFICAIIONS The contractor shall procure the services of an independent Balance and Testing Agency, approved by the Engineer, and a member of Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or NEBB, which specializes in the balancing and testing of heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, to balance, adjust and test all air and water systems and equipment as herein specified. All work by this agency shall be done under direct supervision of a qualified heating and ventilating Engineer employed by this agency. All instruments used by this agency shall be accurately calibrated and maintained in good working order. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING Test, adjust, and balance the air systems before hydronic, steam, and refrigerant systems. Test, adjust and balance air conditioning systems during summer season and heating systems during winter season, including at least a period of operation at outside conditions within 5 deg F wet bulb temperature of maximum summer design condition, and within 10 deg F dry bulb temperature of minimum winter design condition. Take final temperature readings during seasonal operation. Check all filters for cleanliness, provide new as required. Check dampers (volume and fire) for correct and locked position, and temperature control for completeness of installation before starting fans. Place outlet dampers in full open position. Lubricate all motors and bearings. Check fan belt tension. Check fan rotation. Open valves to full open position. Remove and clean all strainers. Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow. Air balance and testing shall not begin until the system has been completed and is in full working order. The Contractor shall put all heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems and equipment into full operation and shall continue the operation of same during each working day of testing and balancing. The contractor shall submit within 30 days after receipt of contract, 8 copies of submittal data for the testing and balancing of the air conditioning, heating, and ventilating systems. The Air Balance and Testing Agency shall provide proof of having successfully completed at least five projects of similar size and scope. The air balancing contractor shall include the additional cost to change every fan factory installed sheave, pulley and/or belt of in order to obtain the design air flows PERFORMING TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system identified, in accordance with the detailed procedures outlined in the referenced standards. Cut insulation, ductwork, and piping for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. Patch insulation, ductwork, and housings, using materials identical to those removed. Seal ducts and piping, and test for and repair leaks. Seal insulation to re—establish integrity of the vapor barrier. Mark equipment settings, including damper control positions; valve indicators, fan speed control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. Mark with paint or other suitable, permanent identification materials. Retest, adjust, and balance systems subsequent to significant system modifications, and resubmit test results. LOUVERS AND DAMPERS: Provide louvers, dampers, and fire dampers of size as noted. Fire dampers shall be "high hat" type "B" with damper outside of air stream. Manufacturer equal to Louvers and Dampers, Aerolite, Prefco. GAS PIPING: All gas piping and connections by the plumbing contractor unless otherwise noted. DUCTWORK INSULATION: Provide insulation on all concealed supply, return and outside air ductwork. All liners, insulation and adhesives shall have a flame spread index not more than 25 and a smoke developed index of not more than 50. Rigid Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IB, without facing and with vapor barrier all—service jacket manufactured from kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film. Insulation shall have a minimum R value as required by Code. Flexible Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type 11, without facing and with vapor barrier all—service jacket manufactured from kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film. Insulation shall have a minimum R value as required by Code. Vapor Barrier Material for Ductwork: Paper—backed aluminum—foil, except as otherwise indicated; strength and permeability rating equivalent to factory—applied vapor barriers on adjoining ductwork insulation, where available; with following additional construction characteristics: High Puncture Resistance: Low vapor transmission (for ducts in exposed areas: Mech. Rooms, etc.) Moderate Puncture Resistance: Medium vapor transmission (for ducts in concealed areas). GUARANTEE The contractor shall provide a guarantee in written form stating that all work under this section shall be free of defect' materials, or parts for a period of one year from the date of owner's final acceptance and shall repair, revise or replace cost to the owner any such defects occurring within the guarantee period. Contractor shall also state in written form items or occurrences arising during the guarantee period will be attended to in a timely manner and will in no case exc= (4) working days from date of notification by owner. SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 92612 949.705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com SEAL KOHRS L . _; ; _;, . , ;Inn ENORREERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS WWW.KLHENGRS.COM 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE. SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS. KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 12622.00 2 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 04.26.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF KINKO'S INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX KINKO'S. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX KINKO'S IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: ISSUED FOR PERMIT DATE: 05.10.13 PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 BID SET ISSUE DATE: - CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.10.13 DRAWING TITLE: H.V.A.C. SPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: M-3.0 4 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Summary ECH-SUM 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidentialand Muttifamiy Residential Revised February 2011 Project Info Project Address 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST Date 5/10/2013 TUKWiLA, WA 98188 For Building Dept. Use Q Constant vol? ■ Split system? Applicant Name: Applicant Address: Applicant Phone: Project Description Briefly describe mechanical system type and features. Q Includes: Plans Include documentation requiring compliance with commissioning requirements, Section 1416. Compliance Option O Simple System Q Complex System Q Systems Analysis (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Use separate MECH-SUM for simple & complex Equipment Schedules The following information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans, fill in the required information below. Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand.Name' Model No.' Capacity Btu/h- OSA CFM or Econo? SEER or EER IPLV3 Econmizer Option or Exceptions Heat Recovery - YIN ACU -1. AC CARRIER. 48sc-A94 36 ECONO SEER:15..2 ECONO 5 ACU -2 AC CARRIER 4850-A06 58 ECONO SEER :15.2 ECONO R ACU -3 AC CARRIER 48HC-D11 111 ECONO EER: 12 HVAC Controls ECONO N Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans 1452 Heater Efficiency No 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum 1453 Pool heater controls No 1412.3 Humidtycontrol hdicatehumidistat _-- Pool covers No 1412.4 Setback and Shutoff' Indicate thermostatwith 7day program capabildy&required setback 1454 Pools 90+ degrees No 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location. leakage rate, control type, & max. leakage 141.0 Heat Recovery No 1412.42 Heating Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type- Brand Nam& Model No.' Capacity Btu/h OSA cfm or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficiency° Heat Recovery YIN ACU -1 AC CARRIER 4801C -A04 56 ECONO 72 56 82 N ACU -2 AC CARRIER 4e11C-A06 56 ECONO 72 56 82 N ACU -3 AC CARRIER 48NC-D11 148 ECONO- 180 148 82 N 3,630 1,800 1,200 3200 1,600 1200 Motor HP Air f Water Economizers 1.0 77.0 85.5 82.5 77.0 - 85.5 52.5 1.5 84.0 66.5 66.5 84-0 36.5 37.5 2.0 35.5 e5.5 87.5 85.5 36.5 88.5 3.0 Fan Equipment Schedule Equip. ID • Equip Type Brand Name' Model No.' CFM - sip" HP/BHP Flow Control' Location of Service ACU -1 AC CARRIER 48110-1.04 1150 0.50 1.20 CV GRADE MOUNTED ACU -2 AC CARRIER 481C -A06 2000 0.50 2.40 CV GRADE MOUNTED ACU -3 AC CARRIER 48HC-Dll 4000 0 .50 2 _ 40 CV ROOF MOUNTED 92.4 91.0 93.0 91.7 250 91.7 93.6 93.0 91.7 93.6 830 30.0 31.1 9-°_i 93.6 91.7 93.6 830 40.0 92.4 94,1 94.1 92.4 34.1 94.1 50.0 93.0 'If available. 2 As tested according to Table 14-1A through 14-1G. 3 If required. 4 COP, HSPF, Combustion Effic envy, or AFUE, as applicable. 5 Flow control types: variable airvolume(VAV), constant volume (CV), or variable speed (VS). 6 Exception numberfrom 2009 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Complex Systems (back p Y MECH-COMP 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Hydronic System Section 1432.3.2 through 1432.3.5 Device Isolation Required Total impHP>3H-, or HP>1.5 and ntrol Section 1432.3.1 Yes-} Variable Flow Design Required dronic.Syst Heated or Cooled 300,000 Yes.* Section 1432.2.2 Water Temperature Reset Required c Mechanical Cooling? Section 1433 Economizer Required Present Total Cooling > 780kStuh Section 1432.4 DDC Required With Trending and Demand Response No Supply OSA >=5000 CFM Section 1436.1 50% Effective Heal Recovery Required Steam System Section 1436.2 Condensate Recovery Required 4 Hour O. er Coded Conde tuh, & Senn kat Yes* Mr No Section 1438.3 Condenser Heat Recovery Required Yes, Section 1438.4 Refrigeration Condenser Heat Recovery Required No No em or Zone w/ Simultaneous g. &Clg.? a Section 1435 Zane Controls Must Yes* Reduce Supply Air Quantity Before Reheating/Recoding ystem o tems serving a room have 10.000 CF PPI No Section 1438.3 Controls Must Yes-* Reduce. Airflow When System In Not Heating or Coding Section 1438 Variable Flow Devices Required otor Ind. in Eqpmt Covrd by Tbl 14 -1A -14- 1G? Section 1437 Motors Must Meet Efficiencies in Table 14-4 Yes No Yes Yes► Section 1439.1 No Heating or Cooling for at Least 50% of Make-up Air Section 1439.2 One Required: a. Heat Recovery per 1439.2 b. 50% VAV Exhaust & Make-up c. 75% Direct Makeup wt Tempering Only d Combined Energy Reduction Qer>=crnin Yes DONE 4 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential mechanical Summar back ECH-SUM 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Mutt/amity Residential Revised February 2011 System Description See Section 1421 for full description of Simple System qualifications. All Systems: Q No humidification? 1:1N0 Reheat? If Heating/Cooling or CoolingOnincluded? M Q Constant vol? ■ Split system? ■ <=84,000 Btuh? ■ Economizer 5 Full Air Econo: Applicant Phone' • Air cooled? • Packaged sys? ■ <=135,000 Btuh? Include documentation requiring compliance with commissioning requirements, Section 1416. Q Heating Cap.> 0 & <=10 Btuh/ft2 ■ Cooling Cap <=15 Btuh/ft2? If Heating Only. Q <1000 cfm? 1:1<30% outside air? ■ Heating Cap. <=10 Btufuit2? Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for Simple System Option. If not, either the Complex System or Systems Analysis Options must be used. Yes ( Reference Section 1421 Total CFM Serving Single Room ,00 Simple System Allowed (section 1420) Use Complex Systems (section 1430) Complex Systems Refer to MECH-COMP Mechanical Complex Systems for assistance in determining which Complex Systems requirements are applicable to this project. 2009 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential E nmzer t. co a MECH-ECO o- 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamiy Residential Revised February 2011 Economizer Summary Check box(es) for exceptions being claimed. List the system/equipment that qualifies for each exception. See Section 1433 for full description of Economizer requirements. Motor No. or Location Applicant Name: 5 Full Air Econo: Applicant Phone' Ex 9a: MI Ex 1' 0 Ex 5: Include documentation requiring compliance with commissioning requirements, Section 1416. ❑ Ex 9b: al Ex 2: 0 Ex 6: Compliance Option 0 Ex 9c: a Ex 3: 0 Ex 7: 0Ex10: ■ Ex4: 0 PY Decision Flowchart 8' Use this flowchart to determine if project complies with Economizer requirements. If not, the SystemsAnalysis Option must be used. Brand Name' '< START Reference Section 1433 yaFdied Un.te m Table 14-1A ER/EER 15% ode/ No -Yes ception it Cap < 33,000 Bt nit not Exterior c diecen -4 Exception 2: Chilled Water Sys. "er 25% over Yes ldg. Cap. w/o economizer <72,000 Btuh or 5%? No -f- PD }Na,er Cooled Re aterside Economiz 'ng chilled Sys Y Full Air Economizer - Compiles .Ekceptiona Cap <54,000 B it not Exterior Ad'ace No No -- .._..._.._. _....1 No Yes No Exception 4: Cooling 75% Site HR or Solar cep:ion 5: Special OA itration Need ception Dehumidification with supporting rgy ana Ye Is sorption 7: Heat Pump Loop eting All Crit Yes No No ception 9: Dedicated Server or Eq Rm No ception 10: RF System Meeting All Criteria No Does Not Comply Yes A r 0 No RAE 127 is 14-1N14 P E Ext. Yes-- EER & IPLV �Yes- d,,sOver No Yes- ►- I Oualihes for Full I Ani Economizer Exception - Complies 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Summary MECH-SUM 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Fol -ns for Nonresiden0al and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 Project Info Project Address Date 5/10/2013 Complete the following for all design A & 8 squirrel -cage, T -frame induction permanently wired polyphase motors of 1 hp or more having synchronous speeds of 3600, 1800 or 1200 rpm (unless one of the exceptions below app ies). For Building Dept. Use Motor No. or Location Applicant Name: Applicant Address: Applicant Phone' Project Briefly describe system type Description mechanical and features. Plans Include documentation requiring compliance with commissioning requirements, Section 1416. • Includes IN Heating Cap. > 0 & <=10 Btuh/ft2 Compliance Option o Simple System 0 Complex System C Systems Analysis (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Use separate MECH-SUM for simple & complex Equipment Schedules The following information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans, fill in the required information below. Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Name' Model No.' Capacity2 Btu/i1 OSA CFM or Econo? SEER or EER IPLV3 Econmizer Optionor Exceptions Heat Recovery YM 1432.1 Setback & shut-off No 1411.2.1 Wate-coded chiller Full -load and NPLVvalues aciusted for any non-standard conditions 1432.2.1 Air system reset No 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg.& clg. List heat pumps on schedule 14322.2 Hydr. Sys. reset No 1411.5 Un en closed Heat Indicate radiant heat system and occupancy controls 1432.3 .1 Hydr. Var. Flow Indicate variable flow method for all applicable systems 1412 HVAC Controls Yes 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans 1452 Heater Efficiency No 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum 1453 Pool heater controls No 1412.3 Humidtycontrol hdicatehumidistat _-- Pool covers No 1412.4 Setback and Shutoff' Indicate thermostatwith 7day program capabildy&required setback 1454 Pools 90+ degrees No 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location. leakage rate, control type, & max. leakage 141.0 Heat Recovery No 1412.42 Optimum Start Indicate optimum startcontrols - 1460 No Heating Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type. Brand Name' Model No.' Capacity2 Btu/h OSA cfm or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficiency° Heat Recovery Y/N Yes 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans Indicate design minimum condensing temp and contd. No 1412.8 Ventilation Control Indicate demand control ventilation for high -occupancy areas ML _ 0 No 1412.9 Loading Dock & Garage Indicate enclosed loading dock & parking garage ventilation system activation and control method. No Llrtin ctrrt flord llaI F Load Eifciencies (°%) at 12(19I 't0 Exceptions: 1. Motors In systems designed to use more than one speed of a multi -speed motor. 2. Motors already .included in the efficiency requirements for HVAC equipment (fables 14- 1Aor14-113). 3. Motors that are an integral part (i.e. not easily removed and replaced) of specialized process equipment (i.e. equipment which requires a special motor, such as an explosion - proof motor). 4. Motors integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no qualifying motor has been approved (i.e. if the only U.L. listing for the equipment is with a less -efficient motor and there is no energy-efficient motor option). For motors claiming an exception, list motor and note which exception applies. Indicate thermostat interlock on plans tl�ren raot«s Enclosed Motors Synchronous Scud RPM) 3,630 1,800 1,200 3200 1,600 1200 Motor HP Air f Water Economizers 1.0 77.0 85.5 82.5 77.0 - 85.5 52.5 1.5 84.0 66.5 66.5 84-0 36.5 37.5 2.0 35.5 e5.5 87.5 85.5 36.5 88.5 3.0 85.5 89.5 86.5 86.5 39-5 Fan Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Equip Type Brand Name' Model No.' CFM SP1 HP/BHP Flow Controls Location of Service 91.0 90.2 39.5 91.7 91.0 10.0 69.5 91.7 91.7 902 91.7 91.0 15.0 90.2 93.0 91.7 91.0 914 991.7 20.0 91.0 93.0 92.4 91.0 93.0 91.7 250 91.7 93.6 93.0 91.7 93.6 830 30.0 31.1 9-°_i 93.6 91.7 93.6 830 40.0 92.4 94,1 94.1 92.4 34.1 94.1 50.0 93.0 94.5 94.1 93.0 94.5 94.1 11f available. 2 As tested according to Table 14-1A through 14- G. 3 If required. 4 COP, HSPF, Combustion Efficiency, or AFUE, as applicable. 5 Flow control types: variable airvolume(VAV), constant volume (CV), or variable speed (VS). 6 Exception numberfrom 2009 Washington State Enerav Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential of ElectricMotors MECH-MOT 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February2011 Project Address 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST Date 5/10/2013 Complete the following for all design A & 8 squirrel -cage, T -frame induction permanently wired polyphase motors of 1 hp or more having synchronous speeds of 3600, 1800 or 1200 rpm (unless one of the exceptions below app ies). For Building Department Use Motor No. or Location HP Type (open/closed) Description of Application or Use Synch. Speed Min.Nom. Full load Efficiency 1411 ■ Cooling Cap <=15 Btuhift2? IN Heating Cap. > 0 & <=10 Btuh/ft2 If Heating Only • <1000 cfm? Q<30% outside air? ■ Heating Cap. <=10 Btuh/ft2? 111-1 Provide calculations for total onsite energy input/output to equip. No 1411.1 Combustion htg. Indicate intermittent ignition, lue/drait damper & jacket loss 1431.2 System Sizing No 1411.1 Air-cooled chiller Provide total air and water chiller capacity 1432.1 Setback & shut-off No 1411.2.1 Wate-coded chiller Full -load and NPLVvalues aciusted for any non-standard conditions 1432.2.1 Air system reset No 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg.& clg. List heat pumps on schedule 14322.2 Hydr. Sys. reset No 1411.5 Un en closed Heat Indicate radiant heat system and occupancy controls 1432.3 .1 Hydr. Var. Flow Indicate variable flow method for all applicable systems 1412 HVAC Controls Yes 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans 1452 Heater Efficiency No 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum 1453 Pool heater controls No 1412.3 Humidtycontrol hdicatehumidistat _-- Pool covers No 1412.4 Setback and Shutoff' Indicate thermostatwith 7day program capabildy&required setback 1454 Pools 90+ degrees No 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location. leakage rate, control type, & max. leakage 141.0 Heat Recovery No 1412.42 Optimum Start Indicate optimum startcontrols - 1460 No 1412.5 Heat pump control hrdicate heat pump thermostant & outdoor lockout on schedule Indicate motor type and speed control No 1412.6 Combustion heating Indicate modulating or staged control - _-- Yes 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans Indicate design minimum condensing temp and contd. No 1412.8 Ventilation Control Indicate demand control ventilation for high -occupancy areas ML _ 0 No 1412.9 Loading Dock & Garage Indicate enclosed loading dock & parking garage ventilation system activation and control method. No Llrtin ctrrt flord llaI F Load Eifciencies (°%) at 12(19I 't0 Exceptions: 1. Motors In systems designed to use more than one speed of a multi -speed motor. 2. Motors already .included in the efficiency requirements for HVAC equipment (fables 14- 1Aor14-113). 3. Motors that are an integral part (i.e. not easily removed and replaced) of specialized process equipment (i.e. equipment which requires a special motor, such as an explosion - proof motor). 4. Motors integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no qualifying motor has been approved (i.e. if the only U.L. listing for the equipment is with a less -efficient motor and there is no energy-efficient motor option). For motors claiming an exception, list motor and note which exception applies. Indicate thermostat interlock on plans tl�ren raot«s Enclosed Motors Synchronous Scud RPM) 3,630 1,800 1,200 3200 1,600 1200 Motor HP Air f Water Economizers 1.0 77.0 85.5 82.5 77.0 - 85.5 52.5 1.5 84.0 66.5 66.5 84-0 36.5 37.5 2.0 35.5 e5.5 87.5 85.5 36.5 88.5 3.0 85.5 89.5 86.5 86.5 39-5 39.5 5.0 86.5 89.5 59.5 58:5 89.5 a9.5 7.5 38.5 91.0 90.2 39.5 91.7 91.0 10.0 69.5 91.7 91.7 902 91.7 91.0 15.0 90.2 93.0 91.7 91.0 914 991.7 20.0 91.0 93.0 92.4 91.0 93.0 91.7 250 91.7 93.6 93.0 91.7 93.6 830 30.0 31.1 9-°_i 93.6 91.7 93.6 830 40.0 92.4 94,1 94.1 92.4 34.1 94.1 50.0 93.0 94.5 94.1 93.0 94.5 94.1 60.0 93.6 95.0 94.5 93:6 95.0 94.5 75.0 93.6 95.0 94.5 93.6 95.4 995.4 100.0 93.6 95,4 95.0 94.1 95.4 95.0 1250 54.1 95.4 95.0 95.0 95.4 95.0 150.0 94.1 952 95.4 9S.0 952 95.3' 204.0 95.0 95.8 95.4 55.4 96.2 953 250.0 95.0 95.8 95.4 952 962 95.5 300.0 95.4 95.8 95.4 95.8 962 95.6 350.0 95.4 95.8 95.4 95.8 962 95.8 400.0 952 95.3 95.8 95.8 96.2 95.6 450.0 953 96.2 962 953 96.2 95,8 500.0 95.8 96.2 96.2 952 962 98.8 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Summary back ECH-SUM 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Revised February 2011 System Description See Section 1421 for full description p of Simple System qualifications. All Systems: ■ No humidification? QNo Reheat? If Heating/Cooling or Cooling Onixincluded? Q Constant vol? Et Split system? Q<=84,000 Btuh? ■ Economizer Location on Plans •Air cooled? •Packaged sys? • X135,000 Btuh? Component 1411 ■ Cooling Cap <=15 Btuhift2? IN Heating Cap. > 0 & <=10 Btuh/ft2 If Heating Only • <1000 cfm? Q<30% outside air? ■ Heating Cap. <=10 Btuh/ft2? Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for Simple System Option. If not, either the Complex System or Systems Analysis Options must be used. ( START aP <=15 Heed/Cool Eq. with Cap <=10 or /ft2? Yes No Yes Heating/Cooling or Cooling Only No Heating Only Reference 1 Section 1421 Total CFM Serving Single Room 0,0 Yes Y es- Yes Yes alifies Economizer Exception tion.1 Yes Simple System Allowed (section 1420) Yes Use Complex Systems (section 1430) Complex Systems Refer to MECH-COMP Mechanical. Complex Systems for assistance in determining which Complex Systems requirements are applicable to this project. 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential ,..,�._ P l 4 MechanicalPermit ans.Checki�stMECH-CHK 2009 Washington State EnergyCode Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Muhdam Residential Revised Febnra 2011 $ P OY Project Address 116 ANDOVER PARK nasi Date 5/10/2013 The following. information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, na) Code Seaton Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1401-1424) Component 1411 Equipment Performance Yee 1411.1 Minimum elidency Equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency 111-1 Provide calculations for total onsite energy input/output to equip. No 1411.1 Combustion htg. Indicate intermittent ignition, lue/drait damper & jacket loss 1431.2 System Sizing No 1411.1 Air-cooled chiller Provide total air and water chiller capacity 1432.1 Setback & shut-off No 1411.2.1 Wate-coded chiller Full -load and NPLVvalues aciusted for any non-standard conditions 1432.2.1 Air system reset No 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg.& clg. List heat pumps on schedule 14322.2 Hydr. Sys. reset No 1411.5 Un en closed Heat Indicate radiant heat system and occupancy controls 1432.3 .1 Hydr. Var. Flow Indicate variable flow method for all applicable systems 1412 HVAC Controls Yes 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans 1452 Heater Efficiency No 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum 1453 Pool heater controls No 1412.3 Humidtycontrol hdicatehumidistat _-- Pool covers No 1412.4 Setback and Shutoff' Indicate thermostatwith 7day program capabildy&required setback 1454 Pools 90+ degrees No 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location. leakage rate, control type, & max. leakage 141.0 Heat Recovery No 1412.42 Optimum Start Indicate optimum startcontrols - 1460 No 1412.5 Heat pump control hrdicate heat pump thermostant & outdoor lockout on schedule Indicate motor type and speed control No 1412.6 Combustion heating Indicate modulating or staged control - _-- Yes 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans Indicate design minimum condensing temp and contd. No 1412.8 Ventilation Control Indicate demand control ventilation for high -occupancy areas ML _ 0 No 1412.9 Loading Dock & Garage Indicate enclosed loading dock & parking garage ventilation system activation and control method. No 1422 Thermostat interlock Indicate thermostat interlock on plans No 1432.2.1. Temperature Reset Indicate temperature reset method No 1413 Air f Water Economizers Ho 1412.1 Single zone systems indicate multiple cooling stage control capabaity- 1439.1 Kitchen Hoods Yes 1413.1 Air Econo Operation Indicate 100% capability on schedule c0 Laboratory Exhaust No 1413.1 Wtr Econo Operation Indicate 100% capacity at 45 deg F db & 40 deg F wb No 1413.2 Wtr Econo Document hdlcate max. OSA condition for design clg bad & equipment performance data. -. No 1413.3 Integrated operation hdlcate capability for partial cooling No 1413.4 HumidiflcatIon Indicate direct evap or fog atomization w/alreconomizer 1414 Ducting Systems No 1414.1 Duct sealing Indicate duct design pressures, seeing, and testing requirements No 1414.12 Low press. duct test Indicate applicable low pressure duct systems shall be leak tested No 1414.1.3 High press. duct test lidicate high pressure duct systens shall be tesk tested, and identify the location this ductwork on plans No 1414.2 Duct insulation IndicateR-valieof insulation on duct 1415 Piping Systems Ho 1415.1 Piping insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping 1416 Completion Requu'ements Yes 1416.32 System Balancing Indicate air and water system balancing requirements 'a.0 Ho 1416.3.3 Functional Testing Provide sequen ce of operations and test procedures. No 1416.3.4 Documentation Indicate O&M manuals, record drawings, staff training 0o 1416.3.5 Comm. Report Indicate requirements for final commissioning report Yes 1416.4 Compliance Chklist: Submit tobugoing official uponsubstantial completion. _ Yee Mechanical Summary Form Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types, inputloutput, efficiency,cfm, h.. economizer - 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical 2009 Washington State Energy Project Address 116 AROOVER PARK Mgr Date 5/10/2013 MP SSystemsSCheckl;st MECH-COMP for Nonresidential and MultifamilyRevised ResidentialFebruary 2011 C m lex Code Compliance Forms Project Address 116 ANDOVER HARK LAST Date 5/10/2013 The following additional information is necessary, to check a mechanical permit application for a complex mechanical system for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Use the checklist as a reference for notes added to the mechanical drawings (see the M ECH-CHK checklist for additional requirements). This information must be on the plans since this is the official record of the permit. Having this information in separate specifications alone is NOT an acceptable alternative. For Building Department Use Applicability (yes, no, na) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes ADDITIONAL CHECKLIST ITEMS FOR COMPLEX SYSTEMS ONLY Yes 1431.1 Feld assem. sys. Provide calculations for total onsite energy input/output to equip. 141.0 1442 Shut-off controls Yes 1431.2 System Sizing Indicate equipment & system sizing complies with 1431.2 141.0 Pipe insulation No 1432.1 Setback & shut-off Indicate separate systems or show isolation devices on plans 1444 Pump Energy No 1432.2.1 Air system reset Indicate automatic temperature reset & operation sequence 1445 Heat Recovery No 14322.2 Hydr. Sys. reset Indicate automatic temperature reset & operation sequence 1460 Heated Pools No 1432.3 .1 Hydr. Var. Flow Indicate variable flow method for all applicable systems 1452 Heat Pump COP No 1432.3.X Hydronic Isolation Indicate method of isolation for all applicable systems 1452 Heater Efficiency No 1432.4 DDC Capabilities Indicate control capabilities including demand response setpoind adj. 1453 Pool heater controls No 1432.4 DDC data mgmt Indicate metering and trending capabilities. _-- Pool covers No 1432.5 Pressure Reset Indicate static pressure reset for VAV systems 1454 Pools 90+ degrees Yes 1433 Air Economizer Indicate economizer on equipment schedule or provide calculations to justify exemption. Demonstrate higher efficiency equipment if required. 141.0 Heat Recovery No 1433 Water Economizer Indicate water economizer and provide calculations showing compliance with 1413 If 1433 Exception 3 is utilized - 1460 No 1434 Separate alr sys. Indicate special requirement zones and indicate systems Indicate motor type and speed control No 1435 Simul. htg. & clg. Indicate method of prohibiting simultaneous heating and cooling, or state excpetion and show supporting calculations - _-- No 1436 Heat recovery Indicate heat recovery of all applicable systems on plans: complete and attach heat recovery calculations Indicate design minimum condensing temp and contd. Yes 1437 Elec. motor effic. MECH-MOT or Equip. Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency ML _ 0 No 1438 Variable speed drives indicate VS control or equivalent on schedules for all applicable equip. No 1438.1 Heat Rejection Indicate heat rejection equipment types and fan types No 1438.2 Hot Gas Bypass Indicate cooling equipment staging and capacity modulation abilities No 1438.3 Large Volume sys Indicate multiple system morns & indicate ventilation control No 1439.1 Kitchen Hoods Indicate source and conditioning of make-up air No 1439.2 Laboratory Exhaust indicate HR, VAV, semi -conditioned makeup, or GERM talc If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: Decision Flowchart Start Here Use flowchart to determine how the requirements of the Complex Systems Option apply to the project. Refer to the indicated Code sections for complete information on the requirements. Section 1411.1 Equipment Efficiency Shall Meet Tables 14-15 through 14-15 it Fume input = 225,000 uh or Any U eate Yes 1411 1 IID & Power Venting or Damper. If input _ 225,000 Btuh then 1412.6 Modulating Controls Required Section 1411.1 0.75% Maximum Jacket Loss Section 1412.8 Ventilation Controls for High -Occupancy Areas Section 1431.1 Calculations of TotaI On -Site Energy Input & Ouput Required (continued on back) Section 1432.2.1 Supply Air Reset Controls Required 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist Continued MECH-CHK 2009 Washington Slate Ener. Cade Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Muhlam Residential Revised February 20t1 � i P tY Project Address 116 AROOVER PARK Mgr Date 5/10/2013 The following'nformation is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance.wilh the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Appicabiity ( es, no, na) Code Section Com •onent Information Re•uired Location an Plans Building Department Notes SERVICE WATER HEATING AND HEATED POOLS (Sections 1440-1454) 1440 Service water Mg No 1441 Elec. water heater Indicate R-10 insulation under tank No 1442 Shut-off controls 'nog cats automatic shut-off of circulators or heat trace No 1443 Pipe insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping No 1444 Pump Energy Indicate method of pump energy management (Sec 1438) No 1445 Heat Recovery Incficate preheat capacity as % of peak service water demand. 1460 Heated Pools 50 1452 Heat Pump COP Indicate minimum COP of4.0 No 1452 Heater Efficiency Indicate pool heater efficiency No 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control no 1454 Pool covers Indcatevapor retardant cover Ho 1454 Pools 90+ degrees Indicate R-12 pod cover No 1455 Heat Recovery Indicate method and capactyofexhaust air temperature reduction -_ COLD STORAGE Sections 1460-1465 1460 Cold Storage No 1463 Evaporators Indicate motor type and speed control No 1464 Condensors Indicate condenser cooling type, design wb temp and control _-- No 1465 Compressors Indicate design minimum condensing temp and contd. If "no" is indicated for any item in Sections 1401-1424 or 1440-1465 , provide explanation: b(32O@ SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 192612 t 949.705.0700 i f 949.705,0701 MulvannyG2.com g K L KOH#RS L• , .:. ,,- ,FEL EN RS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS WWW.KLHENGRS.COM 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE. SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS. KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 12622.00 1 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH iTS ISSUE DATE 04.26.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF KINKO'S INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX KINKO'S. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX KINKO'S IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: A ISSUED FOR PERMIT 05.10.13 PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.10.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: H.V.A.C. COMCHECK DRAWING NUMBER: M-4.0 (C-2,4,6) W/P GFI (C-20) +30" +78+"901;78" f//// Z:0off/llf. 'fff. ardor f/fr' !/f.'%/%11%f/ff/lffffff/f///////////f//%./.I'flll. .: �w..:rrrw:: r .:. ' : Wil♦ WP POWER DISCONNECT SWITCH (FUSED) 11 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT (1'-0"MAX.LG.) CONDENSING UNIT FULL PERIM ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT CURB OR CONDENSING UNIT RAIL I� �I POWER & CONTROL CONDUIT ROOF • TO BE ROUTED THRU ROOF IN ROOFING APPROVED OPENEINGS IN RTUit- 5/8" POWERSTRUT WP UGHT FIXTURE CROUSE -HINDS CAT.#VXFH25G OR EQUAL. 100W RIGID CONDUIT -SIZE AS REQUIRED WP UGHT SWITCH WP RECEPTACLE EXISTING JOIST ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT DETAIL SCALE NOT TO SCALE (C-14,16,18) (C-20) W/P GFI 'I dor/f//l////l/1/flf .///r //I/'+fffJff /4,00, ® POWER CODED NOTES 1. PROVIDE NEW BUCK BOOST TRANSFORMER AS REQUIRED. REFER TO EQUIPMENT MANUAL AND FIELD VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS. 2. STOREFRONT WINDOW RECEPTACLE MOUNTED IN CEIUNG SHALL BE CONTROLLED THROUGH TIMECLOCK. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT SIGN LOCATION. 3. RUN MC CABLE, FLEX CONDUIT THROUGH TOE SPACE. COORDINATE WITH FURNITURE MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE. 4. PROVIDE A WIREMOLD ALA4800 SERIES TWO-PIECE. MULTIPLE CHANNEL, LARGE PROFILE ALUMINUM RACEWAY, FLOOR MOUNTED WHERE SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. ONE CHANNEL FOR POWER, THE OTHER CHANNEL FOR DATA. CONTACT GRAYBAR FOR ALL REQUIRED ACCESSORIES. CONTACT PAUL SICKMAN WITH GRAYBAR AT (817) 213-1200. 5. ISOLATED CIRCUIT FOR COMPUTER WORKSTATION FURNITURE. (ISOLATED GROUND AND NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS). 6. PROVIDE TWO GANG. WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX AT 8" A.F.F. IN A CONCEALED SPACE AT ONE END OF THE FURNITURE FOR POWER AND DATA CONNECTIONS TO FURNITURE. PROVIDE DEVICES WHERE SHOWN AND UTILIZE FLEXIBLE "WHIP" CONDUITS THROUGH TOE -SPACE. ROUTE CONDUITS TO WALL, UP WALL TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. REFER TO SHEET DC -1.0 FOR INFORMATION ON DATA. 7. PROVIDE 240V, 30A/2P/NF DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR WATER HEATER HIGH ON WALL NEAR MOP SINK. PROVIDE (2)#12, (1)#12 GND IN 3/4" CONDUIT. SEE PLUMBING DRAWING AND COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION. 8. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE STANDARD NEMA 5-20R UNLESS SPECIFICALLY MARKED OTHERWISE. 9. PROVIDE NEW ADDRESSABLE DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING BASE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL SMOKE DETECTOR IN THE SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCT. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WIRING TO FAN INTERLOCK. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE WIRING FOR FINAL CONNECTION TO REMOTE TEST ANNUNCIATOR AND BASE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. SEE NOTE 14. 10. PROVIDE 2'W x 4'H x 3/4"TH PLYWOOD EQUIPMENT BOARD. REFER TO ELEVATION DETAILS ON SHEET A4.0 AND/OR A4.1. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE 2" TELEPHONE CONDUIT AND PULL STRING FROM LANDLORD'S TELEPHONE DISTRIBUTION LOCATION TO NEW TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT BOARD. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. COORDINATE WORK OUTSIDE OF TENANT SPACE WITH LANDLORD. 11. PROVIDE TWO GANG, SURFACE MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX AT IN A CONCEALED SPACE AT ONE END OF THE FURNITURE FOR POWER AND DATA CONNECTIONS TO FURNITURE. PROVIDE DEVICES WHERE SHOWN AND UTILIZE FLEXIBLE "WHIP" CONDUITS THROUGH TOE -SPACE. 12. PROVIDE SEPARATE CONDUITS (1" MINIMUM) FOR POWER AND DATA AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE POWER AND DATA REQUIREMENTS SHOWN ON PLAN. MULTIPLE CONDUITS ARE INTENDED TO SHARE ONE TRENCH. THE E.C. SHALL EMPLOY PROPER INSTALLATION MEANS AND METHODS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. NOTE: ONLY ONE CONDUIT SHOWN FOR ROUTING PURPOSES. 13. PROVIDE REMOTE TEST ANNUNCIATOR FOR ROOFTOP UNIT DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR. REFER TO ELECTRIC SPECIFICATIONS ON SHEET E-4.0 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 14. PROVIDE A HUBBELL #PFBRG1 (SINGLE GANG), #PFBRG2 (TWO GANG) OR #PFBRG3 (THREE GANG) NONMETALLIC FLOOR BOX WHERE SHOWN AND INDICATED ON THIS SHEET. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL APPROPRIATE TRIM -RINGS AND COVERPLATES. 15. NEW EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE SAME BRANCH CIRCUIT FEEDING THE RESTROOM LUMINAIRES AND INTERLOCK WITH OCCUPANCY SENSORS. 16. PROVIDE 240V 60A/3P/NF, NEMA -3R. HEAVY DUTY DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR NEW AIR CONDITIONING UNIT (ACU). REFER TO HVAC/ELECTRICAL COORDINATION SCHEDULE AND PANEL SCHEDULES ON SHEET E-3.0 FOR ALL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS ON THIS EQUIPMENT. 17. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND LOCAL DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR NEW MOTORIZED DOOR. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH THE DOOR CONTRACTOR PROJECT MANAGER. 18. PROVIDE WEATHER PROOF GFI SERVICE RECEPTACLE FOR AIR CONDITIONING UNIT (ACU). 19. PROVIDE 120V CONNECTION FOR RE -CIRCULATION PUMP AS REQUIRED. SEE PLUMBING DRAWING AND COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION. 20. PROVIDE 240V 100A/3P/NF, NEMA -3R. HEAVY DUTY DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR NEW AIR CONDITIONING UNIT (ACU). REFER TO HVAC/ELECTRICAL COORDINATION SCHEDULE AND PANEL SCHEDULES ON SHEET E-3.0 FOR ALL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS ON THIS EQUIPMENT. 21. PROVIDE 240V 30A/3P/NF, NEMA -3R. HEAVY DUTY DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR NEW AIR CONDITIONING UNIT (ACU). REFER TO HVAC/ELECTRICAL COORDINATION SCHEDULE AND PANEL SCHEDULES ON SHEET E-3.0 FOR ALL INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS ON THIS EQUIPMENT. 22. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM DEVICES AS SHOWN. E.C. SHALL VERIFY THAT ALL DEVICES MEET ALL APPUCABLE CODES AND THAT THEY MATCH THE BASE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS TO THE BASE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE BY THE LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR AT THE TENANTS EXPENSE. REFER TO ELECTRIC SPECIFICATIONS ON SHEET E-4.0 FOR MORE INFORMATION. COORDINATE IN FIELD WITH LANDLORD. 23. PROVIDE WEATHER PROOF GFI SERVICE RECEPTACLE AND UGHT FOR ROOFTOP UNIT. SEE DETAIL 1 ON THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION. ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN SCALE: 1/4' = 1'-0' POWER GENERAL NOTES A. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE 3/4" DIAMETER, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. B. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ALL OUTLETS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND FIELD COORDINATE PRIOR TO ANY WORK. C. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND NEMA CONFIGURATIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND PLUGS AND PROVIDE THE PROPER RECEPTACLE TO MATCH. D. ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL CONTAIN A COPPER EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED PER CODE REGARDLESS OF CONDUIT TYPE. E. ALL RECEPTACLES SHALL BE MOUNTED AT +17" TO CENTER OF BOX UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. F. PROVIDE DEDICATED OR SEPARATE CONDUITS FOR ALL POS DATA UNES. (DO NOT SHARE WITH OTHER PHONE OR DATA LINES.) G. CONTRACTORS TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF FLOOR OUTLETS AND CONDUIT ROUTING WITH TENANT PRIOR TO SAW -CUTTING ANY PART OF THE FLOOR. FILL AND PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING FLOOR. H. PROVIDE CONDUIT AND BOX FOR ALL DATA COMMUNICATIONS DEVICES, HOWEVER PROVIDE DEDICATED OR SEPARATE CONDUITS FOR ALL POS -DATA UNES (D0 NOT SHARE WITH OTHER TELEPHONE OR DATA UNES). REFER TO SHEET DC -1 FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. ALL EQUIPMENT AND CABLE SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. I. ALL FLOOR OUTLETS SHALL BE FLUSH MOUNTED. J. PROVIDE NAME PLATE FOR ALL EQUIPMENT OUTLETS INDICATING CIRCUIT NO/OUTLET RATING/EQUIPMENT TO BE CONNECTED -- VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT WITH PROJECT MANAGER. K. ALL OUTLETS SHALL BE PERMANENTLY LABELED WITH THE PANEL AND CORRESPONDING CIRCUIT NUMBER. THE LABEL SHALL BE A TYPEWRITTEN, STICK -ON LABEL, AND PLACED ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE COVER PLATE. L STUB -UP (2) 3/4" CONDUITS AT +6" ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEIUNG FROM EACH PANELBOARD FOR FUTURE USE. M. STUB -UP (3) 1/2" CONDUITS FROM BACKBOARD AT +6" ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. ONE EACH FOR TELEPHONE, DATA, AND POINT OF SALE. N. ALL PLYWOOD MOUNTED ON WALL FOR ELECTRIC AND DATA PURPOSES SHALL BE PAINTED WITH FIRE RETARDING PAINT. 0. ANY PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RESISTANT/RETARDANT WALLS, PARTITIONS, FLOORS AND CEIUNGS SHALL BE FIRE STOPPED USING APPROVED METHODS TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING. P. FOR DEMISING WALLS, CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A 24" HORIZONTAL SEPARATION BETWEEN TENANTS NEW DEVICES AND ADJACENT TENANTS DEVICES. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ADJACENT TENANTS DEVICES IN FIELD. Q. PLEASE REFER TO SHEET DC -1 FOR ALL TELEPHONE AND DATA LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. R. E.C. SHALL X-RAY FLOOR PRIOR TO ALL TRENCHING. COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD ON SITE FOR EXACT REQUIREMENTS. FELD VERFY ALL COMMONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, OA 192612 949.705.0700 f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.co SEAL �L H H KOHRS LONEIMAIN HEL ENONEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS WWW.KLHENGRS.COM 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE. SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS. KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 12622.00 a3 U (B-1,315) B-7,9,11 13,15,17 RETAIL C-5) (C-3) (C-1) BREAK HANDLING HAL ROOM PACK & SHIP C-23) (C-15) B-20 22,24,26) 2) (B-24,26,28) 2 GANG (1)NEMA 6-15R (8-30,32) 1 GANG NEMA L6 -30R (2)#10, (1)#10 GND (B-20,22), 2 GANG NEMA 6-20R ENHANCED PACK & SHIP ASH/ COUNTDOWN (B-14,16,18) 2 GANG 1)NEMA 6-15R (B-2,4,6) (B-8,10,12) 14,16,18) (B-4,6) 3 GANG (B-10,12) 3 GANG ENTRY L�-- �V/ -_ ® ✓ - _� '-I I._.4 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 04.26.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF KINKO'S INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX KINKO'S. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX KINKO'S IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. (B-33) 1 GANG (8-31) 1 GANG (A-33) (A-27) (A-10) 2 GANG PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office D ASS'T. OFFICE NO. REVISIONS: DATE: ISSUED FOR PERMIT 05.10.13 SIGNS & GRAPHICS SELF-SERVICE AREA ANAGER'S OFFICE OFFICE (B-25) (B-27,29) (A-12,14) 3 GANG (A-24) 2 GANG WOME REST MEN`j REST'OOM (A-26,28,30) W/IG (A-32,34) w/IG (A-10,12,14) COMPUTER SERVICES (C-8,10,12) I(C-20) (A-16,18,20) (A-22,24) -.. VII �. 1_.�n. II) NI!I 0 wwwwwwwwwwwwI Clown AY..!. "ffioff/�+lff/.I�/1//l'i 11%�l%///.�. bst3..oc, PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 BID SET ISSUE DATE: -- CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.10.13 DRAWING TITLE: ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN .� .....0111.110...._ _....a111.100.- -aariffI_ .....11111:I•11111.- -.0111111t__ - >__ -..0111111:I_ -..011111. W N.pir- atterAis v..-....-.,==-11:: --...40„..Imir if, yr or x4*1/2 . to.4•N 11‘.4.- All,- ADJACENT LEASE SPACE NOT PART OF WORK /////////// SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER DRAWING NUMBER: ® ua-ITNG CODED NOTES 1. PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED, DUAL RELAY, MOTION OCCUPANCY SENSOR LIGHTING CONTROL MADE BY 'WATT STOPPER', MODEL PW --200. RELAYS SHALL BE SET TO "MANUAL ON" AND "AUTO OFF". 2. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX, TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN CONCEALED LOCATION AND MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS FOR 120 VOLT SIGN FURNISHED BY TENANT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH TENANTS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. WIRE THROUGH PHOTOCELL. MOUNT PHOTOCELL ON ROOF ABOVE ENTRANCE. 3. CONNECT TO SWITCH "a" & "b". 4. CONNECT TO SWITCH "c" & "d". 5. CONNECT TO SWITCH "e" & "f". 6. CONNECT TO SWITCH "g" & "h". 7. CONNECT TO SWITCH "I" & "j". 8. CONNECT TO SWITCH "k" & "I". 9. CONNECT TO SWITCH "m" & "n". 10. EXTERIOR EGRESS UGHTING IS PROVIDED AND POWERED BY LANDLORD UNDER A SEPARATE CONTRACT. 11. LIGHT FIXTURES LABELED "EM" CONTAIN 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACK-UP FOR EMERGENCY EGRESS ILLUMINATION. 12. MASTER SWITCHBANK LOCATION. 13. PROVIDE NEW TIMECLOCK 'TC' AND NEW UGHTING CONTACTORS 'LC1' & 'LC2'. REFER TO UGHTING CONTACTOR SCHEDULES ON THIS SHEET AND SPECIFICATIONS ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. TIMECLOCK SHALL BE DIGITAL, 365 -DAY SKIPPER TYPE WITH HOLIDAY PROGRAMMING AND WITH EXTERNAL OVERRIDE CAPABIUIIES (TORK, PARAGON, OR ACCEPTED EQUIVALENT). COORDINATE ON/OFF SCHEDUUNG WITH FEDEX OFFICE PROJECT MANAGER. 14. PROVIDE 2 -HOUR OVERRIDE TIME SWITCH EQUAL TO INTERMATIC FF SERIES. OVERRIDE SWITCH SHALL SERVE AS THE EXTERNAL OVERRIDE SIGNAL TO TIMECLOCK 'TC1' POLE #1. PROVIDE PRINTED LABEL AT SWITCH LOCATION TO READ "OVERRIDE SWITCH". REFER TO UGHTING CONTACTOR SCHEDULES, UGHTING CONTROL DETAIL, AND SWITCH BANK DETAIL 1 ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. UGHTING GENERAL NOTES A. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL UGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH (2)#12 AND (1)#12 GND IN 3/4" CONDUIT FOR EACH 20 AMP CIRCUIT. B. EMERGENCY AND EXIT FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CIRCUITED PER LOCAL AND LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES. C. EMERGENCY FIXTURES, EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLASTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN UNSWITCHED "HOT" TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS POWER TO BALLAST EVEN WHEN FIXTURE IS SWITCHED OFF. D. ALL NIGHT UGHTS (SHOWN WITH "NL" DESIGNATION) SHALL BE WIRED AHEAD OF SWITCHING. FELD VERFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. 1.7277;;Z???.., 2 HOUR OVERRIDE - TIMER SWITCH TO CONTROL 11MECLOCK POLE #1 - LC1 PANEL A n -0 o O2 -Or-‘0 o -0 0 fmk 1. REFER TO CONTACTOR SCHEDULE LC1 ON THIS SHEET FOR CIRCUITS TO BE CONNECTED TO CONTACTOR. 2. REFER TO 11MECLOCK SCHEDULE ON TFIIS SHEET FOR CIRCUITS TO BE CONNECTED TO TIMECLOCK. /0 ri GENERAL LIGHTING ki STOREFRONT ‘14 RECEPTS ( )LIGHTNI!NG CONTROL SCHEMATIC LIGHTING CONTROL DESIGN INTENT EVENT: NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS (HOURS TO BE DETERMINED BY FXO PROJECT MANAGER) - LIGHT SWITCHES AT THE LIGHTING SWITCH BANK SHALL CONTROL THE LIGHT FIXTURES. EVENT: CONCLUSION OF BUSINESS DAY (TIME TO BE DETERMINED BY FX0 PROJECT MANAGER) - TIMECLOCK SHALL SWEEP "OFF" ALL LIGHTS EVENT: AFTER BUSINESS HOURS - LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL REMAIN "OFF". - IF AFTER HOURS CONTROL OF THE LIGHT FIXTURES IS DESIRED, THE OVERRIDE SWITCH SHALL SERVE AS AN OVERRIDE SIGNAL TO THE TIMECLOCK AND THE LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF CONTROLLING THE LIGHT FIXTURES AGAIN (2 HOUR OVERRIDE MAX). 61 6 6 DAYUGHT AREA DAYUGHT AREA (STOREFRONT) ENTRY & SELF-SERVICE UGHTING ENTRY & RETAIL UGHTING el RETAIL UGHTING 6 6 PACK AND SHIP & PRODUCTION UGHTING PACK AND SHIP & PRODUCTION UGHTING iSi 1:1 6 6 PRODUCTION & SIGN & GRAPHICS UGH11NG Sit PRODUCTION & SIGN & GRAPHICS UGHTING Via COMPUTER SERVICES UGHTING ale iSi COMPUTER SERVICES UGHTING BREAK AND HANDUNG UGHTING is 6 is BREAK AND HANDUNG UGHTING UGHTING OVERRIDE V -Y (AFTER HOURS) NOTE: SWITCHES SHALL BE LABELED AS SHOWN ABOVE CiDSALES LIGHTING SWITCH BANK SCALE: NONE LIGHTOLIER - ULTRA MAX BALLAST & ULTRA LAMPS - DUAL VOLTAGE QTY (EA) TYPE MFG CATALOG # DESCRIPTION GE LAMP PART NUMBER LAMP DESCRIPTION LAMP QTY PER FIXTURE AREA IN BRANCH 72 A10 LIGHTOLIER CFS2GPF332UNVGI Zx4' Recessed 3 -Lamp DIRECT/INDIRECT PERFORATED GE ULTRAMAX BALLAST (PROVIDE FIXTURE WITH 2 BALLASTS) GEF28T8SP41UMX (00257) T8 Ultra Watt -Miser 3 Express/Computer Services/Production / Offices 15 A20 LIGHTOLIER CFS2GPF332UNVG1-0X5 2x4 Recessed 3 -Lamp DIRECT/INDIRECT PERFORATED GE ULTAMAX BALLAST WITH EMERGENCY BALLAST 1100 - 1400 LUMENS (PROVIDE FIXTURE WITH 2 BALLASTS) GEF28T8SP41UMX (00257) T8 Ultra Watt -Miser 3 Express/Computer Services/Production / Offices/Breakroom 2 A5 LIGHTOLIER SLB2SFSVA332120GI-CUL 2)(4' Surface Fluorescent 3 -Lamp w/Prismatic Lens (PROVIDE FIXTURE WITH 2 BALLASTS) F32T8XLSP411SWMECO (GE #48532) T8 Ultra Wall -Miser 3 Restrooms/Breakroom/Handling Area, as required 4 X1 DUAL -LITE LXURWE _Universal Exit Sign, Red Letters, White Housing As required (A- 9,21,23) BREAK HANDLING HAL ROOM 1123 A20 tLi ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN 2009 Statile Energy. Interior Lighting Summary LTG -INT Project Addrikss FEDEX OrrICE mama. Ari Date 116 ANDOVER RARE EAST EDMHAERP ror Building Department Use Compliance Opfion it; $:ysterris.AeelOS Maximum Allowed Lighting atiage anterior) .4; ilirarescents Plitufds 90 Weps 804 - ad. Ariam 90 180 .45 90 Parking Garafe Lighting - Maximum Allowed Wattage Locabon P kin 2009 Seattla.Ener 3 Code Corn • fiance Forrrf for NorrreSidential and MUltifarnii ReSidential Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK 2009' Seattle.Enilfg Code CerhOrtan6ifom-tsfor:NonVesidentieandtiltiltifathilS, Okte 519/201.3 The fcIlowing inforrnation- is riecessapith. check a permit appfication fCroayioliance.witti the lighting, mCthr, and. transfcrrner 2000 Seattle Energy Ccde. Cocie Section Component requirements in the on .Plans Building Dept: NOtes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) 15131. Schedule with type,.indicate locafions YeD 15112 • Area c.cntrds Xee Daylight zone contrd daylight_ zoriea parking garage Indicate daylightzonein parking garage. N .A. Indicate vertical glazing on plans Indicate.overhead:gliazIng.On plans ltidiCate separate controls, Schedule with type and features, indicate locatIon N (a) timer w/backup Indicate loceitiot-i Inter auto shut-off Yes 15134.1 SchedUle with typeiand locations Xes '11442 s Indicate 'size cE Zone on plans E2 0 N.A. 1513.7 Hotel/motel Confrols In diCate location of rooMinester controls. Yes Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning EXIT SIGNS (Section 1614) Yes 14 fidlaX. Watts LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1630-1532) 1531. Interior Lighting Coradeted and; attached,' Schedule with fixture type lamps, ballastS. Watts:per figure MOTORS (Section 1611) N.A. TRANSFORIVIERS (Section 1640) 1540 Transformers 'Indicate size and efficiency If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: TIMECLOCK SCHEDULE "TC" SPECIFICATIONS: 2 POLE, 20A RATING, 120V, 120V COIL CONTROL REMARKS: TIMECLOCK AUTO ON / AUTO OFF POLE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 A-21 LIGHTING CONTACTOR - 'LC1' 2 A-23 LIGHTING CONTACTOR - 'LC2' PACK & S IIP 11241 Al 0 (A-7 Al 0 (A-15) Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 RETAIL 1125 , Al 0 Al 0 LIGHTING CONTACTOR SCHEDULE "LC#1" SPECIFICATIONS: 8 POLE, 20A RATING, 120V, 120V COIL CONTROL REMARKS: TIMECLOCK AUTO ON / AUTO OFF COORDINATE SCHEDULE WITH OWNER POLE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 A-1 DAYLIGHT AREA LIGHTING 2 A-3 ENTRY/SELF SERVICE LIGHTING 3 A-5 RETAIL AREA LIGHTING 4 A-7 P&S/PRODUCTION LIGHTING 5 A-9 PRODUCTION/S&G LIGHTING 6 A-11 COMPUTER SERVICES LIGHTING 7 A-13 BREAK AND HANDLING LIGHTING SPACE Al 0 Al 0 ENHANCED PACK & SHIP 11261 A10 A10 A10 / LIGHTING CONTACTOR SCHEDULE "LC2" SPECIFICATIONS: 4 POLE, 20A RATING, 120V, 120V COIL CONTROL REMARKS: TIMECLOCK AUTO ON / AUTO OFF COORDINATE SCHEDULE WITH OWNER POLE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 A-25 STOREFRONT RECEPTACLES 2 A-27 STOREFRONT RECEPTACLES SPACE SPACE Al 0 CASH/ COUNTDOWN DM OFFICE Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 A20 Al 0 / Al 0 A20 0 9,4 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 Em EM/NL OFFICE ENTRY Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 MD ASS'T OFFICE OFF E A20 / SIGNS & GRAPHICS 1113 Al 0 Al 0 . / 0 Al 0 Em EM EM OFFICE • SELF-SERVICE AREA 112 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 COMPUTER SERVICES Al 0 A20 Al 0 A20 EM MENS RESTROOM Al 0 oehror 4.07 "IF RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 2 6 2013 PERMIT CENTER SEPARATE PERMITAND APPROVAL REQUIRED 3,3 18200 VON KARMAN AVE SUITE 910 1RViNE, CA 92612 I, t 949,705.070-3 f 949:705.07011 ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE. SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS. KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: 11 STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12622.00 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST co co CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: I I 5173 989630 STIPULATION FOR REUSE PROGRAM: RELO THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC siTE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 04.26.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. ySE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY 1 LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF KINKO'S INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX KINKO'S. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX KINKO'S iS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: ;71 IS -B -U -E -D FOR PERMIT DATE: 05.10.13 :7;7 PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 11 BID SET ISSUE DATE: I I CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: DRAWING TITLE: 04.26.13 05.10.13 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN DRAWING NUMBER: E-2.0 Al 0 A20 1.2 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.4 ,,,,:. , ,,„:Nkz,„\'''': __,..,„t.„„,......._,,\--------,‘ + t 2.1 2.5 +3.0 +3.6 +4.1 +4.5 Al 0 CASH' COUNTDOWN 119 aDA10 ..�sm��. n�menmca��va�na, Al 0 MD ASST. OFFICE •oma.w.`MW�ua,�„�.`h.�.Y.�c....�.w.,. MAN OFFI Al 0 4.3 ' 4.3 +3.8 +3.8 +3.2 +3.2 +2.6+2.6 1.2 1.2 +1.1 1.1 +1.1 +1.1 +1.1 1.1 A20 2.4 ; 2.4 +2.9 +3.6 ?3.6 +4.2 4.2 2.9 4.7 4.7 +4.1 +4.1 +3.4 +3.4 +2.8 +2.8 +4.5 +4.6 +4.5 E,M/NL 4.1 +3.6 } 3.1 +2.6 2.1 •'7777k,, BREAK HANDLING [122 1.8 1.5 +1.3 +12 +1.1 +1.1 +1.1 +12 +1.4 +1.6 +1.9 +2.4 +2.9 +3.4 +4.0 k as Al 0 A20 111 4.6 +4.9 +4.5 +4.9 +4.5 Al 0 +3.9 +3.4 + + 3.9 3.4 Al 0 4.5 +4.0 +3.4 +2.8 2.2 + 1.8 +1.4 +1.2 1.0 +0.8 Al 0 III MD OFFICE 120 • 2. +2.4 +2.7 Al 0 ""777' e Al0 3faI �.�wn m�vxanawvau� ..nrva�nv�.mm�� »wa���`av�vs.. £k++ 111 HAL ROOM 1231 A10 A20 [1111•11111111" - Al 0 Al0 EM Al 0 Al 0 +3.1 +3.0 +2.8 +2.5 +1.9 +1.2A sko"aAo 2.9 +2.6 +2.9 +3.1 +3.3 +3.3 +3.3 +3.1 A20 EM +2.7 +2.4 +2.2 + + + + 5.3 5.7 5.9 5.7 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PHOTOMETRIC PLAN - EGRESS SCALE 1/4' • 1'-0' Al 0 Al 0 . 3.•k••� . +`k++ + +� wkk v.w \M`.+.a.,,rd,M',Yx+t.,Sy.�l •Wu PACK & SHIP 124 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 7,7? Al 0 Al 0 k.k +k + + 0.3 • ip:: + + 0.3 +0.3 +0.3 +0. +0.3 +0.3 0.3A1 0.3 0.3 + +0.5 +0... +0.5 +0.5 + t f + 0.5 O.e 0.6 0.6 +0.6 +0. +0.7 +0.7 +0.7 +0.1 +0.8 +0.8 b +0.8 :°I . +0.9 +0.9 +1.1 +1 + „ _� .1 •1.1 +1.8 +1.` +1.9 +1.9 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2. 2.4 2.3 +29 +28 +1.4 .7 +1.9 +2.2 +2.6 +2.9 +3.2 +3.3 +3.3 +3.1 +2.9 +1.0 +0.9 +0.9 +0.8 +0.9 +1.0 +1.2A +++ 1.3 1.3 1.3 1 Al 0 + + • + 4.8 4.1 3.4 2 + + + + 4.9 4.2 3.5 2 2.4 2.0 1.8 1 1.5 :i .8 +0.3 +1.5 .8 +0.6 +1.5 `'.9 +0.7 +1.5 1.0 +1.7.9 +2.1 +0.8 Al 0 +2.1 +2.1 +2.1 SIGNS & GRAPHICS Al 0 +1.4 +1.3 +1.2 +1.. 1.2 1.2 1.3 1 ' +1.6 +1.4 +1.3 +1.2 +1. 1 + . + . + . + +1.8 +1.4 +1.3 +1.2 +1.2 +1.3 +1.4 +1.5 < +1.7 +2.0 A20 EM/NL Al 0 A20 EM Al 0 +2.5 +2.2 +1.9 +1.6 +1.4 +1.2 +1.1 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 +1.0 +1.0 +1.0 +1.1 + 1.2 +1.3 +1.5 +1.7 +2.0 +2.4 +2.7 +3.0 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 +3.5 +3.9 + +3 3.4 +3.4 +4.0 +3.9 + + 4.4 4.4 LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE Symbol Label Qty Catalog Number Description Lamp File Lumens LLF Watts A20 15 LIGHTOLIER CFS2GHP332 COFFAIRE HP WITH 95% REFLECTIVE WHITE PAINT REFLECTORS AND BASKET.HP90 MIRO 4 BLST COVER AND TRANSOPTIX OVERLAY. (3) 28W F32 T8/ADV841 /ALTO/PLPS 1400 LUMEN EMERGENCY BALLAST CFS2GHP332.I ES 467 0.85 85.8 STATISTICS Description Symbol Avg Max Min Max/Min Avg/Min Egress Path 2.4 fc 6.1 fc 0.3 fc 20.3:1 8.0:1 Calculated values include direct and interreflected components. 9++ RETAIL [125 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 +4.1 +3.6 +3.0 7 PHOTOMETRIC PLAN GENERAL NOTES A. THIS PHOTOMETRIC REPORT REPRESENTS ILLUMINATION LEVELS CALCULATED FROM LABORATORY DATA (IES FILES). THIS LABORATORY DATA IS TAKEN UNDER CONTROLLED CONDITIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ILLUMINATING ENGINEERING SOCIETY OF NORTH AMERICA (IESNA) APPROVED METHODS. ACTUAL PERFORMANCE OF ANY MANUFACTURERS LUMINAIRES MAY VARY DUE TO VARIATION IN ELECTRICAL VOLTAGE, TOLERANCE IN LAMPS, AND OTHER VARIABLE HELD CONDITIONS. B. THE ILLUMINATION LEVELS, MEASURED IN FOOTCANDLES, SHOWN ARE BASED ON THE SPECIFIED CRITERIA. ANY SUBSTITUTIONS/DEVIATIONS IN LUMINAIRES OR ALTERATIONS TO THE LAYOUT WILL AFFECT ILLUMINATION LEVELS SHOWN AND WILL NOT BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF KLH ENGINEERS, PSC. C. FOOTCANDLE LEVELS SHOWN ARE CONSIDERED MAINTAINED. D. REFER TO THE LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE FOR ALL LUMINAIRE INFORMATION. gk :k : ,.+ kk+f " 'k 444 �•k'+� � £+ k a` k'�•k �.��c,..:,a,w:,n;�,E;+�{,.£„s,.�•sz,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,M�,..,.,..,h...:��,,,OMn;:..rf��;+z rf• Al 0 (A-3) Al 0 +12 +1.2 +1.2 1 + +1+ + + + + + + + + + + + 4.2 4.,: 4.8 4.8 M5 4.1 3.5 2.9 2.3 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 • + + + + + + + + + f + + ♦ i ♦ ♦ • + + • ♦ ♦ + • + ♦ • + • 4.0 4.;i 4.5 4.5 4.3 3.9 3.4 2.8 2.2 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.3 2.6 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.7 Al 0 Al 0 Oh' A20 EM Al 0 Al 0 ENHANCED PACK & SHIP 1126 + + + } 4 4 } t } } • } + } } } 1.3 ..v 1.9 2.1 2.3 2. 2.5 2.3 2.4 1 Al 0 Al 0 t + + + + + + + + + + + • + + + + + + + + 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 +3.7 +4. +4.2 +4.1 +3.3 +3.0 +2.8A +3. + + 3.7 +3.7 +3.3 +3.3 +3.0 +3.0 +2.1 +2. +2.9 +2.9 +2. +2.8 +2.7 +2.",+2.9 +2.9 +2.9 +3. +3.2 +3.2 + 3.2 +3. +3.5 +3.5 +3.6 +3. +4.0 +4.0 +4.0 +4. +4.5 +4.4 +4.3 + + 4.9 4.9 +4.5 +4. +5.2 •5.2EM + + + + 4.3 4.` 4.9 4.9 +4.0 +4. +4.5 +4.5 +3.7 +3.' +4.1 +4.1 + 3.4 +3. +3.8 +3.8 +3.3A _ +3.6 3.6 +3. +C gyp p +3.5 +3. +3.9 +3.9 +1.6 +1.9 +2.2 +2.5 +3.0 +3.3 +3.5 3.7 +3.7 +3.5 +3.2 +2.9 +2.5 +2.1 +1.8 +1.6 +1.4 +1.3 +1.3 +1.3 +1.4 +1.5 +1.7 +1.9 +2.2 +COM F • 1 +4.2 + 4. 4.2 +1.7 .o>t + + + + + + + • • + + • + i + + + 1.7 2 1 t 2.5 3.0 3.6 4.O • + t t + + + • 4.6 4.6 4.3 3.9 3.4 2.9 2.4 2„(1 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.4�5 1.7 2.0 2.3 2.8 Al 0 Al + Al+ X3.3 MENS RESTROOM 114 MIMMIPIPF- EM/NL ADJACENT LEASE SPACE NOT PART OF WORK ////2/////, +4.6 +4.6 +3.8 +4.4A +4.0 +5.0 +5.0 or - EM Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 A20 I Nor EM/NL Al 0 A20 .2E14TFIV +1.7 AREA Al 0 Al 0 Al 0 da: aa= 0.9 0.9 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 2 6 2013 SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED 18200 VON KARMAN AVE SLUE 910 a 1RV1NE, CA 926121 11 Ela L ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS WWW.KLHENGRS.COM 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS. KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9753 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTUFiAL PROJECT NO.: 11 CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 11 12622.00 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST co CO CO 11 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: PROGRAM: 11 5173 989630 RELO 11 11 !I I STIPULATION FOR REUSE 1 1 SEATTLE, WA 98188 1 1 THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT I CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE i AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY UCENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF KINKO'S INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX KINKO'S. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX KINKO'S IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office REVISIONS: ISSUED FOR PERMIT DATE: 05.10.13 PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: DRAWING TITLE: ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PHOTOMETRIC PLAN - EGRESS 05.10.13 DRAWING NUMBER: E-2.1 • L. PANEL NAME A VOLTAGE 208 PHASE 3 WIRE 4 LOCATION BREAK/SERVER AREA SOURCE WIREWAY 125A M.C.B. 120 #L 1.5 R MHC 120 1.00 BREAKER DESCRIPTION KVA/PHASE A B C DESCRIPTION BREAKER L RMHC# 39.9 480 1.00 AMP AMP POLE AMP POLE 1 1.0 0.2 AMPERAGE AMPS • 20 20 1 DAYLIGHT AREA LIGHTING 2 8 •••••• DPWP, DPWS, BROTHER 5370 DW 20 TDS 450 20 1 • 1.8 HPHTG 2 3 2 3 0.9 0.2 DC INST 20 1 20 1 ENTRY/SELF SERVICE LIGHTING . ...... If 1.1 iiii.:E:. ....: TDS CONTROLLER 20 1 AIR COND. UNIT 0.2 4 5 4 5 1.1 02 20 1 POS - PACK AND SHIP COUNTER1 20 1 RETAIL AREA LIGHTING .. „ ..- - ••••••*: 2.9 TDS SCANNER 20 1 HC 1.8 7 2.6 03 6 7 0.9 20 1 POS - FRONT COUNTER .., 1 9 20 1 P&S/PRODUCTION LIGHTING 1.6 8 : '''.'"'"•' LAM 7020 20 1 8 0.7 HC 03 • 8 9 1.1 1 POS - FRONT COUNTER - :. • 23 20 1 PRODUCTION/S&G LIGHTING -• •:: 2.1 .7.... (2) SONY PICTURE STATIONS 20 1 11 1.0 0.7 7.0 HC 10 11 1.3 COKE COOLER - FRONT COUNTER •• ... : ... •• • 1 • 9 COMB SPREADER, MAGNA PUNCH 20 1 COMPUTER SERVICES LIGHTING . .. _. . ,. „.. 1.8 SONY PICTURE STATION 20 1 MFR 0.5 MFR 7.0 EC 12 13 0.9 17 • :::-.- - MAGNA PUNCH, COIL INSETER ::. . •:. 20 1 20 1 BREAK AND HANDLING LIGHTING 2.7......K:Kg..:K:K:K:....„ ....: . •• 14 IRC5045C, EPS -07 20 1 1.8 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 20 1 14 15 0.9 15 2 • 1 6 20 1 OFFICE/RESTROOM LIGHTING ••••• •• 2 1':•••24•••• •'• BROTER MFC7220, EPS -06 20 1 12 1 POS - FRONT COUNTER • -- - 16 17 12 L6 20 1 STOREFRONT SIGNAGE CIRCUIT ;.,••• .s. : 2.4 BROTER MFC7220, EPS -06 20 1 1 12 /1 my % - --i DIR.8105F 20 18 19 L6 02 20 L 20 1 TIIVIECLOCK 'TC 03 Iiiiii8.::.:K.. •••.; ...X81 EPREG, EPS -03, RCPT 20 1 GERBER EDGE 0.5 2 2 12r :. ..... ____ _ _ 20 21 21 0.2 22 23 T 20 1 LIGHTING CONTACTOR LCI'' ff:::8.2- 0.7 ....8..:17.... EPREG, EPS -03, RCPT 20 1 , , 0.5 15 2 22 23 22 23 02 25 T 20 1 LIGHTING CONTACTOR'LC2' ... - - ..... ../' 0 6 • • DESIGN CENTER, EPS -01 20 1 . . _ - - OA - 16 24 25 04 27 0.4 20 1 STOREFRONT RECEPTACLES:. 1.1 :. ; :::. ••• . . COMPUTER WORKSTATIONS 20 1 20 0.7 20 1 6 26 27 28 OA 26 0.42 20 1 STOREFRONT RECEPTACLES . .. .. 1. ....v.:- .. ..... . COMPUTER WORKSTATIONS 20 1 2 0.7 22 20 1 28 29 31 1.6 28 29 20 1 SPARE ... .. :- ::::1 0.7 COMPUTER WORKSTATIONS 20 1 •: • 0.7 0.5 SPARE 20 30 31 0.8 0.5 30 20 1 MOTORIZED DOORS 12 '......:K:K:K:i•.8.... '. COMPUTER WORKSTATIONS 20 1 MANAGERS OFFICE 0.7 ........SPARE 34 32 33 23 1.8 30 20 1 IRC5045F, EPS -07 .... '; .... 2.5 ....„ .....E. COMPUTER WORKSTATIONS 20 1 MD OFFICE 0.7 .. ... _ 36 37 34 35 1.8 - - 20 1 ERC5045C, EPS -02 ::::::: ::. ::::._ - "". •:: •:: .. ••• - • • 3.0 XEROX N5500 20 1 DM OFFICE 12 38 39 20 36 37 20 1 SPARE 20 1 SPARE 1.4 :.::::::::::;:8; • -.....:X848•:: PHASER 7760 20 1 HAL ROOM I A 41 SPARE 20 38 39 20 1 SPARE- 38 20 1 SPARE' .. .. .. 0.0 ........: ':'• SPARE 20 1 42 . • .•.• 15.9 11.7 13.4 H= PROVIDE HID RATED BREAKER. 20 40 41 SUBFED TCL FROM 0.00 S = PROVIDE SWITCHING DUTY RATED BREAKER. 20 1 SPARE ,. .... • .. .. •• 0.0 SPARE 20 1 DEMAND 100% 41.0 KVA L = PROVIDE LOCK OFF HANDLE BREAKER M = MISC 42 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD/PH 11.5 9.6 11.3 H= PROVIDE HID RATED BREAKER S = PROVIDE SWITCHING DUTY RATED BREAKER. T = INDICATES TIME CLOCK CONTROLLED CIRCUIT G = PROVIDE A GFI BREAKER. L = PROVIDE LOCK OFF HANDLE BREAKER DEMAND 100% IF H>C, 0% IF 11.:‹C 0.0 KVA L PROVIDE (2)#12,(1)#12GND,3/4"C FOR ALL BRANCH CCTS UNLESS STATED C = COOL DEMAND 100% IF C>H, 0% IF C<H SUBFED TCL FROM 0.00 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD 32.41 L = LITE DEMAND 125% 11.5 KVA 1.00 R = RCPT DEMAND 100% 22.1 KVA KVA NOTES L PROVIDE (2)#12,(1)#12GND,3/4"C FOR ALL BRANCH CCTS UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE. 2. PROVIDE HACR RATED BREAKERS ON ALL MOTOR LOADS. 3. PROVIDE LOCKING TYPE BREAKER FOR ALL LIFE SAFETY AND NIGHT LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS. M = MISC DEMAND 125% 1.4 KVA * PHASES SHALL BE BALANCED TO WITHIN 10% * H = HVAC DEMAND 100% IF H>C, 0% IF H<C 0.0 KVA KVA C = COOL DEMAND 100% IF C>H, 0% IF C<H 0.0 KVA 55.2 TOTAL PANEL DEMAND = 35.0 KVA 55.2 X 1.00 AMPS 35.0 KVA 97.2 AMPS * PHASES SHALL BE BALANCED TO WITHIN 10% * PANEL NAME B VOLTAGE 208 PHASE 3 WIRE 4 LOCATION BREAKJSERVER AREA SOURCE WIREWAY 125A M.C.B. 120 #LRMHC 1.5 R MHC 120 1.00 BREAKER DESCRIPTION KVA/PHASE A B C DESCRIPTION BREAKER LRMHC# L RMHC# 39.9 480 1.00 AMP POLE AMP POLE 1 1 03 0.2 AMPERAGE AMPS • 20 1 POS - PACK AND SHIP COUNTER 1 90.. 2.8 DPWP, DPWS, BROTHER 5370 DW 20 1 30 L4 • BHP HPHTG 2 3 2 03 LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS 0.2 DC INST 20 1 POS - PACK AND SHIP COUNTER r. %.. -- 23 % DRC5051F 20 1 (3)410 (3)410, (1)#10 GND IN 3/4" CONDUTT 1 8 -- AIR COND. UNIT • 4 5 03 5 02 20 1 POS - PACK AND SHIP COUNTER1 .. •:: .. •• 5 BROTHER MFC7220 • 20 1 2.8 LO -- -- HC 6 7 2.6 03 6 7 20 1 POS - FRONT COUNTER .., 1 9 gE... _ ; 8: DPWP, DPWS 20 1 KZ: .• 1 4 ACU -2 (ON ROOF) 70 3 8 9 HC 03 • 8 9 20 1 POS - FRONT COUNTER - :. • 23 8K:K:K:K:K:i8:: IRC5051F 20 1 '.•':':'X':'..........;:.' 1 8 ••••g:8:•:t' . (3)#4 (1)#8 GND IN 1-1/4'' CONDUIT -- 10 11 MFR 0.7 7.0 HC 10 20 1 COKE COOLER - FRONT COUNTER •• ... : ... •• • 1 • 9 COMB SPREADER, MAGNA PUNCH 20 1 SERVER CABINET 12 38 0.5 12 13 MFR 03 MFR 7.0 EC 20 1 POS - FRONT COUNTER 17 • :::-.- - MAGNA PUNCH, COIL INSETER ::. . •:. 20 1 20 12 MICROWAVE 4.9 ....: . •• 14 15 45 03 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 20 1 POS - FRONT COUNTER ..: ... 2.1 c:::::::::::::::•:•:.; LAM DIS. 80 ' 15 2 • 1 6 20 1 REFRIGERATOR 16 17 8:K:K:K::-..-..• 03 -- -- 20 1 POS - FRONT COUNTER • -- - „ - - - - - L6 20 18 19 - - - as 5.0 -- -- -- 20 1 WORK STATION - S&G /1 my % - --i DIR.8105F 20 2 19 L6 1.3 20 21 -- a6 1.9 :::-...E..... .. . •••" 20 1 GERBER EDGE 4 .:: ... 2 2 12r :. ..... ____ _ _ 1 6 21 22 23 1 2 1 RECIRCULATION PUMP • 20 1 15" & 30" VINYL CUTTER , , . /8 20'' H. CUTTER 15 2 1 6 22 23 24 25 0.4 20 1 20 1 HPz6100 /0M.:, . . _ - - - - 16 26 27 0.4 15 2 HPz6100 :. .§ 20 :T: ..:... JOGGER, PADDER 20 1 20 1 6 28 29 26 0.42 0.5 20 1 . 6 CHALLENGE DRILL 30 2 22 20 1 30 31 1.6 28 29 20 1 BOOKLET MAKER, FOLDER 18 E 'i% (3)#10, (10#10 GND IN 3/4'' COND. - -- •: • 22 0.5 SPARE 20 32 33 0.8 30 20 1 AIR FEED FOLDER :: •• . 0.8 :::•:::•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:•:• SPARE 20 1 1 MANAGERS OFFICE 0 5_. ........SPARE 34 35 23 30 2 TITAN 1264WF I . :. ..f'- ' 23 SPARE 20 1 20 1 MD OFFICE •• , .. 0 5 .. ... _ 36 37 1 23 - - (3)#10, (1)#10 GND. IN 3/4'' COND. 2..51g .. SPARE 20 1 20 1 DM OFFICE • ::. •:- •:: .. • .. • 38 39 20 1 20 1 SPARE . 20 1 20 1 HAL ROOM 40 41 SPARE 20 1 20 1 SPARE- 38 - - 0 0 SPARE . 20 1 20 1 42 . • .•.• 15.9 11.7 13.4 H= PROVIDE HID RATED BREAKER. 20 1 SUBFED TCL FROM 0.00 S = PROVIDE SWITCHING DUTY RATED BREAKER. TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD 4 L 00 T = INDICATES TIME CLOCK CONTROLLED CIRCUIT L = LITE DEMAND 125% 0.0 KVA G = PROVIDE A GFI BREAKER. R = RCPT DEMAND 100% 41.0 KVA L = PROVIDE LOCK OFF HANDLE BREAKER M = MISC DEMAND 125% 0.0 KVA NOTES H = HVAC DEMAND 100% IF H>C, 0% IF 11.:‹C 0.0 KVA L PROVIDE (2)#12,(1)#12GND,3/4"C FOR ALL BRANCH CCTS UNLESS STATED C = COOL DEMAND 100% IF C>H, 0% IF C<H 0.0 KVA OTHERWISE. TOTAL PANEL DEMAND = 41.0 KVA 2. PROVIDE HACR RATED BREAKERS ON ALL MOTOR LOADS. X 1.00 54.50 3. PROVIDE LOCKING TYPE BREAKER FOR ALL LIFE SAFETY AND DEMAND 125% 41.0 KVA NIGHT LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS. R = RCPT 113.9 AMPS M = MISC * PHASES SHALL BE BALANCED TO WITHIN 10% * PANEL NAME C VOLTAGE 208 PHASE 3 WIRE 4 LOCATION BREAK/SERVER AREA SOURCE WIREWAY 200A M.C.B. 120 #L 1.5 R MHC 120 1.00 BREAKER DESCRIPTION KVA/PHASE A B C DESCRIPTION BREAKER L RMHC# 39.9 480 1.00 39.9 AMP POLE AMP POLE 1 TOTAL 0.2 AMPERAGE AMPS • 130.8 20 1 WIFI RECEPT 2.8 . .. . . ... . • ACU -1 (ON GRADE) 30 3 • BHP HPHTG 2.6 • 2 3 LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS 0.2 DC INST DC WIRE • 20 1 SECURITY RECEPT „ .,... 28J CN INST (3)410 (3)410, (1)#10 GND IN 3/4" CONDUTT -- -- AIR COND. UNIT • 3 2.6 4 5 02 22 30 EC 20 1 TELPHONE BOARD SE.::: ... ... : 2.8 -- -- -- -- HC 1 • 2.6 208 6 7 1.0 TELEPHONE CABLING 20 1 SERVER CABINET 8.0 KZ: .• ... • ACU -2 (ON ROOF) 70 3 LOW HC HC 7.0 • 8 9 208 1.0 P.O.S. DATA CONDUIT 20 1 SERVER CABINET '.•':':'X':'..........;:.' 8.0 ••••g:8:•:t' . (3)#4 (1)#8 GND IN 1-1/4'' CONDUIT -- -- P.O.S. DATA CABLING MFR MFR 7.0 HC 10 11 1 1.0 • 120 TENANT'S 208 VOLT PANEL "A" 20 1 SERVER CABINET • 38 0.5 -- -- MFR TENANT'S 208 VOLT PANEL "B" MFR 7.0 EC 12 13 EC 1.2 • 0 EF -2 20 1 MICROWAVE 4.9 ....: . •• ... •••- ACU -3 (ON GRADE) 45 3 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 3.7 MFR 14 15 EC 0.7 MAN • EC 20 1 REFRIGERATOR : ••• a 44 8:K:K:K::-..-..• (3)46, (1)#10 GND IN 1" CONDUTT -- -- 3.7 16 17 1.3 20 2 WATER HEATER - - - ... 5.0 -- -- -- -- 3.7 18 19 1.3 -- -- -- -- 1.9 :::-...E..... .. . •••" W/P GFI SERVICE RECEPTACLE 20 1 0.1 0.5 20 21 02 20 1 RECIRCULATION PUMP • 0.9 f•••••••••••••••••••••• ' CONV. RECEPTS 20 1 0.7 22 23 OA 20 1 BREAK AREA DESK::. . . - •'• ... • ... ... ... ... 1.3 CONV. RECEPTS 20 1 0.9 24 25 0.5 20 1 CASH COUNTDOWN OFFICE 0.5 ff.:::::::„ . .. .. SPARE 20 1 26 27 0.5 20 1 CSS OFFICE ... 0 5 SPARE 20 1 28 29 0.5 20 1 MD ASS'T. OFFICE •: • 4 • 'FFI'X 0.5 SPARE 20 1 30 31 0.5 20 1 MANAGERS OFFICE 0 5_. ........SPARE 20 1 32 33 0.5 20 1 MD OFFICE •• , .. 0 5 .. ... _ SPARE 20 1 34 35 0.9 20 1 DM OFFICE • ::. •:- •:: .. • .. • .•• 0 9 SPARE 20 1 36 37 OA 20 1 HAL ROOM 04 - SPARE 20 1 38 39 20 1 SPARE. . • .•.• • ... ... SPARE 20 1 40 41 20 1 SPARE00 •:: , :. .•. . - • - ' - .. .. ••• ... . • SPARE 20 1 42 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD/PH SUBFED TCL FROM TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD 19.0 17.1 18.5 H = PROVIDE HID RATED BREAKER. S = PROVIDE SWITCHING DUTY RATED BREAKER. T = INDICATES TIME CLOCK CONTROLLED CIRCUIT G = PROVIDE A GFI BREAKER. L = PROVIDE LOCK OFF HANDLE BREAKER 0.00 54.50 L = LITE DEMAND 125% 0.1 11.8 3.4 39.9 0.0 KVA R = RCPT DEMAND 100% KVA M = MISC DEMAND 125% KVA NOTES 1. PROVIDE (2)#12,(1)#12GND,3/4"C FOR ALL BRANCH CCTS UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE. 2. PROVIDE HACR RATED BREAKERS ON ALL MOTOR LOADS. 3. PROVIDE LOCKING TYPE BREAKER FOR ALL LIFE SAFETY AND NIGHT LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS. H = HVAC DEMAND 100% IF H>C, 0% IF H<C KVA C = COOL DEMAND 100% IF C>H, 0% IF C<H KVA TOTAL PANEL DEMAND = X * PHASES SHALL BE BALANCED TO WITHIN 10% * 55.2 KVA 1.00 55.2 KVA 153.4 AMPS NOTE: EQUIPMENT SHOWN FADED AND DASHED IS EXISTING TO REMAIN AND LANDLORD PROVIDED. 2ND FLOOR GRADE MEM ELECTRIC ROOM 'LANDLORD'S SWITCHBOARD' 208/120V, 30,4W 1200A 400AF 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L EOM FEDEX OFFICE SPACE SEEM MEWS BASE BUILDING TELEPHONE DISTRIBUTION mum SEM MED gMVIE 1 1 1 1 1 J 30A 30AF PANEL A 208/120V 30,4W 125A MCB 42 POLE PANEL B 208/120V 30,4W 125A MCB 42 POLE PANEL C 208/120V 30,4W 200A MCB 42 POLE TENANT PHONE BOARD GRADE TO UTILITY TRANSFORMER 0E) ONE UNE DIAGRAM CODED NOTES: 1. PROVIDE NEW TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR. TVSS SHALL BE WIREMOLD "ZONEM ASTER", MODEL #ZA120Y). COORDINATE WITH FEDEX OFFICE PROJECT MANAGER ON SITE. 2. PROVIDE NEW 240V, 400A/3P/400AF SWITCH LOCATED IN LANDLORD'S SWITCHBOARD. PROVIDE NAME PLATE AT SWITCH TO READ "FEDEX OFFICE". VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS IN FIELD. 3. PROVIDE NEW METER BASE AND ALL ASSOCIATED CURRENT TRANSFORMERS. E.C. SHALL CONTACT LOCAL UTIUTY COMPANY TO ARRANGE FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW ELECTRIC METER AND TO ARRANGE ELECTRICAL SERVICE IN FEDEX OFFICE'S NAME. PROVIDE NAME PLATE AT METER TO READ "FEDEX OFFICE". VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS IN FIELD. 4. PROVIDE 208/120V, 30, 4W, 125A M.C.B. ELECTRIC PANEL 'A'. SEE SCHEDULE FOR REQUIREMENTS. 5. PROVIDE 208/120V, 30, 4W, 125A M.C.B. ELECTRIC PANEL 'B'. SEE SCHEDULE FOR REQUIREMENTS. 6. PROVIDE 208/120V, 30, 4W, 200A M.C.B. ELECTRIC PANEL 'C'. SEE SCHEDULE FOR REQUIREMENTS. 7. PROVIDE (4)#1/0, (1)#1/0 GND (GROUNDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 250.122)IN 2-1/2" CONDUIT. IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 240.21B, FEEDER TAPS SHALL BE LESS THAN 10' IN LENGTH. 8. PROVIDE (4)#3/0, (1)#1/0 GND (GROUNDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 250.122)IN 2-1/2" CONDUIT. IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 240.21B, FEEDER TAPS SHALL BE LESS THAN 10' IN LENGTH. 9. PROVIDE (4)#500 KCMIL, (1)#1/0 GND IN 4" CONDUIT. 10. PROVIDE 2" CONDUIT (WITH PULL STRING) FROM TELEPHONE DISTRIBUTION TO NEW TELEPHONE BOARD IN TENANT SPACE. 11. PROVIDE (3)#8, (1)#8 GND (GROUNDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 250.122) IN 1" CONDUIT. IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 240.2113, FEEDER TAPS SHALL BE LESS THAN 10' IN LENGTH. 12. PROVIDE NEW 30A/3P/30AF, NEMA -1, HEAVY DUTY DISCONNECT FOR NEW TVSS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS IN FIELD. 13. PROVIDE NEW 8" X 8" X 72" WIREWAY AS REQUIRED. 14. PROVIDE BUTT SPLICE/FEEDER TAPS FOR CONNECTIONS TO INCOMING FEEDERS. FEEDER TAPS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 240.218. ONE UNE DIAGRAM GENERAL NOTES A. PARALLEL FEEDER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE CUT TO EXACTLY THE SAME LENGTHS AND SHALL BE FROM THE SAME FACTORY RUN. ALL CONNECTIONS FOR SAME SHALL BE TORQUED TO IDENTICAL VALUES. B. EXTERIOR ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL NOT ONLY BE WEATHERPROOF AND WATER-T1GHT, BUT SHALL ALSO BE RUST -RESISTANT. C. CONDUCTORS BELOW GRADE OR SUBJECT TO MOISTURE SHALL BE "XHHW-2". D. PROVIDE FACTORY SERIES COORDINATION FOR ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS (INCLUDING ALL BRANCH BREAKERS), RELATIVE TO "UPSTREAM" BREAKERS, SO THAT ONLY THE BREAKER CLOSEST IN THE CIRCUIT TO THE LOAD TRIPS UPON AN OVERLOAD OR FAULT CONDMON. E. POWER DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SUPPUER SHALL PROVIDE EQUIPMENT APPROPRIATELY RATED AND BRACED TO ACCOMMODATE THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT THE UTIUTY COMPANY TRANSFORMER SECONDARIES. THIS SUPPUER SHALL ACCORDINGLY PROVIDE ANY RELATED CALCULATIONS SO THAT THEIR EQUIPMENT IS PROPERLY COORDINATED FOR THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THIS SUPPUER WITH COPIES OF THE ELECTRICAL DOCUMENTS AS REQUIRED SO THAT PROPERLY RATED/BRACED EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED UNDER BASE BID. F. GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN STRICT COMPUANCE WITH N.E.C., INCLUDING N.E.C. ARTICLE 250 AND TABLE 250-66. THESE CONDUCTORS MAY NOT BE INDICATED ON RISERS OR SINGLE-UNES, BUT SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER BASE BID NEVERTHELESS. G. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH N.E.C., INCLUDING N.E.C. ARTICLE 250 AND TABLE 250-122. THESE CONDUCTORS MAY NOT BE INDICATED ON RISERS OR SINGLE-UNES, BUT SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER BASE BID NEVERTHELESS. H. WORKING CLEARANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, TRANSFORMERS, STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, ETC. AS APPUCABLE) IN STRICT COMPUANCE WITH N.E.C. CHAPTER 1, PART B, SECTION 110-26(a). LOCATIONS SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS ARE SCHEMATIC AND DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING COMPLIANCE WITH THE ABOVE N.E.C. REFERENCE. THIS REQUIREMENT APPUES TO EQUIPMENT ON FLOOR PLANS AS WELL AS TO EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON RISER. I. HOLD ALL NEW OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL WORK AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE OVERHEAD STRUCTURE. LOCATE ANY RELATED PULLBOXES SO THAT THEY WILL BE FULLY ACCESSIBLE AFTER ALL CONSTRUCTION WORK IS COMPLETE. AS WITH ALL WORK, COORDINATE IN ADVANCE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. J. ROUTE FEEDER CONDUITS BELOW GRADE WHEREVER POSSIBLE. VERY UMITED SPACE EXISTS ABOVE ACOUSTICAL TILE CEIUNGS AND MANY, IF NOT MOST, OF THE SPACE ABOVE THE GYPSUM BOARD CEIUNGS IS NOT AVAILABLE FOR RUNNING CONDUIT. STUDY ALL ARCHITECTURAL STRUCTURAL & MECHANICAL DRAWINGS VERY CAREFULLY BEFORE LAYING OUT FEEDER ROUTES. K. ALL PANELS HAVE NEMA 1 ENCLOSURES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. L ALL PANELS ARE SURFACE MOUNTED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. M. E.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR BALANCING ALL PHASES TO WITHIN 10%. ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I- SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA I 92612 t 949.705.0700 f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.com ONE -LINE DIAGRAM SCALE NOT TO SCALE TENANT ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY DESCRIPTION N.E.C. CONNECTED kW VOLTAGE MULTIPLIER PER N.E.C. N.E.C. DEMAND kW LIGHTING 8.0 120 1.25 10.0 SIGNAGE 1.2 120 1.25 1.5 EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLES 74.6 120 1.00 74.6 WATER HEATER 2.5 208 1.25 3.1 HVAC EQUIPMENT 39.9 480 1.00 39.9 MISC. EQUIPMENT 1.3 120 1.25 1.6 TOTAL 127.5 AMPERAGE AMPS • 130.8 NEC DEMAND kW x 1000 = MINIMUM FEEDER 363.5 IS ADEQUATE • SYSTEM VOLTAGE x 1.73 90.9 kW x 1000 = 208 x 1.73 THEREFORE, THE 400 AMP SERVICE ELECTRICAL RESPONSBLITY SCHEDULE EXISTING FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY REMARKS LANDLORD FEDEX OFFICE TENANT CONTRACTOR OTHERS LANDLORD FEDEX OFFICE TENANT CONTRACTOR OTHERS MAIN OVERCURRENT DEVICE IN LANDLORD'S ELECTRIC ROOM FC MRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR MG MAGNETIC STARTER OR CONTACT BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM • GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR MS MANUAL STARTER LOW LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS • HC HVAC CONTRACTOR VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUIT TO LEASE SPACE C/B H.A.C.R. CIRCUIT BREAKER AT SOURCE PANELBOARD MFR MANUFACTURER MSR MANUAL STARTER W/CONTROL RELAY • FUSE FUSE AT LOCAL DISCONNECT (VERIFY MELD RATING) PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR OV OVERCURRENT PROTECTION • FLA OPERATING FULL LOAD AMPS OR OWNER OR OTHERS SERVICE ENTRANCE FEEDERS TO LEASE SPACE FA n RE ALARM MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY • CO CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR CP CORD AND PLUG CONNECTION • INT INTEGRAL TO EQUIPMENT METER REQUIREMENTS DESCRIPTION VOLTS PHASE • BHP HPHTG KW • FLA MCA LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS DC FURN DC INST DC WIRE • MC FURN MC INST MC WIRE • CN FURN CN INST OUTLETS AND SWITCHES SD QUAN ACU -1 AIR COND. UNIT • 3 • GENERAL CONDUIT & WIRING 22 30 EC • EC MG MFR • MFR LOW TELEPHONE CONDUIT W/ PULL WIRE HC HC 1 • AIR COND. UNIT 208 3 • TELEPHONE CABLING 31 45 • EC EC MG • MFR TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT LOW HC HC HC • ACU -3 AIR COND. UNIT 208 • P.O.S. DATA CONDUIT • 58 70 EC • EC REFER TO SHEET DC -i P.O.S. DATA CABLING MFR MFR LOW HC • HC 1 EF -1 • 120 TENANT'S 208 VOLT PANEL "A" • 38 0.5 • MFR MFR TENANT'S 208 VOLT PANEL "B" MFR EC EC • MAN EC EC • 0 EF -2 TENANT'S 208 VOLT PANEL "C" 120 1 • 38 • FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MFR MFR MFR • EC EC MAN • EC EC HVAC ELECTRICAL COORDINATION SCHEDULE (HECS) ABBREVIATIONS CONTRACTOR TYPE MOTOR CONTROL TYPE CONTROL TYPE DC LOCAL DISCONNECT EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR CS COMBINATION STARTER TC MMECLOCK MC MOTOR CONTROL (POWER) EX EXISTING MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER SD DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FC MRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR MG MAGNETIC STARTER OR CONTACT BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM CN CONTROLS GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR MS MANUAL STARTER LOW LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS TS TOGGLE SWITCH HC HVAC CONTRACTOR VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE LINE UNE VOLTAGE CONTROLS C/B H.A.C.R. CIRCUIT BREAKER AT SOURCE PANELBOARD MFR MANUFACTURER MSR MANUAL STARTER W/CONTROL RELAY RUNE REVERSE ACTING UNE VOLTAGE STAT FUSE FUSE AT LOCAL DISCONNECT (VERIFY MELD RATING) PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR OV OVERCURRENT PROTECTION MAN MANUAL FLA OPERATING FULL LOAD AMPS OR OWNER OR OTHERS FA n RE ALARM MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY CO CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR CP CORD AND PLUG CONNECTION INT INTEGRAL TO EQUIPMENT MARK DESCRIPTION VOLTS PHASE EMERG BHP HPHTG KW WATTS FLA MCA OCP DC FURN DC INST DC WIRE MC TYPE MC FURN MC INST MC WIRE CN TYPE CN FURN CN INST CN WIRE SD QUAN ACU -1 AIR COND. UNIT 208 3 22 30 EC EC EC MG MFR MFR MFR LOW HC HC HC 1 ACU -2 AIR COND. UNIT 208 3 31 45 EC EC EC MG MFR MFR MFR LOW HC HC HC 1 ACU -3 AIR COND. UNIT 208 3 58 70 EC EC EC MG MFR MFR MFR LOW HC HC HC 1 EF -1 EXHAUST FAN 120 1 38 0.5 MFR MFR MFR MFR EC EC EC MAN EC EC EC 0 EF -2 EXHAUST FAN 120 1 38 0.5 MFR MFR MFR MFR EC EC EC MAN EC EC EC 0 1)13.1oo SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER K L H ROHM LONNEIANN HEI. ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS WWW.KLHENGRS.COM 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01A 12622.00 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 04.26.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY UCENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF KINKO'S INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX KINKO'S. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX KINKO'S IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: ISSUED FOR PERMIT 05.10.13 PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.10.13 DRAWING TITLE: ELECTRICAL DETAILS & SCHEDULES DRAWING NUMBER: 1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The General Provisions of the Contract including any General and Supplemental Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work in this section. Before submitting a bid, examine all Mechanical, Architectural, and/or Structural documents, visit the site and get acquainted with all conditions that may in any way whatsoever affect the execution of this contract. Take measurements and be responsible for exact size and locations of all openings required for the installation of work. Figured dimensions are reasonably accurate and should govern in setting out work. Where detailed method of installation is not indicated or where variations exist between described work and approved practice, direction of the Owner's representative on job site shall be followed. The contract includes all items of material and labor required for the complete installation and full operation of the electrical work as shown on the drawings and hereinafter specified. All work, materials, and equipment shall have a one year warranty after acceptance of the work by the Owner. Any defective items shall be removed and replaced at the electrical sub -contractor's expense and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Perform work under this contract in close harmony with other contractors so completed work shall present a neat and workmanlike installation. Exposed finished materials and equipment shall be carefully cleaned and wiped to remove grease, smudges, dust and other spots and left smooth and clean. During the progress of the work, the electrical sub- contractor shall carefully clean up after his men and shall leave the premises and all portions of the building in which he is working free of debris and in a clean and safe condition. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in applicable UL and NEC Standards. Whenever the words "contractor", "this contractor", etc. appear on drawin, s or in these specifications for the Electrical Work, it shall refer to the Electrical Sub -Contractor. Whenever the word provide" appears in these documents, it shall be interpreted to mean "Fumish & Install". Outlet mounting heights as indicated on the plans are approximate to be used for bidding purposes only. The exact mounting height of outlets shall be determined in the field with relation to architectural details and equipment being served. It shall be the responsibility of this contractor to coordinate outlet location with equipment. The Owner's representative shall be permitted to relocate any outlet prior to installation within a 15 foot limit at no additional charge in contract price. All fasteners, hangers and methods of hanging exposed work in finished areas shall be submitted to the Owner's representative for approval before installation. If during construction if becomes apparent that certain minor changes in layout will effect a neater job or better arrangement, such alterations shall be made as part of the contract. Engineer's approval shall be obtained before making such changes. Workmanship throughout shall conform to the standards of best practice. Marks, dents or finish scratches will not be permitted on any exposed materials, fixtures or fittings. Inside of panels & equipment boxes shall be left clean. The system shall ring entirely free from ground when tested out in the presence of the Owner's representative. This contractor shall be responsible for the proper instruction of each system to the satisfaction of the Owner's representative. Upon completion of the job, this contractor shall fumish the Owner with a complete set of operating instructions on all electrical systems installed. The Electrical Contractor shall consult the plans of all other trades in all instances before installing his work so that his piping will not interfere with those branches. In the event of a conflict, this contractor shall report to the Owner's representative at once and do no further work to be installed until a satisfactory arrangement is decided upon. Any work done, or equipment placed in position by this contractor, creating a conflict in violation hereof, shall be readjusted to the satisfaction of the Owner's representative at the expense of the contractor. The decision of the Owner's representative shall be final in regard to changes due to conflicting conditions. Contractor shall complete his work or any part thereof at such time as may be designated by the Owner, so that it can be used for temporary or permanent use and such use of the system shall not be construed as an acceptance of same by Owner. 2. SHOP DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit shop drawings on all items of material and equipment for approval by the Engineer (i.e. conduit and fittings, wires and cables, outlets and junction boxes, switches, receptacles, panelboards, etc). The contractor is not authorized to purchase any material until such approval is obtained. A minimum of six separate sets of drawings is required and will be distributed as follows: 1 copy for Engineer's file; 1 copy for Architect's file; 2 copies for the Owner's file; 2 copies for the contractor. Shop drawings shall be neatly bound in a flat ring binder having job name and contractor's name on cover.?A single submission is preferred having all items included. Loose sheet or incomplete submittals will not be accepted. All items of material to be supplied which do not require shop drawing submission such as conduit, wire, boxes, etc., shall be listed as separate material showing manufacturer's name and catalog number and type and shall be included with shop drawings submittal. 3. RECORD DRAWINGS AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS & SERVICE MANUAL Two sets of mechanical/electrical drawings shall be provided as record drawings which shall be separate, clean, sepia reproducibles reserved for the purpose of showing a complete picture of the work as actually installed. These drawings shall also serve as work progress report sheets and the electrical sub -contractor shall make any notations, neat and legible thereon daily as work proceeds. The drawings shall be available for inspection at all times and shall be kept at the job at a location designated by the Owner's representative. At the completion of the work, these record drawings shall be signed by the electrical sub -contractor, dated and returned to the Owner's representative. Final payment of contract will not be made until receipt and review of said drawings. Provide two neatly bound (with tabbed sections) copies of maintenance and instruction books, parts list pertaining to all equipment fumished. Submit to the Owner's representative for approval. Final payment will not be made until drawings for record; maintenance and instruction manuals are delivered to the Owner's representative. 4. PERMITS AND REGULATIONS The latest edition of the National Electric Code shall be the minimum requirement for all work. All electrical materials used in this work and all workmanship and tests performed therein, unless specifically specified shall conform to the latest rules and regulations and specifications of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, local and state codes and authorities having jurisdiction and utility company. Examine the drawings and specifications for compliance with prevailing codes, regulations and ordinances and base bid and work accordingly. Any minor discrepancy between these drawings/specifications and codes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations shall be corrected by this contractor as required without any additional reimbursement. Major discrepancies shall immediately be brought to the attention of the engineer (in writing), prior to installation, along with the contractor's proposed cost for correction. This contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits or certificates of inspection and approval required for this branch of the work. Owner shall be fumished with certificates of final inspection and approval prior to final acceptance of this branch of the work. 5. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS The specifications and accompanying drawings are intended to describe the scope of all electric/mechanical work. The drawings are an outline to indicate the approximate location and arrangement of raceways, wiring and equipment. The drawings shall be followed as closely as possible in executing of the work. Should there be a conflict between drawings and specifications, this contractor shall refer the matter to the Owner's representative for a decision as to method or material. Electrical Contractor shall refer to drawings of all other trades for details, dimensions and locations of other work and route his work so as not to conflict with any other branch. This contractor shall be responsible for checking quantities of equipment mentioned in the specifications with those shown on the drawings. If discrepancies are noted, provide the greater of the quantities or the better of the qualities as applicable. 6. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT All materials and equipment shall be new. All materials, apparatus and equipment Laboratories Inc., label where regularly supplied. Certain manufacturers of material plans are detailed according to this material. This contractor shall base his bid on material and equipment. Where more than one make of material or equipment is his bid which make he proposes to furnish. 7. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION shall bear the Underwriter's and equipment are specified and fumishing and installing this make of specified, the contractor shall state in Provide manufacturer's standard self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1-1/2" wide. Where applicable, install on all concealed raceways at connection to all junction boxes, pull boxes, equipment, wall/floor/, etc. Unless otherwise indicated or required by goveming regulations, provide orange tape with black letters. Provide circuit identification bands for all cables and conductors. Provide manufacturer's standard color coding for cable/conductor jacket and/or insulation for all cables and conductors of all systems. Match identification with marking system used in existing systems (where applicable), shop drawings, contract documents, and similar previously established identification for project's electrical work. Provide on all conductors of all systems. Install engraved plastic -laminate sign on major units of electrical equipment, including central or master unit of each electrical system including communication/control/signal systems, unless unit is specified with its own self-explanatory identification or signal system. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text, 1/2" high lettering, on 1-1/2" high sign (2" high where 2 lines are required), white lettering in black field. Unless determined otherwise in field, provide text matching terminology and numbering of the contract documents and shop drawings. Secure to substrate with fasteners, except use adhesive where fasteners should not or cannot penetrate substrate. As a minimum provide signs for each unit of the following categories of electrical work where such work exists on the project all starters and disconnects; All remote fixture or equipment switching devices (via engraved wallplates); All System devices, ports, taps, J.B.'s, P.B.s, etc.; Panelboards, electrical cabinets; Any other equipment designated by Owner or engineer in field. All equipment & system identification nomenclature shown on drawings or listed herein is shown for general design and installation reference only. The actual nameplate, etc. nomenclature for this project shall be verified by electrical contractor in field prior to fabrication and where applicable, shall be an extension ofexisting nomenclature used on the site as determined in field by electrical contractor. In addition to the above, all labeling for all electrical wiring work (for all systems) shall be 3M DCI No. 054007-11954 "SWD" Write -on Tape Dispenser Kit with factory provided special fast drying marker included with kit. All markings shall be clear and legible. As determined in field, provide color -coding for junction boxes, pull boxes and associated plates to match existing building standards. The following insulation color code shall be used for system and voltage identification for feeder and branch circuit wiring. 480Y/277V System - Brown, Orange, Yellow & Gray (neut.) Equipment Grounding - Green Systems - To match existing - verify in field. 8. GROUNDING 208Y/120V System - Black, Red, Blue & Gray (neut.) Equipment Grounding - Green Systems - To match existing verify in field. All metallic conduit, surface wireways, supports, cabinet and equipment shall be grounded in accordance with the latest issue of the National Electrical Code and shown on plans. The ground terminals of receptacles shall be connected to the equipment ground bus of the source branch circuit panelboard. All grounding conductors shall be protected from mechanical injury. All connections to equipment or conduit shall be make with an approved conductor and same shall be bolted or clamped to equipment and conduit.?All contact surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and bright before connections to insure a good metal contact. 9. CONDUIT AND FITTINGS All wiring for different power voltages shall be installed in raceway systems separate from each other (i.e. 24V separate from 120/208V). Only voice and data cables may share raceways. All wiring run in finished spaces shall be run in wiremold steel raceway. All conduit installed indoors shall be galvanized steel EMT (3/4" minimum); all fittings for same shall be set screw type steel, with insulated throats. All wiring of all systems shall be installed in conduit unless specifically indicated otherwise herein or on drawings. Conduit runs exceeding 100 feet in length or having in excess of three 90 degree turns shall be provided with pull boxes. Conduit fill shall not exceed 30 percent. All conduit systems (including J.B.'s, P.B.'s, etc.) shall be permanently identified. New branch circuit home -run conduits shall be no larger than 1-1/4" diameter. Conduit fill shall not exceed NEC requirements. Conduit shall be cleaned inside before any wires are pulled. Conduit ends shall be capped and plugged with standard accessories as soon as conduit has been permanently installed. Conduit installed without conductors shall be provided with sweep bends and baling wire for pulling. All joints shall be made tight with watertight couplings matching conduit and all corners shall be make with long radius. The ends of all conduits shall be cut square and reamed and all joints brought to a shoulder. Conduit shall be continuous between outlets to make a complete installation and to effect a continuous ground. Suitable supports and fastening shall be provided for conduit. Conduit shall be supported by approved straps, fasteners and hangers. Hangers shall be suspended from rods. Perforated straps will not be acceptable. Fasteners shall be lead expansion shields in block or concrete, toggle bolts in hollow walls, machine screws on metal surfaces and wood screws on wood construction. All conduit shall be supported independently from all other building systems and shall be supported directly from structural components. Provide sleeves for all firewall and smoke partition penetrations (sealed accordingly). All raceways shall be entirely free of plaster, mortar, water and other foreign matter. Raceways installed under this contract without conductors shall have baling wire left in raceways from outlet to outlet for future pulling of conductors. Raceways open ends shall be plugged or capped in an approved manner. 10. METHOD OF WIRING - POWER Branch sub feeder circuits shall be installed as shown on the floor plans. Where outlets are indicated by letters on plans, they shall be controlled by corresponding switches. No wire size smaller than No. 12 shall be used for any branch circuit unless otherwise noted on plans for control circuits. Larger sizes shall be used where required and/or indicated on the plans. Distances from panel to first outlet of a 15 or 20 ampere branch circuit shall require the following minimum wire size to the first outlet. Up to 100 feet: 12 100 TO 200 FEET: 110 More than 200 feet: 8 Ali branch circuits more than 200 feet in length shall be minimum No. 10 to the last outlet. Control circuits shall be No. 14 except for runs exceeding 300 feet where they shall be No. 12. Outlets shall be located approximately as shown on the plans and shall be wired to provide control of outlets indicated. All wires of any one circuit shall be run in the same conduit. All wires shall be run continuous from outlet to outlet. Insulation value of joints to be 100% in excess of wire. Mechanical wire splicers shall be Scotchlock insulated type, T&B Stakon or approved equal. The conductors terminating at each wired outlet shall be left not less than 8" long at their outlet fittings to facilitate installment of devices of fixtures. Friction and rubber tape conform to Federal Specifications HH -T-11 and HH -T-111. Plastic electrical tape shall be Scotch #33+ or approved equal. 11. METHOD OF WIRING - COMMUNICATIONS All wiring/cables of voice/data systems and all other systems shall be installed in conduit, 3/4" minimum as indicated on plans and details. Outlets shall consist of a flush wall mounted 4" square X 2-1/8" deep box with a single gang plaster ring. Maximum conduit fill for new work shall be 40%, based on manufacture's published data of cable outside diameter. Provide, cable, terminations, jacks, labeling, hardware, etc. as required for complete working systems. Determine exact locations of communication technology equipment, equipment outlets, etc. in field. Use caution not to exceed the allowed bending radius for respective cables and not to compromise the integrity of the cables during installation by pulling tie -wraps too tightly, damaging cables, etc. Raceway/Cabling bending radii shall be minimum as directed by cable manufacturer. Use pulling compound or lubricant, where necessary; compound must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Neatly dress all cable work. Work shall be installed in a manner which results in maintaining a minimum distance of 24 inches from feeder/branch circuit raceways and from any ballasted lighting fixture. Provide color coded jackets to identify runs of different systems. Neatly route cables parallel and perpendicular to building architectural lines. Group cables by system type wherever possible. Verify exact locations of telephone switch, data server(s), head -end equipment, equipment outlets, etc. in field. Review all termination and labeling requirements with Owner in advance. All cable shall be provided with permanent adhesive labeling identification by this contractor. Provide transparent adhesive coverings over each label, wrapped around the labels at least two times. The long axis of the labels shall installed be parallel to the long axis of the respective cable assemblies. Labels shall be approximately 1-1/2" long by 3/8" high. Conduit 12. OUTLET, JUNCTION AND SWITCHBOXES Gang type outlet boxes shall not be used. The outlet box locations indicated on drawings shall be considered approximate, and therefore, it shall be incumbent upon this contractor to study the general construction with relation to spaces and equipment surrounding each outlet. All outlet, switch and junction boxes shall be made of code galvanized steel complete with rings and screw cover plates and located where shown and noted on drawings. Where conduit is concealed, boxes shall not be less than 4" square x 1-1/2" deep. All boxes shall be equipped with proper covers to bring flush with finished wall surface. Where outlet boxes occur in block, cinder, or concrete block, facing tile or other material where such materials form the finished wall surface, the opening for the box shall be cut neatly and of the size that the cover plate will cover all parts of the opening. In general, junction boxes shall be furnished and required by the National Electric Code, of the proper sizes, and shall be constructed of #12 gauge steel with removable front fastened on with counter sunk head screws or other approved means. For special application, junction boxes shall be noted, detailed and/or sized on the drawings or in the field as required. 13. HEIGHT OF BOXES Prior to rough -in, verify all box/device mounting heights and locations in field with Owner's representative relative to equipment being served and relative to existing conditions where applicable. In general, where not located at counter areas, the height of boxes from finished floor to center of boxes shall be as follows, unless otherwise noted on plans: Switches Receptacles Telephone Outlets Telephone Outlets Data Cable Outlets Devices at special desk phone) Wall phone) heights 14. WIRE AND CABLE 4'0" 1'6" 1'6" 1'6" As directed in field. Furnish and install all necessary cable of the size and type indicated on the drawings or specified hereinafter. All wire shall be copper. All wiring shall be new. No wire smaller than #12 AWG shall be installed unless specifically designated. Use of #14 color coded wire will be allowed for control circuits only. All wiring shall be in conduit unless specifically indicated otherwise herein. All conductors shall be copper. Provide stranded conductors for all sizes unless indicated otherwise. Provide THHN/THWN insulation for all conductors size 500 MCM (kcmil) and larger, and no. 8 AWG and smaller. For all other sizes provide THW or THHN/THWN insulation as appropriate for the locations where installed. Provide color coded insulation/jacket for phase identification. All wires shall be rated at 600 volts. Keep conductor splices to minimum. Pull conductors simultaneously where more than one is being installed in same raceway. Use UL listed pulling compound or lubricant, where necessary. Install splice and tap connectors which possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation rating than conductors being spliced. Use splice and tap connectors which are compatible with conductor material. Increase wire sizes per NEC to offset voltage drop as/if required. Cable types AC and NMC are NOT permitted. 15. WIRING DEVICES DEVICE COLORS: Unless indicated otherwise within contract documents or directed otherwise in field, all normal devices shall be WHITE in color. SPECIFICATION GRADE RECEPTACLES: Duplex receptacles shall be equal to Leviton (NEMA 5-20R). Ground fault circuit interrupter duplex receptacles shall be equal to Leviton NEMA 5-20R. Duplex isolated ground receptacles shall be equal to Leviton NEMA 5-20R IG. Special purpose receptacles shall be of the size, type and manufacturer as indicated on the plans or as determined in field. SWITCHES: Single pole switches shall be equal to Leviton #1221-2 series. WALL PLATES: Provide wall plates with engraved legends where indicated on drawings and/or where required per ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Section. All device wallplates shall be standard size; "midway", "oversized" ("jumbo") or "extra deep" wallplates shall not be acceptable. Construct with metal screws for securing plates to devices; screw heads colored to match finish of plates. Wallpiates in finished areas shall be commercial specification grade, satin finish stainless steel, with beveled edges, equal to Leviton Type 430 series. Wallplates in unfinished areas shall be galvanized steel. 16. SUPPORTS, INSERTS, CUTTING AND PATCHING This contractor shall do all cutting and patching required for the admission of his work. Any damage done by this contractor to the building during the progress of his work shall be made good at his own expense. All patching shall be done by a skilled craftsman in that respective trade. It shall be the responsibility of this contractor to supervise the installation of, and pay for all additional members, wood or metal and labor which may be required to support any type of permanent or temporary electrical apparatus employed in the execution of this contractor's work. SEAL ALL NEW FLOOR, CEILING, WALL, SLAB, ETC. PENETRATIONS TO MATCH OR EXCEED EXISTING/NEW ASSEMBLY FIRE RATINGS. PROVIDE SLEEVE SEALS FOR ALL SLEEVES; PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR ALL PENETRATIONS. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS IN FIELD. ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE - RATED OR SMOKE -RATED WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, ETC. SHALL BE SEALED IMMEDIATELY AFTER RACEWAYS ARE INSTALLED. ALL NEW ELECTRICALLY RELATED WORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. NEW ELECTRICALLY RELATED WORK SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM DUCTWORK, DUCTWORK HANGERS, CEILING SUPPORTS, EXISTING CONDUIT SUPPORTS, ETC. ALL CONDUITS (AND CABLE ASSEMBLIES, WHERE APPUCABLE) SHALL BE ROUTED PARALLEL TO BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. ANY AND ALL NONCOMPLYING WORK INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE ENGINEER, AT THE EXPENSE OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 17. UGHTING FIXTURES All surface mounted ballasted fixtures shall be mounted with air spaces between fixture and surface per latest edition of NFPA/NEC. All recessed fixtures shall be equipped with necessary plaster frames and surface trim. All recessed fluorescent fixtures shall be equipped and suitably constructed to operate with "P" rated ballasts. All junction boxes and serviceable components (ballasts, thermal protection devices, fuses, etc.) for recessed fixtures shall be readily accessible for service or replacement from below the ceiling, without removing any ceiling components (other than tiles). All lighting fixtures utilized for emergency egress lighting shall be connected ahead of switching. All ballasts of the same type shall be of the same manufacturer and catalog number. All lamps of the same type shall be of the same manufacturer and catalog number. Provide low energy solid state rapid start electronic fluorescent lamp ballasts (less than or equal to 20% THD) specifically designed for operating lamp types indicated. Fluorescent ballasts shall be Motorola or Advance equal. Incandescent lamps shall be Sylvania or Philips, long life type (3000 hours). All incandescent lamps shall be inside frosted unless specifically directed otherwise. Provide socket adapters/extenders if required for accommodating the specified lamp. Fluorescent lamp color temperature shall be 3500K Compact fluorescent twin tube/dual twin tube lamps shall be Osram or Philips, 82 CRI, minimum 10,000 hours rated. Long fluorescent twin tube lamps shall be Osram or Philips, 82 CRI, 3150 initial lumens, minimum 20,000 hours rated. F32T8 fluorescent lamps shall be rapid start, energy saving type, minimum 80 CRI, minimum 3200 initial lumens and minimum 20,000 hours rated. Lamps shall be Sylvania, Osram or Philips, equal to Sylvania #F032/RS. Provide fixtures and/or fixture outlet boxes with hangers to properly support fixture weight. All lighting fixtures installed in or on suspended ceiling systems shall be anchored directly to the building structural system above (anchored per NEC). Such anchoring shall be independent of the ceiling support system. All fixtures shall be installed plumb and level. Support surface mounted fixtures greater than 2 feet in length at a point in addition to the outlet box fixture stud. 18. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT Provide all conduit and outlet boxes as required for all control wiring and thermostats. Furnish and install power wiring and make line connections to all heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment. Electrical Contractor shall examine the approved drawings of all branches and shall wire and connect all motors, disconnects, control devices and other items requiring electricity for operation. This contractor shall make the necessary electrical connections between the specified equipment and the junction box near equipment with flexible metallic conduit and matched connectors. No flexible conduit shall be exposed in finished rooms. Each motor shall have disconnect switch or manual starter installed per mechanical/electrical schedule ahead of motor or motor magnetic starter. The Electrical Contractor shall provide control and interlock wiring as specifically indicated on the drawings. All other control wiring required for operation of the systems shall be provided by the Heating Contractor. 19. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CRITERIA FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS SHALL BE A SEPARATE PERMIT. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES (SMOKE DETECTORS, PULL STATIONS, BELS, STROBES, ETC.) SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS, AND COMPATIBLE WITH, THE EXISTING BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. PROVIDE AUXIUARY CONTACTS IF REQUIRED FOR SPECIAL APPUCATIONS. ALL STROBE ALARMS SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT, MINIMUM 75CD PER ADA. ALL NEW WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND IN CONDUIT (3/4" MINIMUM). FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A RACEWAY STS1tM SEPARATE FROM SECURITY SUB -SYSTEM WIRING WHERE/IF APPUCABLE. THE INSTALLATION SHALL INCLUDE A COMPLETE SYSTEM TEST OF THE EQUIPMENT BY THE LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE SYSTEM INSTALLED. THIS TEST SHALL BE PERFORMED IN THE PRESENCE OF REPRESENTATIVES OF THE OWNER, ENGINEER, AND LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SUPPUER SHALL PROVIDE TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR A COMPLETE SET OF FLOOR PLAN DRAWINGS SHOWING CONDUIT SIZES AND NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS REQUIRED TO ALL COMPONENTS PLUS DETAILED WIRING CONNECTIONS REQUIRED AT EACH TYPE OF DEVICE. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ARE ALARM SYSTEMS MANUFACTURER TO SUBMIT THESE DRAWINGS TO THE STATE FIRE MARSHALL'S OFFICE (OR OTHER AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION) FOR APPROVAL. THIS ACTION SHALL BE TAKEN DURING THE SHOP DRAWING PROCEDURE. THE SYSTEM MUST BE APPROVED BY THIS AUTHORITY AND A COPY SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER WITH THE SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL ALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WORKING DRAWINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED MODIFICATIONS (CARDS, POWER SUPPLIES, HARDWARE, FIRMWARE, SOFTWARE, ETC.) TO THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO RENDER THE ENTIRE EXTENSION FULLY OPERABLE. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED 20A/120VAC POWER AS REQUIRED TO ENERGIZE ALL NEW FIRE ALARM RELATED COMPONENTS. THIS REQUIREMENT APPUES WHETHER OR NOT SUCH POWER WORK IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. BRANCH CIRCUITS SERVING FIRE ALARM RELATED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DEDICATED TO FIRE ALARM RELATED EQUIPMENT ONLY. SMOKE DETECTOR LOCATIONS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE RATED COVERAGE OF THE DETECTOR AND, IN GENERAL, SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 15 FEET FROM A WALL OR 30 FEET APART. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED WITHIN 3 FEET FROM A SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER. PROVIDE CONTACT BASES FOR ALL APPUCATIONS WHERE AUXIUARY CONTACTS ARE REQUIRED. THE AUDIOVISUAL AND VISUAL -ONLY ALARM INDICATING DEVICES SHALL BE RED ADA -COMPLIANT UNITS (WITH MINIMUM 75 CANDELA ADA -COMPLIANT STROBES) WALL MOUNTED AT 6'-8" (TO BOTTOM OF THE DEVICE) AS SHOWN ON PLANS. STROBE UNITS SHALL BE SYNCHRONIZED WHEREVER REQUIRED BY ANY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, INCLUDING ADAAG. ADDITIONALLY, WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY, THE STROBES MUST MEET ANSI S3.41 TEMPORAL CODE. THE WATERFLOW SWITCHES, TAMPER SWITCHES AND PRESSURE SWITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL WIRE AND PROVIDE THE RELATED MONITOR MODULES AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE ISOLATION MODULES AS REQUIRED TO ISOLATE WIRE TO WIRE SHORTS ON A DATA LOOP TO UNIT THE NUMBER OF OTHER MODULES OR DETECTORS THAT ARE INCAPACITATED BY THE SHORT CIRCUIT FAULT AND/OR GROUNDS. ISOLATION MODULES SHALL BE PART OF THE SMOKE DETECTOR BASE. THE ISOLATION MODULES SHALL PERMIT THE ENTIRE SYSTEM TO OPERATE INDEPENDENTLY OF THE AREA DISCONNECTED BY THE ISOLATION MODULE DUE TO WIRING FAULTS. PROVIDE MONITOR MODULES AS REQUIRED TO INTERFACE "NON -INTELLIGENT" DEVICES INTO THE SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS (I.E. SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCHES, TAMPER SWITCHES, ETC.). PROVIDE CONTROL MODULES FOR ALL AUXIUARY DEVICES INCLUDING ALL SUPERVISED CONTROL FUNCTIONS SUCH AS AIR HANDLER SHUTDOWNS. EXTERIOR/ROOF MOUNTED DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE IN A NEMA4X ENCLOSURE. 20. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SAFETY SWITCHES, STARTERS, CONTACTORS & TIME CLOCKS: All safety switches shall be safety type, quick make and quick break, externally operated, heavy duty (type HD) as manufactured by Square D. Provide NEMA 1 or NEMA 3R enclosures as required. Size for load unless indicated transformers. All starters shall be sized according to load being served. Manual and magnetic starters thermal overload larger on drawings. Starters shall be Allen Bradley. Starters, in general, shall be equal to that indicated below unless otherwise indicated on the plans: 1 Phase Manual Starter in Finished Areas Allen Bradley Bul. 600TKX109 flush mounted, 2 pole toggle switch type with neon pilot; (for starters surface mounted to equipment, provide same except Bul. 600 TAX109 NEMA 1. 3 Phase Combination Magnetic Starters With Disconnect Size 1 minimum, equal to Allen Bradley Bul. 512, NEMA I enclosure. All magnetic starters shall be equipped with extemal pilot lights (color as directed), external reset button, extemal non- fused disconnect switch and external HOA selector switches in cover and with auxiliary contacts and with fused control elements shall be rated between 115% and 125% full load current or as called for under NEC. Coordinate overload requirements with respective equipment manufacturer prior to installation. PANELBOARDS: Distribution panels shall be Square D I -Line. 208Y/120 volt low voltage panels shall be Square D NQOD with bolt -on type branch breakers. All busses shall be copper. All branch circuit breakers shall be full size and rated for switching duty (SWD). All multi- pole branch breakers shall have internal common trip with single handle (handle -ties shall not be acceptable). Provide 20 (+/-) non -padlock type breaker lock -on devices and install on branch breakers as directed in field (night lights, computers, security, etc.). Provide detailed typewritten schedules for all panelboards. Circuit breakers shall be fumished as scheduled on the drawings or as otherwise required based on field determinations. All branch circuit breaker numbering shall be vertical, verify in field. Phase loads shall be balanced to within 10% of each phase, Photocells Photocells shall be Paragon #CW201 series, 2000W rated nippled to flush weatherproof outlet box plate (or equal by Tork, Precision). Determine exact mounting locations and adjustment requirements in field relative to structural and site conditions. Aim northward wherever not conflicting with artificial light sources. 21. TELEPHONE AND P.O.S. SYSTEM Fumish and install a system of conduit raceways. Outlet boxes and pull wires as shown on the drawings unless otherwise noted on plans. Telephone switching apparatus, conductors, instruments, miscellaneous equipment and appurtenances are not part of this contract and will be provided and installed by FedEx Kinko's. Outlet boxes to be 4" square minimum with single device cover and telephone plate. All pull wires are to be labeled for purpose designated. No other circuits are to be run in same conduit feeding isolated ground receptacles. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS All connections at panels, lighting, contactors and switches are to be made, all splices complete, all fuses in place and all circuits continuous from point of service connection to its final destination, and all covers and plates installed prior to the time of final inspection by FedEx Kinko's project manager. Upon completion of the work, all parts of the electrical installation shall be tested and proved free of unwanted grounds and other defects. All overload devices, including equipment fumished upon other contracts, shall be set and adjusted to suit the load conditions. Test and make connections/ adjustments for phase balancing. This contractor is to balance the voltage leaving the stepdown transformer to provide a secondary voltage of 120 minimum to 125 volts maximum by adjusting the transformer taps once all the final connections have been made to the low voltage panelboard. Include final balance report with as -built drawings. CLEANING At the end of the project, this contractor shall clean all equipment, including light fixtures, to the satisfaction of FedEx Kinko's. All dust, dirt, debris, and foreign matter shall be removed from all equipment. *** B2,0 SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 8200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 1 92612 t 949.7 05.0700 1 f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.co SEAL KOMS LONNEMANN LEL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS WWW.KLHENGRS.COM 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 12622.00 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 04.26.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF KINKOS INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX KINKOS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX KINKOS IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE :ENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: ISSUED FOR PERMIT 05.10.13 PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.10.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: E-4.0 CTRICAL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION UGHTING CONTROL/SWITCI-NG a,b,c SWITCHING DESIGNATION NL nl UNSWITCHED NIGHT -LIGHT FIXTURE SINGLE POLE SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR AUTO WALL SWITCH ® 48" AFF PHOTOCELL RE CEPTACL.ES/MSCELLANEOUS OUTLETS Q DUPLEX RECEPTACLE I* DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ("QUAD") 0 SPECIAL PURPOSE OUTLET - SEE SHEET A3.0 FOR MORE INFO DETERMINE EXACT NEMA CONFIGURATION IN FIELD WHERE APPLICABLE FOR RECEPTACLES HUBBELL #PFBRG1 (SINGLE GANG), #PFBRG2 (TWO GANG) OR #PFBRG3 (THREE GANG) NONMETALLIC FLOOR BOX • OUTLET FOR POWER WHIP CONNECTION TO SYSTEM FURNITURE 0 MISCELLANEOUS T O THERMOSTAT (LOW VOLTAGE) - FURNISHED, INSTALLED AND WIRED BY H.C. OUTLET BOX AND CONDUIT STUB -UP BY E.C. TEMPERATURE CONTROL SENSOR (LOW VOLTAGE) - FURNISHED, INSTALLED & WIRED BY H.C. OUTLET BOX AND CONDUIT STUB -UP BY E.C. S • INDICATES A DIRECT CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT Di HEAVY DUTY DISCONNECT SWITCH (NON-FUSED) a HEAVY DUTY DISCONNECT SWITCH (FUSED) MS MANUAL STARTER WITH PILOT LIGHT 0 MOTOR RECESSED OR SURFACE MOUNTED PANELBOARD AS INDICATED ON PLANS = PLYWOOD EQUIPMENT BOARD BY E.C. ELECTRIC UTILITY COMPANY METER 47,1 db HAND DRYER OR HAND/HAIR DRYER RACEWAYNVRE/CABLE ............--..(1,3)HOME RUN WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER(S) CABLING/RACEWAY - CEILING OR WALL - SEE SPECS. FOR APPL. CONDUIT/RACEWAY REQ'TS. (FULLY CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS, CONCEALED TO OVERHEAD STRUCTURE IN UNFIN. AREAS) CABLING/RACEWAY - BELOW FLOOR/GRADE - SEE SPECS. FOR APPL. CONDUIT/RACEWAY REQ'TS. O JUNCTION BOX - ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR AT STRUCTURE IN AREAS WITH NO CEILING JUNCTION BOX - WALL (FLUSH IN FINISHED AREAS) J ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES E.C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR H.C. H.V.A.C. CONTRACTOR P.C. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR S.C. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (OR GRADE/PAVEMENT WHERE APPLICABLE) TO CENTER OF OUTLET (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) W P PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE/DEVICE CH COUNTER HEIGHT OR SPECIAL HEIGHT DEVICE COORDINATE WITH EQUIPMENT & ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS GFI GFCI / GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER DEVICE (UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS, DO NOT FEED DOWNSTREAM OUTLETS FROM LOAD SIDE TERMINALS OF GFI RECEPTS.) IG INDICATES ISOLATED GND. DEVICE W/PARITY SIZED ISOLATED/INSULATED EQT. GND. CONDUCTOR (GREEN W/YELLOW TRACER). PROVIDE DEDICATED #10 AWG NEUTRAL COND. FOR EA. PHASE COND. EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EWH i ELECTRIC WATER HEATER FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY P,C., WIRED BY E.C. FIRE ALARM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR C TS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM KEYED TEST SWITCH WITH L.E.D. INDICATOR LIGHT MOUNT NO HIGHER THAN 6'-0" A.F.F. TO THE CENTER OF THE DEVICE P FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MANUAL PULL STATION F DO De FIRE ALARM SYSTEM HORN/STROBE UNIT (PROVIDE MINIMUM 75cd STROBE COMPLIANT WITH A.D.A.A.G. AND PROVIDE HIGHER RATINGS WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS) ED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM STROBE -ONLY UNIT LINE TYPES ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN BOLD -DASHED INDICATES SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK INTENDED TO BE REMOVED AS SELECTIVE DEMOLITION BY E.C. ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN BOLD -CONTINUOUS INDICATES NEW WORK BY E.C. ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN FADED INDICATES EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN OR NEW WORK BY OTHERS AS APPLICABLE B2,0 SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUN 1 1 2013 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT 8200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CA 1 92612 t 949.7 05.0700 1 f 949.705.0701 MulvannyG2.co SEAL KOMS LONNEMANN LEL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS WWW.KLHENGRS.COM 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 12622.00 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 04.26.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF KINKOS INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX KINKOS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX KINKOS IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE :ENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: ISSUED FOR PERMIT 05.10.13 PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: BID SET ISSUE DATE: CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.10.13 04.26.13 DRAWING TITLE: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS DRAWING NUMBER: E-4.0 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATION GENERAL THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SHALL APPLY TO AND BE PART OF TI -IIS SPECIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND APPROVALS REQUIRED. SCOPE OF WORK FIRE PROTECTION DISTRIBUTION PIPING FROM EXISTING MAINS AND SPRINKLERS TO NEW SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING AND REPLACING OF CEILINGS IN AREAS WHERE NEW PIPING IS TO BE INSTALLED IN THE EXISTING BUILDING. WHERE CONCEALING SPRINKLER PIPING IS NOT POSSIBLE, SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PAINTING ALL EXPOSED SPRINKLER PIPING IN FINISHED SPACES. COORDINATE COLOR WITH ARCHITECT. GENERAL STANDARDS THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS SHALL GOVERN: AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TEST MATERIALS (ASTM); AMERICAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION (ASA); UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL); NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA); STATE BUILDING CODE. OWNER'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT REGULATIONS NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA); OWNER'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT REGULATIONS THE INSTALLATION OF ALL SPRINKLER WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES AND STATUES. QUALITY ASSURANCE MANUFACTURERS: FIRMS REGULARLY ENGAGED IN MANUFACTURE OF FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SYSTEMS PRODUCTS, OF TYPES, MATERIALS, AND SIZES REQUIRED, WHOSE PRODUCTS HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR NOT LESS THAN 5 YEARS. INSTALLER: FIRM WITH AT LEAST 3 YEARS OF SUCCESSFUL INSTALLATION EXPERIENCE ON PROJECTS WITH FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SYSTEMS WORK SIMILAR TO THAT REQUIRED FOR PROJECT. NFPA CODE: COMPLY WITH ANSI/NFPA 13, "INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS". UL LABELS: PROVIDE FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING. PRODUCTS WHICH HAVE BEEN APPROVED AND LABELED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES. LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT/MARSHALL REGULATIONS: COMPLY WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO FIRE PROTECTION PIPING. STATE BUILDING CODE: COMPLY WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. SUBMITTALS PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S DATA FOR FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS, MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SCALED LAYOUT DRAWINGS FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPE AND FITTINGS INCLUDING, BUT NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO, PIPE AND TUBE SIZES, LOCATIONS, ELEVATIONS AND SLOPES OF HORIZONTAL RUNS, WALL AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS, AND CONNECTIONS. SHOW INTERFACE AND SPATIAL RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PIPING AND PROXIMATE EQUIPMENT. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL, PRIOR TO SUBMISSION TO APPROPRIATE AUTHORITY AND PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PORTION OF BOTH UNDERGROUND AND OVERHEAD SYSTEMS. APPROVAL DRAWINGS: PREPARE APPROVAL DRAWINGS OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS INDICATING PIPE SIZES, PIPE LOCATIONS, FITTINGS, SHUTOFFS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. SUBMIT ONE COPY, BEARING THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF A LICENSED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR, TO THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION, BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION. APPROVAL CALCULATION: PREPARE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. SUBMIT ONE COPY, BEARING THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF A LICENSED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION, BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION. CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION: SUBMIT CERTIFICATE UPON COMPLETION OF FIRE PROTECTION PIPING WORK WHICH INDICATES THAT WORK HAS BEEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/NFPA 13, AND ALSO THAT SYSTEM IS OPERATIONAL, COMPLETE, AND HAS NO DEFECTS. FIRE PROTECTION PIPING MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS GENERAL: PROVIDE PIPING MATERIALS AND FACTORY -FABRICATED PIPING PRODUCTS OF SIZES, TYPES, PRESSURE RATINGS, TEMPERATURE RATINGS, AND CAPACITIES AS INDICATED. WHERE NOT INDICATED, PROVIDE PROPER SELECTION AS DETERMINED BY INSTALLER TO COMPLY WITH INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE SIZES AND TYPES MATCHING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS; PROVIDE FITTINGS OF MATERIALS WHICH MATCH PIPE MATERIALS USED IN FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SYSTEMS. WHERE MORE THAN 1 TYPE OF MATERIALS OR PRODUCTS ARE INDICATED, SELECTION IS INSTALLER'S OPTION. BASIC IDENTIFICATION GENERAL: PROVIDE IDENTIFICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING LISTING: FIRE PROTECTION PIPING: PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS. FIRE PROTECTION VALVES: PLASTIC VALVE TAGS. BASIC. PIPE. TUBE. AND FITTINGS GENERAL: PROVIDE PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS COMPLYING WITH DIVISION -15 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTIONS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING LISTING: INTERIOR PIPING: BLACK STEEL PIPE: PIPE WEIGHT: SCHEDULE 40 FOR PIPING UP TO AND INCLUDING 2" FITTINGS: CLASS 125, CAST—IRON THREADED. PIPE WEIGHT: SCHEDULE 10 FOR 2-1/2" AND LARGER FITTINGS: MECHANICAL GROOVED PIPE COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS; CUT GROOVE TYPE. EXTERIOR PIPING (FROM TAP THROUGH METER PIT): DUCTILE—IRON PIPE: LINING: CEMENT—MORTAR LINING FOR PIPE AND FITTINGS. WALL THICKNESS: CLASS 52, OR APPROVED BY LOCAL WATERWORKS. FITTINGS: DUCTILE IRON WITH RUBBER—GASKET PUSH—ON JOINTS. EXTERIOR PIPING (FROM METER PIT TO FLANGE INSIDE BUILDING): "BLUE BRUTE" (RATED FOR 160 PSI MINIMUM FOR PLASTIC PIPE). BASIC PIPING SPECIALTIES GENERAL: PROVIDE PIPING SPECIALTIES COMPLYING WITH DIVISION -15 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING LISTING: PIPE ESCUTCHEONS DIELECTRIC UNIONS DRIP PANS SLEEVES SLEEVE SEALS BASIC SUPPORTS. ANCHORS. AND SEALS GENERAL: PROVIDE SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, AND SEALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING LISTING: ADJUSTABLE STEEL CLEVISES, ADJUSTABLE STEEL BAND HANGERS, ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGERS, FOR HORIZONTAL PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS. TWO—BOLT RISER CLAMPS FOR VERTICAL PIPING SUPPORTS. STEEL TURNBUCKLES, AND MALLEABLE IRON SOCKETS FOR HANGER—ROD ATTACHMENTS. CONCRETE INSERTS, TOP—BEAM C—CLAMPS, SIDE BEAM OR CHANNEL CLAMPS, AND CENTER BEAM CLAMPS FOR BUILDING ATTACHMENTS. COPPER FLASHINGS FOR PIPING PENETRATIONS. FIRE BARRIER PENETRATION SEALS. BASIC VALVES GENERAL: PROVIDE VALVES COMPLYING WITH DIVISION -15 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING LISTING: INTERIOR VALVES: SECTIONAL: GATE VALVES. CHECK: SWING CHECK VALVES. FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES GENERAL: PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES, UL LISTED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING LISTING. PROVIDE SIZES AND TYPES WHICH MATE AND MATCH PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. WATER FLOW INDICATORS: PROVIDE VANE TYPE WATER FLOW DETECTORS. SUPERVISORY SWITCHES: PROVIDE PRODUCTS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR USE IN SERVICE INDICATED. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS: PROVIDE AUTOMATIC. SPRINKLERS OF TYPE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING LISTING. PROVIDE FUSIBLE LINKS FOR 165 DEG. F (74 DEG. C) UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, FINISH: CONCEALED WHITE PLATE FOR OCCUPIED AREAS, CAST BRASS UPRIGHT FOR UNOCCUPIED AREAS. WHERE SUSPENDED LAY—IN CEILINGS OCCUR LOCATE HEAD IN CENTER OF TILE IN AT LEAST ONE DIRECTION. SPRINKLER CABINET AND WRENCH: FURNISH STEEL, BAKED RED ENAMELED, SPRINKLER BOX WITH CAPACITY TO STORE 10 SPRINKLERS AND WRENCH SIZED TO SPRINKLERS. AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURERS OFFERING FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES WHICH MAY BE INCORPORATED IN THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: MANUFACTURER: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: CENTRAL SPRINKLER CORP. ITT GRINNELL GRINNELL CORP. RELIABLE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER CO., INC. VIKING CORP. VICTAULIC GLOBE FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION POTTER ELECTRIC SIGNAL COMPANY HONEYWELL INSTALLATION OF PIPE. TUBE. AND FITTINGS GENERAL: INSTALL PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION -15 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTIONS. FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING SYSTEMS: GENERAL: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI/NFPA 13 AND NFPA 14 FOR INSTALLATION OF FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING MATERIALS. INSTALL FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS WHERE INDICATED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES TO ENSURE THAT FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS AND SERVES INTENDED PURPOSES. COORDINATE WITH OTHER WORK, INCLUDING PLUMBING PIPING, AS NECESSARY TO INTERFACE COMPONENTS OF ARE SPRINKLER PIPING PROPERLY WITH OTHER WORK. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF HEADS WITH HVAC DUCTWORK. INSTALL HEADS ABOVE AND BELOW DUCTWORK WHERE REQUIRED. TO PROVIDE COMPLETE COVERAGE. INSTALL DRAIN PIPING AT LOW POINTS OF PIPING SYSTEMS. INSTALL WATER FLOW INDICATORS WHERE INDICATED AND REQUIRED. MOUNT SUPERVISORY SWITCHES ON ALL CONTROL VALVES. INSTALL VALVED HOSE CONNECTIONS OF SIZES INDICATED, OR 3/4" SIZE IF NOT OTHERWISE INDICATED ON SPRINKLER AT ENDS OF BRANCH LINES AND CROSS MAINS AS REQUIRED. INSTALL INSPECTOR'S TEST CONNECTION AS REQUIRED, OR AT MOST REMOTE POINT OF RISER. PIPE INSPECTOR TESTS TO OUTSIDE. ADJUST AND CLEAN SPRINKLER PIPING FLUSHING: PRIOR TO CONNECTING SPRINKLER RISERS FOR FLUSHING, FLUSH WATER FEED MAINS, LEAK='- IN CONNECTIONS AND CONTROL PORTIONS OF SPRINKLER PIPING. AFTER FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING INSTALLATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND BEFORE PIPING IS PLACED IN SERVICE, FLUSH ENTIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, AS REQUIRED TO REMOVE FOREIGN SUBSTANCES, UNDER PRESSURE AS SPECIFIED IN ANSI/NFPA 13. CONTINUE FLUSHING UNTIL WATER IS CLEAR, AND CHECK TO ENSURE THAT DEBRIS HAS NOT CLOGGED SPRINKLERS. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL HYDROSTATIC TESTING: AFTER FLUSHING SYSTEM, TEST FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING HYDROSTATICALLY, FOR PERIOD OF 2 HOURS, AT NOT LESS THAN 200 PSI OR AT 50 PSI IN EXCESS OF MAXIMUM STATIC PRESSURE WHEN MAXIMUM STATIC PRESSURE IS IN EXCESS OF 150 PSI. CHECK SYSTEM FOR LEAKAGE OF JOINTS. MEASURE HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE AT LOW POINT OF EACH SYSTEM OR ZONE BEING TESTED. REPAIR OR REPLACE PIPING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO ELIMINATE LEAKAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/NFPA STANDARDS FOR "LITTLE OR NO LEAKAGE", AND RETEST AS SPECIFIED TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE. FIRE PROTECTION PLAN 1 1/4",i I0I. Sprinkler Legend Symbol Description ON New White Upright Sprinkler Head ®N New Semi -Recessed Sprinkler SPRINKLER RESPONSIBItITIES L - LANDLORD CONTRACTOR F — FEDEX CONTRACTOR E - EXISTING FURNISH INSTALL RESPONSIBILITY NOTES PLUMBING SYSTEM 1 SPRINKLER SERVICE 2 SPRINKLER MAIN F F 3 SPRINKLER DISTRIBUTION F F 4 SPRINKLER HEADS F F 5 VALVES F F 6 PERMIT SUBMITTAL 7 CALCULATIONS AND SHOP DRAWINGS F F 8 CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION F F 8 DEMOLITION F F FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. ARCHITECT 18200 VON KARMAN AVE I SUITE 910 IRVINE, CAI 92612 49,705.0700 I f 949.705.0701 MuluannyG2.com KOHRS LONNEMANN NEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS WWW.KLHENGRS.COM 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 800-354-9783 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX ARCHITECTURAL PROJECT NO.: MEP PROJECT NO.: STRUCTURAL PROJECT NO.: CIVIL PROJECT NO.: 12-0253-01 A 12622.00 2 U ON 7 ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON O N ON ON ON ON ON ON CENTER NO.: SITE ID NO: 5173 989630 116 ANDOVER PARK EAST SEATTLE, WA 98188 PROGRAM: RELO STIPULATION FOR REUSE THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE AT SEATTLE, WA 98188 CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE 04.26.2013 AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS and ENGINERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND IS CONTRARY TO THE LAW. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF KINKO'S INC. AND SHALL NOT BE DISPLAYED IN ANY MANNER OR USED ON ANY OTHER WORK EXCEPT BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH FEDEX KINKO'S. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PREFERENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS AND SHALL BE VERIFIED ON THE JOB SITE. FEDEX KINKO'S IS TO BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IN DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. THESE DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED FOR DESIGN PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT FOR USE IN CONSTRUCTION UNLESS APPROVED AS SUCH BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. PERMIT SET © 2012 FedEx Office NO. REVISIONS: DATE: ISSUED FOR PERMIT 05.10.13 ON PERMIT SET ISSUE DATE: 04.26.13 BID SET ISSUE DATE: -- CONSTRUCTION SET ISSUE DATE: 05.10.13 RECEIVED CI i Y OF TUKWILA DRAWING TITLE: FIRE PROTECTION PLAN //fff/!!///f!f///!///f//!!!/!//ff/!/f/ff//f//!/r/f//fff/ff///!//f!,!////fff/f/!I/lff'//!//f/f////llfflf/1/!!!f////////!!l//I"//fI/f '4 , , =WAN��_ _ 1 f/tom N *All* I� SEPARATE PERMITAND APPROVAL REQUIRED JUN 112013 ERMIT CENTER DRAWING NUMBER: `//%ii,„,moi,A,,,,,,„.ri%icefi„%,